tet iH a sf ae = Gt ; ny ith if COT Bi os a i a f, t rf es i a SECC f iy i is rttatie wp eat Ay CMA AC Pt RG Aa eae ete ta ck CR ean el ea hs pee Figs Qe ae + 4 ovr ad x ~) st TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. e Vou. XIV.—Parr 1. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW, April 1896. Price 8s. Taylor and Francis, Printers, ] [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. £3. d, fsa cds VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates). . Price 313 G6... . 418 O* VOLUME _ II. (1835-1841, containing 71 Plates). . , 400... 5 6 6* VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates) . 2 Bg Bir Se area a VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates). . 4 6 2 0.. .- 8 2 6 VOLUME _V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates) . Rete Diem ey. car 2 Le Ok oie ae VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . ,, 11 5 0 15 0 0 VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) . » 10 4 0 . 13812 0 VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates). . ,, ON 8B. e. ol2- 10 VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates) . SA 2 PIG er weemen LOC aa) VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates) . Song OVO laren 13)2740 GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) f 0 Ge: 010 0 VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . Price 912 0 . 1216 0 Part 1. (1880, containing 4 Plates) . . - =. - peels Oet, 016 0 »» 2. (1880, containing 7 Plates) . . .. . »>-018 0... 1 4 0 » 8. (1881, containing 8 Plates) Bete 226 be 110 0 » 4. (1881, containing 3 Plates) . . pete On. Gua, 010 0 » 9. (1881, containing 13 Plates) Bee SUL ORs .- 1 40 » 6. (1882, containing 6 Plates) . . .. .- $7 ORS *.Oir. 016 0 » 7% (1882, containing 9 Plates) w-.-. . . yh Orta. 0 100 » 8. (1888, containing 11 Plates) . . .. . Sy Outer O 016 0 » 9. (1883, containing 10 Plates) . . . . . ssh OAR ONS 016 0 » 10. (1885, containing 12 Plates) . . . e Sel BE 6 2.20 » 11. (1885, containing 14 Plates and Title and 4 Tadex) eae! oe i Cis 3) 2 2.0 * Only odd parts of these volumes can be supplied. Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. VOLUME XIV. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY: SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE; AND BY MESSRS, LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 1898, PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, R&D LION COURT, PLEET STREKT. CONTENTS. On a Nothosaurian Reptile from. the Trias of Lombardy, apparently referable to Lariosaurus. by G. A. Boutenaer, /.R.S. (Platel.) . . . . . page | TI. On the Lepidosiren of Paraguay, and on the external characters of Lepidosiren and 7 Protopterus. By KE. Ray Lanxesrer, W.A., F.RS., F.Z.S8., Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the University of Oujord. “(Platerle aero aeace ltl Til. On a Collection of Fishes from the Rio eee By G. A. Boutenaer, HBS. 4(Plates: IT—VITL) ae 4y.: 4. ahs. eee ints py Peay Ve Aces IV. Contributions to the Comparative Anatomy and Histology of the Suprarenal Capsules. —The Suprarenal Bodies in Fishes, and their Relation to the so-called Head- Kidney. By Swave Vincent, M.B. Lond., Demonstrator of Physiology and Assistant Lecturer on Iistology, Mason College, Birmingham. (Plates IX.- PROP E \iis stecie Se ast din ho. Mc / exc ad Seah spectre nisi Se | V. A Supplementary Report on the Crustacea of the Group Myodocopa obtained during the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition, with Notes on other new or imperfectly-known Species. By G. Srewarpson Brapy, WD, LL.D, F.RS. (Plates XV. PROVMUIE a2) Sos ee el ek eS ee ee VI. A Revision of the Oriental Hesperiide. By H. J. Euwes, ARS, VLS., EZS., and James Epwarps, #.#.8. (Plates XVIJIL-—XXVII.) ... . . . 101 VIL. On the Morphology of the Skull in the Paraguayan Lepidosiren and in other Dipnoids. By Professor T. W. Bripvex, Se.D., F.ZS., Mason College, buminghame (Plates XXXVI & XXIX.) .. © 5 om. | ws 2). 325 VIII. On the Mammals obtained by Mr. John Whitehead during his recent Expedition to the Philippines. By Ouvrieip Tuomas. With Field-notes by the Collector. (IIS NO NONE INGNONONED ep oi gee een a ew lv CONTENTS. IX. On the Lepidosiren of the Amazons ; being Notes on five Specimens obtained between 1895-97, and Remarks upon an Example living in the Paré Museum. By Dr. Emm A. Gorn, C.M.Z.S., Director of the Pard Museum. (Plates EN VT he OR VES os > eee ee ie ‘ . a ose ee pape ais X. On a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Jurua, Brazil. By G. A. BouLENGEr, ERS, FOS. “(Plates ROX RIM) A te ee eee XI. On new or imperfectly-known Species of Ostracoda, chiefly from New Zealand. By G. Stewarpson Brapy, M.D., LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Plates XLIII.--XLVII.) 429 List of the Papers contained in (Vols MV... 5. foe 5 os Sees Index. of Species; icici ice Sap ep. LS Wado w Se eh, ye ee Tea SA CrlT ON s OF PEE ZOO Oe CAs SOOCREWR ¥ OT LON DON: I. On a Nothosaurian Reptile from the Trias of Lombardy, apparently referable to Lariosaurus. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S. Received October 14th, 1893, read November 7th, 1893. [Puate I.] THE Directors of the Senckenberg Museum, Frankfort-on-Main, have, at the suggestion of my friend Prof. O. Boettger, entrusted to me for description a very valuable paleontological specimen, a slab from the Upper Trias of Perledo, near Varenna, on the Lake of Como, Lombardy, with the nearly complete skeleton of a small Nothosaurian ; the counter-slab is also preserved, showing the impression of the skeleton. ‘The fossil was presented to the Senckenberg Museum by the late Dr. Riippell in 1850, under the name of Macromerosaurus plinii, Curioni. It appears from Curioni’s paper (8, p. 166) that, prior to 1847, Riippell had examined some of the Reptilian remains from those beds, then regarded as Liassic ; one of these specimens he acquired, together with Fish-remains1, and subsequently placed in the Museum at Frankfort, where it has remained ever since, apparently ignored of all who have written on this interesting group of early Plesiosaurians. Some confusion has arisen with regard to the specimen for which the name Wacro- merosaurus plinii was proposed by Curioni. On referring to his first paper (8) published in 1847, it appears as if the name (p. 161) was intended for the Perledo Saurian, of which he gives a detailed description and figure; whilst the name Lario- saurus balsami applies to the much larger specimen previously noticed by Balsamo- 1 Described by Deecke, Paleontogr. ly. 1889, p. 110. 2 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NOTHOSAURIAN REPTILE Crivelli (7) as Paleosaurus. But in 1863 Curioni explains (12, p. 2661) that Macro- merosaurus (originally misspelt Macromirosaurus) was the name intended for another Saurian, from Perledo and Viggiti, with longer humerus, to which he merely alludes in his first paper, and which is, in fact, the Pachyplewra edwardsii of Cornalia (g). If we could accept this interpretation, the name Macromerosaurus might be used in preference to that of Pachypleura, which is preoccupied in zoology, as pointed out by Lydekker (21); but I do not find any justification for such a transposition, and, following tradition, consider Macromerosaurus as a synonym of Lariosaurus, the former name applying to the young, the latter to the adult. The Reptile lies on its back, the neck and tail twisted to the right, the hind limbs spread out nearly at right angles to the body. The head is intact, with the palate and mandible completely exposed. The 15 anterior cervical vertebre are in natural juxta- position, whilst the remainder are dislocated. The pectoral arch is likewise dislocated, and does not show all the elements. The fore limb is represented by the right humerus, and the perfect left propodials and manus. The dorsal vertebre are partly imbedded in the matrix, partly hidden under the plastron, most of the bones of which are very well preserved. The pelvis is crushed, but the tail is complete and exposed to its very tip. The Plate (Trans. Zool. Soc. XIV. Pl. I.) represents the fossil natural size; the matrix is represented lighter than it really is, in order to render the outlines of the bones more distinct. The specimen is now in a very different condition from what it was when sent to me. The manus was a complete fraud, imaginary phalanges having been sculptured out of the matrix in order, evidently, to give the Reptile a more Plesiosaurian appear- ance ; and, deceived at first, I considered the fossil as representing a new type. I must add that in all probability the specimens figured by Curioni were developed by the same “artist”; and that, consequently, some of the conclusions which have been derived from an examination of those specimens, especially as regards the digital formula, the shape of the “ claws” or “ hoofs,” and the aspect of the palate are, to say the least, very doubtful. The specimen figured by Zittel (20) as Zariosaurus balsami, and of which a cast is preserved in the British Museum, is imperfect as regards the digits, and the exact number of phalanges is difficult to make out. This explains the contradiction between text and figure in Zittel’s Manual, the number of phalanges in 1 This passage of his second paper is here reproduced :—“ Da una nota che il Cornalia aggiunse alla sua Memoria pare che egli ritenga che i rettili di Besano e quelli di Perledo, uno dei quali yenne da me descritto e figurato col nome di Lariosaurus balsami, Cur. (vedi Memoria citata, Milano, 1847), spettino ad una sola specie di saurii, e debbano riferirsi tutti al suo Pachypleura. Nel 1847 io pensaya che due fossero le specie di Perledo; una il Lariosauro, affato speciale a Perledo, e un’ altra di cui trovayansi esemplari anche a Viggit, meglio conservati di quelli di Perledo, che io credeva non dover riferire alla medesima specie. Applicaia questa seconda specie il nome di Macromerosuwro, giudicando che il carattere pil sagliente di questa specie fosse la lunghezza degli omeri rettilinei, eccedente di una terza parte quella dei femori: il che non é nel Lariosauro (vedi fig. 2, tay. vii.).” The figure refers to the Reptile with straight and longer humerus, the Pachypleura of Cornalia. FROM THE TRIAS OF LOMBARDY. 3 the manus being given as 2, 4, 4, 4, 2, which appears wrong @ priori, whilst the figure shows 2, 3, 4, 4, 2, which is likewise probably erroneous as regards the outer finger. Curioni, on the other hand, describes and figures the number of phalanges as 2, 3, 4, 5, 3, in both manus and pes. In the face of such contradictions, I think it safest to refer the specimen provisionally to Lariosawrus balsami, and, contenting myself with describing and figuring the specimen entrusted to me, leave it to those who have access to the typical specimens to decide whether the determination is correct or not. I beg to thank Dr. H. Woodward, F.R.S., for kindly allowing the specimen to be further developed in the British Museum, and Mr. Barlow for the painstaking and skilful manner in which he has acquitted himself of the task entrusted to him. The skull, which displays the palatal aspect with the mandible in situ, and the tips Fig. 1. Lower view of skull and mandible. ang. Angular. p. Palatine. s.ang. Supra-angular. ar. Articular, pt. Pterygoid. spl. Splenial. d. Dentary. q. Quadrate. v. Vomer. ept. KEctopterygoid. of a few anterior teeth, is elongate-acuminate, its length once and two thirds its greatest width at the mandibular articulation. The structure of the palate is better shown than in any of the small Nothosaurians with which we are at present acquainted, yet some of the sutures are not to be traced as distinctly as might be desired. I trust the annexed diagrammatic restoration (fig. 1) will ultimately prove tolerably correct. B2 4 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NOTHOSAURIAN REPTILE Among the points on which there can be no doubt may be mentioned the very anterior opening of the choanz, separated by a narrow septum formed by the vomers; the presence of large oval suborbital vacuities, such as are known to exist in Newstico- saurus, and as are shown on Curioni’s figure; and the backward extension and union on the median line of the pterygoids, as far back as the basioccipital, which they cover over, as well as the basisphenoid, in this respect agreeing with most Nothosaurians. These pterygoids are produced and narrowed anteriorly, where they join the vomers, whilst posteriorly they form two raised ridges on each side, between which the quadrate is wedged in. Before the skull had been thoroughly cleared from the matrix, the outer of these ridges conveyed to my mind the remains of ossified hyoid cornua (cerato- branchials). But, in the course of development, these ridges were found to bear a series of minute subconical teeth. This discovery is a very startling one, for, unless the Placodonts belong to the Plesiosauria, no member of this order was yet known to have possessed teeth on any of the bones of the palate. It is true that the following remark is made by Prof. Seeley (25, p. 591) respecting Mesosaurus tenut- dens :—“ Two elevated ridges, nearly parallel to each other and close together, extend along its [the palate’s] length, and converge backward. There is a possibility that these ridges carried single rows of teeth like the teeth on the ridges on the palate of Pareiasaurus, as the impression from the cast shows at regular intervals a few white dots along each ridge.” The bone between the suborbital and subtemporal fosse I take to be the ecto- pterygoid, known to be largely developed in Simosaurus, but absent from the restora- tions of Nothosawrus. Hence, the palatines would be small, and relegated to between the choane and the suborbital fosse. The mandible has a short symphysis, with median suture, and projects posteriorly considerably beyond its articulation with the cranium; on this process the angular, supra-angular, and articular bones are perfectly distinguishable. The neck consists of 21 vertebree. Its length is once and a half that of the skull, and nearly equals that of the body. The vertebre are short, the centra being a little broader than long; they bear short ribs, which are fork-headed, as is clearly shown on the counter-plate which bears the right rib of the second vertebra, and further by a detached rib lying on the right side of the eighteenth vertebra (fig. 2). The dislocated seventeenth vertebra shows the posterior articular surface moderately cupped. The atlas shows the proatlanto-atlantic hypapophysis separating the neuroids, and followed by the centrum, behind which there is no hypapophysis. Little is to be seen of the dorsal vertebral column and ribs, obscured as they are by the overlying pectoral arch and plastron; the number of vertebre may be computed at about 20. The tail is long and slender, tapering to a fine point; its length is nearly three times that of the skull; it comprises 42 or 43 vertebre. FROM THE TRIAS OF LOMBARDY, 5 Immediately behind the pectoral arch begins the series of small bones which form the plastron; this does not differ from that of the other Nothosaurians the plastron of which is known, 34 transverse series of bones can be counted between the pectoral and pelvic arches, each series consisting of a median angulate piece and two straight ones on each side (fig. 3), as in Plesiosaurs 1, which reptiles lack, however, the angular bend of the median piece. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. cat Posterior cervical rib. Anterior plastral bones. It is to be regretted that the dislocation of the pectoral arch renders the recognition of its elements somewhat difficult, There is one bone as to the nature of which no doubt can be entertained: that is, the right coracoid, lying on the inner side of the right humerus, which agrees essentially with the same element in Neusticosaurus. It is nearly equally expanded at both extremities, its width somewhat exceeding half its length, which nearly equals that of the humerus ; its inner border is shorter and more concave than the outer. Two large, flattened, curved bones anterior to the coracoid I take to be clavicles, the left of which appears to cover the left coracoid, and is separated from the other coracoid by a small bone with concave surface, which is probably the proximal (acromial) portion of the scapula, ‘Two displaced anterior dorsal vertebrae and a rib are exposed between the coracoids. Only the right humerus is completely exposed, having slipped out of the glenoid cavity. It is a short, stout, curved bone with strong preaxial crest ; it is provided with a small, elliptic, entepicondylar (ulnar) foramen; its length is exactly half that of the skull. The distal extremity of the left humerus projects from below the left clavicle, showing distinctly the epicondylar foramen. For the other bones of the fore limb we must turn to the left side of the specimen, where the whole forearm and manus are exposed in natural juxtaposition, the radius overlapping the proximal extremity of the ulna, The radius is large and much flattened, with concave inner border, its length twice its distal width and half the length of the humerus; the ulna is much more slender. The carpal bones are seven in number: a large intermedium, a radiale, and 1 Mr. C. W. Andrews has recently pointed out (Geol. Mag. 1895, p, 243) that some Plesiosaurs have three paired bones to each row. [June, 1895.] 6 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NOTHOSAURIAN REPTILE a small bone to each digit. The digits are five, increasing in length to the third, which equals the fourth, the fifth intermediate in length between the first and second. The first metacarpal is as long as the fifth but more slender; the second, third, and fourth are equal, half as long as the radius; the first finger has two phalanges, the second three, the third and fourth have four, the fifth three; the distal phalanx is obtusely pointed, flattened, and did not support a claw. The phalangeal bones are devoid of condyles, The pelvic bones are somewhat crushed and displaced. The left pubis is probably hidden under the ischium, but the right is exposed, and does not show a notch in its posterior border. The ischia form large plates with radiating strie. The femur is straight, subcylindrical, but feebly expanded at the extremities; its length exceeds by one fourth that of the humerus. The tibia isa little longer and considerably broader than the fibula, and not quite half as long as the femur. In the tarsus, a large intermedium and a smaller fibulare are present; only two very small bones, at the base of the third and fourth metatarsals, are distinguishable in the second row. ‘The metatarsals are more elongate than the metacarpals, and the third and fourth the longest and equal. The phalanges of the pes are stronger than those of the manus, and their formula is different, viz. 2, 3, 4,5, 4; the toes increase gradually in length from the first to the fourth ; the fifth is nearly as long as the third. The pes exceeds the manus by the length of the two distal phalanges of the fourth toe. It seems probable, from the structure of the extremities, that this Saurian was better adapted for locomotion in the water than on land, and the digits must have been connected by a broad web. On comparing the hand and foot of this Reptile with those of Mesosaurus, one cannot fail being struck by the concordance in the number of phalanges, and the great similarity in shape of the epipodials and phalangeals. The number of carpal bones is the same in both, but in Mesosaurus the tarsus comprises five elements in the distal row, and the fifth toe, instead of being shorter than the fourth, is a little longer. This agreement, together with other characters, such as the structure of the humerus and the form of the ribs, points to special affinity between the Wesosauria and Nothosauria, as first recognized by Prof. Seeley. This author, in his recent paper on Vesosaurus (25), places Newsticosawrus, a close ally of the Reptile here described, in a division, Neusticosauria, of the Suborder Mesosauria, characterized by flat articular surfaces of the centrum, coracoid separated from scapula, a notch in the pubis, a long neck and a short tail. As regards the latter character, which, even if founded ona well ascertained fact, would be at most a generic character, Prof. Seeley overlooks his former account of Neusticosaurus, in which he expresses the opinion that the tails of the specimens described by him are imperfect, and also the fine photograph, exhibited in the Geolo- gical Gallery of the British Museum, of a slab from the Lettenkohl of Hoheneck, Wiirtemberg, representing a group of Neusticosawrus pusillus, which have the tail FROM THE TRIAS OF LOMBARDY. 7 nearly as long as the neck and body, thus proportionately quite as long as in Meso- saurus or Macromerosaurus. So far as Iam able to make out from the photograph, the tail of WV. pusil/us comprises at least 40 vertebrae. The notch in the pubis, to which Prof. Seeley alludes, is not distinctly shown on the lithographed figure published in 1882, but is well marked both on the woodcut, p. 364 of the description, and on the specimen No. R. 53 in the British Museum, and agrees in every respect with the figure of the Reptile referred by Deecke (16) to Lariosawrus. Dames (22) has already pointed out that Deecke’s Lariosaurus could hardly be the same as the Lariosaurus of Crivelli and Curioni, from which it differs in the shape of the clavicle, the feebly curved and distally expanded humerus, the longer propodials, and the notched pubis. Apart from the supposed absence of an ectepicondylar foramen in the humerus, which may after all be due to its having been overlooked, I can see no ground for regarding Deecke’s specimen as generically distinct from Neusticosaurus pusillus. Of course, so long as the skull remains unknown, no certain conclusion can be arrived at, but I am much struck by the agreement of Deecke’s and Fraas’s specimens in the following points :— 1. The cervical vertebre are less massive than in Lariosaurus, 2. The dorsal ribs are much thicker in their proximal than in their distal portion ; the head is expanded and slightly notched. 3, The number of dorsal vertebre, 23 to 25, which is higher than in Lariosaurus. . The distally flattened and strongly expanded humerus. 5. The slender, proximally expanded radius, which exceeds half the length of the humerus. 6. The shape of the coracoid. 7. The shape of the pubis. With regard to Weusticosaurus pusillus I must observe that there are certainly 21, and perhaps 22 cervical vertebre; and that therefore the generic identity of this Reptile with Pachypleura, suggested by Lydekker (21) and accepted by Zittel (20), is out of question, as well as its identification with Lariosawrus proposed by Bassani (18)1. Pachypleura edwardsii, as known from the descriptions and figures of Cornalia (9) and Curioni (12), agrees in many respects with Zariosawrus and Neusticosaurus; but the neck contains only 16 vertebre, and the humerus is longer than the femur; the radius and ulna are slender, and two thirds the length of the humerus; the exact number of phalanges is still unknown, Dactylosawrus, Giirich (15), from the Muschelkalk of Silesia, agrees in the number of cervical vertebra and the shape and proportion of the radius and ulna with Pachy- pleura; the phalanges number 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, and the fourth finger is longer than the third. aS 1 The specimen from Viggit, figured on plate ii. of Cornalia’s memoir, must be taken as the type of Pachy- pleura edwardsii. The specimen from Besano, figured on plate i., is possibly a Neusticosaurus. 8 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NOTHOSAURIAN REPTILE Assuming the specimen described in this paper to be the young of the larger Lario- saurus balsami, the genus Lariosaurus is to be distinguished from Neusticosaurus by the larger and more elongate skull, the shorter and broader radius, the shape of the humerus, and the absence of notch in the pubis; from Pachypleura and Dactylosaurus in the greater number of cervical vertebra, the shorter and broader radius, and the shape of the humerus ; and from the latter more particularly in the relative proportions of the third and fourth fingers and the number of phalanges in the third finger. These four genera may be conveniently grouped, for the present, under one family, Lario- sauride, in many respects intermediate between the Mesosauride and the Notho- sauride, although nearer the latter, as shown in the following attempt at a classification of the Order Plesiosauria :— Order PLESIOSAURIA. Skull with a single temporal arch. Dentition thecodont. Plastron present, not connected with the clavicles. No ossified praecoracoid. Sternum absent. Dorsal ribs single-headed. Divided into three Suborders. Before passing on to the diagnosis of the minor groups, I must observe that I reckon the so- called “pectoral” vertebre as cervicals, and that I accept Seeley’s interpretation of the shoulder- girdle. There is no evidence to show that the bar termed “ precoracoid ” in Chelonians constitutes an element distinct from the scapula; therefore, I revert to the nomenclature of Cuvier and Rathke, and term this bar acromial process of the scapula in both Chelonians and Plesiosaurians. I. M&sosauria. Clavicles present; scapule fused with coracoids, the axes of which are transverse. Humerus with entepicondylar foramen ; propodial bones elongate ; digits with not more than 5 phalanges. Vertebr conically cupped, with persistent notochordal canal, without transverse processes ; cervical vertebrz 10 or 11; sacral vertebre 4. A single family :— 1. Mesosavripz. II. NorHosavria. Clavicles strongly developed, forming a bar across the pectoral region, embracing a small inter- clavicle; scapulz with rudimentary acromial process; coracoids elongate, forming an angle, in contact by their extremities. Humerus with entepicondylar foramen ; propodial bones elongate ; digits with not more than 5 phalanges. Vertebre biplane or feebly biconcave ; transverse processes short or absent; cervical vertebre 16 to 21; sacral vertebree 3 to 51. 1. Lartosaurip#.—Palate with infraorbital foramen. Dorsal vertebre without transverse processes, 2. Nornosaurip#£.—Palate without infraorbital foramen. Dorsal vertebree with transverse processes. * Their number is still unknown in the Nothosauride. However, Anarosaurus, Dames, which I would refer to this family, is stated to have three sacrals. FROM THE TRIAS OF LOMBARDY. 9 III. Savropreryera. Clavicles small, if present, applied to the dorsal surface of the scapulz ; scapule with much- developed acromial process; coracoids enormously developed, with their long axes parallel, their inner borders in contact. Limbs paddle-shaped, with the propodials more or less abbreviated, and an increased number of phalanges. Vertebre biplane or feebly biconcave; dorsals with long transverse processes ; cervical vertebre 20 to 72; sacral vertebre 1 or 2". Three families :— 1, Priosavrma.—No median prolongation of the scapule and coracoids, which are widely sepa- rated from each other on the median line, thus enclosing a single large foramen; scapule not meeting in the middle. About 20 cervical vertebre, with forked ribs. 2. PLesiosaurip#.—Scapule separated on the middle line; coracoids with median anterior prolongation, meeting the interclavicle and clavicles; the pectoral arch thus enclosing two foramina. Cervical vertebre 28 to 40, with forked ribs. 3. Exasmosauripa.—Scapulz extensively in contact with each other on the middle line, where they join corresponding median processes of the coracoids ; the pectoral arch thus enclosing two foramina. Cervical vertebree 35 to 72, with single-headed ribs. Propodial bones much modified, simulating mesopodials. REFERENCES TO THE LITERATURE ON NOTHOSAURIANS. 1. Meyer, H. von. Conchiosaurus clavatus, em Saurus aus dem Muschelkalke von Bayreuth. Mus. Senckenb. i. 1834, pp. 8-14, pl. i. 2. Minsrur, G. zu. Vorlaufige Nachricht tiber einige neue Reptilien im Muschelkalk von Baiern. N. Jahrb. Min. 1834, pp. 521-527. 3. Batsamo-Crivetut, G. Descrizione di un nuovo rettile fossile, della famiglia dei Palzosauri. Il Politecnico (Milano), May No., 1839, p. 421.—Abstract in N. Jahrb. Min. 1848, p. 246. 4. Braun, F. Verzeichniss der in der Kreis-Naturalien-Sammlung zu Bayreuth befindlichen Petrefakten. Leipzig, 1840, 4to. 5. Meyer, H. von. Simosaurus, die Stumpfschnautze, ein Saurier aus dem Muschelkalke von Luneville. N. Jahrb. Min. 1842, pp. 184-197. 6. Meyer, H. von, and Purenincrr, J. Beitrage zur Paleontologie Wiirttembergs, enthaltend die fossile Wirbelthierreste aus den Triasgebilden. Stuttgart, 1844, 4to. 7. Meyer, H. von. Zur Fauna der Vorwelt. Die Saurier des Muschelkalkes. Frankfort/M., 1847-1855, fol. 8. Curton1, G. Cenni sopra un nuovo Saurio fossile dei monti di Perledo sul Lario. Giorn. ; Ist. Lomb. xvi. 1847, pp. 157-170, pl. —. g. Cornauia, HE, Notizie zoologiche sul Pachyplewra edwardsii, nuovo sauro acrodonte degli strati triasici di Lombardia. Giorn. Ist. Lomb. (2) vi. 1854, pp. 45-58, pls. i. & ii. 10. Buainvittz, H.M.D. px. Ostéographie. Publication posthume. Reptiles. Paris, 1855, fol. 1 This character should probably be erased from the diagnosis. Mr. Andrews (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 6, xy. 1895, p. 334) states that there appear to be three or four sacral vertebre in Cryptoclidus. [June, 1895. ] VOL. XIv.—PakT I. No. 2.— April, 1896. c 10 II, 12. 13. T4. 15. 16. 17. 18, 19. 20. 21. 22. De 24. 25. 26, 27. ON A NOTHOSAURIAN REPTILE FROM THE TRIAS OF LOMBARDY. Gervais, P. Zoologie et Paléontologie frangaises. 2° édition. Paris, 1859, 4to. Curron1, G. Sui giacimenti metalliferi e bituminosi triasici di Besano. Mem. Ist. Lomb. ix, 1864, pp. 241-268, pls. v. & vi. Fraas, O. Ueber Simosaurus pusillus. Wiirtt. Jahresh. xxxvii. 1881, pp. 319-324, pl. i. Szrtry, H.G. On Neusticosaurus pusillus. Q. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxxviii. 1882, pp. 350-366, pl. xiii. Guricu, G. Ueber einige Saurier des Oberschlesischen Muschelkalks. Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Ges. xxxvi. 1884, pp. 125-144, pl. ii. Dexzcxe, W. Ueber Lariosaurus und einige andere Saurier der Lombardischen Trias. Zeitschr, Deutsch. Geol. Ges. xxxviil. 1886, pp. 170-197, pls. iii. & iv. Baur, G. Bemerkungen iiber Sauropterygia und Ichthyopterygia. Zool. Anz. 1886, pp. 245-252, & p. 323. Bassani, F. Sui fossili e sull’ eta degli schisti bituminosi triasici di Besano in Lombardia. Atti Soe. Ital. xxix. 1886, pp. 15-72. Kouniscu, H. Ueber eine Saurierplatte aus dem Oberschlesischen Muschelkalke. Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Ges. xl, 1888, pp. 671-693, pls. xxix. & xxx. Zrrret, K. A. Handbuch der Palzontologie. Palzozoologie. III. Munich & Leipzig, 1888, 8vo. Lyprexxer, R. Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia and Amphibia in the British Museum. II. London, 1889, 8vo. Dames, W. Anarosaurus pumilio. Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Ges. xlii. 1890, pp. 74-85, pl. i. Koxen, E. Ueber die Bildung des Schidels, der Gehirnhéhle und des Gehérorgans bei der Gattung Nothosaurus. Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. 1890, pp. 108-111. Giricu, G. Ueber einen neuen Nothosaurus von Gogolin in Oberschlesien. Zertschr. Deutsch. Geol. Ges. xliii. 1891, pp. 967-970. fi Srrrzy, H. G. The Mesosauria of South Africa. Q. Journ. Geol. Soc. xlviii. 1892, pp. 586-604, pl. xviii. SxurHos, T.G. Vorliufige Mittheilung tiber Parthanosaurus zitteli, een neuen Saurier aus der Trias. Zool. Anz. 1893, pp. 67-69. Koxen, E. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Gattung Nothosaurus. Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Ges. xlv. 1893, pp. 337-877, pls. vii-—xi. ; EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Lariosaurus balsami, of the natural size. The matrix is represented lighter than it really is, in order to render the outlines of the bones more distinct (see p. 2). Trans. Zoot. Soc Vb AN FEL A.M. Woodward del.et hth Mirtern Bros. imp LARIOSAURUS BALSAM]. at Il. On the Lepidosiren of Paraguay, and on the external characters of Lepidosiren and Protopterus. by E. Ray Lanxesrer, W.A., F.RS., P.Z.S., Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the University of Oxford. Received and read June 19th, 1894. [Puate II. | THE object of the present communication is to place in the hands of zoologists a carefully-executed drawing of a South-American Lepidosiren (Pl. II. fig. 1), which, as will be seen below, there is reason to consider as identical with Natterer’s Lepidosiren paradoxa (Fitzinger), side by side with a drawing of the African Protopterus annectens, Owen, from the Gambia (Pl. II. fig. 2). Measurements are also given of the two species, and illustrations of the proportionate size and of the structure of the scales of the three species—Ceratodus forsteri, Krefit, Protopterus annectens, Owen, and Lepi- dosiren, from Paraguay (Pl. II. figs. 4-9). The remarkable villi of the posterior limbs of the male specimens of the Paraguay Lepidosiren are also carefully represented (Pl. II. fig. 3). From these data zoologists will be able to form a more correct conception of the appearance of Lepidosiren than is possible from Natterer’s figure, whilst the differences between it and Protopterus become obvious. I do not propose to attempt to decide critically whether the specimens of Lepidosiren from Paraguay, which I have examined, are the Lepidosiren paradoxa of Fitzinger or not’. The specimens described by Natterer, and named by Fitzinger, were obtained from ponds in the neighbourhood of Borba (not Bahia, fide Castelnau), on the Madeira River, a tributary of the Amazon system. One specimen is recorded by Castelnau as captured since Natterer’s discovery—having been taken by himself in the Lake Ucayale, which is in Eastern Peru, also connected with a tributary of the Amazons,—and two specimens (one only a skeleton) are in the possession of Prof. Giglioli, of Florence, one from Manaos, the other from Madeira, both localities in the Amazon basin. The Paraguay specimens, which were brought to Europe in the beginning of 1894 by a German traveller, Dr. Bohls’, were obtained from the neighbourhood of the Upper * See, however, the postscript to this paper, p. 20. 2 Dr. Bohls has communicated to the Royal Society of Sciences of Gottingen (‘ Nachrichten,’ 1894, p. 80) an account of his capture of these specimens and of the various points relating to the natural history of Lepidosiren observed by him. The account is so interesting that I shall give here some extracts from it. Dr. Bohls states that he discovered these Lepidosiren in the interior of the swamps of the Chaco (on the right bank of the Paraguay River). The Lepidosiren does not occur in the river itself, but only in the pools of the swampy c2 12 PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. Paraguay River, in “the swamps of the Chaco.” Six of these specimens I have had the opportunity of examining: two more closely, which I purchased for the Oxford University Museum; three purchased by the British Museum, Natural History (by kind permission of the Keeper of the Zoological Collections) ; and one in the possession of Mr. E. Gerrard, Jun. Since these specimens, from one of which (now in the Oxford Museum) the drawing in the accompanying Plate has been prepared, were from the more southern river- system of the La Plata, and not from the great Amazon basin, there is, primé facie, a question possible as to whether we have here to deal with Natterer’s species or a distinct and new species. Castelnau did not hesitate to assign his specimen from Lake Ucayali, in the Amazonian area, to a new species; but probably, in view of the district near it. It appears that Natterer’s and Castelnau’s specimens were also from pools and not from rivers. Dr. Bohls believes that, whilst there is a southern limit to the distribution of Lepidosiren, it will be be found everywhere in the northern parts of South America in stagnant pools which are of fair depth (5 to 6 feet). The particular swamp in which Dr. Bohls captured his specimens was four days’ journey west of the Paraguay River, and its borders were inhabited by a primitive tribe of Lengua Indians. They make the Lepidosiren and other fish captured in the pools their chief article of diet. The Lepidosiren cannot be caught with nets (on account of the weeds), nor by hook and line; they are caught with a spear or harpoon of about eight feet in length. The Indians plunge into the water in parties, prodding the bottom of the pools with these instruments. Dr. Bohls himself went out with a party of ten Indians. The ovaries of the Lepidosiren are preferred as an article of food to the salmon-like flesh, and are pressed into a kind of cake. The Lenguas Indians call the Lepidosiren “ Loalach.” The Lepidosiren feeds chiefly on a marsh-snail (Ampullaria) which grows as large as a man’s fist, and has a dense shell which the powerful teeth of the Lepidosiren are well fitted to crush. The bite of the animal is much feared by the Indians. Vegetable matter is found in the alimentary canal of the Lepidosiren together with the remains of the snails, but Dr. Bohls thinks it probable that this may have been swallowed accidentally, and not as food. Few examples of the fish are taken in a complete condition ; one of the limbs may be missing, or the tail injured (as often noted also with Protopterus). The Jacare (Alligator sclerops) feeds on the Lepidosiren in these pools, and specimens were found with the whole region of the body posterior to the anus in a state of regeneration—the amputation haying been probably due to the bite of an Alligator. Dr. Bohls is unable to say from actual observation that Lepidosiren can live in the dry mud of the pools, but as the swamps do dry up when the weather is hot and little rain falls, they must either die or pass through a period of non-aquatic life. Natterer relates that his Zepidostren could give a cry like that of a cat. Those observed by Dr. Bohls gaye out a sound when removed from the water, caused by expelling air through the narrow aperture of the branchial chamber. The alcohol in which the Lepidosiren were preserved acquired a green colour, and this colouring matter was given out even after months, when the alcohol had been replaced several times (cf. green colour of the bones of Protopterus). When Dr. Bohls left the Chaco the females were quite ripe with distended ovaries, but no eggs apparently had been laid. The specimens brought home by him therefore are, many of them, in a state approaching that cf the spawning period, but not actually arrived at that condition (see above as to my observations on the villi of the pelvic limbs of the males). Dr. Bohls tried to keep specimens alive in tanks, but, as all were necessarily injured by the spear in capture, they invariably died on the second or third day after they were obtained, PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 13 absence from his description of any distinctive characters, no one will be found to agree with him. The view taken as to the Paraguayan Lepidosiren being distinct from that of the Amazons will no doubt depend, to some extent, on the conclusion which is accepted as to the existence of a single species of Protopterus in the African continent. If we agree with Dr. Giinther that Peters’s Protopterus amphibius from the Zambesi (Quillemane) is not really distinct from the Protopterus annectens, Owen, of the western water-shed of Africa (Gambia), then it will seem not unlikely that a single species of Lepidosiren may similarly inhabit two distinct river-systems in South America’. From an examination which I have made of specimens of Protopterus in the British Museum and elsewhere, I cannot regard the question of the species of African Protopteri as finally settled, and would venture to point out that it is very desirable that large and well-preserved specimens should be secured, by those who may have the opportunity, from each of the different river-systems of Africa and deposited in European collections for study. It seems that we must either admit that a very marked range of variation is exhibited (as is @ priori likely enough) in specimens of one species of both Protopterus and Lepidosiren, or that more than one species has to be recognized in each genus. On the whole, I think it will be best to assume for the present that Bobls’s Paraguay Lepidosiren? is identical with the L. paradoxa of Fitzinger and Natterer, and I now 1 Tt appears that Professor Peters refers some of the specimens from the Zambesi and also those from the Nile and from the Tanganyika district to the species P. annectens of Owen, and that his P. amphibius is repre- sented only by certain specimens brought by him from the district of the delta of the Zambesi (Quillimane), and preserved in the Berlin Museum. P. amphibius is stated to possess only thirty pairs of ribs instead of thirty-five (P. annectens), and as its specially distinctive character is given not merely that a fin-membrane (« Flossensaum’) is present on one border of both pectoral and pelvic limbs (instead of on the pectorals only, as in P. annectens), but that the membrane in both limbs is supported by minute cartilaginous rods, which are wanting in P. annectens. (See Schneider, ‘ Zoologische Beitriige,’ vol. ii. 1890, p. 97). The determination of the presence or absence of the minute fringing cartilages of the fins requires the use of the microscope. I have examined specimens from the Zambesi (in the British Museum) with a fin-membrane well developed on the hinder limbs, but was not able to apply the microscope. As to how far these characters aro really indicative of specific separation is still doubtful, and can be cleared up only by minute examination of large series of specimens, which it is to be hoped will soon be forthcoming now that our communication with Equatorial Africa is so greatly improved and extended. 2 Prof, Ehlers, in an interesting communication to the Royal Society of Sciences of Gottingen (‘ Nachrichten,’ 1894, p. 84), gives reasons for considering that Dr. Bohls’s collection of Lepidosiven from Paraguay consists of two species—one which he considers identical with Natterer’s L. paradoxa, and a second which he distin- guishes as L. articulata, n. sp. Prof. Ehlers had the opportunity of looking over thirty-two specimens from Paraguay, of which he considers that twenty-seven belong to his new species, whilst five are to be referred to L. paradoua of Fitzinger. The characters adduced by Prof. Ehlers for separating these two species appear to me to be insufficient 14 PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. propose to point out what are the chief differences of form and proportion between Lepidosiren and Protopterus as represented on the one hand by the Paraguay specimens of Lepidosiren, and on the other hand by specimens of Protopterus from both the Gambia and the Zambesi. Sir Richard Owen, in his original description of Protopterus annectens (Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii. 1841, p. 327), pointed out important differences in his new form from Africa depending as they do on the general form of the head and snout, which is liable to distortion owing to the specimen resting on the head when placed in a jar containing the alcohol in which it is preserved. The males, both of the series assigned to the old species, L. paradowa, Fitz., and of the series assigned by Ehlers to his new species, presented equally the remarkable villi on the pelvic limbs hitherto unknown in Lepidosiren, In the females of both the villi are absent—the specimens brought home formerly by Natterer were females. The only character which Ehlers adduces for separating the Paraguay specimens into two distinct species, which seems to me likely to be of value, is that upon which he bases the specific name ‘ articulata.’ One (or more? Prof. Ehlers does not state) of the specimens belonging to the series of twenty-seven, which on account of shape of head and colour he had set apart as a new species distinct from the remaining five, was ‘found to exhibit a segmentation of the cartilaginous skeletal axis of the limbs, both pectoral and pelvic. Now it is well known that according to Bischoff’s description and figure the skeletal axis of the limb (of each girdle). of L. paradowa, Fitz., is an unsegmented continuous tapering rod of cartilage. In the African Protopterus the corresponding skeletal element consists of successive segments. As Prof. Ehlers justly observes, the character which he has thus put forward requires testing on a large number of specimens. It does not appear from his statement that he has so tested it. It would not even follow that two species of Lepidosiren exist side by side in Paraguay, because some specimens are found to have segmented skeletal axes to the limbs, and a certain proportion are found to haye an unsegmented axis. The fact is that the specific determination of the Paraguay Lepidosiren has yet to be made by comparison, either with the five specimens from the Amazons now in European Museums (one in Paris, two in Vienna, two in Florence), or with new specimens to be obtained from the Amazon system. (See postscript, p. 20.) Prof. Ehlers’s identification of five specimens, out of thirty-two brought by Dr. Bohls, with L. paradowa, Fitz., cannot be regarded as resting on satisfactory grounds, any more than the separation of the other twenty-seven specimens as a distinct species. That one of the latter had a jointed axis to the limb cannot be held to go very far; we do not really know at present whether such jointing is common, or occasional, or never present in Lepidosiren annectens, and until we do it will be best to consider Dr. Bohls’s specimens from Paraguay provisionally as identical with the Amazonian L. annectens, Fitz. (See, however, the postscript to this paper, p. 20.) Bischoff’s figure and description of the cartilaginous axis of the limb of Z. annectens, Fitz., in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ 1840, does not justify a final conclusion as to the absence of segmentation in that axis. Protopterus with its corresponding segmented axis was not known at the time, and in an insufficiently cleaned preparation it is possible that segmentation may have escaped Bischoff’s notice. He makes no emphatic statement on the subject. I am unable to gather from Prof. Ehlers’s statement whether he he has actually seen a Lepidosiren with an unsegmented cartilaginous axis to the limb, or whether he is merely quoting and assuming the finality of Bischoff’s statement. He says: “‘ Bei dem von mir so gedeuteten Thiere (Z. annectens) ist auch das Skelet der Gliedmassen ein einfacher ungegliederter Knorpelstab.” Among Dr. Bohls’s specimens there were five “so gedeutet ” by Prof. Ehlers. It would be satisfactory to know whether all five, or how many, were ascertained to have the simple unsegmented cartilage-axis, or whether any specimen at all was really ascertained by Prof. Ehlers to exhibit “ ein einfacher ungegliederter Knorpelstab ” as the fin-skeleton, PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 15 and the description given by Natterer of the South-American Lepidosiren. He especially drew attention to the relative distance (and number of vertebrz) intervening in the two species between the anterior and posterior limbs. The difference thus indicated is very striking, and is expressed in general terms by saying that Lepidosiren is long and eel-like, whilst Protopterus is comparatively short and thick-set. In order to place the distinction on a definite numerical footing, it is found convenient to take the following points of measurement:—A. Total length from the extremity of the snout to the extremity of the caudal fin; B. From the extremity of the snout to the anterior margin of the pectoral fin where it springs from the body; C. From the anterior margin of the pectoral fin to the anterior margin of the pelvic fin; D. From the anterior margin of the pelvic fin to the extremity of the tail; E. From the anterior margin of the pectoral fin to the vertical drawn from the anterior limit of the dorsal fin. In the following lists I give these measurements, A, B, C, D, E, for five specimens of the Paraguay Lepidosiren, and for six specimens of Protopterus. It is no doubt true— that the ratio of these lengths one to another differs in larger specimens as compared with quite small specimens; also that the distortion caused by stuffing may entirely obscure the natural proportions. With the exception of two large stuffed specimens of Protopterus in the British Museum, all the specimens, the measurements of which are here recorded, were preserved in alcohol. If we take the length of B (from tip of snout to anterior margin of pectoral fin) as a unit, these measurements may be expressed in a form facilitating a direct comparison of all the specimens examined. It will facilitate the statement of these results if we call A the total length, B the head-length, C the inter-membral length, D the post-pelvic length, and E the cervico- dorsal length. If we give the total length in centimeters it will be unnecessary to burden the reader with the other measurements in centimeters; it will be sufficient to give them in terms of the unit of comparison adopted, viz. the head-length. Tastr A.— Measurements of Lepidosiren from Paraguay. Total Ratio Head- Ratio of Ratio of Ratio of No. Specimen. length in of total length inter-membral | post-pelyic |cervico-dorsal centimeters. | length. | (unit). length. length. length, 1. | Smaller male Lepidosiren from 57 8°77 1 4:7 3:15 3 | Paraguay (Oxford Museum) . 2. | Larger male Lepidosiren from 73°3 10°47 1 5°85 3°57 2-92 | Paraguay (Oxford Museum) . | 8. | Large male Lepidosiren from 72 9°27 1 5 3°38 258 | Paraguay (British Museum) . 4, |Small male Lepidosiren from 40°5 10°12 1 5 41 3-06 Paraguay (British Museum) . 5. | Female Lepidosiren from Para- 67 10:3 1 5°53 3°77 354 | guay (British Museum) .... | Averaper Gove eenieak ere 975 | 1 5-21 3°59 | 32 | 16 PROF, E, RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. Taste B.—Measurements of specimens of Protopterus annectens, Owen. Total Ratio of total| Head- Ratio of Ratio of Ratio of No. Specimen. length in length to | length | inter-membral | post-pelvie | cervico-dorsal centimeters. | head-length. | (unit). length. length. length. 1. | Specimen in Oxford Museum, killed, and measured three hours after death (see Pl. IT., and explanation where this specimen is figured), from the Cems. Sa otgosoneno gdcs 50 6:25 1 25 2°63 1:3 2. | Quite small specimen in the Oxford Museum .......... 23 7°66 1 33 3:3 14 3. | From the Zambesi (British WHEN) SG ngacbeadno oDno 39 7 1 3 3 1:2 4. |A second from the Zambesi (British Museum) ........ 32 8 1 3°25 3°75 15 5. | Stuffed specimen in British Museum, formerly living in the Crystal Palace, Sydenham. 79 9:3 i 3°53 417 1:64 6. | Very large stuffed specimen in British Museum (purchased of M. Parzudaki): Nile .... 90 vi 1 3°46 2-46 2 The facts indicated by these two sets of measurements (excluding any close following of the figures derived from the stuffed specimens of Protopterus) are, firstly, that the proportional value of the measurements differs greatly in different specimens; and secondly, that if we take a fair well-grown specimen of Protopterus on the one hand and of Lepidosiren on the other, the former from 40-50 centimeters, and the latter 60-70 centimeters in length, they contrast most strongly in the following points— namely, that in Protopterus the whole animal is about 64 times as long as its head, whereas in Lepidosiren the whole animal is about 10 times as long as its head. Next, that whereas in Protopterus the inter-membral length is about 23 times the length of the head, it is about 5 times the length of the head in Lepidosiren; and, lastly, that whereas in Protopterus it is about once and a half the length of the head from the pectoral to the commencement of the dorsal fin, it takes as much as three head-lengths to cover the same line in Lepidosiren. The post-pelvic ratio of length is nearly the same in the two genera. These external differences are, of course, accompanied by corresponding numerical differences in the number of myocommata and vertebre, which have already been noted by Owen, and there are corresponding differences in the number of scales between the points taken. It is not my purpose on the present occasion to deal with points of anatomy, and with regard to the enumeration of scales I will record that it is by no means an easy task in Lepidosiren on account of the delicacy of the scales, their small size and deep implantation, as well as the abundant coagulated and strongly pigmented tissue which covers them in specimens recently preserved in spirit and therefore not. macerated. PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 17 The form and ornamentation of the scales have been more or less fully described by Natterer and Bischoff in Lepidosiren, by Owen in Protopterus, and by Giinther in Ceratodus. From Wiedersheim we have a more minute account of the denticles which are set on the polygonal aree marking the scales of Protopterus. In Pl. II. figs. 4-9, I have reproduced drawings prepared for me by Mr. HE. S. Goodrich, F.L.S., of Merton College, my assistant in the Oxford Museum, showing the relative size of the scales in the three genera Ceratodus, Protopterus, and Lepidosiren, and also showing the denticulate ornament of the scales, equally magnified in each case for comparison. The scale chosen in each case is taken from a point near the middle of the inter- membral area, and about halfway between the dorsal and ventral mid-line; the object has been to select in each case a similarly-conditioned scale. It will be seen that the scale of Ceratodus is enormous compared with those of. the other two genera, and that that of Protopterus is larger than that of Lepidosiren. (See further, as to the scales, in the note to the Explanation of the Plates.) The denticulations of the scales do not vary in size proportionately to the size of the scales, but are only somewhat coarser in Ceratodus than in Protopterus and Lepidosiren (Pl. II. figs. 7-9). The last point, in reference to the Paraguayan Lepidosiren, to which I desire to draw attention in the present communication is the remarkable development of the villi on the hind limbs. ‘hese were described and figured by me in outline in a letter to ‘ Nature’ in April 1894. They have also been described, but not figured, by Prof. Ehlers in a communication to the Gottingen ‘ Nachrichten,’ 1894, p. 87, which was not published until June, and was unknown to me when my letter in ‘Nature’ was published, although some author’s reprints had been distributed before that date. It appears that these villi occur only on male specimens. They are present on all the male specimens I have examined, and are absent from the females. They occur on the postero-medial surface of the elongated pelvic fins, and are seen both in Pl. Il. fig. 1 and in the enlarged drawing of the limb (PI. IT. fig. 3), which is represented as turned forward so as to expose them fully to view. The villi are small, pale-coloured, blunt processes, from three to four times as long as broad; they are either simple or joined, to the number of two, three, or four, on a common base. I have examined the micro- scopic structure of these villi by means of transverse sections. They are covered with epidermic cells, which are two or three deep, and show evidence, in the condition of their nuclei, of being in course of active multiplication. But I did not observe any special characters of interest in these cells; they were block-like, solid, and not flattened. Below the epithelial cells is a finely fibrous connective tissue, which in transverse section of the villi is seen to occupy the axis, and to take the form of trabecule enclosing oblong cavities with rounded contours. Numerous nuclei belonging to the connective tissue—some in karyokinetic activity—are apparent in such sections, and here and there a minute blood-vessel. ‘The cavernous structure of the connective tissue you. Xiv.—Parr 1. No. 3.—April, 1896. D 18 PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. and the vascularity of the villi are in favour of the supposition that the cavernous tissue may be erectile under certain conditions, probably at the time of sexual congress’. External Gills of Protopterus. The presence of external gills was given in the Brit. Mus. Cat. Fishes, viii. p. 322 (1870), by Dr. Giinther, as diagnostic of the genus Protopterus in contrast to Lepidosiren. The diagnostic is adopted also by Schneider (loc. cit.). I believe that the distinguished zoologist of the British Museum would not at the present moment put forward that character as one to be insisted upon. There is no doubt that moderate-sized specimens of Protopterus, such as that figured in PI. II. fig. 2, do not possess external gills. While small specimens of Protopterus possess remarkable pigmented (yellow and black) external gills, it is impossible at present to use this character as distinguishing Protopterus from Lepidosiren, since small specimens of Lepidosiren have not been examined, and may therefore, for all we know, possess such gills also. The Specimen of Protopterus annectens, figured in Plate II. fig. 2. The Protopterus figured in the Plate accompanying this paper, for the purpose of comparison with Lepidosiren, was living in the tank of the Reptile House in Regent's Park three hours before it was sketched. The drawing has a special value, therefore, as being made from a perfectly fresh and undistorted specimen. It was kindly placed in my hands for the purpose of study by Dr. P. L. Sclater, Secretary to the Zoological Society of London. It proved to be a female, and is one of six from the Gambia River presented to the Society by Mr. H. H. Lee. It is remarkable that both the limbs and the tail of well-grown specimens of Protopterus seem to be specially liable to injury during life. I believe this injury arises not only from bites inflicted by the Protopteri on one another, but also from the attacks of a parasite which is allied to, if not identical with, the Saprolegnia ferox of salmon disease. In captivity they are, as a fact, attacked by Saprolegnia, and the consequent ulceration leads to loss of parts of the caudal and lateral fins. The female specimen which is drawn in PI. II. fig. 2 is remarkable for the complete- ness of the caudal fin and for the fact that a minute median filament is present, extending beyond the main outline of the fin posteriorly. Iam not able at present to give any further detail as to the nature of this process, the specimen being retained in a complete condition for exhibition in the University Museum, Oxford. The lateral fins are of more than average length as compared with specimens of this size. In young Protopteri the pectorals and pelvics are very long; in specimens * A demonstration that such is the nature of the villi would, however, require specimens in which the cond:tion of turgescence was actually retained in preservation, or fresh specimens upon which injection could be practised. PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS, 19 5 inches long the pectoral fins may have a length of 52 inches. Apparently the fins are continually being shortened by violence or disease, and continually grow again, not to the relative length seen in the young, but so as to repair to a great extent the loss. Hence it seems that little importance can be attached, in the diagnosis of Protopterus and Lepidosiren, to the relative length of the fins, unless a very large series of each is studied. I am also unwilling to attach much importance to the general form of the head and the relative position of the eye in relation to the angle of the mouth as specific or generic characters, since we have no drawing or record of freshly killed or living specimens of Lepidosiren, while preservation in spirit is liable to be attended by considerable distortion of the head. But it is fairly apparent, as shown in the Plate, that the head of Protopterus is less blunt anteriorly than that of Lepéidosiren, and that the eye of Lepidosiren is placed much further forward than that of Protopterus, so as to be in front of the angle of - the mouth. EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. Fig. 1. Lepidosiren from the swamps of the Chaco (Upper Paraguay River), natural size: male. Drawn from a spirit-preserved specimen in the Oxford University Museum by J. Bayzand *. Fig. 2. Protopterus annectens,Owen. Drawn by J. Bayzand* from a specimen recently killed and untouched by alcohol. The specimen is a female, was brought * Note, Dec. 20, 1895.—It is only fair to the artist, Mr. Bayzand, to point out that a curious inaccuracy has crept into the lithographic reproduction of his drawing which is not present in the original as made by him, It will be observed, in the two large figures of Lepidosiren and Protopterus respectively, that there is a marking on the surface of the body, especially strongly rendered in the drawing of Protopterus, which appears to indicate “scales,” and was interpreted as such by the lithographer. As a matter of fact, no scales at all or parts of scales are visible on the surface of the body of a fresh or well-preserved specimen of Proto- pterus. The scales are entirely overlaid, in both Protopterus and Lepidosiren, by soft vascular connective tissue in addition to a well-developed epithelium. The arew which are marked out on the surface of the body and have been wrongly rendered in the lithograph as scales are in reality lozenge-shaped arew outlined by the greater abundance along their margins of the large branching pigment-cells of the connective tissue which overlies as a uniform and continuously flat layer the subjacent scales. The lithographer, thinking he was called upon to represent protruding imbricated scales, such as appear on the surface in many common Teleostean fishes, has changed the outline of the pigment-areze and represented the posterior border as a portion of a circular curve, a form which it does not present either in Protopterus or Lepidosiren, and which was not given to it in Mr. Bayzand’s original drawing. The true form of these arew delimited by pigment-cells is seen in the woodcut, fig. 1. The arex are seen to have a pointed angular posterior border, and not a curved The anterior border, on the contrary, shows a rounding-off of the angle, so that the form of the markings one. given in the lithograph should be reversed. The arew are less elongated near the head and near the origin of the median fins than in other regions. Though these are are in no way to be regarded as scales, they yet correspond in position and number with the subjacent imbricated scales, Each scale in Protopterus and Lepidosiren has a large sculptured area carrying the denticulations. figured in the Plate, and, extending posteriorly beyond this, a softer unsculptured portion D2 20 PROF, E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS, from the Gambia district, West Africa, and had been living two years in the Society’s Gardens. Fig. 3. Left hind limb of the specimen of Lepidosiren drawn in fig. 1, reflected forward which is as it were cut off above and below so as to form a strong median angle (Plate II. figs. 5 & 6). The line separating the stronger sculptured part of the scale from the smooth softer piece presents a fine curvature (aa in figs. 5 & 6 of the Plate), In old spirit-specimens of Protopterus (woodcut, fig. 2) and also in similar Fig. 2. Fig. 1. ani. ost. B pst. Diagram of the lozenge-shaped ares outlined by pigment- cells (which are also seen scattered and in some places aggregated on the general surface), from the mid-body region of Protopterus annectens, as seen in a freshly- Diagram of the same are as those drawn in fig. 1, as seen in a specimen which has been long preserved in weak spirit. The pigment has become altered in colour (from blue-black to a warm brown) and has diffused preserved specimen (six months in spirit). into and stained adjacent tissue. The subepidermic connective tissue is wrinkled and semitransparent, and permits one to see the outline of the semicircular curve (a, @) which separates the sculptured from the unsculp=- tured portion of the subjacent scale. ‘specimens of Lepidosiren, this curved line shows through the softened and wrinkled dermis (woodcut, fig. 2, aa) owing to the greater thickness and differentiated texture of the sculptured portion of the buried scale, Fig. 3. Diagram to show the relation of the scale of Protopterus to the superjacent lozenge-shaped area outlined by Ppigment-cells. a, the line separating the thicker sculptured portion of the scale from the softer and smooth, pointed portion, c; 6, the position of the pigment-cells disposed in the form of a lozenge. The relation of an entire scale to the lozenge-shaped pigment-area of the surface-tissues is shown in woodcut fig. 3, where the scale is drawn so as to show its sculp- tured and unsculptured portions, and the superjacent lozenge-area of pigment-cells is dotted in. In the figures 5 and 6 of Plate II. the dotted line indicates similarly the anterior border of a superjacent pigment-lozenge. If we now compare the figure of the scale of Cera- todus forsteri (Pl. II. fig. 4) with the diagrams and drawings of the scales of Protopterus and Lepidosiren, it becomes apparent that there is here also a smooth unsculptured posterior portion of the scale. In Cera- todus, however, this part of the scale is firm and thick, and is freely exposed, covered neither by dermis nor epidermic epithelium. The most probable interpretation of these facts, from the point of view of the ancestral history of the scale PROF, E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 21 so as to expose the anus on the left side of the animal’s body, and showing the villi (found only in the male) on the dorso-mediad face of the limb. Drawn by J. Bayzand: twice the natural size, linear. Fig. 4. Scale from middle of the side of the body of Ceratodus forsteri, Krefft. xX 3diam. 46, dotted line marking off the exposed portion of the scale (to the right) from that which is sunk beneath the surface. Fig. 5. Scale from a similar position from Protopterus annectens, X 3 diam. Fig. 6. Scale from a similar position from the Paraguayan Lepidosiren, X 3 diam. For explanation of reference-letters a and 6 see footnote. Fig. 7. Denticulation of the scale of Ceratudus. X 180 diam. Fig. 8. Denticulation of the scale of Protopterus. 180 diam. Fig. 9. Denticulation of the scale of Lepidosiren. X 180 diam. Postscript.—July 8th, 1895. Since the foregoing paper was written and the figures of the Plate drawn, I have made it my business to examine as far as possible the specimens of Lepidostren from the Amazons which exist in European Museums. I visited Paris in April, and by the courtesy of the Director of the Jardin des Plantes, M. Milne-Edwards, and of Prof. Le Vaillant was permitted to} examine carefully and to measure Castelnau’s specimen, as also a fragmentary skin from an old Portuguese collection, which is probably referable to the Amazonian Lepidosiren. I proceeded to Florence, where my old friend Prof. Giglioli placed at my service— for the purpose of determining the justification of Ehlers’s proposal to form the new species, Lepidosiren articulata—his two specimens from the Amazons. Lastly, I wrote to Dr. Steindachner, of Vienna, to ask him to examine Natterer’s two original specimens in order to determine whether the skeletal axis of the limb is “articulated,” or a simple continuous rod of cartilage. Dr. Steindachner wrote to inform me that the hinder limbs of the specimen anatomized by Bischoff appear to be lost: they cannot be found. At the same time he had the great kindness to send to me Natterer’s untouched second specimen in order that I might examine it myself. I have examined it, and returned it to Dr. Steindachner a month ago. Thus I have myself examined every specimen of Brazilian Lepidosiren known to and of the Dipnoi as a natural group, appears to be that the scales of Protopterus and Lepidosiren are in a state of retrogressive modification or degeneration as compared with those of Ceratodus. It would seem that, whereas the ancestral form presents a freely exposed posterior margin to the scale, the whole scale has shrunk and withdrawn, so to speak, within and beneath the outermost layers of the dermis in Protopterus and Lepido- siren, whilst Ceratodus retains the ancestral character. Of course, behind and beyond that (in historical sequence) there is a hypothetical series of more primitive ancestral phases which lead to the multitudinous dermic denticles of primitive fishes. : 22 PROF, E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS, exist in European Museums, excepting the one of Natterer’s two which has lost the hinder limbs. The main point to which my observation was directed was the existence or non- existence of a segmented structure in the cartilaginous skeletal axis of the pectoral and pelvic fins. Tue Paris SpeciMENs.—I did not ask permission to cut into the limb of Castelnau’s. specimen in Paris; hence it remains intact, and may be appealed to should any doubt remain after what I have to relate of the other specimens. The small second specimen in Paris is very incomplete, and of no value for the present enquiry. Castelnau’s specimen measures 85 cm. in length. The head-length (as defined in the preceding memoir) is 9 cm., the inter-membral length is 48-5 cm., the post-membral length is 27:5 cm., and the cervico-dorsal length is 26 cm. The greatest depth of the body is 10 cm. The specimen is very soft, and somewhat flattened and collapsed, hence deeper than natural. The colour is very pale—greyish brown. ‘The anus is on the left side; there are no villi on the pelvic fin. The lower jaw was damaged in capture. The eye is far in front of the angle of the mouth (halfway between it and the border of the snout). The eye is flat, without raised cornea, as in all examples of Lepidosiren I have seen, whether from Brazil or Paraguay. Tue Fiorence Sprecimens.—One of these had been Fig. 4. macerated and more or less cleaned. The pelvic limbs were attached to the girdle, and presented the appearance shown in the woodcut (fig. 4.). The segmentation of the axis of the limb was most obvious! The fore limbs were very small, and still covered by integument. I dissected this away and found the axis “segmented” or “articulated” as in the hind limbs. This specimen was not a large one (about 40 cm.in length). It was sent to Prof. Giglioli by Senhor J. Barbosa Rodriguez, of Rio de Janeiro, and was procured by him at Antaz, Madeira, Amazons. The sex was not determined. ‘The local native name is “ Trayraboia.” Prof. Giglioli’s second specimen is larger, and is com- plete, except that the viscera have been removed (the existence of ova had been noted by Prof. Giglioli). It is 82°25 cm. long. The head-length is 8°25 em., the inter- membral length 47 cm., the post-membral length 27 em., the cervico-dorsal 30cm, There are no villi on the pelvic fin, and the anus is on the left side. With Prof. Giglioli’s permission, I made a partial section of the right fore limb and of the right hind limb. In both the cartilaginous skeletal axis was seen to be made PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 23 up of successive segments—the separate cartilages being divided by connective tissue. The fore limb in this specimen was very small and flattened. This specimen was also sent by Senhor Barbosa Rodriguez to Prof. Giglioli, He obtained it from Igarape do Aterro, Manaos, Amazons, where its native name is “ Piramboia.” Senhor Rodriguez recorded the capture of this specimen in the ‘ Jornal do Commercio,’ of Rio de Janeiro, 15th November, 1886, and while furnishing the reader with,a rough but characteristic figure (which would enable an up-country naturalist to recognize specimens should they come to hand), spoke of it as Lepidosiren gigliolana, n. sp. This specimen is a female, and is (as compared with Bohls’s Paraguayan specimens) singularly light-coloured. It is of a clear brown. I have, however, little doubt that the paleness of colour is due to the prolonged action of sunlight and of the spirit used as preservative. Tae Vienna Specimen (Narrerer’s oRIGINAL).—It was a rare pleasure to be able to handle one of the two specimens which fifty years ago were brought to Europe by the celebrated traveller Natterer, and were the first indication to zoologists of the existence of the group of Dipnoi, since expanded by the discovery of Protopterus and Ceratodus and of many Paleozoic allies. The specimen kindly sent to me by Dr. Steindachner was in beautiful condition, in spite of its fifty years’ sojourn in spirit. Like Castelnau’s and Giglioli’s specimens, it is a clear brown and not greenish black, as are Bohls’s specimens from Paraguay. Probably this is due to long soaking in spirit (see Bohls’s remarks, cited above, as to the pigment of his specimens). The length of this specimen was 58 cm., its head- length 55 cm., the inter-membral length 31 cm., the post-membral length 22 cm., and the cervico-dorsal length 16 cm. There were no villi on the pelvic fin. I did not determine the sex. I opened the integument of both a pectoral and a pelvic fin, and found that the skeletal axis was built up of separate articulated segments as in Prof. Giglioli’s two specimens and as in the three Paraguayan specimens which I have examined for the determination of this point. This specimen came from Madeira, Amazons. SumMARy oF ResuLts oF EXAMINATION oF THE AMAZONIAN LEPIDOSIREN.—Of the five specimens of Amazonian Lepidosiren which exist in Europe (for we may exclude the small Lisbon skin in the Jardin des Plantes) I have examined three in regard to the articulation of the skeletal axis of the limbs, and have found that that axis is in all segmented. Of the two remaining specimens, one (Natterer’s dissected by Bischoff ) has now lost the hinder limbs, the other (Castelnau’s) remains for reference; for although I examined it and took measurements, I did not cut into the integument of the limbs. I have not seen a Paraguayan Lepidosiren with non-segmented or non-articulated skeletal limb-axis, and it is desirable that Prof. Ehlers should clearly say whether he 24 PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. has or has not. The words which he uses do not amount to a statement to the effect that he has. He says that five specimens out of thirty-two submitted to him by Dr. Bohls from Paraguay differed in certain features of the head from the other twenty-seven ; further, that one (or more?) of the twenty-seven had segmented limb- axes, and therefore (it seems) he concludes (but does not state as the result of observation) that the remaining five must be referred to Fitzinger’s L. paradowa, and must haye an unsegmented limb-axis, since Bischoff figured such an axis in one of the origin specimens of LZ. paradoxa. The probability, from my observations, is that Bischoff erroneously omitted the segmentation of the limb-axis in his figure, and did notelook into the matter carefully. It seems highly probable that all Brazilian specimens of Lepidosiren, and all Paraguayan specimens of J.epidosiren, have, like the African Protopterus, a segmented limb-axis. The chief ground put forward by Ehlers for erecting a new species, “Lepidosiren articulata” from Paraguay, would, if my surmise be correct, fall to the ground. Whether any specific distinction between Paraguayan and Amazonian specimens of Lepidosiren can be based upon other grounds remains to be seen, The characters derived from small differences in the shape of the head, relied upon by Ehlers, cannot, in my opinion, be considered as of any value in specimens preserved in spirit, and pressed down in jars or travelling-cases. The most striking and uniform difference which I have observed is in colour: the Paraguayan specimens are black, the Brazilian specimens are clear brown. ‘There is, however, little doubt that this is largely, if not altogether, due to the longer action of alcohol and sunlight upon the Brazilian specimens. Lastly, we may compare the measurements of the Brazilian and Paraguayan specimens. If we write down, for the three Brazilian specimens, the measurements already given in terms of head-length, it appears that Castelnau’s specimen has a total length of 9°54 units, an inter-membral length of 5°5, a post-membral of 3, and a cervico-dorsal of 3; for Giglioli’s large specimen the corresponding figures are—10, 5-7, 3-4, and 3°63; for the Vienna specimen they are—10-06, 5-64, 4, and 3. If we now take the average of these three Brazilian specimens, and compare it with the average of the five Paraguayan specimens given on p. 15, we obtain the following striking result :— Total length. Inter-membral. Post-membral. Ceryico-dorsal. Brazilian average in head-length units ...... 9:87 5:25 35 3°21 Paraguayan average in head-length units.... 9°75 521 3°59 32 The specimens in both series were taken altogether by hazard, yet there is the closest agreement. No doubt such a result does not exclude the possibility of a specific difference being discovered separating the Paraguayan from the Brazilian Lepidosiren. But it renders the existence of such a difference very unlikely, and I have already shown that it is extremely probable that the character relied on by Prof. Ehlers in order to separate some Paraguayan specimens from the Brazilian species has no existence in fact. Fig | rans. Zoot. Soo Vet AW FEM TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). 4 Ass x To Fellows. ees t £ 3. d. VOLUME XII. (1885-1890, containing 65 Plates). . Price5 8 O _Parrl. (1886, containing 6 Plates) . .... Ft 0 Sirat Neg) >) .2. (1886, containing 7 Plates) . . .. . 5 OL Le 0 3. (1886, containing 2 Plates) . . .. . » O 4 6 4, (1886, containing 12 Plates) . . . . . 4 015 0 5. (1886, containing 5 Plates) . . .. . OREO nO WO. (hoor, containing, °7,Plates)i; 2s .0 76) a2) yh Onde O 7 0 8 0 3) 9 9 . (1888, containmg 8 Plates) . ... . se Ome . (1889, containing 3 Plates) . . . . . OCG . (1889, containing 7 Plates) . . .. . », 10. (1890, containing 8 Plates and Title and Index),, 0 15 VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates). . Price6 8 3 a Parrl. (1891, containing 6 Plates) . . ..- - %- OnlaL 9 » 2. (1891, containing 6 Plates) . . .. - opal 0) Lael) » 9. (1891, containing 6 Plates) . . . . . 5p) OLts)-0 » 4. (1892, containing 1 Plate). . . .. . » O 4 6 », ). (1893, containing 9 Plates) . . . . . 2 ONS ; ae » 6, (1893, containing 4 Plates) . . . -.. » O 9 OU » 7. (1893, containing 6 Plates) . . +. . Oe aD », 8. (1894, containing 6 Plates) . . .. . 5 - OS) O » 9. (1894, containing 6 Plates) . . ..- .- pe Oa S » 10, (1895, containing 5 Plates) . . . - - Oe 9, 50 9 », 11, (1895, containing 7 Platesand Title and Index) ,, 0 15 VOLUME XIV. Parr 1. (1896, containing 2 Plates) . . . . . PriceO 6 O — To the Public. £8; 7 4 0 12 . 0 16 0 6 1 0 012 0 16 0 12 d. J — VE i am Da == Ye = So ME" eae) S'S {Ore ea Oe OOS Ses CONTENTS. I. On a Nothosaurian Reptile from the Trias of Lombardy, apparently referable to Lariosaurus. By G. A. Boutencer, P.R.S. (PlateL.) . . . . - pagel Il. Qu the Lepidosiren of Paraguay, and on the external characters of Lepidosiren and Protopterus. By E. Ray Layxester, VA, FBS, F.Z.S., Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the University of Oxford. (PlateIL) . . . THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings ” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them, Amongst such — illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens ave often given. The “ Proceedings ” for each year are issued in four parts, on the first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part published in April completing the volume for the preceding year. The “Transactions” contain such of the more important communications made to the scientific mectings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than. the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction‘of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoclogical Record’ for a sum of £1 (which includes delivery in the United Kingdom only), but this pricier only holds good if the subscription is paid before the First of December in each year. Such of those publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs, Longmans’, the Society's publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. BOG April 1806, P. L. SCLATER, Secretary. ‘TRANSACTIONS Sp mnt > ve > s" OF LONDON ie es is z “ Y 4s is 2 > ¥ is - 1ONOMANS, GREEN, AND CO, PATERNOSTER-ROW. eed SEES ee Oat 1896. . "yo See Price 12s. re ao > lS aa ae {Red ion Court, Fleet Street. J i TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. : £8. d. Bee Sans Oe VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates). . Price 313 6 . . . 418 O* VOLUME II. (1835-1841, containing 71 Plates). . ,, 400... 5 6 6* VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates), . , 8 8 3... 411 O* VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates). . 4 6 2 0...8 2 6 VOLUME _ V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . ,, 5 4 3 619 0 VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates), . ,, 11 5 0 15 0 0 VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates). . ,, 10 4 0... .1812 0 VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates) . a 9 8 8 . 1211 0 VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . , 12 1 6 -16 2 0 VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . ,, 10 0 8 13 7 0 GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) . ,, 0 7 6 . 010 0 VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . Price 912 0 - 1216 0 Parr l. (1880, containing 4 Plates) . . . . . » 012 0 016 0 y 2. (1880, containing 7 Plates) . . ... «4 018 O 14 0 » 9. (1881, containing 8 Plates) . . . . . pod ae rel ohaes 110 0 » 4, (1881, containing 3 Plates) Paar eee gered tr 010 0 » 5. (1881, containing 13 Plates) aoe » 018 0 - 140 » 6. (1882, containmg 6 Plates) . .... sire, Os 016 0 », 7. (1882, containing 9 Plates) . ... . »» Ov1bY O;-. 100 », 8. (1883, contaming 11 Plates) . . .. . SOs Ae OZ. 016 0 » 9. (1883, containing 10 Plates) . . .. . 9 pO T2520) vce 016 0 » 10. (1885, containing 12 Plates) x c 35) La ee tei 220 » 11. (1885, containing 14 Plates and Title and a 53 de D6 Aiea ee 0X] * Only odd parts of these volumes can be supplied. Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. Tat bo or | IIT. On a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Paraguay. By G. A. Bouencer, F.R.S. Received May 20th, 1895, read June 18th, 1895. [Puares III.—VIII.] THE Trustees of the British Museum have lately acquired a large collection of Fishes formed by Dr. C. Ternetz at various localities in Matto Grosso and Paraguay. So few fishes have been collected in the Paraguay System since the time of Natterer that it seemed to me desirable to draw up an account of the collection, and to give a full list of all the species represented, several of which are new to science !. SCIANIDA. 1. PLacioscion TERNETZI. (Plate III.) Plagioscion ternetzi, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 523. Outer upper and inner lower teeth considerably enlarged. Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 3 to 3% times; snout a little longer than diameter of eye, which is 5 to 54 times in length of head; interorbital width equal to iength of snout, 4 times in length of head; maxillary extending to below posterior border of eye; preopercular border rounded, finely denticulated behind, with wide-apart small serre at the angle and below. 15 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch, the longest as long as or a little shorter than longest gill-filaments. Lower pharyngeal teeth villiform. Dorsal X, I 33-35; third and fourth gr fourth and fifth spines longest, + to 3 length of head. Pectoral nearly }# length of head. Anal II 6; second spine very strong, 4 length of head. Caudal pointed, densely scaled. The distance between base of anal and base of caudal 24 depth of caudal peduncle. Scales nearly al! ctenoid, 95-100 44; lat. 1. 48-50. Uniform silvery. Total length 450 millim. Two specimens from Remanso, Rio Grande, Paraguay. This species is allied to Sciwna surinamensis, Blkr. 2. PACHYURUS SCHOMBURGEI, Gthr. Paraguay. 1 Diagnoses of the new species have appeared in P. Z. S, 1895, p. 525. VOL, xIv.— Part 11. No. 1.— October, 1896. 26 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES CICHLID. 3. ACARA BIMACULATA, L. Descalvados, Matto Grosso; Paraguayan Chaco. 4, ACARA TETRAMERUS, Heck. Descalvados, Matto Grosso; Paraguayan Chaco. 5. Mmsonauta INsianis, Heck. Descalvados, Matto Grosso. 4. CRENICICHLA JOHANNA, Heck. Paraguay. 7. CRENICICHLA SAXATILIS, L. Paraguay. 8. GEOPHAGUS DUODECIMSPINOSUS. (Plate IV. fig. 1.) Geophagus duodecimspinosus, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 524. Depth of body 14 in total length, length of head 3 times. Eye nearer gill-opening than end of snout, its diameter 34 times in length of head and a little less than interorbital width; preorbital 14 diameter of eye; scales on cheek small, in 7 series. Dorsal XII 14; spines increasing in length to the fourth, which is 2 length of head ; soft portion scaly at the base, longest rays nearly as long as head. Pectoral one fourth longer than head. Ventrals shorter, reaching anal. Anal III 9; third spine longest, as long as third dorsal. Caudal truncate. Scales 30 ai lat. 1. = Yellowish, with a dark vertical streak below the eye, and a dark round spot on the side below the lateral line; vertical fins brownish, with some small, round, white spots on the soft dorsal and anal; pectorals white, ventrals blackish. Total length 90 millim. A single specimen from Paraguay. PLEURONECTID. 9. SOLEA JENyNSU, Gthr. Paraguay. SILURID. 10. Sorvsim Lima, Schn. Paraguay. FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY. 11. PLatysroMaA oRBIGNIANUM, Val. Paraguay. 12. HEMISORUBIM PLATYRHYNCHUS, C. & V. Paraguay. 15. Scraps pictus, Mill. & Trosch. Matto Grosso. 14. Pimenopvus corroipss, Bler. Descalvados, Matto Grosso. 15. PIMELODUS ALBICANS,C. & V. Paraguay. 16. PimELoDUS MacuLATUS, Lacép. Paraguay. 17. PiweLopus LaTEeRisTRiGA, M. & T. Descalyados, Matto Grosso. 18. PimeLopus eracius, C. & VY. Descalvados. 19. Pimeiopus LaBrosus, Litk. Descalvados. 20. PimeLopus PLATANUS, Gthr. Paraguay. 21. Pimenopvus pati, Val. Paraguay. 22. PIMELODUS PIRINAMPUS, Ag. Paraguay. 23. AGENIOSUS BREVIFILIS, C. & V. Paraguay. E 2 28 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES 24. EUANEMUS NIGRIPINNIS. (Plate IV. fig. 2. Euanemus nigripinnis, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 524. Depth of body equal to length of head, 43 to 5 times in total length; width of head equal to length without snout; groove extending from end of snout to occipital bone ; eye as long as snout, 33 times in length of head, half interorbital width; maxillary barbel extending nearly to end of pectoral spine, mandibular barbels to a little beyond base of pectoral spine. Humeral process covered with skin, ¢ length of pectoral spine. Dorsal I 6; spine serrated behind, as jong as head. Pectoral spine a little shorter than head. Ventral as long as pectoral, reaching a little beyond origin of anal. Anal 36-37. Caudal deeply notched. Upper surface of head, back, and a lateral stripe dark grey, rest white; pectorals and ventrals deep black, white at the base; caudal black at the base. Total length 190 millim. Four specimens from Paraguay. 25. AUCHENIPTERUS GALEaTUS, L. Matto Grosso. 26. TRACHELYOPTERUS CoRIAcEUS, C. & V. Descalvados, Matto Grosso. 27. Doras costatus, L. Descalvados, Matto Grosso. 28. Doras macuxatus, Val. Paraguay. 29. DoRAS WEDDELII, Cast. Paraguay. 30. OXYDORAS EIGENMANNI. (Plate IV. fig. 3.) Oxydoras eigenmanni, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 524. Both jaws with small teeth. Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total length. Posterior nostril nearer the eye than to the anterior nostril. Diameter of eye 4 times in length of head, 1} in interorbital width, 13 in length of snout; bases of the six barbels united by the fold of the lower jaw; maxillary barbels branched, extending a little beyond base of pectoral spine, twice as long as man- dibulars. Gill-cleft extending to below posterior border of eye. Humeral process FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY. 29 striated, half as long as pectoral spine. Pectoral spine a little longer than the head. Dorsal 16; spine a little shorter than the head, very strongly serrated in front, very feebly behind. Adipose fin a little shorter than base of anal. No shields between the dorsal fins. Lateral shields moderate, their vertical diameter equal to the eye, serrated behind, 26 or 27. Caudal bifurcate. Brown above, whitish beneath ; fins uniform or with small blackish spots. Total length 80 millim. Several specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso. This species is named after Prof. C. Eigenmann, the author of the excellent synopsis of South American Siluroid Fishes. It connects the sections Oxydoras and Rhinodoras as defined by that author, agreeing with the former in the serrature of the dorsal spine, with the latter in all other respects. 51. RumoporaAs KNERI, Blkr. Paraguay. 32. CALLICHTHYS ASPER, Q. & G. Paraguay. 33. CALLICHTHYS PECTORALIS. (Plate IV. fig. 4.) Callichthys pectoralis, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 525. Depth of body 34 to 34 times in total length. Head depressed, broader than deep, 34 times in total length, without bristles on the sides; diameter of eye 6 times in length of head, 4 times in interorbital width ; suborbital bone narrow; occipital bone pointed in front, not reaching frontal fontanelle ; outer barbels half total length. Pectoral spine 2 length of head, covered with fine bristles, serrated on the inner side. Dorsal I 7 ; spine nearly } length of head. Anal 15. A pair of large pectoral plates, in contact anteriorly or narrowly separated, their inner borders diverging behind. Shields on body reaching to base of dorsal fins, 25 above arid 22 below lateral line ; 3 or 4 pairs and 5 to 7 azygos shields between the two dorsal fins. Caudal rounded. Dark brown, with small blackish spots. Total length 85 millim. Several specimens from Monte Sociedad, Paraguayan Chaco. This species is most nearly allied to C. thoracatus, C. & V., and C. longifilis, C. & V., but differs in the larger pectoral plates, in the wide separation between the frontal fontanelle and the occipital bone, and in the smaller number of anal rays. 534. CALLICHTHYS PALEATUS, Jen, Descalvados, Matto Grosso. 50 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES 35, PLECOSTOMUS TERNETZI. (Plate V.) Plecostomus ternetzi, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 525. Head as long as broad, 5 times in total length, with three very obtuse keels ; snout rounded, entirely granulated ; diameter of eye 7 times in length of head, 4 times in length of snout, 24 times in interorbital width; barbel as long as diameter of eye ; 44 teeth on each side in the upper jaw, and about as many in the lower jaw; inter- operculum with very small spines. Sides of throat, thorax, and middle of belly covered with small shields. Dorsal I 7; first ray as long as head, reaching adipose fin. Pectoral spine as long as head, strong, with small curved spines. Ventral I 4, first ray a little shorter than head, Anal I 4. Lower caudal ray very long, a little longer than head, twice as long as upper. Depth of caudal peduncle 23 in distance between anal and caudal fins. Posthumeral keel very obtuse and short, not extending beyond base of ventral, Scutes on body rough and spinulose, but not keeled; lat. 1. 25; 14 scutes between anal and caudal! fins. Uniform olive above, white beneath. Total length 240 millim. A single specimen from Paraguay. This species appears to be nearest allied to P. francisci, Liitk., which is only known to me from the description. 36. PLECOSTOMUS VERMICULARIS, Higenm. Paraguay. ) 537. PLeECOSTOMUS COCHLIODON, Kner, Paraguay. 38. Cia&TosTomus GIGas. (Plate VL). Chetostumus yigas, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 526. 15 upper and 19 lower teeth on each side. Depth of body 43 times in total length, length of head 23 times. Head a little longer than broad, entirely rough with small spines ; snout broadly rounded; diameter of eye 11 times in length of head, 42 times in interorbital width, 6 times in length of snout; anterior border of orbit with enlarged spinules ; no postorbital groove; erectile preopercular spines very strong, the longest 23 diameter of orbit; barbel a little longer than diameter of orbit. Throat and belly studded with small rough shields. Dorsal 110; all the rays rough with spinules, the first measuring 3 length of head. Pectoral spine as long as head, covered with small spines, the longest of which are hooked and nearly equal diameter of orbit. Ventral I 5, as long as first dorsal ray. Anal I 5. Caudal obliquely truncate, lower ray longest. Shields on body rough with ridges of strong spinules, 25 in a longitudinal series. Brown, densely covered all over with round black spots. Total length 630 millim. A single specimen from Paraguay. FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY. 5) This fish, the largest known of the genus, is possibly the adult of C. aculeatus, Perugia, in which, however, the ventral region is entirely naked. 39. CH2ZTOSTOMUS cIRRHOSUS, Val. Paraguay; Descalvados, Matto Grosso. 40. CHa&tTostomuUs LEUcosticTus, Gthr. Descalvados, Matto Grosso. 41. HypopTopoMA GUENTHERI. Hypoptopoma guentheri, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 526. Head not narrowed behind the eyes, its width equal to length to posterior border of orbit, its length 2% to 3 times in total; diameter of orbit 5 to 53 times in length of head, 22 to 23 times in length of snout, 3 to 34 times in interorbital width; barbel very small; head-shields as in H. thoracatum. Dorsal I 6, first ray as long as head to upper angle of gill-cleft. Pectoral as long as first dorsal ray, extending as far as ventrals, not reaching anal. Caudal deeply notched, middle rays half as long as outer. Two pairs of large transverse pectoral shields, preceded by a transverse series of four small shields, the outer of which are in contact with the suborbital shields; three or four large ventral shields on each side, the anterior of which are usually separated by an azygos shield. Shields on body spinulose, but not keeled, 20 to 22 on each side ; 3 shields between the occipital and the dorsal, 12 between the dorsal and the caudal. Olive; dorsal and caudal fins with black spots, which may form two curved bands on the lower lobe of the caudal. Total length 65 millim. Numerous specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso. The fish described and figured by Steindachner as H. thoracatum, Gthr., belongs to a distinct species, for which I have proposed the name /. steindachneri. His H. bilo- batum is distinct from Cope’s, which I regard as identical with H. thoracatwm, and is the same as that named by me H. guentheri. In fact, 3 species are confounded under H. thoracatum in Dr. and Mrs. Eigenmann’s Synopsis; they are distinguishable as follows :— I. Throat entirely naked in front of the two pairs of pectoral shields; 6 to 8 pairs of ventral shields separated by a series of azygos shields ; spine of adipose fin present; caudal deeply emarginate, middle rays half as long as outer. H. thoracatum, Gthr. TI. A transverse series of four shields in front of the pectoral shields ; 3 to7 pairs of ventral shields and a single azygos shield in front ; posterior dorsal spine usually absent. Pectoral spine not reaching origin of anal ; caudal deeply emarginate, middle rays half as long Aly ONLI Sse oF Ve ghee oc H. guentheri, Bigr. Pectoral spine reaching origin of than half as long as outer . anal; caudal less deeply emarginate, middle rays much more H. steindachneri, Blgr. 32 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES 42. OTOCINCLUS AFFINIS, Stdr. Descalvados, Matto Grosso. 45. LoRICARIA ROSTRATA, Spix. Paraguay. 44. Loricaria parva. (Plate VIII. fig. 1.) Loricaria parva, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 527. Teeth small, well developed in both jaws. Head 13 as long as broad, 42 to 5 times in total length ; snout obtusely pointed, feebly projecting beyond the lip; head-shields with longitudinal, spinulose striz, without keels; diameter of orbit 54 to 6 times in length of head, 24 to 2% times in length of snout, 14 to 12 in interorbital width; a bread postorbital notch ; lower labial fold moderately large, papillose, feebly notched, with a fringe of obtuse papille. Dorsal I 7; first ray 1} to 14 as long as head, just above base of ventral. Pectoral I 6, as long as head or a little shorter, reaching beyond base of ventral. Ventral I 5, as long as pectoral, reaching beyond origin of ventral. Anal I 5, Outer caudal rays much produced, filiform, upper longest. Lateral scutes 26-28, with two spinose ridges approximating on the 13th or 14th; nuchal shields without keels; 16 or 17 scutes between dorsal and caudal, 14 or 15 between anal and caudal. Breast and belly shielded; pectoral shields numerous, polygonal, irregular; ventrals 7 to 9 transversely enlarged ones on each side and 3 series of small ones in the middle. All the shields spinulose and striated. Olive above, with ill- defined dark cross-bars; a dark streak on each side of the snout, from the tip to the eye; fins with dark spots. Total length 110 millim. Numerous specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso. This species is nearest related to L. filamentosa, Stdr. 45. LORICARIA LABIALIS. (Plate VII. fig. 1.) Loricaria labialis, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 527. Teeth minute, rudimentary, in both jaws. Head 13 as long as broad, 44 to 43 times in total length; snout obtusely pointed, feebly projecting beyond the lip; head-shields rough with villose spinules, except on the edge of the end of the snout, without keels ; diameter of orbit 6 to 63 times in length of head, 3 times in length of snout, 13 in interorbital width; a broad postorbital notch; lower labial fold moderately large in females, very large and extending to the pectoral shields in males, without notch and without fringe. Dorsal I 7; first ray nearly as long as head, just above base of ventral. Pectoral I 6, as long as head to posterior border of orbit, not reaching base of ventral. Ventral I 5, as long as pectoral, reaching origin of anal. Anal 15. Upper caudal ray FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY. 33 produced ina short filament. Lateral shields 30, with two spinose ridges approximating on the 21st or 22nd; nuchal shields without keels; 18 shields between dorsal and caudal, 16 between anal and caudal. Breast and belly shielded; pectoral shields numerous, polygonal, irregular; ventrals 4 to 6 transversely enlarged ones on each side, and one or two series of smaller ones in the middle. All the shields finely granulate and spinulose. Olive above; dorsal and caudal with small dark spots along the rays; pectorals and ventrals blackish. Total length 220 millim. Three specimens from Paraguay. Allied to L. nudirostris, Kner, and L. spixi, Stdr. 46. LoricariA anus, Val. Paraguay. 47. LoRICARIA MACULATA, Bl. Paraguay. 48. LoRICARIA APELTOGASTER. (Plate VII. fig. 2.) Loricaria apeltogaster, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 528. A few slender teeth in both jaws. Head slightly longer than broad, 5 times in total length; snout acutely pointed, feebly projecting beyond the lip; head-shields strongly spinulose ; occipital shield with two closely approximated, parallel keels; diameter of orbit 74 to 8 times in length of head, 4 times in length of snout, 14 to 14 in interorbital width ; no postorbital notch ; lower labial fold rather larger with long fringes; barbel long. Dorsal 17; first ray a little longer than the head, just above base of ventral. Pectoral I 6; first ray more or less produced, at least as long as the head, reaching much beyond base of ventral. Ventral I 5; first ray produced, but shorter than pectoral, reaching much beyond origin of anal. AnalI5. Upper caudal ray produced in a very long filament. Lateral shields 31 or 2, with two spinose ridges uniting on the 17th to 20th; nuchal shields bicarinate; 21 or 22 shields between dorsal and caudal, 19 or 20 between anal and caudal. Breast and belly naked, or with small stellate shields ; a series of 6 to 8 small transverse shields may be present on each side of the belly. All the shields finely granulate and spinulose. Pale brown above, with three or four darker cross-bars on the body and two on the head; fins partially blackish. Total length 210 millim. Four specimens from Paraguay. Allied to ZL. nudiventris, C. & V., L. evansi, Blgr., and especially to LZ. macrodon, Kner. 49. Loricaria LATA, Kigenm. Paraguay. VOL. x1v.—Part 11. No. 2.—October, 1896. FB 4 Mk. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES 50. LorrcariaA LAMINA, Gthr. Paraguay. 51. ACESTRA OXYRHYNCHUS, Kner. Descalvados, Matto Grosso. 52. BUNOCEPHALUS IHERINGII, Blgr. Descalvados, Matto Grosso, and Monte Sociedad, Paraguayan Chaco. 53. TRICHOMYCTERUS BRASILIENSIS, Liitk. Descalvados, Matto Grosso, and North Paraguay. CHARACINID&. 54. PYRRHULINA SEMIFASCIATA, Stdr. Descalvados, Matto Grosso, Monte Sociedad, Paraguayan Chaco. 55. NANOSTOMUS LATERALIS, Blgr. Descalvados and Monte Sociedad. 56. CuRIMATUS ALBURNUS, M & T. Descalvados. 57. CURIMATUS RUTILOIDES, Kner. Paraguay. 58. CURIMATUS LATIOR, Spix. Paraguay. 59. HEMIODUS SEMITANIATUS, Kner. San Luis, Matto Grosso. 60. HEMIoDUS MICROLEPIS, Kner. San Luis. 61. PARoDON AFFINIS, Stdr. North Paraguay. 62. LEPORINUS STRIATUS, Kner. Descalvados, Matto Grosso. 63. Leporinus EQuEs, Stdr. Descalvados and San Luis, Matto Grosso. FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY. 35 64. TmTRAGONOPTERUS MULTIRADIATUS, Stdr. Descalvados and San Luis. 65. TETRAGONOPTERUS THRNETZI. (Plate VIII. fig. 2.) Tetragonopterus ternetzi, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 528. Depth of body 12 to 1# in total length, length of head 35 to 23 times. Diameter of eye 24 to 24 times in length of head, twice length of snout, equal to interorbital width; maxillary toothless, extending to below anterior border of eye. Dorsal 11, originating behind vertical of ventrals, longest rays as long as head. Anal 40-42, deepest anteriorly, longest rays a little shorter than head. Caudal bifurcate. Scales 30-33 i: lateral line complete. Pale brownish, upper surface of head, dorsal, anal, and lower part of caudal region of body blackish ; two blackish vertical bands on upper half of body, the first behind the head, the second below the origin of the dorsal fin. Total length 45 millim. Several specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso. 66. ‘TETRAGONOPTERUS ARGENTEUS, Cuv. Descalvados, Matto Grosso ; North Paraguay. 67. TETRAGONOPTERUS LACcuSTRIS, Liitk. Descalvados and North Paraguay. 68. [ETRAGONOPTERUS ABRAMIS, Jen. Descalvados. 69. TETRAGONOPTERUS DICHROURUS, Kner. San Luis and Descalvados. 70. TETRAGONOPTERUS AGASSIZH, Stdr. Descalyados and Monte Sociedad. 71. TETRAGONOPTERUS LINEATUS, Perugia. San Luis. 72. TerraGonoprerus ULREYI. (Plate VIII. fig. 3.) Tetragonopterus ulreyi, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 529. Depth of body 23 to 22 in total length, length of head 53 to 35 times. Diameter of eye half length of head, twice length of snout, equal to interorbital width ; maxillary toothless, extending to below anterior third of eye. Dorsal 10, originating F2 36 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES behind base of ventrals, longest rays as long as head. Anal 23-25, anterior rays elongate, a little shorter than the head. Caudal bifurcate. Scales 32-33 = lateral line reduced to 8 or 9 scales. Yellowish, with a small black humeral spot, a black line along the middle of the side, and a black line along the base of the anal fin; dorsal blackish at the end. Total length 35 millim. Several specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso. Named after Prof. A. B. Ulrey, the author of a very useful key to the determination of the species of this genus. 73. BRACHYCHALCINUS RETROSPINA, Blgr. Descalvados and San Luis, Matto Grosso. 74. CHALCINUS NEMATURUS, Kner. Asuncion, Paraguay. 75. CHALCINUS PARANENSIS, Gthr. Descalvados and Paraguay. 76. GASTROPELECUS STELLATUS, Kner. Descalvados. 77. ANACYRTUS MACROLEPIS, Kner. Descalvados. 78. ANACYRTUS MICROLEPIS, Reinh. Descalvados and Paraguay. 79. ANACYRTUS PROGNATHUS. (Plate VIII. fig. 4.) Anacyrtus prognathus, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 529. Depth of body 24 in total length, length of head 4 times. Snout strongly projecting beyond the mouth, squarely truncate, with two strong tooth-like spines pointing outwards and forwards, several smaller teeth on each side of the upper jaw and two on each side of the lower; diameter of eye + length of head, 14 in length of snout, 14 in interorbital width ; maxillary extending to below anterior third of eye; upper profile of head very concave. Dorsal 11, equally distant from eye and base of caudal, longest rays a little shorter than head. Anal 52. Caudal deeply forked. Yellowish. with a silvery lateral stripe; end of snout and a small spot at base of caudal blackish. Total length 125 millim. A single specimen from Paraguay. FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY. 80. SALMINUS MAXILLOsUS, C. & V. Paraguay. 81. XIPHORHAMPHUS FEROX, Gthr. Paraguay. 82. SERRASALMO SERRULATUS, C. & V. Paraguay. 83. SERRASALMO SPILOPLEURA, Kner. Descalvados and Paraguay. 84. SERRASALMO HUMERALIS, C. & V. Descalvados and Paraguay. 85. My eres asterias, M. & T. Descalvados. 86. MyYLETES BRACHYPOMUS, Cuv. Paraguay. 87. MYLETES DURIVENTRIS, Cuv. Paraguay. 88. MyLEeTes HYPSAUCHEN, M. & T. Descalvados. SCOMBRESOCIDZ. 89. BeLoNE Ta@yiaTa, Gthr. Descalvados. CLUPEIDZ. 90. EneravLis oLipus, Gthr. Paraguay. GYMNOTIDz. 91. STERNARCHUS ALBIFRONS, L. Descalvados, Matto Grosso. 37 38 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES 92. RHAMPHICHTHYS BLOCHII, Kaup. Paraguay. 93. RHAMPHICHTHYS BREVIROSTRIS, Stdr. Descalvados, Matto Grosso. 94. STERNOPYGUS cARAPUS, L. 95. STERNOPYGUS VIRESCENS, Val. Descalvados. SYMBRANCHID. 96. SYMBRANCHUS MARMORATUS, Bl. Descalvados, Matto Grosso. TRYGONID&. 97. 'CaNIURA DUMERILU, Casteln. Paraguay. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE III. Plagioscion ternetzi, 4 nat. size, with upper view of head: p. 29. PLATE LV; Fig. 1. Geophagus duodecimspinosus: p. 26. Fig. 2. Euanemus nigripinnis: p. 28. 2a. Upper view of head. Fig. 8. Oxydoras eigenmanni: p. 28. Fig. 4. Callichthys pectoralis: p. 29. 4a. Lower view of head and pectoral region. ‘PLATE V. Plecostomus ternetzi, $ nat. size, with upper and lower views of head: FROM THE RIO PARAGUAY. PLATE VI. Chetostomus gigas, + nat. size, with upper and lower views of head (4): p. 30. PLATE VIL. Fig. 1. Loricaria labialis: p. 32. 1a, upper, 1 4, lower view of head and anterior part of body. Fig. 2. Loricaria apeltogaster: p. 33. 2 a. upper, 2 4, lower view of head and anterior part of body. PLATE VIII. Fig. 1. Loricaria parva, with enlarged upper (a) and lower (0) views of head: p. 32. Fig. 2. Tetragonopterus ternetzi: p. 35. 1 2 Fig. 3. Tetragonopterus ulreyi: p. 35. 4. Anacyrtus prognathus: p. 36. $e Sas : ad ee banat ; ‘ ae iy te Ss ; en Li y ye sti ‘hor ‘sozg w.c6e qu IZLANUAL NOTOSO1ISV Td “WH 39 Tep usesp-p mp hetige y= WOGME OG PS OTe 4," tats 5S > otal J.Green del. et Lith . Mintern Bros. imp 1.GEOPHAGUS DUODECIMSPINOSUS. 2.EUANEMUS NIGRIPINNIS 38.0XYDORAS EIGENMANNI. 4.CALLICHTHYS PECTORALIS. Ss Frans Tob. to VAIN ICL. PLECOSTOMUS: TERNETZI1. Mintern Bros. imp. J. Green del, et hth. J.Green del.et lith. Fran Lol Goo. Vol AV. FE. Vs Mintern Bros. imp. [US GIGAS. “ues 4 case eet ey = a PEGG NAS vA SOLS MGs | WARS AOISIO}AR ae SA AUS Aah WARS COMING) ah Ak -duar saag uwt8equrpy “yatL 99 [ep VWaaur:p ti, =a TN AGNNOM, °B9°Le Trams. Loot. Soe. PHANG ¢.VII. — 1.LORICARIA PARVA. 2.TETRAGONOPTERUS TERNETZI. 3.TETRAGONOPTERUS ULREY1.4.ANACYRTUS PROGNATHUS. J Green del. et Lith. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates) . Partl1. (1886, containing 6 Plates) 2” VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates) . 2. 8. (1886, containing 2 Plates) 4, (1886, containing 12 Plates) 5. (1886, containing 5 Plates) 6. 7 8 9 (1886, containing 7 Plates) (1887, containing 7 Plates) . (1888, containing 8 Plates) . (1889, containing 3 Plates) . (1889, containing 7 Plates) . 10. (1890, containing 8 Plates and Title and Index) Parrl. (1891, containing 6 Plates) ” EE ” la, » 2 ” ” be ” 2. oN mT PS ow 10 11 (1891, containing 6 Plates) (1891, containing 6 Plates) (1892, containing 1 Plate) . . (1898, containing 9 Plates) . (1898, containing 4: Plates) (1893, containing 6 Plates) . (1894, containing 6 Plates) 9. (1894, containing 6 Plates) . (1895, containing 5 Plates) . (1895, containing VOLUME XIV. Parrl. (1896, containing 2 Plates) 2. (1896, containing 6 Plates) » 7 Plates and . Title and Index) 22 2 »” » ” ” ” ” To Fellows. pat Price5 8 0 9 0 12 0 4 015 O98 0 12 0.9, 0 6 0 15 0 15 Price 6 8 0 15 0 15 0 18 0 4 011 0 9 0% 9 Or9 0 il 09 0 15 Price O 6 2”? 0 9 woocoocoeocaocon Orr ear, ONS HET ay AS ek £0). 5 To the Public. £ fe OU Oe Op, ay Pe, Orr ast RMmPodoredcriecrcicosocriecerew#rreYe ow j=} Ss. 4 12 16 12 d. Qo ONeno. oS VononenS OOS. (Oy Grete so Oaxo ee sor SS CONTENTS. ILI. On a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Paraguay. By G. A. BouLENGER, PRS. (Plagee LT SVE ie secre, eg a OY ee agg tie Miter tine ee bee THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—« Proveedings,” published in an octavo form, and ‘‘ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended. to. be published i in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured.plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to Sines new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the ney or rare species acquired i in a living state for the Society’ s Gardens _ are often given. The ‘ Proceedings ”’ for each year are issued in faa parts, on the first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part published in April completing the volume for the brepeerer cpaitedis fa year. / The “ Transactions” contain such of the more important communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. — Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public, A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of five pounds. pate cal Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘Z% oological Record? — for a sum of £1 (which includes delivery in the United Kingdom only), but this privilege only holds good if the subscription is paid before the First of December in each year. Such of those publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (3 Hanover — Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C. pcan Hhrongh any bookselier, dre er October 1896, PoL. SCLATER, Secretary. Price Bl tetin oy . 5 aes se. i [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. ‘ : ie TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. £s. d. £ s. d. VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates). . Price 318 6 . . . 418 O* VOLUME II. (1835-1841, containing 71 Plates). . , Bo OpN0S ee. ee OO VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates). . , 38 8 3 411 0* VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates). . ,, 6 2 0... 8 2 6f VOLUME _V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . 5 5 4 8 619 O+ VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . ,, 1 5 0... 0 OTF VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates). . 5, 10 4 0. . .13812 OF VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates). . ,, OS Si Ltr VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . ,, 12 16 .. .16 2 OF VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . 5, 10 0 3 . . .18 7 OF GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) . ,, OR geeGs eon: OSLO) VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . Price 912 0 1216 0 Parr 1. (1880, containing 4 Plates) . . » 012 0 016 0 »» 2. (1880, containing 7 Plates) . . . . . 5 OMS: "O 1 4 0 » 9. (1881, containing 8 Plates) . . .. . arly Os « 110 0 » 4. (1881, containing 3 Plates) 5 ee nd ec: 010 0 » 5. (1881, containing 13 Plates) 4 - » 018 0 14 0 » 6. (1882, containing 6 Plates) . . .. . 33 OL ae 016 0 » 7. (1882, containing 9 Plates) . . .. . CHAO ie Hama 100 2g! (1888, contuintuy 1 Plates: Soren ae ND 016 0 » 9. (1883, containing 10 Plates) . . . . . Bs Oa 0 016 0 » 10. (1885, containing 12 Plates) js 3 gee el 6 2 2-30 » Ll. (1885, containing 14 Plates and Title and i Tadex} Pais asd lier le 2 2 0 * No copies of these volumes in stock, T Only complete copies of these volumes left in stock. Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. [ 41 ] IV. Contributions to the Comparative Anatomy and Histology of the Suprarenal Capsules—The Suprarenal Bodies in Fishes, and their Relation to the so-called Head-Kidney. Assistant Lecturer on Histology, Mason College, Birmingham}. Received September 28th, 1895, read November 19th, 1895. [Prates 1X.-XIV.] ee IMtOAUCLOLYA crore .sicic oc = 0.0\0)= 1015 «estos II. Historical III. Classified List of Species examined .... Vm GMOs A TIAL OMY 5) << et0y010r0/0Vei=ie1) «ysl eieiate Ce i ce i id 1. Elasmobranchii 2. Ganoidei 3. Teleostei APADUPNOL jc taws oils vte.e Aetbcate ateleie os VY. Histology 1. Elasmobranchit ee ee ay 2. Ganoidei 3. Teleostei 4, Dipnoi VI. On the Relation of the Suprarenal Bodies to the Head-Kidney............ 1. Historical i i oe ee ConTENTs. 41 2, The Nature of the Intertubular 43 Material in the Kidneys .... 50 3. Histology of the Head-Kidney 51 4. Function of the Lymphatic Head- 51 NGGNGi Mae Rneaeonoe on SoC 58 5. Relation of the Suprarenals to the 56 Head-Kidney...........-.. 63. VII. Summary and Conclusions............ 64 A) GrosseAnatomy? 2) crt) neater = 64 IBS Histology;.i-yojete raster severe deus 69 (Ch Head Kidney svteterere) islets iaieta etetsiere 7 VAUNIS Linen? SomcanoadocdsounheoSoc 72 A. On the Suprarenal Bodies ...... B. Head-Kidney, &. ...........- 73 Explanation of the Plates,................. 73 I. IytRopvuctory. By Swate Vincent, M.B.Lond., Demonstrator of Physiology and Page I HAVE been led to investigate the suprarenal capsules in Fishes because their importance in Man and Mammals generally is no longer a matter of doubt. Their function is not yet completely known, but we shall, I imagine, not go far wrong if we state that in Mammals the suprarenal bodies are secreting-glands, and that they pour some material into the blood which is essential for the maintenance of the normal tone of the muscles throughout the body. But this function appears to be confined to the medullary portion of the gland, and, since the two portions are so strikingly different 1 Towards the expenses of this research a grant has been made by the British Medical Association, at the recommendation of the Scientific Grants Committee of the Association. VOL. X1v.—PaRT mI. No. 1.—A pril, 1897. G 42 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE in structure and origin, and being inclined to the opinion that these bodies are homologous throughout Vertebrates, I considered that a careful enquiry into their anatomy and histology in the lowest class of Vertebrates could not fail to be of some value as a contribution to our knowledge of their exact distribution and relationships. Moreover, I felt that there was definite need for such an enquiry and clear statements of its results. Although some good work has been done upon the subject, it is embodied only in scattered, often antiquated and inaccessible memoirs; the text-books scarcely refer to the subject, and various writers who mention the supra- renals make serious errors as to points of fact. Some authors have attempted to establish the view that (in Teleosts), where suprarenals are present, there is no lymphatic head-kidney, and vice versd; in other words, that the suprarenals are interchangeable with the head-kidney, that where one exists the other does not. I shall be able to show that this idea is quite groundless. Again, certain writers appear to think that suprarenals are comparatively rare objects among the Teleosts. It will be seen that, so far as my observations have gone, they are universally present in this order. I will not enlarge further on these points here, as they will be dealt with in detail in the body of the paper. As for methods of work, these have been very various. I have examined fifty-five species in all, and many individuals of several species. Most of these have been perfectly fresh, indeed all but nine, which were preserved specimens. In each case I have observed 77 situ the position and relations of the suprarenals and the head-kidney. After careful removal, both these have been examined microscopically. Numerous sections of various parts of different kidneys have also been made and examined. Some preparations were made quite fresh, 7. e. sections cut with Swift’s “ Ether Freezing Microtome.” Others have been hardened in alcohol or Miiller’s fluid, stained in buik, imbedded in paraffin, and cut with the “ Rocking Microtome.” The precise method I have used to the greatest extent is the following :— The material is hardened in Miiller’s fluid in the usual way for about six weeks. [In some cases the process has been hastened by keeping the tissue at a temperature of about 36° C.] It is then double-stained in bulk with Ehrlich’s hematoxylin and eosin, and imbedded in paraffin. In working at the naked-eye anatomy in the Elasmobranchii, I have made use of both the chromic-acid method of Semper and the osmic-acid method of Chevrel. I have made a special point of obtaining, in all cases where this was possible, perfectly fresh specimens, and no results, with one or two exceptions, have been considered worth recording, especially in a histological direction, unless the tissues were practically living at the time of dissection. I was convinced that what was particularly needed was a series of accurate drawings of the suprarenal bodies and their relation to the kidney. Consequently I have given SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 43 an outline sketch of the kidney from the ventral surface in nearly every species examined, putting in the suprarenals in plain lines when on the ventral surface, in dotted lines when on the spinal surface. Such a series of drawings I cannot find and do not believe to exist. In the Elasmobranchii the only drawing I am acquainted with is that in Semper’s paper, and this, I was sure, might easily be improved upon. Many parts of the paper are not nearly so complete as I should have wished. Indeed, in many respects I wish the paper to be considered as merely preliminary to future work on the same subject. This applies particularly to the histological part. The head-kidney I hope to make the subject of an exhaustive research at some future time. I have not touched upon the subject in the Cyclostomata, having so far only been able to get specimens of the small river-lamprey, but I hope to deal with their blood- vascular glands in a separate contribution’. Further, I have not made any investigation of the development of the suprarenal bodies. I am deeply indebted to Prof. T. W. Bridge, M.A., D.Sc., of Mason College, Birmingham, for his kindly and repeated advice on many subjects connected with this research, and for the generous manner in which he has placed specimens at my disposal; to Prof. F. J. Allen, M.A., M.D., for much important assistance; to Mr. Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S., for help on many points; and to Prof. W. N. Parker for specimens of Protopterus and the use of some of his slides. I must also express my thanks to Prof. G. B. Howes for many suggestions, bibliographical and otherwise. I take this opportunity of expressing my thanks to the Research Committee of the British Medical Association for a grant in aid of these investigations. II. Hisroricat. The literature of this subject is so very scattered and often so inaccessible, and I have become acquainted with some papers touching upon it in such accidental ways, that I fear my account may not be complete. However, I trust that most of the important papers dealing with the general subject have fallen into my hands; at the same time it is possible that accounts of the suprarenals and discussions of their morphology in monographs may have escaped me. ‘Then, too, some text-books may have accounts which I have overlooked; but, from the exceedingly unsatisfactory account given by Eberth in Stricker, I did not consider it would be profitable to explore these very thoroughly. 1 Since the above was written I have, in conjunction with Mr. Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S., investigated the subject in the Cyclostomata, with the result that nothing in the way of suprarenals can be made out. (Anat. Anz. Bd. xii. Nr. 9 & 10, 1896.) [More recently Pettit (Thése, Paris, 1896) has been unable (p. 86) to ascertain definitely whether supra- renals are present in the Cyclostomata or not.—S, Y., 10. 1. 97.] G2 44 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE The earliest account of the suprarenal bodies in fishes appears to be that of Retzius. His description, written in 1819, has reference only to cartilaginous fishes. Retzius (18) pointed out as suprarenals certain structures in Squalus glaucus, S. acanthias, Raja clavata, R. fullonica, and R. batis. From his description it is evident that he refers to what is now usually termed the “ interrenal body.” He considered this organ to be the suprarenal on account of its resemblance in texture to the suprarenals of birds !. The suprarenals in Teleostei appear to have been discovered by Stannius (20) in 1839. In 1843 J. Miiller (16) described in Myxinoids a clustered gland without a duct on each side of the cardia, which he at first considered to be a suprarenal, but afterwards thought to be thymus. In Petromyzon he found instead of this gland “certain white plugs with which the trunks of the posterior veins of the body are beset.” These structures had been previously described by Rathke 2. Three years later, in 1846, Stannius and Kcker threw considerable light on the subject. Stannius (21) describes the suprarenals as existing both in the higher cartilaginous and in the bony fishes. His account of the suprarenals in Elasmobranchs obviously applies only to the interrenal. The segmentally-arranged bodies were not yet discovered. He gives also in this first edition a fairly good account of the general position of the suprarenals in several Teleosts and in the Sturgeon. In addition this observer questions the right of Miiller’s “clustered gland ” to rank as a suprarenal. Ecker (6), in addition to verifying the results of the above observer in regard to the gross anatomy of the suprarenals, gives an account of their minute anatomy, which was for many years the common store of information on this subject. In 1851 Hyrtl (10) mentions some facts about the suprarenals in several Teleosts. He examined 222 species. He gives first a short and very imperfect account of their general position and appearances, and then mentions them very briefly under the special heading of the species. But, although he states in his introductory general description that suprarenals were found in almost all the fish he examined, yet I find, on looking through the paper, that they are only specifically noted in 28 species. In some two or three cases he states that he could not find them. In all the rest he never mentions them. He definitely found them in :— Uranoscopus scaber. Silurus glanis. Cottus quadricornis. Schilbe mystus. Diagramma punctatum. Pimelodus bayard. Saurus lacerta. | . . | . Lophius piscatorius. | Salmo fario. Chironectes punctatus. | Normyrus oxyrhynchus. Clupea nilotica. * See also Nagel, Miiller’s Archiv, 1836. * See Collinge and Vincent (Joc. cit.), also Pettit (loc. cit.).—S. V., 10. 1. 97. SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 45 Elops salmoneus. Lota vulgaris. Gadus barbatus. Phycis blennoides. Cobitis fossilis. Platessa passer. Acanthopsis tenia. Rhombus nuchus. Esox lucius. Echeneis remora. Esococtus exiliens. Ammodytes tobianus. Belone vulgaris. Symbranchus marmoratus. Motella mustela. Diodon novemmaculatum. No doubt a large proportion of Hyrtl’s specimens were not fresh but preserved, and this would often prevent the discovery of the suprarenal bodies. In the same year Leydig (13) described the suprarenals of Chimera monstrosa thus: “Each suprarenal forms a narrow streak #’ long, of an ochre-yellow colour. The posterior end is somewhat thicker and more rounded. ‘They lie on the inner border of the kidney.” This, of course, is the “ interrenal.” In Elasmobranchs we find no mention yet of the paired segmental bodies on the branches of the aorta, but only a body “ in Form eines schmales ockergelben Streifens an der Riickseite der Nieren” (Stannius). After this period we come to researches of much more importance, in reference at any rate to the subject in Elasmobranchs, and it will be necessary to review it in some detail. In 1852 Leydig published his famous ‘Rochen und Haie’ (11). In this work he insists that the “so-called axillary hearts and their continuations on the sympathetic ganglia are to be considered as the real suprarenals of Cartilaginous Fishes, and not, as heretofore reckoned, the yellow stripes and bodies behind the kidneys.” He bases this view on the fact that the paired bodies resemble the suprarenals in Mammalia in “consisting of closed bladders filled with cells,” also in their abundant vascular and nervous supply. On the other hand, he says “ the yellow stripes” consist simply of “masses of fat-globules and bright nuclei.’ He emphasizes the close connection between the suprarenals and the sympathetic nervous system. “As the pituitary body is an integral part of the brain, so the suprarenals are part of the sympathetic.” In the same work Leydig expresses his opinion that the organs previously considered as suprarenals are “ fat-glands”” analogous to those known in the Amphibia. Referring to the Cyclostomes this author definitely states his belief that the “clustered gland” of Miiller and the “white plugs” of Rathke and Miiller are analogous to the suprarenals. About this time too (1852) appeared Frey’s article on the Suprarenals in Todd’s ‘Cyclopedia’ (7). It was obviously written before the above researches of Leydig, so that the only suprarenals mentioned in Elasmobranchs are the bodies now termed ‘interrenal.” This writer gives a very good account of the anatomy and histology, mostly after Ecker, and in the part relating to fishes, at any rate, there seems little that may be considered original. In the next year (1853) Leydig published his ‘ Fische und Reptilien’ (12). In this 46 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE work he gives a description of the suprarenals in the Sturgeon, and finds them to be composed of “an aggregation of fat-globules.” He states that they are always placed on the walls of the blood-vessels. But he changes his view entirely on the subject of the suprarenals in cartilaginous fishes. He now considers that both the paired bodies in connection with the sympathetic ganglia and the “ ochre-yellow stripes” behind the kidney belong to the same system and constitute the suprarenal capsules in this order of fishes. Stannius, in a later edition (22), seems to have recognized both kinds of bodies. Balfour says his description is ‘‘not quite intelligible.” This I consider to be quite a euphemism. I have found the description totally incomprehensible as applied to the Elasmobranchs. On the other hand he gives a very excellent account of the supra- renals in Teleosts. He states that in the Pike these bodies have been found studded in the kidney from the middle to the tail-end, and believes them to be absent in Clupea harengus and Ammodytes tobianus. The next important step in advance was made by Semper (1g) in 1875, who emphasizes the segmental arrangement of the suprarenals, and believes them to be the same kind of structure as the interrenal. In fact he appears to believe that there exists a direct anatomical continuity between them. “Hier freilich gehen sie bei manchen Formen (Rochen, Chimera, Scymnus, Acanthias, Mustelus, etc.), also wahrscheinlich wohl bei den meisten Plagiostomen in einen bald weissen, bald hell- oder dunkel-gelben Kérper iiber, welcher, zwischen den Enden der beiden Nieren liegend, dicht an der einfachen Caudalvene sitzt.” F. M. Balfour (1) in 1878 has also dealt with this subject with considerable care in his monograph on Elasmobranch Fishes. He gives an account of the history up to date, and it is to him we owe the term “interrenal” as applied to the unpaired body in Scyllium. He expresses his opinion that there is very probably “a third kind of body in connection with the kidney,” and regrets he could not settle the point with fresh specimens. He refers to Stannius’s description as possibly indicating a third structure; but, so far as I could understand this author, he seems to allude to broken-off or scattered portions of the interrenal, which, as we shall see later on, are frequently found. The “lymphoid masses” which Balfour mentions in connection with the larger vessels of the kidney do not appear to me to be of any importance in connection with this subject, as lymphoid tissue is very common in all fishes both in and surrounding the renal organs. Balfour's researches were both anatomical and developmental. With the latter I shall not concern myself, but the former must be dealt with in some detail. He describes the general anatomical relations of both “supra-” and “ inter-”renals, and then gives an account of their histology, which suffers from the fact that he had only been able to obtain specimens preserved in chromic acid. He lays great stress on the relations between the paired suprarenals and the sympathetic nervous system, but states that there is a “much smaller ganglionic development” in connection with the SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. AT posterior bodies than with the anterior. The typical suprarenal structure, he says, is best exhibited in a posterior one. “ Externally there is present a fibrous capsule which sends in the septa, imperfectly dividing up the body into a series of alveoli or lobes. Penetrating and following the septa there is a rich capillary network. ‘The parenchyma of the body itself exhibits a well-marked distinction, in the majority of instances, into a cortical and medullary substance. The cortical substance is formed of rather irregular columnar cells, for the most part one row deep, arranged round the periphery of the body. The cells measure on an average ‘03 mm. in their longest diameter. The medullary substance is more or less distinctly divided into alveoli, and is formed of irregularly polygonal cells... . &c.” Balfour mentions also that the protoplasm of both sorts of cells has a yellowish tinge, and that the suprarenals are more or less surrounded by lymphoid tissue. He gives a drawing of these appearances in pl. xviii. fig. 6. As for the connection between the sympathetic ganglia and the suprarenal bodies, he says :—“ In the case of one of the posterior bodies, a small ganglion is generally found attached to both ends of the body, and invested in the same sheath; in addition to this a certain number of ganglion-cells (very conspicuous by their size and other characters) are to be found scattered through the body. In the anterior suprarenal bodies the development of ganglion-cells is very much greater. If a section is taken through the region where the large sympathetic ganglion is attached to the body, one half of the section is composed mainly of sympathetic ganglion-cells and nerve-fibres, and the other of supra- renal tissue, but the former spread in considerable numbers into the latter.” At one point (n in pl. xviii. fig. 7) a nerve is shown entering. He states that the ganglion and nerves are so intimately united with the suprarenal body as not to be separable from it. Balfour leaves it an open question whether there are cells of an intermediate character between the ganglion cells and the cells of the suprarenal body. Then follow the developmental researches, the general conclusion of which is that the paired “ supra- renal” bodies develop as parts of the sympathetic nervous system. Passing on to the interrenal body, this author gives a sketch of its general anatomy, and differs from Semper as to the continuity of the two kinds of structure. It will be seen that my own observations agree on this point with Balfour. With regard to the histology of the interrenal, he gives a drawing (pl. xvii. fig. 8), and describes it thus: “Tt is invested by a fairly thick tunica propria, which sends in septa, dividing it into rather well-marked lobules or alveoli. These are filled with polygonal cells, which form the true parenchyma of the body. These cells are in my hardened specimens not conspicuous by the number of oil-globules. . . . They are rather granular in appear- ance, and are mainly peculiar from the somewhat large size of the nucleus. . . .” Balfour notes as differences between the “ supra-” and “ inter-”renals the distinction into cortex and medulla in the former, and the large size of the nuclei in the cells of the latter. From the developmental standpoint he concludes that the interrenal does not belong to the same system as the suprarenals, and he proceeds to enquire with which 48 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE (if with either) of these two bodies the suprarenal bodies of the higher vertebrates are homologous. He does not decide the question definitely, but inclines to the view that the paired bodies of Scyllium are homologous with the suprarenals of Mammalia !. The only recent account of the suprarenals in a Teleost which I have found is that of M‘Kenzie (15), written in 1884, who gives a description of the suprarenals of Amiurus catus, with drawings of their histological appearances. They are, according to M‘Kenzie, sometimes entirely concealed by the kidney-substance. This is note- worthy as being decidedly rare in this order. He describes alveoli containing large and small granular cells, the longest of them reaching from wall to wall of an alveolus. These two kinds of cells bear no constant relation to each other. This author does not believe that the bodies have anything to do with the elaboration of the blood, and is opposed to Weldon’s view that the suprarenals are metamorphosed parts of the kidney just as the head-kidney is. This fish, he states, has a well-developed (lymphatic?) head-kidney in addition to the undoubted suprarenals. The interest and importance of this will be seen later on. Chevrel (3) appears to be the last author who has written upon this subject”. He, like Leydig, Semper, and Balfour, has discussed the subject in Elasmobranchs, and chiefly from the standpoint of the sympathetic nervous system. He has picked out the nerve-fibrils and suprarenal bodies with osmic acid. In this excellent memoir he gives a very good historical account, and carefully reviews Balfour’s work on the subject. Chevrel states that the interrenal body is situated between the inferior surface of the dorsal aorta and the superior surface of what he calls the “interrenal vein.” He describes also small detached parts of the interrenal on the superior and posterior parts of the kidneys. In the case of the paired bodies, Chevrel denies Balfour’s division into cortex and medulla, and explains the appearance obtained by the latter observer as due to the action of reagents. As will be seen below, this view is entirely corroborated by my own researches. Chevrel got no appearances anything like Balfour described. He says, ‘On ne voit ni cellules columnaires a Ja périphérie, ni cellules polygonales au centre; il n’y a que des apparences. Et ces apparences sont dues vraisemblablement * [R. Fusari (“ Contribuzione allo Studio dello Sviluppo delle Capsule surrenali e del Simpatico nel Pollo e nei Mammiferi,” Arch. per le Scienze med., Torino, 1892, vol. xvi. no. 14, pp. 249-301, tay. iv.-vii.), from investigations on mammals, maintains that the interrenal body is not homologous with any part of the supra- renal capsule, but with a certain adipose tissue found round the suprarenals in some mammals. On the other hand, M. Braun (“ Bau und Entwickelung der Nebennieren bei Reptilien,” Arbeit. a. d. zool.- zoot. Inst. Wiirz., Band y. pp. 1-30, Taf. i., ji., 1882), R. Semon (“* Studien iiber den Bauplan des Urogenital- systems der Wirbelthiere (Ichtiophis), Jena. Zeitschr., 1891, Band xxvi. pp. 89-203), and F. van Wyhe (“ Ueber Mesodermsegmente des Rumpfes und die Entwickelung des Excretionsystems bei Selachiern,” Arch. f. mikr. Anat, Band xxxiii. 1889, pp. 461-516, Taf. xxx.—xxxii.) favour Balfour’s views. Valenti (Atti della Soc, Toscana di Scienze nat. 1889, Pisa, vol. x. tay. x) believed the suprarenal capsule to be a rudimentary organ.—-S. V., 10. 1. 97.] * See footnote to p, 49. SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 49 aux contours des mailles de la trame conjonctive des corps. Les dissociations nous ont également donné des résultats négatifs.” He doubts their analogy to the suprarenal bodies of Mammalia, and describes their structure thus :—‘ De la fine membrane qui les enveloppe partent des filets qui vont former dans son intérieur, de concert avec ceux qui naissent de l’anneau conjonctif entourant Vartériole, une sorte de réticulum trés compliqué, 4 mailles inégales, dans lesquelles se trouvent un nombre considérable de noyaux ovales. Chacun de ces noyaux, pourvu de plusieurs petits corps trés réfringents, parait simplement plongé dans le protoplasme granuleux; on pourrait peut-étre supposer qu'il appartient 4 une cellule sans membrane d’enveloppe dont le proto- plasme granuleux se fusionne avec celui des cellules voisines. De cette fusion résulterait une masse protoplasmique unique contenant tous les noyaux et remplissant Jes mailles du réticulum. Enfin des ganglions et des cellules sympathiques se trouvent assez souvent plongés dans le parenchyme du corps, et, 4 sa surface, circulent sans pénetrer, du moins en apparence, dans sa substance, et sans émettre de rameaux, des filets nerveux appartenant également au systéme sympathique.” Passing on to the interrenal, Chevrel says, “A Vétat frais, les éléments propres de ce corps disparaissent sous une couche de globules clairs, légérement teintés, qui lui donnent une couleur jaunatre particuliére.” Leydig thought these globules to be fat. Balfour, on the contrary, thought they were not fat. Chevrel is of the latter opinion, since ether does not dissolve them, nor osmic acid blacken them to any extent. He proceeds to describe their microscopical structure as being much the same as that of the suprarenals. ‘The chief differences, according to him, are—(1) Inequality in size of nuclei (10 w in “inter,” 9 in “supra”). (2) Absence in the suprarenal of the clear globules which the interrenal contains in abundance. (3) A distinct division some- times, in the case of the interrenal, into “capsules ou vésicules nettement marquee.” (4) A less abundant vascular supply in the interrenal. Chevrel does not think there is any very direct connection between the interrenal and the suprarenals, and notes that the “interrenal” has no relations with the sympathetic. He does not decide whether the interrenal body is of a different order of structure from the suprarenals. As to the connection between the suprarenals and the small sympathetic ganglia, he states, ‘‘ This connection in the case of the smaller bodies is not so frequent as Leydig, Semper, and Balfour imagined.” Chevrel has also more recently (4) given an account of the sympathetic system in the Sturgeon. He gives a drawing of the relations of the suprarenal bodies to the sympathetic nervous system, and also a very unsatisfactory representation of the microscopical structure of the ganoid suprarenal }. 1 [Since this was written, the papers of V. Diamare (“ Ricerche intorno all’ Organo interrenale degli Elasmo- branchi col ai Corpuscoli di Stannius dei Teleostei” etc., Mem. matem.-fis. ser. 3, t. x. 3 tay., 1896) and Pettit (Thése, ‘ Recherches sur les capsules surrénales,’ Paris, 1896) have appeared. These will be briefly referred to again, as occasion requires, in later footnotes.—S. V., 10. 1. 97.] VoL. XIv.—Part 11. No. 2.—April, 1897. H MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE III. Crassiriep List oF SPECIES EXAMINED. j. ELASMOBRANCHII. A. SELACHOIDEI. Seyllidee: Seyllium canicula. 53 catulus. Spinacide: Acanthias vulyaris. Rhinide : Rhina squatina. B. Bavorpet. Rajide: Raja batis. 5, clavata. » maculata. ii HOLOCEPHALA. Chimeeride: Chimera monstrosa. iii. GANOIDEI. A. CHonprostrEr, Spatularide : Polyodon folium. Acipenseride : Acipenser sturio. iv. TELEOSTEI. A. PLecroGNaTHt. a. Sclerodermi. Balistide: Balistes maculatus. 6, Gymnodontes. Molide: Orthagoriscus mola. Tetrodontide: Tetrodon nigropunctatus. B. Puysostomt. Mureenidee: Anguiila anguilla. Conger conger. Clupeidze : Clupea harengus. Esocide : Esox lucius. Salmonide : Salmo salar. bye PNULCDs Cyprinidee : Leuciscus rutilis. x” cephalus. 35 vulgaris. C. ANACANTHINI. Gadidee: Gadus morrhua. » @glefinus. » merlangus. 3 ©vtrens. SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 5 Merluccius vulgaris. Motella tricirrhata. Molva vulgaris. Pleuronectidz : Hippoglossus vulgaris. Pleuronectes flesus. 5 limanda. = platessa. Solea vulgaris. Hippoglossoides limandoides. Zeugopterus. Rhombus levis. D, Acanruorrert. a. Pharyngognathi. Coris pulcherrima. 6. Acanthopterygii. Percide: Gastrosteus spinachia. Perca fluviatilis. Labraz lupus. Mullide: Mudllus barbatus. Sparide: Pagellus centrodontus. Cantharus griseus. Triglide: Cottus gobio. Trigla pini. » lyra. Scomberide : Scomber scomber. Zeus faber. Blennidz : Anarrhichas lupus. Pediculati: Lophius piscatorius. c. Acanthopterygii mugiliformes, Mugilide : Mugil capito. d. Acanthopterygii gobiiformes. Discoboli: Cyclopterus lumpus. - v. DIPNOI. Lepidosiren paradoxa (L. appendiculata, Ehlers *). Protopterus annectens, IV. Gross ANATOMY. 1. ELASMOBRANCHIL. In this order there are two distinct sets of bodies which have borne the name of “suprarenals.” One of these is a more or less rod-shaped structure, unpaired in some ‘ [See, however, Lankester, “ Ou Lepidosiren and Protopterus,” Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xiy. part i., April 1896. eae iV. 10, 1. 97.] H2 52 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE genera, as Scyllium, paired in others, as Raja, which lies in the region of the hinder end of the kidney—in the middle line, as a rule, in the first case; on the inner and hinder border of the kidney in the second (PI. IX. figs. 1, 2, 5, & 4, Pl. X. figs. 4, 6, & 7, i7.). This structure was called by Balfour the ‘ interrenal” body, and has since usually borne this name. ‘The other set of structures is a segmentally arranged series of paired bodies, placed on the intercostal or parietal branches of the aorta, and extending in many cases throughout the whole length of the abdominal cavity (Pl. LX. figs. 1-4; Pl. X. figs. 5, 6, & 7, aw.h., & s.r.). a. SELACHOIDEI and BATOIDEIL. I have examined the following seven species, and in some cases several individuals of the same species :— Scyllium canicula. Raja batis. xs catulus. », clavata, Acanthias vulgaris. »» maculata, Rhina squatina. The Seqmentally arranged Bodies——These are disposed in much the same manner in all Plagiostomes. Their general arrangement has been already weil described by Leydig, Semper, and Balfour; and Chevrel has given a description of their anatomical connections with the sympathetic. It is therefore only necessary for me to give a brief account of their usual anatomy, emphasizing such points as may seem to need it. These bodies are placed for the most part in a very definitely segmental manner (Pl. IX. fig. 2). The anterior pair are always elongated and equal in size to several of the following bodies (Pls. IX. & X. figs. 1-7, ax.h.); as a matter of fact they seem to correspond usually to three or four segments. ‘They are arranged on branches of the aorta, the intercostal arterioles (Pl. IX. figs. 1 & 4; Pl. X. figs. 5 & 6), and extend on each side of the vertebral column from the front part of the sinus of Monro to a variable distance posterior to the origin of the posterior cardinal veins. The anterior pair and some of those bodies which immediately follow these on either side are placed in the cavity of the sinus, and therefore during life are bathed in its blood (Pls. IX. & X. figs. 1-7, ax.h., s.7.). They usually more or less completely surround the artery with their substance, and with the aid of a lens one can nearly always see the artery, vein, and a fine nerve distributed to each segmental body. ‘The first pair are placed on or near the axillary arteries, hence their old name “Axillary Hearts.” An arteriole usually communicates between the axillary and the succeeding branch of the aorta, and runs through the whole length of the body (Pl. IX. figs. 2a & 4). In the anterior part of the abdominal cavity these bodies have no relation to the kidney-substance, but in the region of this organ they become more or less imbedded in it, Where the renal substance is distinctly segmented they are often placed deep down in the grooves which separate the segmental portions, and are often in this way almost completely hidden. ‘They usually overlap the region of the interrenal, and often SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 53 extend nearly to the hinder end of the kidney in company with the interrenal (Pl. IX. figsc 6c 4) Pili XX. figs. 08 7; 37)" nother casese (PI) EX) figsy dee 3); PIX. fig. 6, s.r.) they cannot be traced very far behind the anterior extremity of the inter- renal. When the segmentally arranged bodies extend very far back they have a great tendency to get less and less distinct and more fragmentary in appearance. Their relation to the sympathetic is made evident in a general way by ordinary care in dissection, but the precise details of this relationship are not at all easy to make out. Chevrel has, however, described this part of the subject with such care that little need be said; but as very little besides his work has ever been done upon this subject, it may be as well to call attention to some points. . It is a great mistake to suppose that the sympathetic ganglia are all, or indeed mostly, wrapped up in the same sheath as the segmental suprarenal bodies. This is undoubtedly true in many cases, perhaps in all, of the first pair, but it is not nearly so common with the posterior ones. Indeed, without in any way questioning the value of Balfour's developmental researches, I am inclined to think that the connection between the sympathetic nervous system and these bodies has been overstated. They are intimately involved in the sympathetic plexuses, and often have tiny ganglia very close to them; but in the adult, at any rate, whateyer their developmental relations may be, it can, in my opinion, not be truly said that they are an integral part of the sympathetic nervous system. The Interrenal Body.—Vhis body, as we have seen, was the structure to which the name “‘suprarenal” was first applied. After the discovery of the “ paired suprarenals ” of Leydig, a new name was required for the old body. ‘This was supplied by Balfour, who called it “‘interrenal.” The interrenal body is an “ochre-yellow” rod-shaped structure, paired in the Rays, unpaired in the Sharks, lying usually in the region of the posterior part of the kidney, but sometimes extending as far forward as its anterior extremity (Pls. IX. & X. figs. 1-7, 7.r.). It bears a striking resemblance in its colour, general appearance, and relations to the kidney, to the suprarenals of Amphibia and Reptilia. The unpaired interrenal of the Dog-fishes (Pl. IX. figs. 2, 3, & 4; Pl. X. fig. 5, 7.7.) lies between the inferior surface of the dorsal aorta and the superior surface of the unpaired caudal vein, or, as Chevrel prefers to call it, the “ interrenal” vein. The paired interrenal of the Skates (Pl. X. figs. 6 & 7,7.) lies on the median side of the ureter and on a superior level, so that it often lies on the dorso-internal edge of each kidney adjoining the middle line. In addition to this one often finds slight streaks or dots of the same characteristic yellow colour in other parts of the kidney '. 1 This may be compared on the one hand with the multiple suprarenals of the Sturgeon, and on the other with the frequency of “ accessory ” suprarenals in Teleostsand in Mammals, The accessory bodies in Mammals are said to consist of cortex only, and it may be as well to note here that my investigations lead me to conclude that interrenal, suprarenals in Teleosts and Ganoids, and cortex in Mammals are all strictly homo- logous with one another. 54 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE The interrenal is generally much thicker behind than in front (Pl. IX. figs. 1, 3, & 4); in fact, while it is posteriorly often markedly bulbous, it usually tapers off anteriorly into a broken line of extreme tenuity. It diminishes in diameter, however, not regularly, but is often more or less moniliform; the constrictions may be complete here and there, and at the anterior extremity one often finds several small pieces of interrenal separated by a considerable interval from the rest of the body (Pl. IX. figs. 1, 3,& 4; Pl. X. figs. 5 & 7, a.ir.). In the Batoidei the interrenal is never quite symmetrical; nearly always the body of one side extends further forward than that of the other, and in one case, in Raja batis (Pl. X. fig. 6, 7.7.), I found a complete and comparatively thick bridge connecting the interrenal of one side with that of the other. ‘This might perhaps be looked upon as a single body behind, which became divided in front; in this instance the organ extended further forward on the right side, and further backward on the left. In some cases (e. g., Acanthias) the unpaired interrenal body appears to be placed not quite mesially, but is laid on the median surface of one or other kidney (Pl. X. fig. 5, i.r.). Occasionally (aja maculata) the anterior piece of the interrenal of each side, which is cut off by more or less of an interval from the rest of the body, shows curious claw- like processes on its outer side running in the kidney-substance towards the ureter (BIEXG figs ai a-2/72): Balfour quotes Semper as describing an anatomical connection between the inter- renal and the paired bodies. Balfour questions this, and I am convinced from the examination of several fresh specimens, both of Scylliwm and Raja, that there is never any such connection or continuity. Zhe two kinds of structure are always totally independent and unconnected. I have mentioned in the historical section Balfour’s surmises with regard to the existence of a third kind of body in relation to the kidney in Scyllium, and I have intimated that masses of adenoid tissue were to be expected, and were frequently found in various situations in and about the kidney. I have, nevertheless, carefully searched for anything which might rank as a “third kind of body.” I have been able to examine a number of fair-sized perfectly fresh specimens, and I have failed entirely to find anything of the kind. So that we may consider that we have to limit the morphological and physiological problem, difficult as it is, to the relationships and significance of the paired segmental bodies and the “ ochre-yellow strips” or interrenal bodies. The problem which naturally presents itself is: —Which of these two structures (if not both) corresponds to the suprarenal capsules of Teleosts and higher Vertebrates? For an account of the discussion see the historical section above. My own view will be stated after I have given a description of the histology. In the above account I have treated the Sharks and Rays together, because there is not sufficient difference between the general arrangement in the two cases to make a separate description necessary. SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 55 6. HOLOCEPHALA. In Chimera monstrosa (Pl. IX. fig. 1) from the examination of four well-preserved specimens, I find the suprarenals arranged almost exactly after the type of the Plagiostomes. There is the same interrenal, unpaired as in the Dog-fishes !, enlarged and rounded posteriorly and broken up at its anterior end. ‘There is also the same arrangement of the segmental bodies, the only noticeable difference being that the anterior pair, instead of being elongated and irregular, are smooth and regular oval in shape (PI1.1X. fig. 1, av.h.)?._ They are, nevertheless, many times larger than any of the other bodies of the same series. 2. GANOIDEI. Among Ganoids I have only been able to obtain representatives of two families of the Chondrostei, viz., Acipenser sturio and Polyodon folium. The Polyodon was a spirit-specimen in a bad state of preservation, and I could find nothing in the way of suprarenals, so that I am limited to the Sturgeon for information about this order. The Sturgeon is practically the only Ganoid it is possible to examine in anything like a fresh state in this country. I have been able to obtain and have carefully examined two specimens whose tissues were, to all intents and purposes, in a living condition. The first specimen was 1:65 metre in length, with a kidney 63 centim. long; the second was 2°14 metres, with a kidney of 1 metre. The suprarenals in the Sturgeon are “ ochre-yellow” bodies of precisely the same tint as the interrenal in Elasmobranchs. ‘They vary extremely in size and shape, and are scattered in a more or less irregular manner throughout the substance of the kidney (Pl. X. fig. 8, s.). They are for the most part finely lobulated, almost coarsely granular to the naked eye, and many of the larger ones have processes or claws extending out in various directions into the kidney-substance. A certain number of the larger bodies are visible on the surface of the kidney, or revealed with very little dissection. A still larger number come into view on slitting up the posterior cardinal sinus, since they lie in abundance in its walls and in the immediate neighbourhood. A large residue, including the majority of the smaller bodies, are only revealed by digging away the kidney-substance in various parts. I find the larger bodies placed anteriorly (Pl. X. fig. 8); and in this respect my observations differ from those of Leydig, who says that the larger ones are posterior. It is quite possible that the arrangement differs in different specimens. I found none whatever in the hinder fifth of the kidney, and by far the larger number, at least of bodies of any size, were in both my specimens in the anterior seventh, 7. ¢., just behind the lymphatic head-kidney (Pl. X. fig. 8, 4.4.). Thus the most striking feature about their arrangement is their extreme anterior position as compared with Teleosts. 1 Leydig describes a paired “ suprarenal,” but although my specimens were old, yet I am convinced that there was a single median interrenal in each case. 2 [This appearance may possibly be due in part to the effect of long preservation. | 56 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE Many of the suprarenals are of exceeding minuteness, even less than 1 mm. in diameter, and these are seen in large numbers from the interior of the posterior cardinal sinus, whence they appear like “ tubercles” in the wall of this vessel ; indeed the appearance of these tiny bodies as seen through the lining epithelium of the vein is almost identical with the caseous nodules of pathology. In the two specimens I have examined the large suprarenals were arranged in two very irregularly symmetrical groups just behind each “ head-kidney.” 1 Each group consisted of about a dozen, and all of them were in close proximity to the venous sinus (PI. X. fig. 8). Some of the suprarenals lying on the posterior surface of the kidney were flattened, almost wafer-like. The bodies I have seen varied in size from about 1 mm. in diameter to something under 1 cm., but measurements are difficult as their shape is often so irregular, They have a decidedly fatty appearance to the naked eye, and on being placed for a few hours in a 5 per cent. solution of osmic acid they become quite black, so that the presumption is that they contain some material of a fatty nature. I have not been able to make out any very intimate relations between the suprarenals and the sympathetic nervous system in the Sturgeon, but I find that in many cases the bodies are placed on blood-vessels which are running in the kidney- substance. 3. TELEOSTEI. a. PLECTOGNATHI. In the tribe Sclerodermi I have only been able to obtain a small spirit-specimen of Balistes maculatus. It was not in a good state of preservation, and the results were negative. In the Gymnodontes I have examined the Sun-fish (Orthagoriscus mola) as a representative of the Molide and Tetroyon nigropunctatus among the Tetrodontide. The last was an ill-preserved specimen and nothing was found. The following is the arrangement in the Sun-fish :— Mo.ipa#.—In a specimen of Orthagoriscus mola (Pl. X. fig. 9, s.7.), 70 cm. in length, with kidneys of 20 cm. in length, I found one suprarenal only, which appeared to belong to the right side (Pl. X. fig. 9, s.r.). It was kidney-shaped, whitish, and fatty-looking, but of firm texture, and was about 1 em. long by about 5 mm. broad. 6. PHYSOSTOMI. Muranip#.—In this family I have investigated both the Conger and the Silver Eel. There are two suprarenals in both species; these are in Conger conger (Pl. X. fig. 10, s.r.) triangular with rounded corners, in Anguilla anguilla round or oval in shape. Their position is peculiar in that they lie very anteriorly, being not far behind the point where the two crura of the kidney unite (Pl. X. fig. 10, s.r.). They are situated * [In some cases they extend into the lymphatic tissue—S. V., 10. 1. 97.] SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES, 57 on the ventral surface of the kidney, and are usually closely approximated to the middle line. They are only slightly imbedded in the substance of the kidney. The following may be taken as the typical arrangement in the Murenidze :— The suprarenals are about 1-5 mm. in diameter (of course they may be much larger in Conger). They are triangular with rounded corners; there is one on each side of the middle line and they are nearly in contact. They are on the ventral surface of the kidney, just behind the junction of the crura, and both are on the same level. The bodies are smooth, pale pink, and only slightly imbedded in the kidney. Crureip2.—In Clupea harenqus (Pl. X. fig. 11) I have found two unequal supra- renals placed on the spinal surface of the kidney at about the mid-point of its length. Esocip#.—I have examined two examples of Esox lucius (Pl. XI. fig. 12). The first specimen was 50 cm. in length, the second 57, both being young specimens. In the first (Pl. XI. fig. 12) the suprarenals were two in number, one on each side. They were imbedded in the substance of the kidney, nearer the spinal than the ventral surface, and placed distinctly in advance of the mid-point of the kidney length, so as to be about in the middle point of the length of the body. The bodies are thus even more anterior than in the eels. They were each about 5:25 mm. long by 2mm. broad. ‘Their surface was distinctly lobulated (Pl. XI. fig. 12, s.r.). In the second their arrangement appeared at first sight to be identical with that of the first, but, on closer examination, the left was seen to be represented by two bodies, and these were placed slightly in advance of the right one. They were, like those above described, imbedded in the kidney-substance. But in this specimen there were tiny “ accessory ” bodies, some two or three in number, in different parts of the kidney. I have not found, however, anything approaching the condition described by Stannius, in which the posterior half of the kidney is studded with suprarenal bodies. Very possibly this appearance was pathological. SaLmonip#.—In a specimen of Salmo salar, 83 cm. long, I found five suprarenals (Pl. XI. fig. 13, s.r.). There were three on the left side and two on the right. None of them were visible on the ventral surface of the kidney, as they were placed on the lateral or spinal surfaces. The bodies belonging to the right side were situated respectively 20-5 and 20 cm. from the hinder end of the kidney, being placed almost in the middle point of its length. Those of the left side were placed at unequal intervals opposite them. The right suprarenals are respectively 5 mm. and 3 mm. in diameter. The larger is anterior and slightly kidney-shaped. The largest on the left side is directly opposite the larger on the right ; it is 7 mm. by 3°5 mm. and distinctly kidney-shaped. Ata short distance in front of this is a body about half its size and likewise kidney-shaped. At a further interval behind it lies an elongated oval one. The suprarenals are very pale pink in colour, almost white, and have a fatty appearance. They do not project appreciably from the surface of the kidney. They are distinctly lobulated and marbled with blood-vessels. vou. XIv.— Part mI. No. 3.—April, 1897. I 58 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE In another Salmon, a young fish only 47 cm. in length, I found three suprarenals, placed, as in the former specimen, at about the middle point of the length of the kidney and on the spinal surface. There were two chief ones, right and left respec- tively, situated each about 1 mm. from the middle line, the left one being about 3 mm. by 1:5, the right about 5 by 1:5, but irregular in shape. About 1 cm. anterior to these two is another about 1 mm. by ‘5 mm. on the left side. In a specimen of Salmo trutia, 58 cm. long, with a kidney of 26 cm., I found the suprarenals seven in number. ‘There were six on the spinal and one on the ventral surface, all small. They were pale pink, roundish or oval bodies, and were partly imbedded in the substance of the kidney. This fact, coupled with the presence of one on the ventral surface, suggested to me that some might be completely buried in the substance of the kidney. This, however, I found not to be the case. The most anterior one was very small, and was situated 10 cm. from the anterior end of the kidney; the rest were scattered throughout the succeeding 4:25 cm. The one on the ventral surface was 12:5 cm. from the anterior extremity of the kidney. None of the bodies were more than 3 mm. in diameter. In Osmerus eperlanus (Pl. XI. fig. 14) the suprarenals were represented by two miliary bodies about the size of a pin’s head, projecting from the hinder end of the kidney, placed one behind the other (s.7.). Among the Cyprinide I have examined :— Leuciscus rutilis. (Pl. XI. fig. 15.) Leuciscus vulgaris. (Pl. XI. fig. 17.) £ cephalus. (Pl. XI. fig. 16.) The suprarenals are usually two; but in a specimen of L. vulgaris there were four (Pl. XI. fig. 17, s.r.). They are usually rounded in this family. As to position, they are usually in the posterior fourth of the kidney, but they may reach as far forward as the junction of the posterior with the middle third. They are usually placed one on each side of the middle line, but are often very close to it. They are on the spinal surface or the edge of the kidney. In the fishes of this family I have examined the bodies have never been more than about 2 mm. in diameter, and they are often buried to some extent in the kidney-substance. ce. ANACANTHINI. Gapip#.—In this family I have investigated :— Gadus morrhua. (Pl. XI. fig. 18.) Merluccius vulgaris. (Pl. XI. fig. 20.) » e@eglefinus. (Pl. XI. fig. 19.) Molva vulgaris. (Pl. XI. fig. 21.) » merlangus. Motella tricirrhata. » -virens. In the Gadide there is considerable variation in number and size of the suprarenals, although their shape is nearly always rounded. As for number, two must be regarded as the rule, but there is even more variation SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES, 59 in this respect than in the Pleuronectide (g. v.). Thus, in a specimen of Gadus morrhua I have found as many as five; in G. merlangus I found only one. I have occasionally found one also in Molva vulgaris. In Merluccius vulgaris I have found in one case as many as five; in this case the suprarenal of the left side was represented by four small bodies instead of one larger one (Pl. XI. fig. 20, s.r.), Their position is usually one on each side, but, as in other families, the right and left are rarely quite on the same level, one being usually anterior or posterior to the other. They also vary as to their relation to the middle line, some being more lateral, others more central. The suprarenals in this family are almost always visible on the ventral surface of the kidney, though they may (either one or both) be lateralized, or even exceptionally may be partially on the spinal surface. They are usually more or less imbedded in the kidney-substance. The bodies appear to be situated always in the region of the posterior third of the length of the kidney, though they sometimes approach very near the anterior limit of this distance. The size varies from 1 mm. to 1 cm. in longest diameter in the fishes I haye examined. In one specimen of Gadus morrhuwa the arrangement was peculiar. The suprarenals were five in number. The tail of the kidney projected 3 cm. under the hemal arch. Four of the bodies were under the arch on the ventral surface of the kidney; they were compressed into angular form owing to their position. There were two large ones, the anterior being 1 cm. by ‘5 em. (irregular oblong), the posterior being rhomboidal and having about the same greatest dimensions. There were in addition two quite small bodies placed between the two larger ones. The fifth one was on the spinal surface of the kidney, just anterior to the hemal arch. It is about 1 cm. by ‘5 cm., oval, and appears divided into two parts on the surface by a median longi- tudinal depression. The typical arrangement of the suprarenals in the Gadide may be stated thus :— The organs are rounded and about 5 mm. in diameter. There is one on each side of the middle line on the ventral surface of the kidney, but one is more lateral than the other. They are placed at about one quarter the length of the kidney from its hinder end, and one is slightly anterior to the other. They are smooth and partly imbedded in the kidney-substance, and are pale pink in colour. PLEvRONECTIDA.—I have been able to obtain and examine :— Pleuronectes flesus. (Pl. XI. fig. 22.) Hippoglossoides limandoides, (Pl. X11. fig. 26.) 5 limanda, (P1. XI. fig, 23.) Solea vulgaris, (Pl. XII. fig. 27.) - platessa. (Pl. XI. fig. 24.) Rhombus levis. (Pl. XII. fig. 28.) Hippoglossus vulgaris, (Pl. XII. fig. 25.) Zeugopterus. In Pleuronectide there is considerable variation in the number, form, size, and 12 60 _ MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE position of the suprarenal bodies; the variation in each of these respects affects not only the different species, but even different individuals of the same species. With regard to their number this may be stated as usually two. Thus there are most often two in Hippoglossus vulyaris, Plewronectes flesus, P. limanda, and Solea vulgaris. But I have found one only in some specimens of P. limanda and Hippo- glossoides limandoides, while I have found three in one specimen of P. flesus. [In this case, however, the two of one side were close together, and were, taken together, not larger than the one of the opposite side. } Their shape is nearly always rounded, but in P. flesus one was oval. As to their position, the bodies appear to be affected to some extent by the characteristic asymmetry of the family, though sometimes they may be arranged symmetrically. There is usually one belonging to each side, but sometimes one is placed behind the other in the middle line (Pl. XII. fig. 26, s.r.). This was found, é. g.,in P. flesus and Solea vulgaris. Occasionally they are placed abreast, but both on one side of the median line; this occurred in P. limanda. Often the body of one side is decidedly more anterior or posterior than that of the other. Again, sometimes they are close together in the middle line (Pl. XI. fig. 24); at other times separated by the whole breadth of the kidney. The suprarenals are always enclosed in the capsule of the kidney; but appear never to be imbedded in the kidney-substance in this family. They are always near the posterior end of the kidney, and never further forward than the junction of the posterior with the middle third of the kidney. The size of the capsules in the Pleuronectidz varies in specimens I have seen from ‘5 mm. to 1:75 cm. in diameter. They do not appear to vary very directly in proportion to the size of the individual fish, but they are larger in the larger species. The typical arrangement of the suprarenals in the Pleuronectide may be described as follows :— The organs are about ‘75 cm. in diameter and rounded. ‘There is one on each side of the median line on the spinal surface of the kidney, but one is nearer to the middle line than the other. They are situated about one-quarter the length of the kidney from its posterior extremity, and one is placed rather in front of the other. They are smooth and free on the kidney-surface, and are pale pink or glistening white in aspect. d. ACANTHOPTERI. In the Pharyngognathi I have only been able to obtain a spirit-specimen of Coris pulcherrima. It was not in a good state of preservation and no suprarenals were found. In the Acanthopterygii I have been enabled to investigate representatives of several families. PrrciD&.—In two specimens of Perch (Perca fluviatilis, Pl. XII. fig. 29) I have found only one suprarenal body to be present in each case. In both it was about SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 61 8 mm. from the hinder end of the kidney on its spinal surface, and was about 1 mm. in diametez. Gastrosteus spinachia was too small for anything to be seen with certainty. In a specimen of Labrax lupus 70 cm. in length, with a kidney of 30 cm., I found two suprarenals placed one immediately behind the other on the spinal surface. The anterior one is 5 mm. by 24 mm.; the posterior one is about half the size of the anterior. MuLuip%.—Two specimens of Mullus barbatus (Pl. XII. figs. 30 & 30 A) have been examined. In one, 24 cm. long, there were three suprarenals present ; in the other, 42 cm. long, there were five. In the first specimen these were crowded together in the middle line on the spinal surface about 3:25 cm. from the hinder end of the kidney (Pl. XII. fig. 30, s.7.). In the second one (Pl. XII. fig. 80 4) there were two ‘“‘ chief” bodies, right and left, situated a few mm. behind the hinder end of the kidney, attached to the kidney and to the intestine and body-wall by fibrous strands. The left one has an “accessory ” body just behind it, and there are two small ones on the ventral surface of the left tail of the kidney (Pl. XII. fig. 304, s.r.). The right chief body is 4 mm. by 3 in diameter, the left 5 by 2. It is interesting to note, in relation with the abundance of suprarenal tissue, that this fish is of a red colour, and has an intensely pigmented, almost black, peritoneum. Sparip#.—In the common Sea-Bream (Pagellus centrodontus) I have found two suprarenals, 2 mm. in diameter, and very pale pink in colour, situated 1 cm. from the hinder end of the kidney on its spinal surface (Pl. XII. fig. 31). In Cantharus griseus almost exactly the same arrangement was found. Trietip#.—In this family I have examined Cottus gobio (Pl. XII. fig. 32), Trigla pini (Pl. XII. fig. 33), and 7. lyra (Pl. XII. fig. 34). The rule as to number is the same as in Teleosts generally, 7. ¢., that there are two; but in one specimen of Trigla pint I have found one only, in the middle line, on the spinal surface, about 8 mm. from the hinder end of the kidney. Their shape is rounded, and their position as a rule bi-lateral; but in Trigla lyra I have found two, placed one behind the other, both to the left of the left edge of the kidney near its hinder extremity (Pl. XII. fig. 34, s.r-.). Except in this one example of Z. lyra I have always found them on the spinal surface of the kidney in this family. They are of a very pale pink colour, and are free on the surface of the kidney, sometimes attached to the body-wall by bands of fibrous tissue. In size they vary between | and 2 mm. ScomBrip2.—In this family I have been able to examine Scomber scomber and Zeus faber (Pl. XII. figs. 35 & 36). In the Mackerel (Pl. XII. fig. 35) I have found the suprarenal bodies on the ventral aspect of the kidney, about 4°5 cm. from its posterior extremity, almost 62 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE completely concealed, however, by kidney-substance. The body of the right side was rounded and about 2 mm. in diameter, the left was about 3mm. by 15 mm. In another specimen, however, I found them placed on the dorsal aspect of the kidney at about the middle of its length, the right being slightly smaller than, and somewhat anterior to, the left one. Frey says that in this fish the suprarenals are placed one behind the other. This is certainly not the rule, but it may be so in some cases. I have examined several specimens of John Dory (Pl. XII. fig. 36). There were usually two suprarenals, one on each side of the middle line, but occasionally the body of one or other side has been represented by two smaller bodies. Sometimes they are placed side by side, sometimes one behind the other. They are always near the junction of the posterior crura of the kidney. They are mostly white or slightly iridescent and smooth, being enclosed in a firm fibrous capsule. They are rounded and situated on the spinal surface of the kidney. This is noteworthy, as I have always found them on the ventral surface in Scomber. Another point of distinction between the two genera is that in the John Dory they are not imbedded in the kidney- substance ; they always lie within the posterior quarter of the kidney. BLenniD#.—In a specimen of Annarhichas lupus (Pl. XII. fig. 37), 115°5 cm. in length, I found two suprarenals, situate 5 cm. from the hinder end of the kidney. The left was on the ventral surface of the kidney, nearly round, and 5 mm. in diameter. The right was on the dorsal or spinal surface, and, being the larger, its central point was posterior to that of the left, as their anterior ends were on the same level. This right body was oval in shape and 1 cm. by ‘5 cm. The organs were partly imbedded in the kidney-substance. PepicutattiIn the Angler (Lophius piscatorius, Pl. XII. fig. 38), in a fish of 54 cm. in length, I found five suprarenals. The chief pair were situated on the ventral surface of the kidney, about 1 cm. from its hinder end. The right was 3 mm. in diameter, the left 3°5 mm. They were of a pale flesh-colour and marbled with very fine blood-vessels, In addition to these two, there was on the right side a body about 1:25 mm. in diameter, just at the hinder extremity of the kidney, where the ureter springs from its substance ; again, just anterior to it is another, about one-third its size. On the left side there is also a second body, about 1°5 mm. by ‘75 mm., situated midway between the ‘‘ chief” body and the end of the kidney. The larger suprarenals were more or less imbedded in the substance of the kidney. Mvaitipa.—In Mugil capito (Pl. XIII. fig. 39), 55 em. long, I found one suprarenal capsule of large size (6 mm. by 3). It was placed about 4 mm. from the posterior extremity of the kidney, and, being imbedded in the kidney-substance, its large size enabled it to be seen either from the spinal or the ventral surface (Pl. XIII. fig. 39). In another example, 35 cm. long, there were two suprarenal bodies, on the spinal SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 65 surface, at the extreme hinder end of the kidney. They were packed close together in the middle line, the right one being about 2°5 mm. by 2, and the left being about 2 by 1. Here, as well as in Mullus barbatus, we have a proportionately large amount of suprarenal tissue associated with a deeply pigmented peritoneum. Discosout.—lI have only so far been able to examine one specimen of Cyclopterus lumpus (Pl. XIII. fig. 40). This fish was 46-25 em. in length. The suprarenals were situated on the spinal surface of the kidney. The central point of the left was 3 cm. from the hinder end of the kidney, that of the right was 3°75 cm. distant. The right body was rounded and about 4:5 mm. in diameter, the left was oval (5 mm. by 2°5 mm ). It will have been seen from the above account that in the Teleosts J find suprarenal bodies in all fresh specimens examined. There are usually paired, round or oval, pale pink bodies, placed on the spinal or ventral surface of the kidney. They are near the posterior extremity of the renal mass and are either free on its surface or more or less imbedded in its substance. 4, DIPNOI. Nothing is known of the suprarenal capsules in this order of fishes. At any rate they are not described in Lepidosiren (g)1; in Ceratodus (8) and in Protopterus their presence is exceedingly doubtful. However, what has to be said on this head will be stated below in the histological section (V.). Haying thus reviewed the gross anatomy of the suprarenal bodies in the orders I have examined, a few general remarks must be here interpolated. Being unable to obtain fresh specimens of any of the Dipnoi, I will leave this order quite out of the question?. In Elasmobranchs, Ganoids, and Teleosts, suprarenals have long been described, but never very systematically or connectedly. This I have endeavoured to do as far as possible in the above account. That there was need of this is clear from the fact that some zoologists of standing still seem largely to ignore their existence. Thus Beard (2), in his very interesting paper, says :—“ Not one of the least brilliant of Mihalkovics’ discoveries is that of the relationship between the reproductive gland and the suprarenal bodies ?. Mihalkovics showed that the non-nervous part of these organs is the most anterior portion of the reproductive gland, and that in those animals in which suprarenals occur the germinal cells which give rise to them have under- gone degeneration and have got separated off from the rest of the germinal epithelium as a mass of cells remaining in a so-called embryonic state.” This may be true enough, 1 See also Ehlers, E., “ Zur Kenntnis der Eingenweide yon Lepidosiren,” Vorliiufige Mittheilung, Nachrichten der k. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, Math.-physik. Klasse, 1895, Nr. 1. 2 See footnote 2, page 73. 3 Tt is noteworthy in this relation that in the Reptilia the suprarenal body is most often in very close relationship with the reproductive gland. The same applies to birds. 4 [It may be observed, by the way, that the medulla is probably not ‘‘ nervous,” and that the cortex is certainly not * embryonic.”—S. V., 10. 1. 97.] * 64 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE but Beard goes on: “ It isa significant fact, hitherto, I believe, unnoticed, that suprarenals are found only in those forms in which a reduction in number of ripe sexual elements required has taken place”}, In regard to this I can only state that suprarenals (one or both parts) are probably universally present throughout Elasmobranchs, Ganoids, and Teleosts. Further, this writer observes: ‘“ In the present state of our knowledge of these bodies, I do not wish to lay too much stress on the point of existence or non- existence of suprarenals in any order of Vertebrates.” But he adds: “If Rabl’s ‘ tree’ be correct in respect of the ancestry of Ganoids from Sharks... ..I can conceive that the non-eaistence of suprarenals in the former group! would be a fact which our author might find difficulty in accounting for—unless he ignored it entirely!” Suprarenals non-existent in Ganoids! Either Beard has quite overlooked their presence in the Sturgeon, or he has some view of his own as to the significance of those yellow bodies which are scattered throughout the kidney. If the latter were the case one would have surely expected him, in dealing with the subject, to note the fact. Further on in the same paper our author gives a “ tree,” in which it is stated that suprarenals are totally absent not only in Ganoids and Marsipobranchs, but also in Teleosts?. It would be interesting to know what he calls those little bodies I have represented in my plates. Later on he says: “It would doubtless be interesting to find some traces of suprarenal bodies in the Dipnoi.” It will be seen from what I say on this subject under the head of histology, that I am decidedly of the opinion that in all probability there are suprarenals of some sort in the Dipnoi ®. With regard to the occurrence of suprarenals in Teleosts, in addition to the species in which I have described them above, there are mentioned many other species in which other writers have found them. Thus Stannius and Ecker, also Hyrtl, state that they are present in several species I have not been able to obtain. M*‘Kenzie, too (15), describes them in Amiurus catus. So that, although of course I cannot affirm from my own observations that these bodies are universally present in this order, I should, from a joint consideration of my own and previous researches, consider this to be more than probable. Jf suprarenals are not present in all Teleosts, in which species are they absent? V. Histonoey. 1, ELASMOBRANCHII. My results in this department appear to differ in many respects from those of Leydig, Semper, and Balfour. They agree fairly well in some respects with those of Chevrel, but there are important points of difference, and, besides, Chevrel’s histological drawings are so imperfect that little can be learnt from them. ’ The italics are mine.—S. V. * This is not stated in so many words, but the “tree” has inscribed upon it, ‘‘Suprarenals totally absent on this side”; and “ this side” includes the orders named above. * [These have since been discovered by Petitt (Joc. cit.).—S. V., 10. 1, 97.] SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES, 65 ParReD “SUPRARENAL”’ BopiEs.— With regard to the segmentally-arranged bodies, there is not a great deal new to be said. But it is certain that in all cases the structure is very different from that which Balfour described and depicted. Chevrel explains Balfour’s appearances as due to the action of reagents, and I am satisfied, from the examination of many individuals and many species with various modes of preparation, that there is never any such arrangement of a cortex of columnar and a medulla of polyhedral cells (Pl. XIII. figs. 41 & 42). The structure of these bodies is far from easy to describe, and this I find, notwith- standing that my material was perfectly fresh and my preparations mostly very satis- factory. The organs are surrounded with a tolerably firm fibrous capsule of a thickness about 4-7 w (Pl. XIII. fig. 41, ¢.), which sends in septa (s.), which in some parts are distributed almost as regularly as in a Mammalian lymphatic gland. These septa rapidly break up into an irregular fibrous meshwork which is distributed throughout the body (Pl. XIII. fig. 41, sér.). The parenchyma of these bodies is not arranged in any definite acini or alveoli, thus marking them off distinctly from the suprarenals in Teleosts, Ganoids, and the interrenal body in Elasmobranchs (q. v.) and indeed from suprarenal capsules in other Vertebrata. There are, as a rule, no definite cell-outlines to be made out, and the main part of the parenchyma appears to consist of an irregular or wavy fibrous stroma (Pl. XIII. fig. 41, str.), with protoplasm (pr.) and scattered nuclei of round or oval sbape (n.). The protoplasm is often granular, sometimes finely, sometimes coarsely. The nuclei are of different characters, sometimes showing nuclear figures, at other times devoid of them, sometimes large and faintly stained, sometimes small and darkly stained. They vary in diameter from 5 to 9 u. However unsatisfactory this may seem, it is all that can be ascertained, and it is difficult to imagine how former observers such as Leydig and Balfour could have described them as having definite lobules and cell-outlines. But there are definite cells in some parts (Pl. XIII. fig. 42, p.c.) quite apart from the easily recognizable nerve-ganglion cells. They have, so far as I know, not been previously described. ‘They are mostly triangular or multipolar in shape (Pl. XIII. fig. 42, p.c.) and of a uniform sepia-brown tint, and they contain large, very darkly stained, round nuclei. It is difficult to state their size, as their shape is so irregular ; they vary, however, in their greatest lengths from 10-30 4; the nucleus is usually about 6-8 » in diameter. ‘These cells are found particularly in the more central parts of the anterior paired bodies, but their distribution is irregular. The brown coloration of these cells is possibly due to the Miiller’s fluid in which the material was hardened. But, even if this be the case, the appearances indicate a difference in chemical reaction, and therefore in physiological import. ‘These cells appear in some places to communicate together by their processes, but whether this communication is real or apparent I cannot be absolutely certain. Is it possible that these cells have anything to do with nerve-cells ? VOL, x1v.— Part 11. No. 4,—April, 1897. K 66 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE There is no essential difference in structure between the more anterior and the more posterior paired bodies. But, as Balfour has pointed out, the ganglionic development is more abundant in the case of the anterior ones. The presence of nerve-cells in the substance of the body itself is also more frequent in the case of the anterior suprarenals ; in fact, nerve-cells are almost absent from the interior of the most posterior bodies, which consist entirely of suprarenal tissue proper. The anterior pair or “axillary hearts,” however, from their size and extensive nervous connections, require a separate description. A longitudinal section of the “axillary heart” of Scylliwm canicula, taken some- where near its median part, shows that the body consists of an external and an internal portion. The internal part is characterized by the above-described brown pigmented cells1. The external part on one side is composed to a great extent of large nerve-cells with nerve-fibres running longitudinally. The nerve-cells are on an average 55 in diameter, but some of the oval ones may have a length of more than twice this number. This formation extends for about two-thirds of the length of the gland. On the opposite side and at the ends their external part is composed of the tissue which makes up the bulk of the segmental bodies, viz. a very fine but irregular fibrous matrix enclosing protoplasm with oval nuclei without definite cell-outlines *. At about a third of the length of the gland from the anterior end, a large group of nerve-cells occupies the central part of the structure, and scattered nerve-cells are distributed in other parts of the organ. In some instances (e. g. axillary hearts of Acanthias vulgaris) there are to be seen some very large nuclei, twice or thrice the usual dimensions, and in addition one sees nuclei of varying sizes down to the very smallest. This is not intended to be an exhaustive account of the histology of these bodies, and with one more remark I will conclude for the present what I have to say about them. I believe that many of the fibrils in the paired suprarenals (with the exception, perhaps, of the axillary hearts), which Balfour took for nerve-fibres, are in reality nothing more than connective tissue, which, as we have seen, runs in an irregular manner throughout the parenchyma. TyTerRENAL Bopy.—I may as well state at the outset that I agree with the view that this body corresponds with the cortical part of the suprarenal in Amphibians, Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals. I am further of opinion that it is essentially a secreting-gland. These conclusions have been forced upon me by its very close resemblance in structure to the cortex of the suprarenal capsules of higher Vertebrates, and by its strikingly 1 The appearance of these pigment-cells is quite different from those which are found in various organs and tissues in fishes. There are in most cases no irregular masses or granules, but the whole cell, which has clear and definite outlines, is of a uniform brown tint. In some few cases, however, the cells appear to be of the ordinary coarsely granular type. Since the above was written, by careful examination of a good preparation with oblique light, I have succeeded in making out the cell-gutlines in the “ axillary hearts ” of Scylliwm canicula. SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 67 glandular arrangement into alveoli and its markedly granular protoplasm. The cell- outlines, too, are clearly seen in the majority of instances (Pl. XIII. fig. 43, al.w., e.c.). The alveoli appear to be arranged, in some parts at any rate, in a more or less radiating manner round large veins or venous sinuses (Pl. XIII. fig. 43, v.s.). A very striking feature in most of my sections is the presence of structures which remind one of the ‘“‘demilunes”” in mammalian mucous glands (Pl. XIII. fig. 43, d.c.). Their presence is quite clear and unmistakable, but I cannot guess at their significance !. The general appearance under the microscope reminds one very forcibly of cortical suprarenal tissue in the Mammalia. The interior of the organ is made up of lobules or alveoli, each enclosed in a delicate but distinct fibrous capsule about 2m in thickness. These alveoli are of various sizes, more or less oblong in form, about 50 » thick and reaching 140-150 » in length, so far as I can judge by my sections; in many cases fibrous tissue appears to divide the individual cells one from another. The cells vary much in shape and size, the majority being elongated; some of the longest of these are 30-50 4 in length and reach quite across the thickness of an alveolus. The nuclei of the cells have an average diameter of 104. The above description of the interrenal is taken from a specimen of Raja clavata. The interrenal of Scylliwum has much the same structure, but the alveoli are not perhaps quite so clearly marked out. ‘This applies to the Sharks generally. In Chimera the anterior pair of the suprarenal bodies (“ axillary hearts ”), although long preserved in spirit, presented appearances which are worth recording. It is somewhat easier to imagine definite cells in the case of Chimera than in the Elasmo- branchs, for although there are no distinct cell-walls to be seen, yet the protoplasm appears to be gathered in separate portions of varying shape round the nuclei. These are of very different sizes and shapes. It is noticeable that there seems to be no ganglion of any great size in immediate connection with the body, and undoubted nerve-cells in its substance are almost totally absent. The interrenal of Chimera shows on microscopic examination a distinct alveolar arrangement as contrasted with the absence of such an arrangement in the paired suprarenals. This corresponds with what is found in the Sharks and Rays. With regard to the true nature of these two kinds of body in Elasmobranchs, and the question as to their relations to the suprarenal bodies in the higher Vertebrates, there are one or two points to be noticed. 1. The interrenal of the Cartilaginous Fishes bears a very striking external resemblance to the structure which, in Amphibians and Reptiles, is always admitted to be a supra- renal. Its colour, its position, and its proneness to become broken up at its anterior end are all points of resemblance. 1 The drawing (Pl. XIII. fig. 43) represents the appearances after hardening, double-staining in bulk, and saturating with paraffin, When examined fresh, the structure is largely concealed by the abundance of fatty- looking globules. K2 68 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE 2. The interrenal, in its histological features, very closely resembles the suprarenals of Teleosts, and in some cases its structure is almost identical with that of the cortex of certain Mammalian capsules. 3. The paired bodies, as we have seen, have not such a definitely glandular appearance. They consist simply of a fibrous stroma, protoplasm, nuclei of various characters1, and nervous elements. Although the question is still very doubtful, and though I have not attempted any investigation of the development, I am decidedly inclined to the view that if one and not both of these bodies corresponds to the suprarenals of the higher Vertebrata, this one is the interrenal and not the paired suprarenal. And I am led to this view from consideration of its general appearance and position as well as its minute structure 2 I think there can no longer be any doubt, at all events, that the paired suprarenals and the interrenals are totally distinct structures and almost certainly have quite different functions. On the other hand, one is much more tempted to believe that the interrenal corresponds to the cortex and the paired suprarenals to the medulla of the Mammalian capsules, and this hypothesis would, so far as I can see, accord fairly well with known facts. But I should hesitate to give myself over entirely to this view until the development of the suprarenals in Mammals has been put upon a more satisfactory basis. Besides, even if this hypothesis were correct, it would not be by any means a final solution of the difficulty. For the questions naturally arise, What is the significance of this dual origin in Elasmobranchs? What is the essential nature of the interrenal and the segmental bodies? Balfour and others have proved conclusively a very intimate structural and developmental connection between the sympathetic chain and the segmental bodies. But, in effect, what does this mean? The segmental bodies are not in their essence nervous structures, and we know of nothing elsewhere which illustrates or throws any light on this curious development of glandular material in connection with the nervous system. Again, I am not sure that the paired segmental bodies are not more intimately related to the blood-vascular than to the nervous system. We have seen that each one is placed around an arteriole, and many of them are immersed in the blood of the cardinal sinus. Further, it occurs to me that, after all, their connection with the sympathetic system may be in a certain sense accidental: 7. e. they are abundantly supplied by the sympathetic as are other abdominal organs ; but that, owing to their position, close to 1 See footnote 2, page 66. 2 Since the aboye was written, and as the result of further investigations throughout Vertebrates, I have elsewhere emphasized the view that the suprarenals of Mammals are to be regarded as compound glands derived from these two organs in Elasmobranch Fishes, and haye suggested that each portion probably has a distinct function. The function of the medulla is becoming tolerably well understood. The function of the cortex is still unknown (Oliver and Schiifer, Proc. Physiological Society, 1895; Swale Vincent, Proc. Birm. Nat. Hist. & Phil. Soc. 1896, vol. x. pt. i.; Birm, Med. Review, Aug. 1896; also Anat. Anz. xiii. Bd. Nr. 1 & 2, 1897). SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 69 the main chain of the sympathetic, they have become connected with it in a remark- ably intimate manner !. 2. GANOIDEI. STRUCTURE OF THE SUPRARENAL Bopres or THE SrurcEoN.—I have examined some of these bodies after putting them quite fresh into 1°/, osmic acid for twenty-four hours, and then cutting in gum. They were stained quite black to the naked eye, and on cutting and examining microscopically their alveolar structure was obvious. If examined immediately in Farrant’s fluid, the alveoli appeared to be filled with mulberry-masses of material most probably of a fatty nature, as they had taken a deep brown stain with osmic acid, so that the cell-outlines were not to be made out. If, however, the sections were passed through turpentine or Canada balsam, the structure was beautifully shown (Pl. XIV. fig. 44). The rounded or elongated oval alveoli (50-60 » in diameter, or even 100 p long by about 60» broad) are bounded by bold thick walls, averaging 3 » in thickness (a/.w.), and the cell-outlines were admirably preserved (wv). ‘The preponderating shape of the cells was round or oval, and in some parts they are seen to overlap, as the section was thick enough to contain several layers (2). In other parts the cells are more polyhedral or irregular. Like the alveoli, they vary somewhat in size; their average diameter is about 20. The nuclei (n.) are deeply stained and somewhat irregular in shape, having a diameter of 3-6 ». The protoplasm is very finely granular as a rule, occasionally more coarsely granular 2. There are small herve-ganglia in connection with some of the bodies. * As for the meaning of the two kinds of body present in the Elasmobranchs and of one only in Teleostei and Ganoids there are two alternative theories. One is that the two kinds of structure are both represented in the higher Vertebrates, but that the paired bodies have disappeared in Teleosts. The other view is that the paired bodies in Elasmobranchs are the remains of former more important bodies, while in higher forms they disappear altogether. In favour of this it may be urged that their nerve-supply is quite disproportionate to their size and apparent importance, and possibly represents the persistence of a nerye- supply suited to a former larger structure. As to which of these is the correct view I cannot at present be certain, but on the whole perhaps the usual view is the most probable, viz., that in Elasmobranchs the paired suprarenals and the interrenal correspond respectively to the medulla and the cortex of Amphibians, Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals. There is not much difficulty in recognizing that the interrenal of the Cartilaginous Fishes corresponds to the cortex of higher Vertebrates, but it is far from easy to imagine that the masses of protoplasm with scattered nuclei which constitute the paired bodies in Elasmobranchs are really homologous with the branched granular cells of the medulla of higher Vertebrates. * When the suprarenals of the Sturgeon are hardened, double-stained in bulk, and cut in paraffin, they do not show nearly such a distinct alveolar arrangement as do those treated fresh with osmic acid. The larger oyal nuclei show a very distinct nuclear network and a large darkly-stained nucleolus centrally placed. In other cases only dark nuclear granules of various sizes are to be made out. The cells appear for the most part made up of a variable number (5-6) of vesicles, from which evidently the fat has been dissolved by this mode of preparation. The cells of the body have shrunk to some extent, so as to leave spaces of variable extent between them. 70 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE I have no doubt, from the above structure, that these bodies are representatives of the suprarenals in Ganoids, and in my opinion they correspond to the cortical portion in higher Vertebrates. 3. TELEOSTEI. The minute structure of the suprarenal bodies does not exhibit any wide variation throughout the different families of Teleosts. Between the individual members of the families the differences are of course still less. There are, however, such differences, and these appear to consist chiefly of variation in amount of fibrous tissue, variation in blood-vascular supply, and in the shape of the alveolar compartments into which they are all divided. The organs are surrounded by a capsule of very varying thickness (in the species I examined from 4 to 70 ), in close connection with which are sometimes found sympathetic nerve-fibres and small ganglia, and blood-vessels. Outside the capsule there is usually more or less adenoid tissue. In the majority of instances this is nothing more than a local increase, in the neighbourhood of the suprarenals, of the ordinary renal inter- tubular adenoid tissue. The capsule is always thicker throughout the area which is in contact with the kidney. This is probably to be explained by the fact that we have a double layer, consisting of the capsule of the suprarenal and the capsule of the kidney, fused together at this part. There is never any direct anatomical connection between the parenchyma of the suprarenals and kidneys, and, so far as I have been able to discern, nothing to suggest that the suprarenals are parts of the kidney. The fibrous capsule sends in trabecule, which divide and subdivide at first in a rather irregular manner; but ultimately they form in all cases very regular alveoli, having about the same average dimensions as those of the interrenal of the Elasmo- branchs (g. v.), strikingly suggestive of those of secreting-glands, and these alveoli are, as a rule, completely filled with the suprarenal cells, which are much smaller than those of the interrenal of Elasmobranchs. But in some species (Conger conger, Anguilla anguilla, and Salmo trutta) there is a more or less empty space in the centre of each alveolus (Pl. XIV. figs. 45 & 46, e.sp.). These spaces are, however, never complete; one finds scattered cells, nuclei, and shreds of protoplasm, which suggest that this space does not exist in life. Most probably the central cells of each alveolus are more loosely connected together than the rest, or possibly they suffer a very rapid post-mortem change!. In by far the majority of Teleosts a very regular row of nuclei can be traced round the circumference of each alveolus, and in many cases their cell- 1 [Pettit (Joc. cit.) has laid great stress on this peculiar structure of the alveoli in the Eel, looking upon it as the fundamental type of a suprarenal gland. He finds a true physiological compensatory hypertrophy of one gland after removal of the other, and urges that the body is a true secreting-gland. But he seems to be totally unaware that the known suprarenals of the Eel and other Teleosts correspond to the cortex only of the Mammalian gland, and that all we know about the function of the suprarenals so far is confined to the medulla.—S. V., 10. 1. 97.] SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 71 outlines can also be perceived. In some cases, as in the Trout, the alveoli are very distinctly marked, and have every appearance of being not closed vesicles, but in communication one with another. The essential suprarenal cells I find to be of two kinds. The first are irregular branched cells, most often tending towards a spindle-shape, about 7-8» in length, with very large prominent nuclei (Pl. XIV. figs. 48 & 49). These nuclei are often as large in diameter as the widest part of the cell (7. ¢., about 3:5 ») (Pl. XIV. fig. 48), and appear to bulge it out at that point. In the nucleus can be seen a number of small dark nucleoli, and often a distinct nuclear network. The protoplasm of these cells is distinctly granular. The second kind of cell is usually irregularly triangular, having generally a greatest length of about 6°5 or 7, with a small dark nucleus not more than 2:5 » in diameter (Pl. XIV. fig. 49). These two kinds of cells are readily distinguished, and both are usually present in any given specimen, but in very varying proportions. I have doubted whether these appearances might be simply due to treatment or to accidental modes of staining, but I believe they depend in some way on the functional activity (for the suprarenals are not mere embryonic remains), stage of development, or the age of the fish, as their relative occurrence is found to differ very widely even among closely allied species. Thus in Gadus eglefinus I found nearly all the cells had large round clear nuclei and nuclear figures, while in Merluccius vulgaris the cells appeared almost all to have small dark nuclei!. ‘This point I hope to have the opportunity of investigating by taking series of specimens of different ages, and after different modes of feeding, starvation, poisoning, &c. At present I must leave their true nature quite an open question. There is no distinction to be made out between cortex and medulla in this order of Jishes, or, rather (as appears probable by comparison with other groups of Vertebrates), the suprarenal consists entirely of cortex *. I have made careful preparations of the suprarenals of all the species whose gross anatomy is given above, but, as I have said, these do not offer any great variety among themselves. It may, however, be useful to indicate briefly the kind of variation one finds in the different families by a few illustrative extracts from my laboratory note- book. Perhaps one of the most characteristic appearances is found in the Murenide. In this family (Pl. XIV. figs. 45 & 46) the alveoli are rounded, and contain cells poly- hedral or angular in shape. These are arranged for the most part in a single tier around the circumference of each alveolus, leaving an irregularly-shaped cavity in the ? T have even found that in one specimen of Mullus barbatus there was a yast majority of one kind of cell, and in another specimen of the same fish a corresponding preponderance of the other kind. 2 [Diamare (Joc. cit.) has arrived at the same conclusions as myself as regards the homology of the interrenal body in Elasmobranchs with the suprarenal bodies of Teleostei. It follows that the representative of the supra- renal medulla is absent in Teleostean fishes.—S. V., 10. 1. 97.] 72 MR, SWALE VINCENT ON THE centre (Pl. XIV. fig. 46, ¢.sp.). This appearance is described above, and some expla- nation of it has been offered. The alveolar walls are permeated by capillary blood- vessels (Pl. XIV. fig. 46, cap.). In the Pleuronectide the appearance under a low power is very like that of a lymphatic gland, but under a high power an alveolar arrangement can always be seen, and the nuclei are seen to belong to more or less closely-packed cells of the two varieties described above. In Plewronectes limanda distinct acini are often seen almost like those of the mammalian pancreas, filled with cells of spindle-shape, with large round nuclei and very distinct nuclear figures. There is a tendency towards a clear space in the central part of each. In Rhombus levis the acini are quite filled with cells, which are more rounded than in other members of this family, and there is generally more cell-protoplasm. In the Gadide the individual members do not differ very widely from each other. In Gadus morrhua the cells are pear-shaped, oval, rounded or irregular, and in the specimens I have examined nearly all have large round figured nuclei. In Gadus eglefinus the appearance is peculiar: the acini appear to be occupied by scarcely anything more than free nuclei with nuclear figures, the cell-protoplasm being scanty and irregularly branched. Molva vulgaris shows the acinar arrangement very well, with a very regular ring of nuclei round the outside of each alveolus. Pl. XIV. fig. 47 represents the appearances in the suprarenal of the Wolf-fish (Anarrhichas lupus). The alveoli are elongated, and there is an incomplete central space (Pl. XIV. fig. 47, ¢.sp.). Thus it is possible to consider that there are two chief types in the alveolar arrangements of teleostean suprarenals: one, as in the Murenide, is not unremindful of the testis in some animals (cf. Mihalkovics, 14), while the other is more suggestive of the mammalian pancreas. The suprarenals of the Sunfish (Orthagoriscus mola) have a very peculiar structure, in that the acini are very long and tubular. 4. DIPNOI. In Protopterus annectens, Parker (17) describes “around the kidney, but more parti- cularly along its dorsal and outer sides, masses of brown cells, which in appearance remind one of the adrenal bodies of Amphibia,” and he suggests the enquiry “ whether they or the lymphoid cells which give rise to them have anything to do with the adrenals,” I have examined this point with some care, and I have been able to verify in every detail Parker’s account of this lymphoid tissue, both round the kidneys and along the alimentary canal, and forming the substance of the spleen. This I was enabled to do by means of two specimens of Protopterus which Prof. Parker was kind enough to send me. By the kindness of Prof, Bridge, I have also been able to examine the kidneys and SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 73 surrounding tissue of Lepidosiren. The specimen was a long-preserved one, and L could make out nothing with the naked eye. On cutting sections, however, the same pigment-patches were obvious in the perirenal tissue as in Protopterus; if anything, these were more abundant in Lepidosiren. Here, too, the resemblance to suprarenals was greater than in Protopterus, for I found not only small patches or individual pigment-cells, but large rounded accumulations, which represent not continuous columns, but spherical masses, thus approximating anatomically to adrenals. This tissue is of such great interest from many standpoints that I hope before long to be able to give a fuller description of it in another place. I am persuaded that it is really a “ large-celled adenoid tissue,” and some of the chief varieties of leucocytes can be recognized in some of my sections. But the appearance in places is so very glan- dular that Prof. Schafer, who has been kind enough to look at some of my slides, said he should be very much inclined to think it might be suprarenal tissue, if a material so very like it were not found in other places. In fact, the intestinal walls show abundance of the same structure, and the spleen is very little different 1. I have carefully compared both these with the pigment-patches in other parts, and find that they are quite comparable to these, so that, on the whole, I am inclined to the view that they have nothing to do with the adrenals. Nevertheless, from @ priori considerations, I believe that adrenals of some sort are almost certainly present in the Dipnoi. These fishes closely approach the Amphibians in many respects, and I am persuaded that could one obtain perfectly fresh specimens of large size, suprarenals of a type resembling that of the Amphibians would be found 2. My investigations upon the structure of the suprarenal capsules in Fishes all point to their being blood-vascular secreting-glands of two distinct kinds, and this coincides entirely with the most recent views as to the function of the Mammalian organs. VI. Tue RELATION OF THE SUPRARENAL Bopiges TO THE HEap-Kipyey. 1. Historical. Balfour (23 and 24) first clearly made out that in Actpenser and Lepidosteus the anterior dilatations of each kidney consist not of kidney-substance, but of lymphatic tissue. He says, “ Zhus the whole of that part of the apparent kidney in front of the 1 But, after all, it may be that there is no “‘great gulf” fixed between the leucocytes of adenoid tissue and the cells of a secreting-gland. I have recently seen a preparation from a case of Paget’s disease of the nipple in the human subject which appeared to show a transition between the epithelial cells of the ducts and ordinary leucocytes. See also Beard (Anat. Anz. ix. Band, Nr. 15, p. 481, and his references to Kélliker and A. Prenant). * [Since the above has been in type, Petitt (Joc. cit. pp. 67-68) has claimed to have found the suprarenals in Protopterus. He says that in general form and relations they resemble those of the Teleostei, while in minute anatomy they are rather like those of Batrachians. But he gives no histological details, and says nothing about cortex and medulla.—S. V., 10. 1. 97.] VoL, XIV.—ParT 1. No. 5.—April, 1897. L 74 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE ureter, including the whole of the so-called head-kidney, is simply a great mass of lymphatic tissue, and does not contain a single uriniferous tubule or Malpighian body.” He next proceeded to examine Hsou lucius, Osmerus eperlanus, Anguilla anquilla, and Lophius piscatorius among Teleosts, and found pretty much the same condition as in Ganoids. He does not speak very positively about the Angler, but believes that tubules were present in all parts of the kidney. He sums up “that the pronephros, though found in the larve or embryos of almost all the Ichthyopsida, except the Elasmo- branchii, is always a purely larval organ, which never constitutes an active part of the excretory system in the adult state.” Balfour describes the lymphatic tissue of the so-called head-kidney as formed of trabecular work and cells resembling a lymphatic gland. This tissue is very vascular, with a regular plexus of very large capillaries, which appear to have distinct walls, and which pour their blood into the posterior cardinal vein as it passes through the organ. With regard to the function of this tissue Balfour suggests that this is either the formation of lymph-corpuscles or of blood-corpuscles, and he was inclined provisionally to regard it as a lymphatic gland. Parker (Brit. Assoc. Reports, 1882) stated that in many instances the mesonephros has grown forward in front of the air-bladder, and taken the place of the pronephros. In studying Dactylopterus volitans, Calderwood (25) found the pronephros entirely separated from the body-kidney, and situated anterior to the abdominal cavity in the same transverse plane as the heart. On section this head-kidney appeared to bea functional kidney, only it did not contain so many tubules as the body-kidney. In Cyclopterus lumpus he finds that not till the fish has become sexually mature does its head-kidney commence to degenerate. Calderwood concludes that in adult Teleosteans the renal function is performed in some instances by the body-kidney only, in others by the head-kidney only, and in others, probably a very limited number, by both the body- and head-kidneys. Besides Dactylopterus he is aware of only one instance where the head-kidney is described as possessing tubules and Malpighian bodies, viz. Fierasfer (Emery 26 and 27)}. Weldon (35 and 36), in a paper on the head-kidney of Bdellostoma, describes a lobulated glandular body lying in front of the secreting part of the kidney, which he suggests is “a part of the embryonic kidney, modified in connection with the needs of the animal to perform some unknown function in the elaboration or purification of the blood.” Then he instances Balfour’s description of the lymphatic head-kidney in Teleosts and Ganoids as being a further illustration of a modification of a part of the embryonic kidney into an organ like a lymphatic gland. Next he suggests that in higher Vertebrates the suprarenal capsules are similarly modified portions of the primitive kidney. He continues, “Jn Teleostei suprarenals are, at all events, frequently absent”; or, as I would suggest, they are represented by the greatly-metamorphosed + In a later paper (Scientif. Trans. Roy. Dublin Society, vol. v. (ser. ii.) ix. 1895, Survey of Fishing- grounds, &c.) Holt and Calderwood add to this list Mora mediterranea and all the species of Macruride. * The italics are mine.—S. Y. SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 75 head-kidney described by Balfour. In other cases where suprarenals have been detected ', they have always been attached to the surface of the kidney.” Later on he talks about “the very general absence of suprarenals as separate structures in Teleosteans” 1, as if their lying upon the surface of the kidney abolished them as ‘‘separate structures”! More recently, Miss Kirkaldy (33) has expressed much the same views as Weldon. She remarks, “It may therefore be concluded that the pronephros in Myzine represents the mesoblastic part of the suprarenal bodies, which have been shown by Prof. Weldon to be derived from the anterior part of the mesonephros in the higher Vertebrata.” I have already shown conclusively that suprarenals are not frequently absent, but are probably always present. It only remains to deal with their supposed relation to the head-kidney. Weldon’s teaching seems to have found pretty general acceptance. Thus Auld? says, referring to the lymphatic tissue of the head-kidney, “ Now in Teleosteans and Teleosteoid Ganoids which possess this tissue no suprarenal organs are found ', and hence it is to be concluded with Balfour (!) that they are represented by this tissue.” Balfour, at any rate in the paper quoted, says nothing of the kind; but the comparative portion of Auld’s paper is of no importance, except as illustrating the injurious influence of Weldon’s inaccuracy. It will have been noticed that although many writers have declared suprarenals to be often absent in Teleosts, none of them have stated definitely in what species we may look for them in vain. The above quotations imply a very general belief some- thing to this effect: that suprarenal bodies are rare phenomena in Teleosts and Ganoids, and that when present there is no lymphatic head-kidney, while when they are absent their place is taken by this structure. The following quotation from Wiedersheim (Lehrbuch der vergl. Anat. der Wirbelthiere, 2° Aufl., Jena, 1886) shows the need for clearing up this point :— “Bei Teleostiern sind die Nebennieren nicht tiberall in klarer und tiberzeugender Weise nachgewiesen, wo dies aber der Fall ist, handelt es sich, wie friiher schon angedeutet wurde, um Beziehungen zu der in lymphoides (adenoides) Gewebe umge- wandelten Kopfniere. (Dies gilt nach W. Weldon auch fiir die Cyclostomen | Bdello- stoma Forsteri}.) In andern Fallen, aber, sind sie enge mit der Niere verbunden.” The plain facts of the case are quite the contrary, and are these :— Suprarenal capsules are present in certainly the majority of Teleosts and Ganoids, and I believe in all. Further, as far as I know at present, the purely lymphatic head- kidney is present in all Ganoids and in all Teleosts except Lophius, Dactylopterus, Fierasfer, and, as will be stated below, Orthagoriscus mola °. 1 The italics are mine.—S. V. ? Brit. Med. Journ., Oct. 6th. 1894. * And, according to Holt and Calderwood, in Mora mediterranea and the Macruride. L2 76 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE 2. The Nature of the Intertubular Material in the Kidneys. The lymphatic head-kidney is not in any true sense a very specialized portion of the kidney. By “lymphoid” tissue we mean a variety of retiform connective tissue, in which the meshes of the network are filled up to a large extent with lymph-corpuscles. These differ from the white corpuscles of the blood in that their nuclei show a net- work. Some are as large as white blood-corpuscles, others (the majority) have a minimum of protoplasm, and appear as almost free nuclei. This structure is found typically in a mammalian lymphatic gland. Now, on examining the kidney of any fish, the tubules appear to be separated by a variable, often a large, amount of intertubular material, which presents all the features given above characteristic of lymphatic or adenoid tissue. This appearance presents a marked contrast to the compact mass of tubules and Malpighian bodies one sees in a mammalian kidney. The kidney of the frog appears to be intermediate between the mammalian and fish’s kidney, in respect of the amount of this intertubular adenoid tissue. This tissue varies in amount in different regions of the kidney, but on the whole forms a fairly even bed for the tubules. In Teleosts, as one approaches nearer and nearer to the anterior end of the organ, the amount of adenoid tissue becomes greater and greater until in most cases the extreme anterior extremity of the apparent kidney consists entirely of adenoid tissue. 3. Histology of the Head-Kidney. SrructurRE oF THE Heap-Kipney or THE Line (Molva vulgaris)—The tissue was hardened in spirit, stained in bulk with hematoxylin and eosin, and imbedded in paraffin; sections were then cut with the rocking microtome. On examination with a low power, the organ is seen to be obviously a lymphoid structure. Not a trace of kidney-tubules or Malpighian bodies is to be found in any part of the section. The organ is enclosed in a very definite fibrous capsule. There are large blood-vessels ! in abundance full of red blood-corpuscles. With a high power the substance of the head-kidney is seen to be made up of a delicate reticulum enclosing in its meshes closely-packed leucocytes with many red cells apparently free in the reticular spaces, as well as in the large capillaries. In addition, there are many hexagonal crystals of a red colour, most probably oxy- hemoglobin *, and masses of dark pigment-crystals of acicular form, evidently some derivative of hemoglobin. I have found practically the same structure in the head-kidneys of the Pleuronectide, Gadide, and in fact in all Teleosts I have examined. I have only found this lymphatic * And, in some cases, blood-sinuses (vide infra). * The crystals of oxy-hzemoglobin obtained from the blood of the Squirrel and Hamster (Halliburton) are described as of this shape, also those from the Mouse (Bojanowski) and Horse (Hiifner and Biicheler). It is tolerably certain that these crystals are of the same character. SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 77 head-kidney absent in Zophius piscatorius and Orthagoriscus mola. Other authors have added some few more species, see above, also summary below. A few detailed " illustrations will suffice. Cyclopterus lumpus.—I have particularly examined the kidney of this species. It will be seen (Pl. XIII. fig. 40) that it has a peculiar shape. At its anterior extremity are two dark red spherical masses of tissue, only attached to the rest of the kidney by connective tissue. On microscopical examination these are found to consist of an extremely vascular lymphoid tissue, with no trace of urinary tubules or Malpighian bodies !. The divided portion of the kidney on each side is represented by two very thick masses nearly half the total length of the kidney (fig. 40). I find that almost the anterior third of this part, as well as the dark red bodies in front, is composed entirely of lymphoid tissue. As one approaches the junction of the anterior and middle thirds of this part of the kidney, one or two tubules make their appearance in the central portion of the section. In the middle third tubules are more frequent, while in the posterior third the appearance is almost that of “ body- kidney ” generally. So that we have in Cyclopterus a well-developed lymphoid head-kidney, with an anterior part completely constricted off. This constriction may possibly throw some light upon other masses of lymphoid tissue which one finds in the neighbourhood of the kidney in Elasmobranchs as well as in Teleosts. With regard to Lophius piscatorius, which was supposed by Hyrtl to have only a head-kidney, I find with Balfour tubules and Malpighian. bodies in all parts of the kidney-mass except the extreme anterior end, where Malpighian bodies are absent. Here, too, there is more adenoid tissue than elsewhere, and it appears more probable that the whole kidney is contracted longitudinally, and that the lymphoid remains of the pronephros have been encroached upon by the mesonephros than that the whole of the ordinary excretory organ has been lost, and the pronephros has remained as the functional kidney. In Anguilla anguilla I found in a specimen 68 em. long, with a total length of kidney of 25 cm., that exactly the anterior three-quarters of the ununited portion of kidney on each side was entirely lymphoid, 7.¢., half the total length of the kidney. At the mid-point of the kidney-length tubules begin to appear and rapidly increase in number till the normal secreting structure is reached. In the Sturgeon the whole of the part /.&. (Pl. X. fig. 8) as far as the dotted line is purely lymphoid. ‘There is also a small area of lymphatic tissue at the extreme hinder end of the kidney. In the Sunfish all parts of the kidney contain urinary tubules, even the extreme 1 [This structure corresponds to that of a ‘* heemo-lymph gland ” (see Vincent and Harrison, Journ. of Anat. and Phys., Jan. 1897).—S. V., 10. 1. 97.] 78 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE anterior end which reaches far into the head. So that this species must be added to the list of those which have no purely lymphatic head-kidney. 4, Function of the Lymphatic Head-Kidney. I am convinced that the appearances above described (blood-corpuscles free in the tissue spaces, crystals of oxy-hemoglobin and other derivatives of hemoglobin) point to a blood-destroying function of the lymphoid anterior end of the kidney, and very possibly also of the rest of the intertubular material, and this appears not unreasonable since lymphatic glands in Man can probably carry on this function. ‘They appear to do so, at all events after removal of the spleen, and it is not conceivable that an organ should be able to take on in an emergency duties which it had never performed to the slightest extent previously !. 5. Relation of the Suprarenals to the Head-Kidney. I have already sufficiently disproved the idea that where one of these is present the other is absent. I have further, by careful measurements, attempted to make out if there were any inverse ratio between them as to respective bulk, but in this I have failed entirely. So that I am forced to conclude that there is no anatomical relationship whatever between them. Physiologically one cannot be so certain, but it seems very likely that the head- kidney functionates as a lymphatic gland, while the suprarenals, in all probability, are secreting-glands, which minister to the needs of the blood, just as in the higher Verte- brates. Functional relationship is, then, equally improbable. Grosglik (29) considers that the head-kidney of adult Teleosts consists of two parts, the degenerated pronephros and the cortical part of the suprarenals, and that the known suprarenals of Teleosts correspond to the medullary substance in the Amniota”. It is certainly curious that we find the lymphatic head-kidney just in those cases where only one portion of the suprarenal appears to be represented. But, in my opinion, the part which is not represented in Teleosts and Ganoids is the medulla and not the cortex, so that, if the head-kidney has anything to do with the suprarenals at all, I should expect that it would represent the medulla. But, satisfactory as such a conclusion would be, I cannot find any grounds for it whatever. There is nothing in the structure of the degenerated pronephros which suggests any connection with supra renal structure of either kind. The question as to the physiological correspondence of the suprarenal in Fishes to the organs in higher Vertebrates, I hope to have the opportunity of settling at an early date by means of direct experiment ?. * [It has been mentioned above that Balfour considered the function to be that of formation of red corpuscles. This view has also been held by Emery (26), and Bizzozero and Torre, Mem. Accad. Lincei Roma, vol. xvii, 1883-84.—S. V., 10. 1. 97.] * An t, Anz, xiii. Bd. Nr. 1 & 2 (1897). SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 79 VII. Summary ann Conciustons. A. Gross Anatomy. My investigations in this department have led me to conclude that :— 1. Suprarenals are almost certainly present in all Elasmobranchii, Holocephala, Ganoidei, and Teleostei, and very probably in Dipnoi also 1, 2. In Elasmobranchs the interrenal body is totally distinct and separate from the segmental bodies, and there is no kind of connection between them. 3. There is no “third kind of body” in relation to the kidneys, as Balfour surmised there might be. 4. The yellow bodies scattered in the Sturgeon’s kidney are the true suprarenals in Ganoids, and correspond to the interrenal of Elasmobranchs and the suprarenals of Teleosts. B. Histology. The following points in histology are either new or have not been sufficiently emphasized by previous observers :-— 1. In Elasmobranchs the interrenal body consists of definite alveoli, containing cells with large nuclei, and curious structures resembling “ demilune” cells of mucus-glands. This structure indicates its “secretory” nature and its analogy to the suprarenals of Teleosts and the cortical part of the suprarenals of the higher Vertebrates. 2. The segmentally arranged bodies in Elasmobranchs have no cortex and medulla, no definite alveoli, and cell-outlines seen only with difficulty. There are, however, in some places branched pigment-cells which appear to communicate together by their processes. The nuclei are of very varying size. 3. These segmental bodies, having such a different structure from the interrenal, are probably different also both morphologically and physiologically 2. 4. That the fibrils which Balfour observed in the substance of the paired bodies were probably many of them only connective tissue, that the significance of the relations of the paired suprarenals to the sympathetic has been much overstated, and that their relation to the vascular system is probably much more important. 5. The suprarenals in the Sturgeon have a structure which is definitely alveolar and cellular—analogous to the interrenal of Elasmobranchs and the suprarenats of Teleosts. 6. The interrenal of Elasmobranchs and the suprarenals of Ganoids and Teleosts are in their essence ‘ secreting-glands,” as the Mammalian organ is now believed to be. 7. The segmental suprarenals of Elasmobranchs are also secreting-glands, though probably of a different nature. C. Head-Kidney. 1. That all Teleosts and Ganoids, as far as is known at present (eacept Lophius, Dactylopterus, and Fierasfer, Orthagoriscus mola, Mora mediterranea, and all the species of Macruride), have a “ lymphatic head-kidney.” 1 See footnote 2, page 73. * See Anat, Anz. xiii, Bd, Nr, 1 & 2 (1897), 80 MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE 2. That this head-kidney is a lymphoid organ with a probable blood-destroying function. 3. That the kidney of fishes consists of two totally distinct parts—(1) The secreting- tubules and Malpighian bodies, and (2) an adenoid intertubular material. 4. That the head-kidney in adult Teleosts is not a “specialised” portion of the primitive kidney, but simply an increase, at the anterior end, of the lymphatic tissue which exists between the tubules throughout the kidney. 5. That there is no anatomical or physiological relationship of any kind between the suprarenals and the head-kidney. VIII. Brstiocraray. A. On the Suprarenal Bodies. 1. Batrour, F.M. A Monograph on the Development of the Elasmobranch Fishes. London, 1878. 2. Bearp, J. The Inter-relationships of the Ichthyopsida. Anat. Anz., V. Jahrgang, 1890. 3. Cuevret, R. Sur |’Anatomie du Systéme nerveux grand sympathique des Elasmobranches et des Poissons Osseaux. Archives de Zoologie expér. et gén. 2° série, tome v. bis (1887), Supplémentaire. 4. Cuevret, R. Recherches anatomiques sur le systéme nerveux grand sympathique de YEsturgeon. Arch. de Zool. Expér. et gén. 3° série, tome 11. 1894. Also a paper bearing the same title in the C. R. de Acad. des Sciences, tome cxvii. no. 18, 2° semestre, p. 441. 5. Esertu, —. Article “Suprarenal Capsules ” in Stricker’s ‘ Handbuch,’ 1871. 6. Ecxrr, —. Der feinere Bau der Nebennieren, etc. Braunschweig, 1846. 7. Frey, H. Article “ Suprarenal Capsules ” in Todd’s ‘ Cyclopzedia,’ vol. iv. (1852). 8. Gtintuer, A. Description of Ceratodus. Phil. Trans. vol. clxi. 1871. g. Hyatt, J. Lepidosiren paradora. Abhandl. d. Bohm. Gesellsch. Prag, 1845. 10. Hyrtt, J. Das uropoetische System der Knockenfische. Sitz. Wiener Akad. 1851. 11. Leypic, F. Beitrage zur mikros. Anat. etc. der Rochen und Haie. Leip. 1852. 12, Lrypic, F, Anatomisch-histologisch. Untersuchungen iiber Fische u. Reptilien. Berlin, 1853. 13. Leypic, F. Zur Anatomie und Histologie der Chimera monstrosa. Miiller’s Archiv, 1851. 14. MrAtxovies, —. Entwick. d. Harn. u. Geschlechtsapp. der Amniota. ui, Die Geschlechts- driisen. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. etc. Bd. ii. 1885, pp. 389-402. 15. M‘Kenziz, —. Contributions to the Anatomy of Amiurus. Proc. Canad. Inst. of Toronto, n. s. vol. ii. no. 8, 1884. 16. Muxurr, J. Vergleichende Anatomie der Myxinoiden. Schluss. Abhandl. d. Akad. der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1843, S. 113. 17. Parxer, W. N. On the Anatomy and Physiology of Protopterus annectens. Trans. Roy. I. Acad. vol. xxx. part iii. 1892. 18, Rerzius, —. Observationes in Anatomiam Chondropterygiorum. Lund, 1819. 4to. 19. Semper, C. Urogenitalsystem d. Plagiostomen. Arb. zool.-zoot. Inst. z. Wiirzburg, vol. 11. 1875. 20. Stannivs, H., in Miiller’s Archiv, 1839, 8. 97 ff. 21. Srannius, H. Vergleichende Anatomie. Berlin, 1846. 22, Srannius, H., u. vy. Srrsotp. Handbuch der Zootomie. 2% Aufl, 1854. 23. 24. 25; 26. 27h 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33- 34. 35: 36. SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. 81 B. Head-Kidney. Batrour, F. M. The Pronephros of Teleosteans and Ganoids. Brit. Assoc. Reports, 1881, p. 721. Batrour, F.M. On the Nature of the Organ in adult Teleosteans and Ganoids which is usually regarded as the Head-Kidney or Pronephros. Q. J. M. S. vol. xxii. p. 12 (Jan. 1882). Catprrwoop, W.L. The Head-Kidney of Teleostean Fishes. Journ. of the Mar. Biol. Assoc. of United Kingdom, N. §., vol. ii. no. 1 (May 1891). Emery, C. Zur Morphologie der Kopfniere der Teleostei. Zool. Anz. vil. pp. 742-744. (Atti dell’ Accademia dei Lincei, 1882.) Emery, C. Le specie del genere Fierasfer nel Golfo di Napoli. Leip. 1881. Fiztp, H. H. Development of Pronephros and Segmental Duct in Amphibia. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxi. (1891) pp. 201-340 (8 pls.). Groseiix, —. Zur Morphologie der Kopfniere der Fische. Zool. Anz. 1885. Janostx, —. Bemerkungen iiber die Entwickelung der Nebennieren. Arch. f. mikr. Anat. Band xxii. pp. 738-746, Taf. xxvii. (1883). Juncersren, H. F. E. Development of Kidneys in Sturgeon. Zool. Anz. xvi. (1893), pp. 464-467, 469-472 (1 fig.). Juncursren, H. F. E. Development of Kidneys in Amia calva. Zool. Anz. xvii. (1894), pp- 246-252 (5 figs.). Kirxatpy, J. W. On the Head-Kidney of Myzxine. Q. J. M. S. vol. xxxv. (Jan. 1894), p- 353. Semon, R. Relation of Mesonephros to Pronephros and Suprarenal Bodies. Anat. Anz. v. (1890), pp. 455-482 (8 figs.). Wetpon, W. F. R. On the Head-Kidney of Bdellostoma, &e. Q. J. M.S. xxiv. p. 171 (April 1884). Wetpon, W. F. R. Suprarenal Bodies of Vertebrata. Q. J. M.S. vol. xxv. p. 127. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Reference-letters to figs. 1-40 (Plates [X.—XIII.). a.a., axillary artery; a.i.r., anterior broken-off portions of the interrenal body ; ao., aorta; aa@.h., anterior pair of suprarenal bodies; f-¢., bands of fibrous tissue ; h.a., anterior limit of hemal arch; h.k., head-kidney; 7.a., intercostal arteries ; ir., interrenal body; &., kidney; /.%., lobe of kidney-substance ; x., nerves running through deep fissures in head-kidney; @., cesophagus cut across; s.r, suprarenal bodies; sy., main chain of the sympathetic; sy.g., sympathetic ganglion; sy.pl., sympathetic plexus ; wr., ureter. Figs. 1-40 represent the outlines of the kidneys in the several species examined, with the suprarenals and interrenals shaded in. In the Teleosts (figs. 9-40) the suprarenals when on the ventral surface are drawn in plain lines, when on the spinal surface in dotted lines. VOL. XIV.—PaART 111. No. 6.—April, 1897. M Fig. MR. SWALE VINCENT ON THE PLATE IX. . 1. Ventral view of the kidney, suprarenals, and interrenal of Chimera monstrosa, showing the smooth, oval, anterior pair of suprarenal bodies. 1. 2. Dissection of Scyllium canicula (young female specimen) giving a ventral view of suprarenals and interrenal. The parovarium has been dissected away. This drawing may be taken as a typical representation of these bodies in Elasmobranchs. ‘lhe connections with the sympathetic are indicated to some extent in the anterior part of the figure. The suprarenals were displayed by Semper’s chromic acid method. x 4. ig. 2 A. From the same preparation as the last. First three suprarenals of each side. xX 2. . 3. Suprarenals of Scyllium canicula brought out by Chevrel’s osmic acid method. Their irregular outline is well shown, and many of the sympathetic fibrils are stained black. x 1. . 4. Ventral view of kidneys, suprarenals, and interrenal of Scylliwm catulus. This drawing shows fairly well the relations to the sympathetic. There is a large plexus anterior to and outside the axillary hearts, with occasional ganglia. x 4. PLATE X. g. 5, Suprarenals, &c., of Acanthias vulgaris, shows sympathetic relations in anterior part. The interrenal is not quite in the middle line, but is laid on the surface of the left kidney. x 1. . 6. Ventral view of kidneys, &c., of Raja batis. ‘This drawing represents a not unusual condition in the Rays, in which there is a bridge-like communica- tion between the interrenals of the two sides. The sympathetic is shown to some extent about the middle of the left kidney. x lI. . 7. Same view in Raja maculata. The anterior separated portions of the inter- renals show processes or claws on their outer sides. 1. . 8. Ventral view of kidney and suprarenals of Acipenser sturio. Part of the kidney-substance has been dissected away so as to display the suprarenal bodies distributed throughout the organ. xX 75. . 9. Ventral view of kidneys and suprarenal of Orthagoriscus mola. The kidneys are a very peculiar shape. ‘There is one suprarenal attached by fibrous bands behind the right kidney. x i. . 10. Kidney and suprarenals of Conger conger, suprarenals on ventral surface of kidney. Xx +. . 11. Clupea harengus, suprarenals on spinal surface of kidney. X 1. Dw pw bl lM bv LW bo Or (or) co oO an wo op OF OF OF DO bo bb o i) bo wo ho ig. 40. a mm op DW 1 OS © oo ~J SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. PLATE XI. Esox lucius. Suprarenals in kidney-substance. 4. . Salmo salar. Five suprarenals on spinal surface of kidney. > 4. . Osmerus eperlanus. Suprarenals projecting behind hinder end of kidney. . Leuciscus rutilis. Suprarenals on ventral surface. x 1. . Leuciscus cephalus. Suprarenals on ventral surface. 1. ig. 17. . Gadus morrhua. Suprarenals on ventral surface. 4. Leuciscus vulgaris. Suprarenals on spinal surface. x 1. Gadus eglefinus. Suprarenals on ventral surface. 1. Merluccius vulgaris. Suprarenals on ventral surface. x bole Molva vulgaris. Suprarenals on ventral surface. x 4. Pleuronectes flesus. Suprarenals on ventral surface. X 1. Pleuronectes limanda. Suprarenals on spinal surface. x 1. Pleuronectes platessa. Suprarenals on spinal surface. x 1. PLATE XII. 5. Hippoglossus vulgaris. Suprarenals on spinal surface. xX 4. 83 adle Hippoglossoides limandoides. Suprarenals projecting from hinder end of kidney. x 1. Solea vulgaris. Suprarenals on spinal surface. X 1. . Rhombus levis. Suprarenals on spinal surface. 1. . Perca fluviatilis. One suprarenal on spinal surface. X 1. . Mullus barbatus. Suprarenals on spinal surface. X I. 0a. Another specimen, showing hinder end of kidney and five suprarenals. . Pagellus centrodontus. Suprarenals on spinal surface. X 1. . Cottus gobio. Suprarenals on spinal surface. 1. Trigla pini. One suprarenal on spinal surface. 1. ail Trigia lyra. Two suprarenals off left side of tail of kidney, attached by bands of fibrous tissue. > 1. Scomber scomber. Suprarenals on the ventral surface of the kidney. xX . Zeus faber. Suprarenals on spinal surface of the kidney. X 1. . Anarrhichas lupus. Left suprarenal on ventral surface of kidney, right one on spinal surface. x 4. Notice peculiar shape of the kidney-masses. X 1. PLATE XIII. seen from either surface. X 4. Cyclopterus lumpus. Suprarenals on spinal surface of kidney. X bole bole . Lophius piscatorius. Five suprarenals on ventral surface of the kidneys. . Mugil capito. One large suprarenal in substance of tail of kidney; could be 84 ad. vy Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. ON THE SUPRARENAL BODIES IN FISHES. Reference-letters to figs. 41-49 (Plates XIII., XIV.). adenoid tissue of kidney between the tubules; al.w., walls of alveoli; Jid.c., blood-corpuscles; ¢., capsule ; cap., capillary blood-vessels ; ¢.sp., central space in alveoli; d.c., cells resembling ‘“‘ demilune ” cells; ¢@.c., elongated cells; ., nuclei; n.c., nerve-cell; n.net., nuclear network; n/., nucleoli; p.c., branched pigment- cells; pr., granular protoplasm; s., septa; s#r., fibrous stroma; ¢., tubules of kidney ; v.s., venous sinuses; 2, cells seen to be overlapping. 41. Section of a suprarenal body of Acanthias vulgaris, showing the capsule, trabecule, stroma, protoplasm, and various-sized nuclei. Zeiss H. immers. E. P. 2. Drawn with Zeiss’s camera lucida. 42. Section of a suprarenal body of Scyllium canicula, from about the middle region of the abdominal cavity. In this section are seen a large nerve-cell and several branched pigment-cells. Zeiss H. immers. E. P. 2. Camera lucida. . 43. Section of the interrenal body of Raja clavata, showing alveoli of various shapes and sizes, filled with cells, many of them elongated. Zeiss apochrom., 3," water immers. Camera lucida. PLATE XIV. 44, Section of a suprarenal body of Acipenser sturio. ‘The body was put into osmic acid about 12 hours after death, and sections were cut with the freezing microtome on the following day. ‘The alveolar arrangement is well seen and the cell-outlines are admirably preserved. Zeiss H. immers. E. P. 2. Camera lucida. 45, Section through a portion of the kidney and the two suprarenals of Conger conger, showing the renal intertubular material, the low power appearance of the suprarenals, and their connexions with the kidney. x 70. 46. Portion of suprarenal of Conger from same slide as preceding, showing the alveoli containing a regular tier of irregular cubical cells, and central spaces containing nuclei and shreds of cells. Zeiss apochrom. ;'y" water immers, Camera lucida. . 47. Section of suprarenal of Anarrhichas lupus, showing a curious serpentine arrangement of the alveoli. Zeiss j'y" apochrom. water immers. Camera lucida. . 48. Separate cells of suprarenal of Pleuronectes limanda. Zeiss apochrom. y'y" water immers. Compens. 0:18. . 49. Separate cells of suprarenal of Mullus barbatus. Shows the two kinds of cells. Same power as fig, 48. rans. Zo0t. Soc Vt AN FE IX. Geo West & Sons ump. Ay eS #3 Fa rs G G até fond hon Fea | ge WW SABE ae "Swale Vincent del. MP Parker lith, SUPRA-RENAL BODIES IN FISHES. Trans. Zoot. Soc Vol XN FY, X. (it LU if LULU Ly” > ky > pier » é ju uy r I PUGS LL UU ( (iu segs (/ Ze ( {if tek ae — = jaro at EG ae Swale Vincent del. GooWest & Sons imp. MP Parker lith, SUPRA-RENAL BODIES IN FISHES. Trans Loot. Soc Vol IW G2 XI Gino West & Sane ump: SUPRA-RENAL BODIES IN FISHES. =e ae = te ae Swale Vinoent. dal. MPParkor lith, tans. Loot, Seo Vol AN GY HEE. Qeo West & Sons imp SUPRA-RENAL BODIES IN FISHES. iT] al Stans. Loot, Soe Vet AN PE XU MPParker lth, : : Geo Woet & Sonus nexp. SUPRA-RENAL BODIES IN FISHES. — oN rans. Zo0t. Soc. Vit AWN Fé XV A cae a e -alw i} Big. 44. (eo Weet k Sone imp. SUPRA-RENAL BODIES IN FISHDS. V. A Supplementary Report on the Crustaceans of the Group Myodocopa obtained during the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, with Notes on other new or imperfectly known Species. By G. Srrwarvson Bravy, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. Received August 28, 1895, read December 3, 1895. [PLates XV.-XVII.] SINCE the publication of my Report on the Ostracoda of the ‘Challenger ’ Expedition I have received from Dr. John Murray and Professor G. O. Sars further specimens which were met with during the examination of other groups of Crustacea. All of them are pelagic species belonging to the group Myodocopa, and it is with Dr. Murray’s approval that I record them here. In addition to the specimens so obtained, I am in possession of other undescribed or imperfectly known forms which have come into my hands at various times and which are of sufficient interest to make their further description desirable. Among these are some collected by my brother, the late Dr. H. B. Brady, F.R.S., among the South Sea Islands, and which were described by me a few years ago! in the ‘Transactions’ of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. At that time, however, I was unacquainted with the soft parts of many of the species, and was able to describe the shells only. Some of these descriptions I am now able to improve by the addition of anatomical details derived from the examination of macerated specimens. OSTRACODA., Section UWYODOCOPA, Family CYPRIDINIDZ. Genus CYCLASTEROPE, noy. gen. The shell is more nearly spherical than is usual in Asterope. Frontal tentacle stout, 3-(or 2?)jointed. he first joint of the mandibular foot has a falcate masticatory process as in Asterope, but much more elaborately spinous; the second joint, instead of being produced backwards in an angular process, bears on its distal margin a large tongue-like appendage which extends as far as the extremity of the following joint. The last limb (vermiform foot) is very profusely armed with sete, many of the segments bearing two or three on each lateral margin. In other respects the anatomy is that of Asterope. 1 “On Ostracoda collected by H. B. Brady, Esq., LL.D., F,R.S., in the South Sea Islands,” Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. xxxv. part 11 (1888). VOL. XIV.—PART 111. No. 7.—April, 1897. N 86 DR. G. 8. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED CYCLASTEROPE HENDERSONI, n. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 1-12.) Shell of the female (figs. 1, 2) very tumid, subspherical: seen from the side broadly ovate; greatest height situated near the middle and equal to two-thirds of the length ; anterior extremity somewhat narrowed in comparison with the posterior, which is broad and well rounded; the beak narrow, curved, and sharply pointed, notch very narrow; dorsal margin boldly arched, but towards the front flattened and rather steeply sloping; ventral margin evenly and gently convex. Seen from above the outline is subovate, wide in the middle and but slightly tapered towards the extremities, width nearly equal to the height; lateral margins strongly convex, anterior extremity rather abruptly narrowed, obtuse and slightly produced, posterior rounded. Surface of the shell smooth or but very slightly punctated; the anterior margin clothed with very small fine hairs; colour yellowish. Length 7 millim. Male unknown. Frontal tentacle (fig. 8) stout, two-jointed, the basal joint short ; apical joint twice as long, subclavate, constricted at the base, and slightly also in the middle, whence it tapers gradually to the extremity. Secondary branch of the antenna (fig. 4) two- jointed, geniculated, basal joint bearing several marginal sete, distal joint one long ringed seta. The basal joint of the mandibular foot bears a falciform masticatory process the convex side of which is, towards the apex, divided into numerous very irregular processes (figs. 6-8), those at the apex being slender and falcate, the others broader, tooth-like, and marginally denticulated: below this series of processes the margin of the organ forms a flattened laminar flange which bears several transverse rows of spinules. The last pair of limbs (“‘ vermiform feet”) take the form, usual in Cypridinide, of flexuous hollow cylinders containing in the interior a spirally coiled chitinous thread: the free extremity (fig. 9) has four sets—two on each side—of spine- like teeth, and bears a vast number (about two hundred and fifty) of fine barbed set (fig. 10), which spring irregularly from the margins of the segments and are of various lengths, a single segment frequently having on each side three set of different sizes, others only one or two. Each caudal lamina bears eight slender curved ungues, which increase progressively in length from the first to the last, the first four, however, being distinctly smaller and less robust than the rest (fig. 11); the concave margins of the ungues finely pectinated with lancet-shaped spinules (fig. 12). In the intervals between the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth ungues are attached small marginal sete about one-third as long as the ungues themselves: the abdominal margin in front of the ungues is densely hispid. The eyes consist of subreniform black pigment-masses about which numerous simple convex lenses are clustered in regular rows; a delicate capsule invests the whole structure, and is continued over a peduncle in which are contained muscles for the movement of the eye as well as numerous nucleated (nerve ?) cells. The whole organ lies loosely within the shell and has no attachment to the body of the animal DURING THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 87 except by its peduncle. ‘There are seven pairs of laminar branchiz, and in all essential particulars the anatomy is that of Asterope. I have pleasure in naming this fine species after Mr. Henderson of the Christian College, Madras, to whom I am indebted for numerous specimens. The species was dredged by Mr. Henderson in Madras Harbour in a depth of 4-5 fathoms. CYCLASTEROPE ORBICULARIS, n. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 13-19.) Female.—Shell rather thin, subspherical (figs. 18, 14): seen from the side almost circular, height equal to five-sixths of the length; beak short and sharp; rostral notch narrow and moderately deep, situated quite in the middle of the anterior margin; seen from above the outline is regularly ovate, tapering a little towards the posterior extremity, which is evenly rounded off, and more considerably to the front, which is somewhat obtuse. Anterior margins of the shell fringed with short fine hairs ; surface smooth; colour light brown. Frontal tentacle (fig. 15) three-jointed; the second joint short, last joint elongated, conical. Secondary branch of the antenna three-jointed (fig. 16); first joint broad and fringed below with numerous fine hairs, second much more slender and bearing a single short marginal seta, third very small and ending in a single long ringed seta. The mandibular foot (fig. 17) is very similar to that of C. hendersoni, except that the falciform process (which having been broken was only partially seen) seems to be much smaller and less elaborately armed. Caudal lamin (fig. 19) broad and short, bearing eleven marginal ungues, the first eight of which are merely slender closely-set curved sete, nearly equal in length and slightly spinulose ; the remaining three are very stout, strongly curved, and bear numerous marginal teeth, the first of them about as long as the preceding sete, the second twice, and the third fully three times as long; abdominal margin in front of the lamina densely hairy. Length of the shell 2°7 millim. I have seen only one specimen of this species. It bears the inscription “ Valparaiso,” without any further particulars; and I am not sure whether I had it from the Challenger’ or from some other source. Genus CypripinA, Milne-Edwards. CYPRIDINA ALBOMACULATA, Baird. 1880. Cypridina albomaculata, Baird, “ Note upon the Genus Cypridina, Milne-Edwards,” Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., Annulosa, p. 201, pl. Ixxi. figs. 1, la, 10, le, 1d. The type of this species is in the British Museum, and is stated in Dr. Baird’s description to be from “Swan River,—from the collection of Mr. Cuming.” The Nz 88 DR. G. S. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED single specimen which I possess was taken many years ago by Dr. Coppinger, of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ in Dundas Strait, N.W. Australia. CYPRIDINA CASTANEA, n. sp. (Plate XVI. figs. 1-4.) Male.—Shell corneous, flexible, dark brown, as are also the limbs of the animal. The rostrum is bordered by a thin scale-like flange, which is strengthened below by several stout spines; the convexity of the sub-rostral cleft has a fringe of numerous sleuder spines, which are long in the middle of the series and gradually smaller towards the ends; the shell-surface near the rostral angle has also an elevated hump to which are attached a number (about fifteen) of long, rigid sete (fg. 1). Masticatory process of the mandibular foot bifid and bearing a long lateral seta (fig. 2). The antennules have two long apical sete and several small sensory ones, and to two of the smaller of these are attached circular, saucer-shaped disks. The distal extremity of the first maxilla (fig. 3) bears numerous ciliated sete, and four very stout spine-like teeth which have spinulose margins. Caudal lamine (fig. 4) provided with nine equidistant, slender, curved, and denticulated ungues, the last two of which are very long, the rest gradually decreasing in length to the first. Length of the shell about 7 millim. One example only of this species was taken by the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition in a “deep haul” from the Atlantic, lat. 52° 41’ N., long. 36° 6’ W., depth 1675 fathoms, 6th May, 1876. The specimen was much damaged, and neither the shell nor the soft parts were in a condition to be accurately examined. Provisionally, however, it may be referred to the genus Cypridina, though some of the characters show an approach to Philomedes. CyPRIDINA BAIRDI, G. S. Brady. (Plate XVI. figs. 22, 23.) 1865, Cypridina bairdii, G. 8S. Brady, “ On new or imperfectly known species of Marine Ostracoda,” Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 387, pl. Ixii. figs. 7 a-m. Of this species I have seen no specimens other than those on which the original description was founded. The squamous outgrowths of the shell in the neighbourhood of the beak (figs. 22, 23) are, however, somewhat similar to those of C. castanea, with which the soft parts also agree so far as they have been examined. It is probable that a fuller knowledge of the two forms may show other points of resemblance. C. bairdii was taken in the tow-net, off Pescadores, China, by the late Mr. A, Adams. Cypripina Japonica, G, S. Brady. 1865. Cypridina japonica, G. 8. Brady, loc. cit. p. 386, pl. Ixii. figs. 8 a—d. This would appear, from the imperfectly preserved specimen in my collection, to be rightly referred to the genus Cypridina. Collected in Japan by Mr. A, Adams. DURING THE *‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 89 Cypripina (?) sLoneata, G. S. Brady. 1865. Cypridina elongata, G. S. Brady, loc. cit. p. 386, pl. Ixii. figs. 9 a-d. Respecting this species I am able to add nothing to the short description already published. ; (?) Cypripina PunctatTa, Dana. (Plate XVI. figs. 5-9.) 1852. Cypridina punctata, Dana, Crustacea of U.S. Exploring Exped. p. 1293, pl. ix. figs. 2 a, b. Three specimens only of a species closely similar to, if not identical with, Dana’s C. punctata were taken by the ‘Challenger’ Expedition at some point, not accurately noted, in the Eastern Archipelago. All the three were in very bad condition—many of the limbs broken or absent. In no case have I been able to find the slightest trace of the vermiform limb. Shell extremely thin and membranaceous: seen from the side (fig. 5) subovate, greatest height in the middle and equal to somewhat more than half the length, dorsal and ventral margins evenly arched, the dorsal having the larger curve; anterior extremity obliquely subtruncate, with a short wide beak, above which is a shallow sinuation, subrostral sinus narrow; posterior extremity produced below the middle into a rather wide, obtusely angular process, which is continuous with the ventral margin below, but is separated from the dorsal margin by an abrupt sinuation ; seen from above the outline is ovate, with produced subacute extremities. The mandibular foot terminates in three short, equal ungues (fig. 7), which are slightly swollen at their bases; there is also a single slender curved seta, considerably shorter than the ungues; the masticatory process (fig. 8) is slightly bifid at the apex. Caudal lamine (fig. 9) having eight marginal ungues, the first three extremely small and weak, the rest successively increasing in length to the last; the fifth, sixth, and seventh ungues are not articulated to the limb but are simply processes of it. Length of the shell 1°5 millim. CypRIDINA DAN&, G. S. Brady. (Plate XVI. fig. 24.) 1880. Cypridina dane, Brady, Report on the Ostracoda of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition, p. 156, pl. xxxvi. figs. 2 a-d. The head of the vermiform appendage, here figured, is peculiar, the upper portion being massive, strongly curved, and armed with a series of marginal teeth; the lower portion much smaller, and consisting of a simple, almost rectangularly curved process, wide at the base but slender beyond the middle. CyPRIDINA (2) ARMATA, n. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 20, 21.) Shell thin and membranaceous: seen from the side oblong, subovate, greatest height situated in the middle and equal to two-thirds of the length; dorsal and ventral 90 DR. G. S. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED margins evenly arched; beak wide, obtusely pointed, notch deeply excavated ; posterior extremity wide, produced in the middle into a broad, bifid prominence. Seen from above the outline is subpentagonal, with parallel and almost straight lateral margins, which in front of the middle converge sharply towards the subacute anterior extremity; posterior extremity very wide, scarcely narrower than the widest part of the shell, truncated, the outer angles forming two backward-pointing spines, obtusely mucronate in the middle. Surface of the shell smooth ; behind the middle, on the lateral aspect of each valve, there is a very large, acutely lancet-shaped spine which points directly backwards, its point reaching almost as far as the hinder border of the shell; just within the dorsal margin, above the base of the larger spine, is a much smaller one of similar form, but pointing upwards. Colour brown, the spines almost black at their apices. Length 1:4 millim. Animal unknown. One specimen from a depth of 7 fathoms, Flinders Passage, Sept. 8th, 1874— ‘ Challenger’ Expedition. CypripINA (?) squamosa, n. sp. (Plate XVI. figs. 10-12.) Shell very thin and membranaceous: seen from the side almost circular (fig. 10), the height equal to about three-fourths of the length; anterior extremity broadly rounded, the beak wide and almost rectangular, notch deep and narrow; posterior extremity rounded above the middle, below the middle forming a wide truncate prominence ; dorsal and ventral margins boldly convex. Shell marked throughout with a reticulated pattern as of imbricated scales (fig. 11). Caudal lamine (fig. 12) bearing only three ungues, which are strongly curved, the first being very small, the second about thrice as long, and the third twice as long as the second. Length 0:9 millim. One specimen only of this species has been noticed; it occurred in a gathering from the Eastern Archipelago the precise locality of which was not stated. Only fragments of the soft parts were recognizable, and its position as a Cypridina must be looked upon as provisional only. Genus Puitomepes, Lilljeborg. PHILOMEDES AGILIS, Thomson. (Plate XVI. figs. 13-16.) 1878. Philomedes agilis, Thomson, “On the New Zealand Entomostraca,” Trans. New Zealand Institute, vol. xi. p. 257, pl. xi. fig. C. 8a-e, D. 1 a-g. Male.—Shell, seen from the side (fig. 13), oblong, ovate, greatest height in the middle and equal to about two-thirds of the length, beak obtuse and only slightly produced, notch very shallow, anterior extremity narrow and somewhat angular, posterior broad and well rounded; dorsal and ventral margins equally arched; the dorsal margin, especially in its posterior half, irregularly emarginate and presenting an DURING THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 91 abruptly undulated outline. Seen from above, the outline is compressed, subclavate, sides nearly parallel but slightly converging towards the obtusely-pointed front ; posterior extremity wide and subtruncate, greatest width considerably less than half the length. Surface of the shell covered with numerous subrotund pits and sparingly setose. Colour light brown. Eyes large and black. Length 1-9 millim. Secondary branch of the antenna (fig. 14) three-jointed and strongly prehensile ; basal joint short and bearing several sete, one of which is long and plumose; second joint much elongated, and having two long sete in the middle of the external margin; third joint also long, curved, with a denticulated external margin, a single long seta at the base, its apex rounded, crenulated, and slightly split up in a multifid fashion. Apex of the vermiform appendage (fig. 15) having its upper process armed with five slender curved spines; lower portion rounded, obtuse, and toothless. Caudal lamine (fig. 16) bearing three principal ungues and six very small spine-like sete: the first five setee are quite minute, then follows a strong curved unguis of moderate size; a sixth small seta intervening between it and the following unguis, which is twice as long as the preceding; the last unguis is still longer and, like its neighbour, has a spinulose margin. Female.—* Valves somewhat larger and much more circular in outline, with the beak small and very slightly produced; oral notch nearly rectangular; height about three- fourths of the length ; easily distinguished externally from the male by the small size of the eye-spot. Eyes reddish.” I am indebted to Professor G. M. Thomson, of Otago, for specimens of this interesting species, which was taken by him “swimming actively in the rock-pools on the Taieri Beach.” ‘The specimens sent to me were all males. I have therefore quoted Prof. Thomson’s description of the female shell. PHILOMEDES CORRUGATA, n. sp. (Plate XVI. figs. 17-21.) Shell very tumid: seen from the side (fig. 17) subrhomboidal, highest about the middle, height equal to two-thirds of the length; the dorsal and ventral margins markedly convex ; anterior extremity narrowed and rather oblique, beak blunt and not very prominent, notch very shallow; posterior extremity evenly rounded. Seen from above (fig. 18), the outline is subpentagonal, greatest width situated behind the middle and equal to four-fifths of the length; the anterior margin is rounded off but extremely broad and almost subtruncate, the posterior margin slopes very abruptly and with an irregularly sinuous curve from the widest point, and terminates in a very broad obtusely rounded median process; the lateral margins converge very slightly and in sinuous fashion towards the wide anterior extremity. The surface of the shell is much wrinkled and pitted, and slightly hispid with short distant hairs. Colour reddish brown. Length 1:4 millim. The sculpturing and general outline of the shell as shown in the lateral view (fig. 17) 92 DR. G. S. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED are possibly to some extent incorrect owing to shrivelling of the specimen when taken out of the spirit. The soft parts of the animal, so far as they can be made out, do not differ materially from those generally belonging to the genus. The first three natatory sete of the female antenna are marginally spinous as in Pleoschisma (see figs. 3, 4, Pl. XVII.); so also is the first seta of the male antenna. The prehensile branch of the male antenna (fig. 19) is irregularly dentated on both margins. Caudal lamine (fig. 20) armed with seven marginal sete, four of which are unguiform and much stouter than the others; of these ungues the first is very short, the second about twice as long, the third twice as long as the second, and the fourth slightly longer than the third; three very short, slender, and nearly equal sete are placed in front of the first unguis and in the spaces behind the first and second and second and third ungues. Hab, One specimen (a male) of this species was found in a tow-net gathering from a depth of 2-10 fathoms, off Port Jackson, Australia; another (female) from a depth of 7 fathoms in Flinders Passage, Australia. Genus Pieoscuisma, G. S. Brady. PLEOSCHISMA MOROIDES, G. 8. Brady. (Plate XVII, figs. 1-11.) 1888. Pleoschisma moroides, G. 8. Brady, ‘On Ostracoda collected by H. B. Brady, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., in the South Sea Islands,” Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxy, p. 514, pl. i. figs. 23, 24, * Shell, seen from the side, subcircular, height equal to three-fourths of the length. Anterior extremity wide, feebly rounded, almost flat, notch obsolete; posterior narrower, rounded, slightly sinuated above and below; dorsal and ventral margins moderately convex. Seen from above, broadly ovate, nearly equal in width throughout; extre- mities broad and rounded, the anterior rather the narrower of the two; lateral margins moderately arcuate; width equal to four-sevenths of the length. Surface of the shell minutely punctated, and in old specimens raised into circular bosses; colour dark brown. Length 1:2 mm.” Antennules, in both sexes, very similar to those of Philomedes: the sensory setiferous seta attached to the antepenultimate joint in the male is dilated at the base, and is setiferous on the outer side only (fig. 1). The antenna of the male is larger than that of the female, and the dilated basal joint is closely and delicately striated (fig. 2); the first and third joints of the natatory branch are very long, the relative lengths of the é 56 3 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9 nine jomts being approximately as follows: ;3~{yy-3-9 9» 97; the secondary a branch is strongly prehensile, its terminal joint curved, its concave margin deeply and irregularly indented, and its apex minutely crenulated (fig. 5); each of these two joints bears a single seta; the much smaller basal joint has four or five small cilia. In the female (fig. 3) the basal joint is not at all striated, and the relative lengths of joints of DURING THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 95 2 5.6 : the natatory branch (fig. 3) are as follows: ese? «Seif St Oo peices ateehed to the second, third, fourth, and fifth joints are extremely short, equal in length, and are armed with short stout spines along their outer margins (figs. 3, 4); the sete of the last four joints are from three to four times as long as the preceding and are not spinous ; secondary branch simple, curved, one-jointed. The mandibular foot is four- jointed, and is in the male (fig. 7) devoid of any masticatory process, but bears numerous simple sete; in the female the first joint bears a bifid process, and the second has, in addition to several simple sete, a small bisetose finger-like process at its distal end (fig. 8). The first maxilla (fig. 6) consists of one stout principal lobe with four smaller lobes, all of which are setiferous, most of the stouter sete having one of the margins strongly denticulated: the principal lobe is two-jointed, the last joint small and giving attachment to about six apical setee, which are graduated in size from the first to the last and bear strong marginal teeth. The vermiform limb has a single claw-like process at its apex. Caudal lamine (fig. 10) short; the first three marginal appendages consisting of very short slender sete, the fourth an unguiform spine about twice as long as the preceding setze and very much stouter; then follows another small seta, then a second stout unguis about twice as long as the first, and lastly a third unguis which is more than twice as long as the second. Eyes small, deep red, the lenses irregularly placed and of very unequal size; in the male subreniform (fig. 11), in the female smaller and globose. My first description of this genus was deficient in any account of the soft parts of the animal, but I have recently by careful maceration of some of the dried shells been able to obtain preparations which show, though imperfectly, some of the more important structures.’ These are certainly sufficiently characteristic, and even apart from the shell would constitute a valid generic distinction. The specimens were obtained from various localities among the South Sea Islands. Genus SARSIELLA, Norman. SARSIELLA scULPTA, G. S. Brady. (Plate XVII. figs. 12, 13.) 1888. Sarsiella sculpta, G. S. Brady, “ Ostracoda collected in the South Sea Islands,” Trans. Roy. Soe. Edinb. vol. xxxv. p. 517, pl. 1. figs. 17-20. The original description of this species was taken from the shell only, but I have recently succeeded in finding remains of the soft parts in a specimen taken by the : Challenger, and from it I have here figured the end of the vermiform foot and one of the caudal lamine. These, it will be seen, exactly agree with Sarsied/a. The ‘Challenger’ specimen was taken at a depth of 7 fathoms in Flinders Passage. vou. xiv.—Ppart 11. No. 8.—Apri/, 1897. 94 DR. G. 8S. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED SARSIELLA SIMPLEX, G. S. Brady. (Plate XVII. figs. 16-19 1888. Sarsiella simplex, G. S. Brady, “ Ostracoda collected in the South Sea Islands,” Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxv. p. 516, pl. iv. figs. 15, 16. One specimen was taken by the ‘Challenger’ Expedition in the tow-net off Cape Howe, Australia, at night. SaRSIELLA RoBusTA (G. S. Brady). (Plate XVII. figs. 14, 15.) 1888. Pleoschisma robusta , G. 8S. Brady, “Ostracoda collected in the South Sea Islands,” Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxv. p. 518, pl. iv. figs. 13, 14. Further examination of the dried shells of this species has revealed portions of the limbs, which show that it must be referred to the genus Sarsiella. The antennules (fig. 14) are provided with the dense fascicle of hairs which has been described by Dr. G. W. Miiller as characteristic of the male Sarsiella, and also by Dr. Norman and myself under the genus Vematohamma. Genus Eurypy vs, G. 8. Brady. EuRYPYLUS PEeTRosuUS, G. S. Brady. (Plate XVI. figs. 25, 26.) 1870. Eurypylus petrosus, G. S. Brady, Les Fonds de la Mer, tome i. p. 141, pl. xviii. figs. 1, 2. The type specimen of this species remains as yet the only one which has been seen. It was described from the shell only, and inasmuch as other very nearly allied forms belonging to the genera Sarsiella and Pleoschisma have since been published, I thought it well to sacrifice the shell for the sake of examining the contained animal, of which, unfortunately, I succeeded in obtaining fragments only. ‘The mandibular foot (fig. 25) and caudal lamina (fig. 26) are here figured. The former, it will be seen, is very similar to that of Sarsiel/a; the latter to that of Pleoschisma. The differences are in fact quite sufficient to indicate three distinct genera. The type of Ewrypylus was taken off St. Vincent (Cape Verd). Family HALOCYPRID. Of many of the species belonging to this group I have seen only imperfect examples, and cannot, therefore, figure or describe them satisfactorily. They have, however, been fully illustrated by Dr. Claus in his works on the Atlantic and Mediterranean Halo- cypride. Some of the new genera proposed by Dr. Claus seem to me to be based on trivial and insufficient characters, and are adopted here only as a temporary expedient. The most interesting point in connexion with the specimens here noted is the con- firmation which they afford to the generally accepted idea of the almost cosmopolitan distribution of many pelagic animals. With one exception they are referable to species already described by Dr. Claus from the North Atlantic and Mediterranean, whereas the ‘ Challenger’ specimens are mostly from the Pacific and Australasian areas. DURING THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 95 Genus Concnacra, Dana (in part). CoNCH@CIA BISPINOSA, Claus. 1890. Conchecia bispinosa, Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der mediterranen und atlantischen Halocypriden, p. 10. 1891. 5 ss Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres, p. 59, pl. v., pl. vi. fig. 1, pl. viii. figs. 7, 8. Taken in the tow-net during the ‘Challenger’ Expedition: lat. 32° 41’ N., long. 36° 6’ W.; and in lat. 36° 32’ S., long. 132° 52’ W. Genus ParaconcuaciA, Claus. PARACONCHG@CIA OBLONGA, Claus. (Plate XVII. figs. 20, 21.) 1890. Paraconchecia oblonga, Claus, Die Gattung. und Arten der medit. und atlant. Halocypr. p. 13. 1891. 55 = Claus, Die Halocypr. des atlant. Oceans und Mittelmeeres, p. 63, pl. viii. figs. 10, 11, pl. ix. Hab. Off Kandabu, Fiji; and in lat. 46° 46’ S., long. 45° 31’ E. (St. 146, ‘ Chal- lenger’). The specimens described by Dr. Claus were from lat. 37° 45! N., long. 13° 38’ W., depth 1500 metres; and from lat. 34° 18’ N., long. 15° 34’ W., depth 1000 metres. Ihave no record of the depth at which the ‘Challenger’ specimens were taken. Genus Concn@certa, Claus. CoNcH@cETTA AcUMINATA (?), Claus. 1890. Conchecetta acuminata, Claus, Die Gattung. und Arten der medit. und atlant. Halocypr. p. 16. 1891. 53 a Claus, Die Halocypr. des atlant. Oceans und Mittelmeeres, p. 67 pl. xill., xiv. A single specimen, apparently belonging to the young of this species, was found in a ‘Challenger’ gathering from the neighbourhood of the Philippine Islands. Genus CoNcH@cILLA, Claus. CoNCH@CILLA DAPHNOIDES, Claus. 1890. Conchecilla daphnoides, Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der mediterranen und atlantischen Halocypriden, p. 18. 1891. a ee Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres, p. 68, pl. xv. One specimen from a gathering made by the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition off Kandabu, Fiji. 02 96 DR. G. 8. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED Genus Concuacissa, Claus. ConcHacissa ivpricata, G. S. Brady. 1880. Halocypris imbricata, G. S. Brady, Report on the Ostracoda of the ‘ Challenger ? Expedition, p- 167. 1890. Conchecissa armata, Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der mediterranen und atlantischen Halocypriden, pp. 19, 20. 1891. Ba » Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres, p- 70, pl. xvi., xvii., xvill. This is referred doubtfully by Dr. Claus to his more recently described species, Conchexcissa armata, and, notwithstanding the slight discrepancies referred to by that author, I can scarcely doubt that the two are identical. Genus PsrupoconcHaecla, Claus. PSEUDOCONCHGCIA SERRULATA, Claus. (Plate XVII. figs. 22-24.) 1874. Conchecia serrulata, Claus, Die Familie der Halocypriden, p. 61, pl. 1. figs. 2-7, 9-11, pl. 11. figs. 12, 13, 17, 19. 1880. Halocypris atlantica, Brady, Report on the Ostracoda of the ‘ Challenger ’ Expedition, p. 164, pl. x1. figs. 1-15, pl. xli. figs. 11, 12. 1890. Pseudoconchecia serrulata, Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der mediterranen und atlant- ischen Halocypriden, p. 20. 1891. 5 3 Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittel- meeres, p. 72, pl. xix. figs. 1-14, pl. xxii. figs. 1-13. The reference of this species in the Report of the ‘Challenger Expedition’ to Halocypris atlantica, Lubbock, can scarcely be maintained, though the figures and description there given are, I think, correct so far as they go. ‘The descriptions, both of Dana and Sir John Lubbock, are so concise and vague that it is impossible to say certainly to what they refer. There can, however, be no doubt that Pseudoconchecia serrulata, Claus, is identical with Halocypris atlantica of the ‘Challenger’ Report. Some characters which were passed without notice in that Report I figure here—the hooked appendage of the right and left male antenna (figs. 25, 24) and the swimming- setee of the same limb (fig. 22). These sete are figured in order to show their narrowly lanceolated or spathulate extremities. All the setee seem to end in this way, but the two springing from the apical joint much more distinctly so than the rest : in fact, it is not easy to see the slightly dilated apices of the lateral sete except by rotating them so as to get a front view. But although it was in P. serru/ata that I first noticed the dilated apices, I now find on closer investigation that the antennal sete of other species (perhaps, indeed, of all the Halocypride) have a similar structure. This point is noted (though not figured) by Prof. Claus in his definition of the subfamily Concheecine. There seems to be no such structure in the sete of the Cypridinide. P. serrulata occurred in many of the * Challenger’ gatherings. ‘Those which I have DURING THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 97 been able to verify since recognizing the identity of the specimens are as follows :— Surface-net between Api and Cape York and off Port Jackson; in tow-net at 30 fathoms, South Atlantic, lat 42° 32’ S., long. 56° 27’ W.; and in lat. 35° 41’ N., long. 159° AV’ E. Genus MicroconcHactr, Claus. Microconcu@cta claus (G. O. Sars). 1887. Halocypris clausii, G. O. Sars, Nye Bidrag til Kundskaben om Middelhavets Invertebrat- fauna, iv. Ostracoda Mediterranea, p. 87, pl. xi. figs. 7-10, pl. xiv. figs. 6-18. 1890. rp 5 Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der mediterranen und atlantischen Halocypriden, p. 22. 1891. Mikroconchecia clausii, Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres, p: 73, pl. xx. The only ‘ Challenger’ gathering in which this species had been detected was from the surface-net off Kandabu, Fiji, where it occurred in considerable abundance. Genus Hatocyrris, Dana. HALocyrris concHa, Claus. 1874. Halocypris concha, Claus, Die Familie der Halocypriden, pl. ii. figs. 20-25, pl. iii. figs. 26- 35. 1891. E » Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres, p- 77, pl. viii. fig. 12, pl. xi. figs. 6, 7, pl. xxii. figs. 1-12, pl. xxvi. fig. 11. In a ‘Challenger’ surface-net gathering from the North Atlantic: lat. 26° ZN. 99° OF long. 33° 37’ W. Hatocypris PELAGICA, Claus. 1890. Halocypris pelagica, Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der Halocypriden, p. 25. 1891. a ms Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres, p- 78, pl. xxi. figs. 1-11. In two surface-net gatherings from the ‘Challenger’: lat. 35° 18’ N., long. 144° 8’ FE. ; and lat. 35° 41 N., long. 157° 41’ E. Genus Hanocypria, Claus. HAtLocypera GLoBosa, Claus. 1890. Halocypria globosa, Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der mediterranen und atlantischen Halocypriden, p. 25. Claus, Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres, p- 79, pl. xxii. figs. 13-18. 1891. =o 5 In the surface-net between Api and Cape York, and in lat. 36° 32’ S., long. 132° 52’ W. (‘ Challenger’). 98 o 5: Fig. Fig Fig. Fig. Me 2. 3. 4, 5. 6. DR. G. 8S. BRADY ON MYODOCOPA OBTAINED EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XV. Cyclasterope hendersoni, 2 (p. 86). Shell seen from right spay x8. 55 above, Frontal tentacle. Secondary branch of antenna. Mandibular foot. Falciform process of mandible. Figs. 7, 8. End and side of falciform process, more highly magnified. Fig. 9. End of vermiform limb. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. pay H oO Lo 10 11 12. 13. 14. 16. 16. alii 18. 19, 20. 21. . Segments of the same with sete. . Caudal lamina. % spines of unguis. Cyclasterope orbicularis, 2 (p. 87). Outline of shell seen from left side, 5 above, } 20 Frontal tentacle. Secondary branch of antenna. Mandibular foot. Maxilla of first pair: (@) terminal process of same. Caudal lamina. Cypridina (?) armata (p. 89). Shell seen from left side, } x40, 35 above, PLATE XVI. Cypridina castanea, ? (p. 88). Supero-anteal margin of left valve. Mandibular foot. Masticatory lobe of first maxilla. Caudal lamina. Fig. DURING THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. Cypridina punctata (p. 89). . Outline of shell, x 40. af rostrum of right valve. . Masticatory process of the same. . Caudal lamina. . 24, 5, g. 26. 3) 6. ig. 7. End of mandibular foot. 8 9 Cypridina (%) squamosa (p. 90). . Shell seen from right side, x 50. . Portion of shell with sculpture. . Caudal lamina. Philomedes agilis, 2 (p. 90). . Shell seen from left side, x 40. . Secondary branch of antenna. . Apex of vermiform foot. . Caudal lamina. Philomedes corrugata (p. 91). . Shell of female seen from right side, } 40 above (Flinders Passage), 99 . Secondary branch of antenna, ¢ . . Caudal lamina. . Outline of shell (Port Jackson). Cypridina bairdi (p. 88). . Outline of right valve in region of notch. 23. Outline of left valve. Cypridina dane (p. 89). End of vermiform foot. Eurypylus petrosus (p. 94). Mandibular foot. Caudal lamina. 99 100 a POD MON anFf oe Dd DR. G. 8. BRADY ON ‘CHALLENGER’ MYODOCOPA. PLATE XVII. Pleoschisma moroides (p. 92). . Apical joints of antennule, ¢. . Antenna, ¢ (imperfect). Phe 92 », one of the short sete more highly magnified. - secondary branch, 3. . First maxilla. . Mandible, ¢. . Mandible, ¢. . End of vermiform foot. . Caudal lamina. - Hye, . Sarsiella sculpta (p. 93). 2. End of vermiform foot. . Caudal lamina. Sarsiella robusta, & (p. 94). . Antennule. . Secondary branch of antenna. Sarsiella simplex, 2 (p. 94). . Shell seen from right side, " 3 } x 80. se . First maxilla. . Caudal lamina. es above, Paraconchecia oblonga, 3 (p. 95). . Shell seen from left side, x 40. . Anterior margin of shell. Pseudoconchecia serrulata, 3 (p. 96). . Natatory branch of antenna. . Secondary branch of right antenna. 3 left A \ . a) ~ y EP ST SE T a Ga Brady del MP Parker hth CRUSTACEANS OF THE GROUP MYODOCOPA, Trans. Zoot. Foc. Vol XW FE XVI. —_ G.8.Brady del Geo West & Sons imp. CRUSTACEANS OF THE GROUP MYODOCOPA. MP Parker lith. rans. Loot Soc Wot AN G4 XVIL Geo West & Sons unp. G.3.Brady del. M.P. Parker lith. CRUSTACEANS OF THE GROUP MYODOCOPA. BO APR 1897 TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates) . Parrl. (1886, containing 6 Plates) a2 2 2? » 29 3 »” » a3 VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates) . 2. (1886, containing 7 Plates) 8. (1886, containing 2 Plates) 4, (1886, containing 12 Plates) 5. (1886, containing 5 Plates) 6. (1887, containing 7 Plates) 7. (1888, containing 8 Plates) 8. (1889, containing 3 Plates) 9. (1889, containing 7 Plates) 10. (1890, containing 8 Plates and Parrl. (1891, containing 6 Plates) 2. (1891, containing 6 Plates) 8. (1891, containing 6 Plates) 4, (1892, containing 1 Plate) . 5. (1893, containing 9 Plates) 6. (1898, containing 4 Plates) 7. (1893, containing 6 Plates) 8. (1894, containing 6 Plates) 9. (1894, containing 6 Plates) 10. (1895, containing 5 Plates) 11. (1895, containing 7 Plates and VOLUME XIV. Parr 1. (1896, containing 2 Plates) ee 22 2. (1896, containing 6 Plates) 3. (1897, containing 9 Plates) To Fellows. ob ial Price5 8 epee (Ur) ei GA Peel | ie pe OG Priel gas) » 012 Sacea 0 Raph) i OWNG eal ryhrn paige, ua 5) Title and Index),, O 15 wcococooooaooosn Price 6 8 Pree) ae BY a Macpieee 6 ie Oeao Title and Index) ,, 0 15 (=) Ne} ooroweoolrwnroo © w PriceO 6 O SAC Re: Ae 0 15510 To the Public. Be VEE 7 4 0 12 0 16 0 6 L0 0 12 0 16 0 12 12 Lote a | Caen OL. ene So: Oo 10.60: So OF SC OF Of. OOOO. ). Shaft of antennz in the male spotted with white in front . 22> (224). Shaft of antennz in the male entirely white in front. 23 (24). Pale spot in cell 2 of fore wing as wide as or wider than high. Fore wing broader and less pointed . 24 (23). Pale spot in cell 2 of fore wing at least one and a half times as high as wide, its inner and outer edges both straight. Fore wing narrower and more pointed, termen straight and forming an angle of about 110° with the dorsum 25 (22). Pale spots on hind wing below suffused and indistinct, or entirely wanting. Shaft of antenne in the male not entirely white in front Hind wing above clothed Hrgushens with feowniat ellen 6 (19). scales and hairs except a narrow terminal space . : 27 (18). Fore wing above: extreme base of cell 3 filled up with white. 28 (33). Fore wing above with one or two white spots in cell 1 a. 29 (30). Upperside blackish brown; fringe of the hind wing brown, not chequered . . . Greta) eo oe oe 30 (29). Fringe of the hind wing cieaeereall 31 (82). Upperside grey-brown, white spot in cell 2 of fore wing subrhomboidal or irregular, always ee on the inner edge . : 32 (31). Upperside blackish Bee eine pak in al 2 of fore wing irregularly roundish . eo Mer pe eC ). Fore wing above without any white spot in cell 1 @ nor in cells 4 and 5 : eee dc - 34 (17). Fore wing above with the ale feed vallowel ahite, yellow, or orange-yellow. 35 (48). Pale spot in cell 1 @ of fore wing hyaline. 36 (37). Pale spot in cell 1 a of fore wing reaching to vein 1 @ 37 (36). Pale spot in cell la of fore wing not reaching to vein ] a. 38 (47). Pale spot in cell 3 of fore wing filling up the extreme base of that cell. 39 (46). Pale spot in cell 1 @ of fore wing subquadrate or irregular, joining that in cell 2 near its lower outer angle. 33 (28 113 sumitra, Moore. maculicornis, n. sp. leucocera, Koll. leucocera var. angustipennis. spilothyrus, Feld. chamunda, Moore. balukinus, n. sp. nigricans, de Nicév. orbiferus, 1. sp. asmara, Butl. tibetana, Mab. 50 (51). 51 (50). . Pale spot in cell 2 . Expanse 382 mm. MESSRS. . Pale spot in cell 1 a of fore wing not produced into a tooth at its muer lower angle. of fore wing reaching inwardly much beyond the base of vein 3. . Expanse 38 mm. Tegumen and clasp as in figures 1, la, 16, Plate XXII. a Esher Tegumen and ‘taeps as in figures 2, 2a, Plate XXII. . . Pale spot in cell 2 of fore wing not cha poe beyond the base of vein 3. . Pale spot in cell 1 a of fore wing bites into a fies tooth at its lower inner angle . Pale spot in cell 1 a of fore wing small, punctiform, joming that in cell 2 near its half length . Pale spot in cell 3 of fore wing not filling up the extreme base of that cell . 1°. 2. °° . Pale spot in cell 1 a of fore wing opaque. . Fore wing with the pale band deep orange-yellow, practically unicolorous throughout, 7. e. the part in cells 2 and 3 and that across the cell are semitransparent, but do not differ appreciably in tint from the other parts. Fore wing: breadth of the pale band where it crosses the cell equal to about one seventh of the length of the costa, its outer edge regular, not broken ee the pro- jection of the pale spot in cell 3 . : Fore wing: breadth of the pale band where it crosses the cell equal to about one fifth of the length of the costa, its outer edge broken by the sate of the pale spot incell3 . . Fore wing with the pale band Pe ee in calle 2 ia 3 and across the cell, distinctly stronger in colour in cell 1 a and next the costa. 4). Fringe of hind wing chequered . . Fringe of hind wing brown ee Fe HPC : . Fore wing above with a yellow oblique -bubinedian bail but no pale spot in cells 6, 7, or 8. Hind wing above brown. . Hind wing below brown, basal half yellow-brown by reason of a thick clothing of yellow scales, a feeble suffused pale spot next the transverse vein, and a suffused yellow spot at the apex of cell 1 b . Hind wing below plain brown : 0 0 . Hind wing below brown, with a narrow A Silo ed on the transverse vein; fringe pale yellow, unspotted . H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: dhanada, Moore. andamanica, W.-M. &de Nicév. inequalis, n. sp. dentatus, n. sp. fulvescens, n. sp. saturatus, 0. sp. cameront, Dist. lativittus, n. sp. affinis, un. sp. aurivittata, Moore. ladana, Butl. batchianus, n. sp. badia, Hew. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 115 ! CELHZNORRHINUS PERO. Celenorrhinus pero, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1839, p. 183, pl. B. fig. 12, ¢; Elwes, P. Z.S. 1892, p. 660. Hab. Naga Hills (Doherty). ! CELHNORRHINUS PULOMAYA. Plesioneura pulomaya, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 787. Celenorrhinus lucifera, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 571, pl. xxxix. fig. 5, 2 (1893-4). Hab. Himalayas from Kangra to Sikkim, Naga Hills (Doherty); Moupin (fide Leech). ! CELHNORRHINUS MACULOSA. Pterygospidea maculosa, Felder, Reise ‘ Novara,’ Lep. iii. p. 528, pl. lxxiii. fig. 7, § (1867). Celenorrhinus maculosa, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 569, pl. xxxix. fig. 2, g. Hab. Central and Western China (Pratt). ! CELHNORRHINUS ASPERSA. Celenorrhinus aspersa, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 61 (1891); id. Butt. China &e. p- 571, pl. xxxix. fig. 4, g (1893-4). Celenorrhinus clitus, de Nicév. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891 (published 2 Feb. 1892), p. 878, pl. G. fig. 26, 3d ; Elwes, P. Z.S. 1892, p. 660. Hab. Naga Hills, Bernardmyo (Doherty) ; Western China (fide Leech.) The type of clitus is in coll. Elwes. ! CELANORRHINUS CONSANGUINEA. Celenorrhinus consanguinea, Leeck, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 61, 1891; id. Butt. China &e. p- 570, pl. xxxix. fig. 3, g. Hab. Central and Western China; Eastern Tibet (Pratt, Kricheldorf ). ! CELZNORRHINUS AMBAREESA. Plesioneura ambareesa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 788; de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. vol. hi. p. 87, pl. x. fig. 9, 2 (1883). Hab. Western Ghats from Mahableshwar to Goa; Nilgiris (Swinhoe, Hampson). ! CELHNORRHINUS FLAVOCINOTA. Plesioneura flavocincta, de Nicéville, P. Z.S. 1887, p. 464, pl. xl. fig. 9, 2. Hab. Sikkim (Knyvett). ! CELHNORRHINUS SUMITRA. Plesioneura sumitra, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 787. 116 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Celenorrhinus pyrrha, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 181, pl. B. fig. 11, ¢. Celenorrhinus patula, de Nicéville, t. c. p. 182, pl. B. fig. 4, 2. Celenorrhinus playifera, de Nicéville, t. c. p. 182, pl. B. fig. 18, 2. Celenorrhinus pluscula, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 571, pl. xxxix. fig. 6, 9 (1893-4). Hab. Sikkim (Elwes) ; Naga Hills, Bernardmyo (Doherty) ; China ( fide Leech). ! CELHNORRHINUS MACULICORNIS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 8, ¢.) 3. This species may be distinguished from C. lewcocera by reason that the upperside or front of the shaft of the antennz in the male is minutely and regularly spotted with black and white. This might be considered a trivial and insufficient character, were it not for the fact that the male of C. leucocera, whatever may be the state of the spotting of the wings, always has the upperside or front of the shaft of the antenne continuously pure white from the base to the apex. There are in coll. Elwes more than twenty males of C. leucocera from various localities, and we have examined at least as many more in other collections without finding any trace of a tendency to spotting on the front of the shaft of the antenne. The relationship of C. maculicornis to C. leucocera is quite different from that of C. leucocera var. angustipennis; the latter being separated from C. leucocera by differences in the spotting and shape of the wings, which are distinctly variable in G. leucocera; whilst the character by which we separate C. maculicornis is one which proves to be constant in C. leucocera. The male genitalia do not afford material for its separation from C. leucocera or C. sumitra. Hab. Shillong, Khasias, 6400 feet (Elwes); ? Kumaon? (fide Doncaster t Khasias). Described from two males in coll. Elwes. It seems probable that this species is passed over in collections as the female of C. lewcocera, which has brown antenne with a broad white band on the club. We do not know the female of C. maculi- cornis. ! CELHNORRHINUS LEUCOCERA. Hesperia leucocera, Kollar, in Hiigel’s ‘ Kaschmir,’ vol. iv. p. 454, pl. xviii. figs. 3, 4, 9 (1848). Plesioneura putra, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 788. P. leucocera, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 257. P. munda, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 48. P. leucocirca, Elwes, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 462. Celenorrhinus putra, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 139 (1891). C. munda, Watson, l. c. Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Young, Hocking); Sikkim, Khasias (Elwes); Nagas, Burmah, Bali (Doherty); Andamans (de Roepstorff’); Nilgiris (Hampson); C. China (Pratt) ; Java (Fruhstorfer). A common and variable species. The type of putra, which is in the British Museum, is from Java. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIiD/. 117 Var. ANGUSTIPENNIS, nov. This form, which is apparently confined to W. Java, is readily distinguished by the characters given in the table above, and particularly by the greater length of the costa of the fore wing in proportion to the dorsum. Hab. Preanger, West Java, circa 5000 feet (Piepers); Sukabumi, 2000 feet (Fruhstorfer). Var. BRAHMAPUTRA, Stgr. MS. This also is a long-winged form, from Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt), and wants the white spots in cells 4 and 5 on the fore wing above. ‘The hind wing above is very slightly spotted (in the male) or without spots (in the female). All the insular forms of lewcocera appear to be of a darker colour and less spotted on the hind wing above than those from Continental India. ! CELH]NORRHINUS SPILOTHYRUS. Eudamus spilothyrus, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1868, p. 283, d. Plesioneura ruficornis, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxi. p. 32 (1878). Plesioneura spilothyrus, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 179, pl. 67. figs. 4, 4a (1880-81). ? (?var. dist.) Plesioneura fusca, Hampson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 367. Hab. Sava (Staudinger); N. Canara (Aitken) ; Malabar (Vidal) ; Nilgiris (Hampson) ; Ceylon (Green). We have received three specimens from Bali and one from Arjuno, Java, collected by Mr. Doherty, which may constitute a distinct local race; they are, however, only distinguishable from spilothyrus by the almost complete disappearance of the spots on the hind wing below, and agree exactly with a specimen of his P. ruficornis sent by M. Mabille; they have the costal spot of the fore wing white instead of yellow, thus resembling South Indian specimens (P. fusca, Hampson) in which this spot is usually but not always white, and not Ceylon specimens in which it seems to be always yellow. ! CELA NORRHINUS CHAMUNDA. Plesioneura chamunda, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 788. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasias (Hamilton); Nagas (Doherty); Shan Hills (Manders). ! CELHNORRHINUS BALUKINUS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 1, ¢.) Plesioneura balukina, Staudinger, in lilt. In addition to the characters laid down in the table above, this species differs from C. nigricans, de Nicév., as follows:—The white spot in cell 1a of the fore wing is irregularly roundish, not reaching halfway across the cell, and placed next the apex of the lower edge of the white spot in cell 2. On the underside the hyaline spot in VOL. XIV.—part Iv. No. 3.—October, 1897. R 118 MESSRS. H,. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: cell 1 a of the fore wing is attended on the outer side by two suffused whitish blotches divided by the intra-neural fold. The hind wing below is dark brown with somewhat of a purple shade, and there is a feeble suffused yellow spot next the transverse vein and a subterminal series of suffused indistinct yellow spots, of which the strongest are the two in cell 1 0. Expanse 323-3634 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt). Described from three males and two females ex coll. Staudinger. Males only are in coll. Elwes. ! CELHENORRHINUS NIGRICANS. Plesioneura nigricans, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 123, pl. ii. fig. 6, 2. Hab. Mandi, N.W. Himalaya (Young); Sikkim (J/6ller) ; EK. Pegu (Doherty). CELEHNORRHINUS ORBIFERUS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 2, 3.) g. Very near to C. nigricans, de Nicév., from which it differs in the following particulars :—Upperside darker brown, the white spot in cell 2 of the fore wing suborbicular, occupying the whole width of the cell; the white spot in cell 1a of the fore wing minute, punctiform, and placed near the apical fifth of vein 2. On the underside of the fore wing the white spot in cell 1 @ is larger than on the upperside, and accompanied by a suffused subquadrate whitish spot. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt). Described from one example ex coll. Staudinger. ! CELANORRHINUS ASMARA. Plesioneura asmara, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soe. Lond., Zoology, ser. 2, vol. i. p. 556 (1877)%; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 400, pl. xxxv. fig. 28 (1886). Celenorrhinus consertus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 222, pl. E. fig. 12, 3. Celenorrhinus cacus, de Nicéville, t. c. p. 228, pl. HE. fig. 11, d ; Elwes, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 661. Plesioneura goto, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxvii. p. lvi (1883). Notocrypta goto, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 628, pl. xxxviii. fig. 4, ¢ (1894). Plesioneura palajava, Staudinger, Isis, ii. p. 156, pl. 11. fig. 10 (1889). Celenorrhinus palajava, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 360 (1892), sec. spec. comm. Hab. EK. Pegu, Pulo Laut, Borneo (Doherty); Khasia Hills, Rangoon (fide de Nicéville); Malacca (Pinwill in B. M.); Japan? (fide Mabdille); Palawan (Platen) ; E. Java (Piepers). We have examined Staudinger’s type of palajava, which agrees with what Elwes followed de Niceville in calling C. cacus, but which agrees with an example from Malacea figured by Distant as asmara, Butl. We have seen Mabille’s type of P. goto, but strongly doubt the habitat given by him. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 119 ! CELZNORRHINUS TIBETANA. Pterygospidea tibetana, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. liv (1876). Yotocrypta tibetana, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 628, pl. xxxviii. fig. 6, ¢ (1894). Hab. West China (Pratt); Siau-lou (? Yunnan, fide Oberthiir). ! CELHNORRHINUS DHANADA. (Plate XXII. figs. 1, 1a, 10.) Plesioneura dhanada, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 789. Kerana dhanada, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 150 (1891) ; Hiwes, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 663. Hab. Sikkim (1/6ller). We have seen no specimen of this species except from Sikkim. It is therefore probable that so-called dhanada from the Khasias and Burmah in collections are really C. affinis (vide p. 121 post). ! CELANORRHINUS ANDAMANICA. (Plate XXII. figs. 2, 2 a.) Plesioneura dan, var. andamanica, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 257 ; id. op. cit. 1887, p. 391. Coladenia dan, var. andamanica, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 120. In the male of this species the lower lobe of the clasp is acute with a strong tooth near the middle of its upper edge, and the tegumen is bifid in its apica] third. Hab. Andamans (de Roepstorff); Cherra Punji (fide Swinhoe). CELZNORRHINUS INEQUALIS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 3, 6.) 3. Allied to C. saturatus, from which it differs as follows:—The band on the fore wing is narrower and paler, somewhat resembling that of C. tibetana, Mab., and the spots which connect the band with the costa are quite hyaline. ‘The pale spot in cell 3 fills up the base of that cell, the inner edge of the pale spot in cell 2 does not reach further inwards than the base of vein 5, and the pale spot in cell la, which joins the apical third of the lower edge of that in cell 2, is oblique, about one-half higher than wide, and has its outer edge almost continuous with that of the spot in cell 2. On the hind wing below there is a feeble suffused yellow spot next the transverse vein and the faint indication of a postmedian series of similar spots running parailel to the termen. The fringe of the hind wing is greyish yellow, slightly interrupted with brown next veins 2-4, and the short scales are brown. Expanse 36 mm. Hab. Gedeh, Java. Described from one example ex coll. Staudinger. CELANORRHINUS DENTATUS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 4, ¢.) Differs from C. saturatus as follows :— $. Upperside browner, the hind wing therefore not exhibiting brown spots; the pale spot in cell 3 of the fore wing filling up the extreme base of that cell; the R2 120 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: pale spot in cell la of the fore wing oblong, with a large tooth continuous with its inner edge jutting out at its inner lower angle. g. Similar to the male, but the hyaline spot in cell la of the fore wing below is attended on its outer side by a subquadrate yellow opaque spot. Expanse 38-39 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt). Described from one pair ex coll. Staudinger. CELEZNORRHINUS FULVESCENS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 5, 3.) é. Differs from C. saturatus in the following particulars:—Rather smaller and decidedly brighter and more reddish yellow-brown in colour; the pale spot in cell 3 of the fore wing fills up the entire base of that cell, and the pale spot in cell 1 a of the fore wing is a mere point situate next the middle of the lower edge of the pale spot in cell 2 ; the latter character will serve to distinguish it from the variety of C. saturatus in which the pale spot in cell 3 of the fore wing fills up the base of that ceil. Expanse 33 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt). Described from one example ex coll. Staudinger. ! CELANORRHINUS SATURATUS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 6, ¢; Plate XXII. figs. 5, 5a.) 3. Upperside warm brown, passing into yellow-brown on the hind wing by reason of the rather heavy clothing of dull yellow scales: fore wing with an oblique sordid yellow median macular: band composed of the following elements :— an opaque spot next the costa, a large oblong hyaline spot across the cell having its outer edge notched, a hyaline spot ocupying the basal third of cell 3 except the extreme base, a large hyaline spot occupying the middle third of cell 2 and usually in the form of a parallelogram, and a small roundish or subquadrate hyaline spot in cell 1 a, standing next to the apical third of the lower edge of the spot in cell 2; three small subequal yellowish hyaline spots in cells 6, 7, and 8, and sometimes a pale point near the middle of one or both of cells 4 and 5: hind wing with a suffused brown discal spot and a postmedian macular band of suffused brown spots running parallel with the termen. Underside: fore wing brown, a little paler along the dorsum; pale spots as on the upperside, but that next the costa stronger; sometimes there is a suffused pale subtornal spot: hind wing brown, with a feeble pattern of suffused dull yellow spots, of which one lies across the middle of the cell, one before the middle of cell 7, and the remainder form median and postmedian curved. series running parallel with the termen. Fringe of the fore wing brown, sometimes paler next cell la; of the hind wing brown, more or less chequered with yellowish grey. Antenne brown, more or less spotted with yellowish white and with a feeble yellowish ring next the base of the club. Body and legs concolorous with the wings. Second joint of palpi clothed with greyish- A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID®. 121 yellow hairs, with a few black ones intermixed. Lower lobe of clasp subtruncate, its upper edge simple; tegumen bifid to the middle. @. Similar to the male. Expanse 37 mm. Hab. Megamendong, Tjampea, Java (Piepers); Java (Fruhstorfer); Arjuno, Java, Bali (Doherty). Described from six males and one female in coll. Elwes. One of the six males has tle base of cell 3 entirely filled up with yellow. This species might be confused with large specimens of Coladenia dan, Fab., but the latter may be at once distin- guished by the porrect third joint of its palpi. Specimens of this species were sent by Herr Snellen as dhanada, Moore, and it is probable that the dhanada of the British Museum and some other collections is the same thing. | CELZNORRHINUS CAMERONI. Plesioneura cameroni, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 248 (1882). Kerana aurivittata, var. cameroni, ibid. Rhop. Mal. p. 403, pl. xxxiv. fig. 19 (1886). Hab. Perak (Doherty); Malacca (ex coll. Stgr.). ! CELENORRHINUS LATIVITIUS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 7, 3.) Plesioneura lativitta, Staudinger, in litt. 3. Resembles C. dentatus, but is rather smaller and darker and also differs from it in the following particulars :—Band on the fore wing deep golden yellow, practically of the same tint throughout, its inner edge straight and continuous from the costa to vein 2, its width where it crosses the cell equal to or exceeding one-fifth of the length of the costa; the pale spot in cell 1 @ of the fore wing triangular, adjoining the apical half of the lower edge of that in cell 2, its apex nearly touching vein 1 @, its outer edge irregular and attended by a more or less distinct suffused yellow spot; on the under- side of the fore wing the triangular yellow spot in cell 1@ and a subquadrate spot between it and the termen are plain and confluent, forming a large subtornal spot. On the upperside the surface of the triangular spot in cell 1a of the fore wing is similar to that of the spot in cell 2, but on the underside its surface is scaled as heavily as the rest of cell 1 a, but with yellow scales, 2. Similar to the male, but a little larger and paler. Expanse 35-37 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt). Described from one pair in coll. Elwes. Others are in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. ! CELHZNORRHINUS AFFINIS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 9, 9; Plate XXII. fig. 4.) Differs from dhanada, Moore, in the particulars set forth in the table of species. Having regard to the male genitalia, it is much more nearly allied to C. dhanada than 122 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: to ©. aurivittata, and it is, probably, the species upon which Watson bases his assertion (Hesp. Ind. p. 149) that the fringe of the hind wing in aurivittata is not invariably brown. Hab. Khasias (Hamilton); E. Pegu (Doherty); ‘Tenasserim (Bingham). ! CELANORRHINUS AURIVITTATA. (Plate XXII. figs. 5, 3 a.) Plesioneura aurivittata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 848, pl. liii. fig. 2. Kerana aurivittata, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 149 (1891). The best points for distinguishing this species from dhanada, Moore, lie in the deep yellow spot near the tornus of the fore wing, which forms the end of the pale band, and the unchequered brown fringe of the hind wing ; in these respects it resembles the aurivittata var. cameroni of Distant, which, however, is easily distinguished by the difference in the pale band on the fore wing set forth in the foregoing table. Watson’s statement that the fringe of auwrivittata is not invariably brown on the hind wing leaves one in doubt whether the localities which he gives for that insect really refer to the aurivittata of Moore and of this paper or to C. affinis. Dr. Staudinger sends from Kina Balu, Borneo,a single female specimen, which differs from aurivittata as follows:—The pale spots in cells 6, 7, and 8 of the fore wing are unequal, that in cell 7 being at least twice as large as the minute punctiform ones in cells Gand 8; the pale spot in the cell of the fore wing reaches two millimetres further inward than that in cell 2, and the hind wing below has a natrow yellow spot next the transverse vein and a subterminal series of suffused indistinct yellow spots, of which the strongest are two near the apex of cell 1 0. Hab. Nagas, Upper Burmah (Doherty); Tavoy (Pitman); Andamans (fide Swinhoe). ! CELANORRHINUS LADANA. Carystus ladana, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 502; id. Lep. Exot. p. 170, pl. lix. fig. 1 (1874). Hab. Perak (Doherty). CELANORRHINUS BATCHIANUS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 10, ¢). 3. Upperside dark brown: fore wing with a somewhat narrow pale yellow oblique band from the upper edge of the cel] to vein 2, of which latter it adjoins the preapical fourth; the inner edge of this band is practically regular. Underside similar to the upperside, but somewhat paler. Fringes brown. Antenne brown above, grey-brown beneath, the apiculus whitish or yellowish on the underside. Body and legs con- colorous with the wings. @. Similar to the male, but a little larger and paler, and having in cell 1a of the fore wing a triangular yellow spot adjoining the lower edge of the yellow spot in cell 2 beyond its middle and reaching less than halfway across the cell. On the under- A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID®. 123 side of the fore wing there is a little yellow suffusion from the upper edge of the cell towards the costa. Expanse 40-43 mm. Hab. Batchian (fide Stgr.). Described from one pair ex coll. Staudinger. ! CELEZNORRHINUS BADIA. Pterygospidea badia, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 322 (1877) ; id. Desc. Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 4 (1879). Plesioneura badia, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p- 88, pl. x. fig. 10, ¢. Hab. Sikkim (Mller). This seems an extremely rare and local species. ABRAXIMORPHA, gen. noy. This generic name is proposed for Pterygospidea davidii, Mab., a species winch is totally different in facies from any of the species properly referred to either of the genera in which it has hitherto been placed, namely, Pterygospidea and Celenorrhinus. Antenne, wing-shape, venation, and tibial spurs of Celenorrhinus. Palpi: second joint ascending, third well-developed, porrect. Fore wing above greyish black, with many irregular pure white spots; hind wing below pure white, with four irregular. transverse series of greyish-black spots—basal, antemedian, postmedian, and terminal. Front cox of the male with a long hair-pencil on the inner lower side; no hair-pencil on the hind tibie. ! ABRAXIMORPHA DAVIDII. . Pterygospidea davidii, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. liy. Celenorrhinus davidi, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 572, pl. xxxix. fig. 9, 3. Hab. Central China (Pratt). SARANGESA. Sarangesa, Moore, Lep. Cey. 1. p. 176 (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 53 (1891) ; id. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 48. Type purendra, Moore. Hyda, Mabille, Bull. Soc, Ent. Fr. (6) ix. p. elxxxiii (1889). Type micacea, Mab. Sape, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belge, p. Ixvii (1891). Type lucidella, Mab, The slight arching of the lower margin of the cell of the fore wing between veins 2 and 3 in Sarangesa, upon which Watson in his table relies for the separation of the former from Coladenia, Moore, is so slight as not to be readily appreciable. The following is a table of the species known to us :— 1 (4). Hind wing below with small pale spots. 2 (3). A large transparent pale spot in cell 2 of forewing . . . . . purendra, Moore. 3i(2)Norsuch spot imcelll 2 of forewings... . . . .-. .-. . satt, de Nicev. 124 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS; 4 (1). No pale spots on hind wing below. 5 (6). Hind wing below grey-brown, with three transverse series of darker spots’ . . . . dasahara, Moore. 6 (5). Hind wing below for the most part pale bluish white . . . . . albicilia, Moore. !SARANGESA PURENDRA. (Plate XXII. figs. 6, 6 a.) Surangesa purendra, Moore, P.Z. 8. 1882, p. 262 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 54 (1891). Hab. Mandi, N.W. Himalaya (Young) ; ? Nilgiris (Roberts). As defined by the characters in the foregoing table this form seems a good species. We only know it certainly from the N.W. Himalaya, but I have a specimen believed to be from the Nilgiri Hills, whence dasahara is recorded by Sir G. F. Hampson. ; !SaRANGESA saTI. (Plate XXII. fig. 8.) Sarangesa sati, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 391, pl. G. fig. 37,3. Hab. Kutch; Rajputana. !SARANGESA DASAHARA. (Plate XXII. fig. 7.) Nisioniades dasahara, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 787. Sarangesa dasahara, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 54 (1891). Hab. Kangra (Hocking); Mandi (Young); Sikkim (Méller); Nagas, E. Pegu (Doherty); Ganjam (Minchin); Bombay (Swinhoe); Canara (Aitken); Tenasserim (Bingham) ; Akyab (Adamson). This species and albicilia are remarkable for the possession, in the male, of a slightly curved horn on each side of the base of the terminal part of the tegumen; in purendra and sati this part is simple, not subtended by a horn on each side. !SARANGESA ALBICILIA. Sarangesa albicilia, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 176, pl. Ixviii. figs. 5, 5 a (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p- 55 (1891). Hab. Ceylon (Wade, Mackwood). This insect, in its typical state, is evidently a Ceylonese local form of S. dasahara, Moore; the male genitalia in each absolutely agree, and the only point of distinction is the development in albicilia of the bluish-white shade (with the co-extensive white fringe) on the hind wing below, which proceeds from the tornal region and spreads over the whole surface, except about the costal third. The two specimens on which Mr. Hampson includes a/bicilia in his Nilgiri list (Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 368), and of which he remarks that they differed from Ceylon specimens in being dusky instead of white on the underside of the hind wing, seem to have been intermediate between the two forms. The tendency to the development of the pale suffusion of the hind wing below A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 125 is evident in an otherwise normal specimen from Akyab ; and Moore seems to have had in mind specimens similar to this when he wrote that albicilia “ differs from S. dasahara in the hind wing being more prominently white.” CoLADENIA. Coladenia, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 180 (1881); Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 49. Type indrani, Moore. A genus of few species, placed together on account of their resemblance to “ Plesio- neura” indrant, Moore. The third joint of the palpi is porrect. The species known to us may be distinguished as follows :— Fore wing above with a black or denuded and therefore dark spot or spots near the basal third of cell 1 a, visible on one or both surfaces. Hind wing below with three or more black spots. Fore wing below with a more or less distinct yellow spot in the apex of cell 1 a. Pale spots in cells 6, 7, and 8 of fore ie subequal in size, their bases practically inline . . . ; indrant, Moore. Pale spots in cells 6 and 8 of fore wing leecee ‘se that j in cell 7, their bases nearly in line with the apex of the spot mcell7 . . . . tissa, Moore. No such spot on the fore wing below. Termen of hind wing bluntly angulated between veins 2 and 4. Hyaline spot in cell 7 of fore wing well developed. Dark spots in cell 7 of hind wing below subequal in size . . . laxmi, de Nicéy. Termen of hind wing rounded or scarcely perceptibly produced nciueen veins 2 and 4. Hyaline spot proper to cell 7 of the fore wing obsolete or wanting. Distal dark spot in cell 7 of the hind wing below subquadrate, twice as large as the proximal one . . . sobrina, 0. sp. Hind wing below brown, with three transverse curved series of ated ochreous spots. . . . ; 0 : oe a dan eal: Fore wing above with no dark pee near the Space third of eal ib a. Hyaline spots on the fore wing pure white. Outermost row of dark spots on the hind wing passing through cells 4—5 just before the middle. Upperside pale brown. Back of tegumen simple . . . . . . . agni, de Nicéy, Upperside dark umber-brown. Tegumen witha large dorsal crest. . agnioides, n. sp. Outermost row of dark spots on the hind wing passing through cells 4-5 evidently beyond the middle =: 9. - . ©. . = =. = = = » » 49na, Semper. Hyaline spots on the fore wing sordid yellowish white. Outermost row of dark spots on the hind wing passing through cells 4—5 just before the middle. Upper edge of clasp with one small sharp triangular tooth EMP WOT IE “Son GG 8 5. Al deac GEG uwo DD 6 6 tH. faygrh ety. vou. XIv.—Part 1v. No. 4.—October, 1897. 8 126 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! COLADENIA INDRANI. Plesioneura indrani, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 789. Coladenia indrani, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 118. Two specimens from North Canara (Aitken, 11.7.90 and 14.8.90) differ from the ordinary form in the umber-brown colour of the upperside, and in the absence of the subterminal series of pale markings, except the spot in cell 1 @ on the fore wing below. A specimen from the Nilgiris (Hampson, 8.9.84), which is probably of the same species as the specimens recorded by Hampson from the Nilgiris as C. tissa, is inter- mediate in appearance between the Canara specimens and the ordinary form. The male genitalia afford no means of distinction between the three forms. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Burmah (Doherty); Tenasserim (Bingham); N. Canara (Aitken) ; Nilgiris (Hampson). COLADENIA TISSA. Coladenia tissa, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 180, pl. Ixvii. fig. 6 (1881). This species, though otherwise closely resembling the preceding, and probably just as variable in colour, may be known in both sexes by the distinct displacement inwards of the middle one of the three pale spots which form the subapical series. The differences in the male genitalia of the two species are merely those of degree. Hab. Ceylon (Wade, Mackwood). !CoLADENIA LAXMI. (Plate XXII. fig. 10.) Plesioneura laxmi, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 290, pl. xiui. fig. 5, 2. ? Netrocoryne atilia, Mabille, Le Naturaliste, 1888, p. 88. Plesioneura atilia, var. palawana, Staudinger, Iris, ii. pp. 156, 165, pl. 1. fig. 11 (1889). Tapena laxmi, de Nicéville, op. cit. 1891, p. 382, pl. G. fig. 28, g ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 123 (1891) ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 316 (1892). Hab. Perak (Doherty; ¢ type in coll. Elwes) ; Burmah (Bingham, fide de Nicéville) ; Luzon, S.E. Mindanao (Semper); Palawan (P/aten); Kina Balu (Waterstradt) ; Namoe Oekor, Sumatra (Martin). CoLADENIA SOBRINA, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 12, ¢.) g. Upperside: fore wing fuscous or mouse-grey, with a suffused dark eerie band and an oblique white macular median band from vein 2 to the costa, composed of the following hyaline spots:—one large and oblong near the middle of cell 2, one small and subquadrate near the base of cell 3, not filling up the base of that cell, one large and oblong across the cell, and one also oblong between the subcostal and the costa, two hyaline points placed obliquely, the lower innermost, beyond the middle of cell la, and a small hyaline spot in each of cells 6 and 8, that usually found in cell 7 obsolete or wanting; near the basal third of cell 1 @ a somewhat indistinct geminate dark spot or A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 127 pair of spots: hind wing fuscous, with antemedian and postmedian irregular curved series of blackish spots, and a feeble indication of a narrow suffused subterminal dark band from the costa as far as the middle. Underside: fore wing similar to the upperside, but somewhat paler and haying the dark spots near the basal third of cell 1a@ distinct: hind wing with a postmedian series of black spots corresponding with that on the upperside; a black spot in the upper distal angle of the cell, and two in cell 7, one near the base and the other, which is subquadrate and reaches across the cell, near the middle. Fringes dark fuscous, on the underside with a pale anteciliary line. Second joint of palpi clothed with black and pale grey scales intermixed. Antenne above dark brown, the apiculus and the underside of the shaft pale grey. Body and legs concolorous with the wings. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Namoe Oekor, Sumatra (Martin). Described from a specimen ex coll. Rothschild. This species most nearly resembles C. laxméi in colour and markings, but is easily to be distinguished by its larger size and the rounded termen of the hind wing. !CoLADENIA DAN. (Plate XXII. figs. 9, 9 a.) Papilio dan, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 88 (1787). ? Hesperia eacus, Latreille, Kne. Méth. ix. p. 738 (1823). : Coladenia dan, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 398, pl. xxxv. fig. 27 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 120 (1891). ? Coladenia dan, var. dea, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 568, pl. xxxviii. fig. 10, g (1894). Hesperia fatih, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 454, pl. xvii. figs. 5, 6 (1848). Coladenia fatih, Watson, t. c. p. 119. Watson (¢. ¢. p. 120) records Mr. de Nicéville’s opinion, contrary to that generally prevalent, that this species is distinct from C. fatih, Koll.; but he proceeds, “I am unable to say by what characteristic they are to be separated, though C. fati/) seems to be constantly larger.” ‘The latter view is carried out in Watson’s arrangement of the specimens in the British Museum, where the larger specimens are called fatih, Koll., and the smaller ones dan, Fab. Hab. Kangra (Hocking); Kulu (Young); Sikkim (J/6ller); Margherita (Doherty) ; Khasias (Hlwes); Bernardmyo, E. Pegu (Doherty); Akyab, Moulmeir (Adamson) ; Perak (Doherty); Java (Fruhstorfer); Sambawa (Doherty); Bali, low country (Doherty). 'CoLADENIA AGNI. (Plate XXII. figs. 11, 11a.) Plesioneura agni, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 87, pl. x. fig. 4, 2. Tapena agni, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 122 (1891). Hab. Sikkim (Méller); E. Pegu (Doherty); Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt). sz 128 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: !COLADENIA AGNIOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XVIIL fig. 11; Plate XXII. figs. 12, 12 a.) This species is distinguished from agnt in the first place by its dark umber-brown colour and the dark umber-brown fringe to cells 6 and 7 on the hind wings below; the pale fringe to these cells is not absolutely constant in agni, but is well marked in 4 out of the 5 male specimens examined. The male genitalia also differ considerably : in agnioides there is a large dorsal crest on the tegumen and the upper lobe of the clasp is merely a very small pointed strap-shaped piece; in agni the back of the tegumen is simple and the upper lobe of the clasp is at least as wide as the lower lobe, rounded on the upper edge and triangularly pointed. The type in coll. Elwes was taken in the Naga Hills by Mr. Doherty. CoLADENIA IGNA. Tapena igna, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 316 (1892). Hab. Luzon, E. Mindanao (Semper). CoLADENIA SEMPERI, 0. sp. Tapena lavmi, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 316 (1892), in part. This species is founded on the male specimen from Camiguin de Mindanao referred to by Semper (J. c.) as differing from his other specimens of /aami in having the hyaline spots smaller and yellower, and the hind wing above browner, with the outer row of dark spots more distinct. Fortunately we have been able to examine the clasp-form of this specimen without dissection, and find that it differs from that of /aami in the particulars given in the table above. The angulation of the hind wing also is less evident than in laxmi. Hab. Philippines (Semper). CoLADENIA HAMILTONII. Coladenia hamiltonii, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 291, pl. xi. fig. 8, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 121 (1891). We transcribe the original description of this species, taken from a single specimen from Sylhet :— “ Male. Upperside : fore wing olive-greenish fuscous, with two very irregular broad discal black fascie joined in the middle; three most minute transparent subapical dots, the uppermost the largest, placed at the outer edge of the anterior portion of the outer black fascia; a very minute similar spot in the second median interspace; a very attenuated spot across the middle of the first median interspace, both placed on the outer black fascia; the inner margin somewhat broadly irrorated with greyish scales , a submarginal indistinct broad blackish fascia. Hind wing: ground-colour much as in A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 129 the fore wing, but the outer third of the wing irrorated with grey scales ; a recurved black macular decreasing band from the costa near the apex of the wing to the second median nervule; the discocellular nervules defined by a pale line. Underside: both wings vinous fuscous. Fore wing with the transparent spots as above. Hind wing with the disc irrorated with whitish ; the macular black band much as above; an ante- ciliary whitish line. Cilia fuscous. Expanse, 3, 1:6 inches.” The figure gives one the idea of a much-worn and possibly abnormal specimen, and it is remarkable that the species, if species it is, has never since turned up among the numerous collections recently sent from the Khasias. CoLADENIA BUCHANANII. Celenorrhinus buchananii, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 187, pl. B. fig. 2, 2. We transcribe the original description of this species, which was described from a single specimen from the Ruby Mine District, Upper Burmah, as we haye not seen a specimen :— « Female. Very closely allied to C. lazmi, mihi, from which it differs in its con- siderably larger size. Upperside: fore wing with the white discal band fully twice as wide, not divided into spots, extending uninterruptedly from the costa to the submedian nervure, its edges very irregular, its lower portion posterior to the first median nervule much narrower than the rest of the band: this species lacks the two obliquely placed black dots found near the base of the submedian interspace in C. /avnu. Hind wing, instead of possessing two parallel discal macular black bands, has a rounded black spot towards the end of the discoidal cell and a discal series of 6 black spots, of which the anterior one is round and well separated from the spot which follows it, the second spot is round, the next pair are the largest and elongated, and the last pair smaller but also elongated; cilia of hind wing anteriorly white, posteriorly dark brown. Under- side: both wings with the same differences as above, but all the spots of the hind wing more prominent.” Although this species is compared with C. laxmi it agrees better with C. agni in the shape of the hind wing. CoLADENIA VITREA. Coladenia vitrea, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 569, pl. xl. fig. 15, 5 (1894). This species, which was described from a single specimen in the collection of Mr. H. Grose Smith, taken at Ta-tsien-lo, may be distinguished by the hyaline spots on the hind wing below: these, with the exception of one near the base of cell 7, form two irregular transverse series, and are placed as follows :—a subquadrate one near the middle of cell 7, one filling the basal third of cell 6, a large subquadrate oae occupying; 130 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: the distal half of the cell, a narrow one across cell 1 6 before the middle, one in cells 4-5 just beyond the transverse vein, about half as large as that in the cell, one filling the basal third of cell 3, an oblong one near the middle of cell 2, and a narrow one across cell 1 4 just beyond the middle. ! COLADENIA MANIATA. Coladenia meniata, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. xx. p. 42, pl. ix. fig. 164, g (1896). Closely allied to C. vitrea, Leech, but differs in the number and position of the hyaline spots in the hind wing below as follows :—the spot in cell 6 does not fill the apex of that cell, there is no spot in cells 4—5, nor across cell 16 before the middle. The termen of the hind wing also is more evidently produced near vein 4 than in C. vitrea. Hab. E. Tibet (fide Oberthiir). M. Oberthiir was good enough to give Elwes a specimen of the species taken at a place called Meenia, which he says is near Ta-tsien-lo; but, notwithstanding the points of difference above noted, we think it may prove to be only a variety of C. vitrea, which came from the same district. SATARUPA. Satarupa, Moore, P.Z.8. 1865, p. 780; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 87 (1891); id. P.Z.S. 1893, p. 46. Type gopala, Moore. Daimio, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 171 (1875) ; Watson, P. Z. S$. 1893, p.47. Type tethys, Mén. It would be better to place in this genus all the species which Watson puts into the genus Daimio. Murray used the latter name for tethys, Mén., but if such insects as sinica, Feld., phisara, Moore, and sambara, Moore, are associated with gopala, Moore, and nymphalis, Speyer, in one genus, as they well may be, then tethys, Mén., which is evidently congeneric, should be with them and the name Daimio becomes unnecessary. Watson says of Satarupa: “Closely allied to Daimio, from which it may be sepa- rated by the shape of the wings, especially of the hind wing, by the much greater length and more decided hook in the terminal portion of the antennal club, and by the scaling of the hind tibie of the male.” Of the points on which he relies to separate the genera, the greater length of the hind wing is only found in gopala, Moore; the more decided hook in the terminal portion of the antennal club is merely a matter of degree, and the scaling of the hind tibie of the male is not sufficiently uniform in the species to form a generic distinction. Of Satarwpa he says: “In the male the hind tibiz are fringed along their upper edge, and the inner side of the tibie is clothed with long, coarse, recumbent hairs,’”—thus omitting all mention of the tuft of long hairs which springs from the upperside of the base of the hind tibie in gopala, Moore, which he A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ, makes the type of the genus (nymphalis, Speyer, in which a similar structure occurs was, apparently, not before him), rupa, there is no trace of the tibial pencil in the male. In sambara, Moore, which he also places in Sata- It appears, therefore, that whilst the tibial pencil is always present in the males of Daimio, it is also found in two species of Satarupa (gopala, Moore, and nymphalis, Speyer) and absent from one (sambara, Moore). The genus Satarupa was used by Moore, its founder, in the extended sense in which it is here treated. The following is an analytical table of the species known to us :— 12 (9) 13 (4) 14 (3) 15 (16) 16 (15) 17 (2) (19) . Clothing of lower side of second joint of palpi yellow. . Pale band on hind wing above similar in colour in both sexes. . Pale band on hind wing above pure white or smoke-grey. . Pale band on hind wing above pure white. . Pale spot in cell of fore wing adjoining its upper edge or reaching across the cell. Species large; expanse 62-73 mm. . Pale spot in cell of fore wing subtriangular, adieming its upper edge but not reaching the lower . Pale spot in cell of fore wing eipreionn feneline quite across the cell . Pale spot in cell of fore wing ean next wife fase of call 3. Species small, not exceeding 48 mm. . White band on hind wing below complete, reaching the costa. . Pale spot in cell la of fore wing nearly twice as wide as that in cell 2. White band on hind wing much wider than the marginal dark band . Pale spot in cell 1a of tere wing Paakennal in mite to chat in cell 2 2. White band on hind wing not wider (sometimes ce than the marginal dark band . White band on hind wing below cut ee by vein 8, not ~aeankne the costa . . Pale band on hind wing shove smoke: -grey. Pale snot in ‘cell 2 small, not reaching vein 2, in shape like the lower half of a crescent. . Pale band on hind wing above cream-coloured or sordid white. . Pale spot in cell of fore wing large, reaching from side to side . Pale spot in cell of fore wing small, next the base of cell 3, or absent. . Pale band on hind wing above bright yellow in the male, white in the female; pale band on hind wing below white or yellowish white in both sexes. . Hind wing above with an indistinct suffused pale subterminal line, the space between it and the pale discal band somewhat darker than the space between it and the termen, and broken up by slightly paler lines along the veins into a series of dark spots . gopala, Moore. nymphalis, Speyer. narada, Moore. diversa, Leech. dire, de Nicév. fumosa, 0. sp. bhagava, Moore. phisara, Moore. celebica, Feld. 132 MESSRS. H, J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: 9 (18). Hind wing above with a subterminal series of suffused spots (on the upperside brownish grey in the male and whitish in the female, on the underside white in both sexes), the space between it and the discal band not broken into spots by pale lines. ... . . . . corona, Stgr. (1). Clothing of lower side of second joint of palpi pure white. (26). No white spot in cell of fore wing. (25). Abdomen above wholly or in part white. 5 (24). Abdomen above entirely white. Base of hind wing below bluish white. dohertyi, Watson. ( 24 (23). Abdomen above dark at base and apex, white in the middle. Base of hind wing below brown . .... =. =.=. =.=. =... +. sambara, Moore, 25 (22). Abdomen above entirely brown . .. . Cah . . . affinis, Druce, 26 (21). A large white spot reaching quite across cell of ‘fore wing. ‘Avdomnien dark with narrow pale rings or entirely dark, 7 (28). White band on hind wing above very distinct . . . . . sinica, Feld, 28 (27). White band on hind wing above absent or but faintly ‘ndicaied . . tethys, Mén. ! SATARUPA GOPALA. Goniloba gopala, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. HI. C. i. p. 246. Satarupa gopala, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 780, pl. xli. fig. 1; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 90 (1891), Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton). ! SaraARUPA NYMPHALIS. Tagiades nymphalis, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. xl. p. 348 (1879) ; Staudinger, Mém. sur Lép. iil. p- 153, pl. vii. fig. 4 (1887). Satarupa nymphalis, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 562 (1894). Hab. Amurland (fide Speyer) ; Chefoo, North China (in B. I.) ; Central and Western China (Pratt). ! SATARUPA NARADA. Satarupa narada, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 51; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 89 (1891). Hab. Sikkim (Méller); E. Pegu (Doherty). !SATARUPA DIVERSA. Plerygospidea diversa, Leech, Entomologist, xxiii. p. 46 (1890). Daimio narada, var. diversa, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 566, pl. xxxviii. fig. 14, g (1894). This insect is quite as distinct from S. narada, Moore, as are some of the admitted species inter se, and there seems to be no advantage in treating it as a variety of narada. Specimens from the Khasia Hills agree with those from Central China. We have not seen it from any intermediate locality. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 133 ! SATARUPA DIRA&. Daimio dire, de Nicéville, Jour, Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 369, pl. Q. fig. 49, g. Tagiades graya, Staudinger, MS, Hab. Pulo Laut; Arjuno; Java; Bali (Doherty); N.E. Sumatra (fide de Nicéville). Abdomen black, hind margin of the segments narrowly white. A single female from Pulo Laut, which otherwise much resembles dire, has the abdomen white with the apical third black. SATARUPA FUMOSA, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 13, 3.) 3. Upperside fuliginous brown: fore wing with seven white hyaline spots—one, the largest, in shape like the lower half of a crescent, in cell 2 next the base of vein 3 and not quite reaching vein 2, one in cell 3 outwardly oblique from the base of vein 4, four small and punctiform (one near the middle of cells 5 and 8 and one near the basal third of cells 6 and 7), and one small and roundish near the apical fourth of the upper edge of the cell: hind wing with a broad discal band and a narrow subterminal macular band smoke-grey. Underside: fore wing as on the upperside and having two suffused subquadrate white spots divided by the intraneural fold near the apex of cell 1a: hind wing fuliginous brown, with bluish-white hairs near the base, a broad pure white discal-band from the dorsum as far as vein 7 and continued into ~ cell 7 by a suffused whitish spot near the middle of the lower edge of that cell, and a subterminal series of seven suffused sordid whitish spots, two in cell 16 and one in each of cells 2-6. Fringes and body above concolorous with the wings. Antenne blackish, apiculus grey beneath. Clothing of the second joint of the palpi and the breast yellow, of the legs sordid white. Abdomen beneath white. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Sumatra (Martin). Described from one specimen in coll. Rothschild. !SATARUPA BHAGAVA. Satarupa bhagava, Moore, P.Z. 8. 1865, p. 781; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 88 (1891). Satarupa phisara, var.?, Elwes, P. Z.S. 1892, p. 655, Tagiades bhagava, var. andamanica, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour, As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 256, pl. iv. fig. 5, ¢; Watson, l.c. Hab. Bernardmyo, Burmah (Doherty) ; Tavoy (Zucker); Sikkim. We identify this species by Moore’s description alone. He gives N.E. Bengal as the habitat. It may occur in Sikkim, but we have no specimens from there. The var. andamanica, according to the figure, differs from the type in wanting the cream-coloured subquadrate spot near the middle of cell 1@ on the fore wing above and the cream-coloured streak below vem 1a@ by which the spot is continued to the VoL. XIv.—Part iv. No. 5.—October, 1897. T 134 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: dorsum; it agrees with the type on the underside. Judging from the description, however, it is a mere trifling variety with no constant character and not worthy of a name. !SATARUPA PHISARA. . Satarupa phisara, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 50; Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, op. cit. 1886, p. 390, pl. xvii. fig. 4, ¢; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 89 (1891). Satarupa bhagava ?, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 90, pl. x. fig. 14, 2. Hab. Sikkim (M@ller); Khasia (Hamilton). ! SATARUPA CELEBICA. Pterygospidea celebica, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 528, pl. Ixxili. fig. 8, ¢ (1867). Pterygospidea permena, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 51 (1868). Hab. Sula Island (coll. Stgr.); Celebes ( fide Felder). ! SATARUPA CORONA. Tagiades corona, Staudinger, MS. Satarupa corona, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 306, pl. xlix. fig. 2, $ (1892). Hab. Davao, Mindanao (coll. Staudinger); Philippines (Semper). SATARUPA DOHERTYI. Satarupa dohertyi, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 46. Rather larger than S. sambara, with the postmedian row of black spots on the hind wing below more regular and freer from the dark terminal band. Hab. Kumaon ( fide Watson). SATARUPA SAMBARA. Goniloba sambara, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p, 246 (1857). Satarupa sambara, Moore, P, Z.S. 1865, p. 781 ; Watson, Hesp., Ind. p. 89 (1891). Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton). ! SATARUPA AFFINIS. Satarupa affinis, Druce, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 360, pl. xxxiii. fig, 9. Satarupa affinis, var. cognata, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 385, pl. xxxy. fig. 17 (1886). Tagiades niphates, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit. vol. xlviii. p. 15, pl. i. fig. 5 (1887). This species is nearest to S. sambara. Hab. Kina Balu ( Waterstradt) ; Sumatra (fide de Nicéville); Perak (fide Distant) ; Preanger, W. Java (Piepers). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 135 ! SATARUPA SINICA. Pterygospidea sinica, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 30 (1862). Pterygospidea moori, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. clii; Alphéraky, Rom. Mém. sur Lép. vy. p. 122, pl. v. figs. 9 a, b (1889). Daimio felderi, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vii. p. 140 (1881). Daimio sinica, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 565 (1894), Hab. Central and Western China (Pratt, Leech). The insect here dealt with is the same as that figured by Alphéraky as cited above, but we have no means of deciding if it is really the true sinica of Felder. The sinica, Feld., of the British Museum collection, from North China, is a species with the clothing of the second joint of the palpi below yellow, the white band on the hind wing below reaching from the costa to the dorsum, and bearing a subquadrate brown spot near the apical third of cell 7; the fore wing above has a white band from the middle of the dorsum to the hyaline spot in cell 2 three-fourths as wide as that spot ; and the abdomen above is white with the apical fourth brown. SATARUPA TETHYS. Pyrgus tethys, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr. p. 126, pl. x. fig. 8 (1857). Daimio tethys, Pryer, Rhop. Nihon. p. 33, pl. x. fig. 6 6 (1889); Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 564 (1894). Hab. Japan (Pryer, Leech); Amurland ; China (Pryer). ODINA. Odina, Mabille, Comptes Rend. Ent. Soc. Belg. p. exiii (1891); Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 50. Type chrysomelena, Mab.,=hieroglyphica, Butl. Species orange-yellow, with blackish-brown markings, the dark pattern practically the same on both surfaces. Antenne more than half as long as costa, club gradual, apiculus acute, scarcely half as long as the club. Palpi ascending, third joint porrect, pointed in cuneiformis, Semper, cylindrical and subtruncate in decoraius, Hew. Fore wing: vein 5 a little nearer 6 than 4, vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge ot the cell. Table of Species. 1 (4), Dark markings forming an irregular network on the hind wing above. 2 (3). Hind wing above with the large discal yellow spot triangular . . . hieroglyphica, Butl. 3 (2). Hind wing above with the large discal yellow spot irregularly 4-sided . . . . ; a0 Si . cuneiformis, Semper. A (1). Dark markings on the hind wing share an enteniediniis ee tcietia aud marginal row of distinct black spots . . . . . . . . . decoratus, Hew. T2 136 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ODINA HIEROGLYPHICA. Plastingia hieroglyphica, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 511; id. Lep. Exot. p. 171, pl. lix. fig. 12 (1874) ; Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 470, pl. xliv. fig. 25. Odina chrysomelena, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. p. exiii (1891), fide Watson. Hind wing above orange-yellow, with a brown band from the middle of the costa to the tornus; this band gives off in cell 6 a Y-shaped branch to join the brown terminal band, and in cell 2 a simple branch to the same band, the large discal yellow spot is therefore triangular; the space between the lower edge of the cell and the dorsum brown, with two yellow spots, one near the middle of cell 14, and one near the apical third of cell la. Fore wing: yellow spots in cells 2 and 3 forming, when taken together, an oblique suboval spot divided by vein 3; that in cell 3 triangular, that in cell 2 not or scarcely reaching vein 2. These particulars are taken from the type specimen from Borneo in the collection of Messrs. Godman and Salvin. The 0. hieroglyphica of the British Museum collection has the hind wing above brown, with a large bright yellow spot near the middle of cell 6: this may be an extreme variation of the true 0. hieroglyphica, Butl., but we have had no opportunity to compare the two insects with the view of deciding this point. Hab. Labuan (coll. Staudinger); Perak (fide Distant); Borneo (Low in coll. Godman). ODINA CUNEIFORMIS, Plastingia cuneiformis, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 314, pl. xlix. fig. 11, ¢ (1892). Hind wing above orange-yellow; the space between the lower edge of the cell and vein 2 and the dorsum brown, except in the apical fourth, and bearing a yellow streak in cell 1 a, and a roundish yellow spot near the middle of cell 14; from the middle of the costa to the base of vein 2 a straight brown band, which gives off in cell 6 an irregularly Y-shaped branch to join the brown terminal band, from the apex of vein 5 to the apical third of vein 2 an irregular widening brown band, the large yellow discal spot is therefore irregularly four-sided. Fore wing: hyaline spots in cells 2 and 3 forming a short regular yellow band from the middle of vein 2 to the base of vein 4. These particulars are taken from Herr Semper’s type specimen from Mindoro. Hab. Philippines (Semper). !ODINA DECORATUS. Eudamus decoratus, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 17 (1867). Pterygospidea decoratus, id. Bx. Butt. vol. v. pl. Pteryyospidea, fig. 2 (1878). Entheus bicolor, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. xvii. p. 14, pl. iv. fig. 36, ¢ (1893). Hab. Sylhet, Java (fide Hewitson); Garo hills (fide de Nicéville); East Pegu (Doherty) ; Tonquin (coll. Oberthiir). We have not seen the female of this species, which seems to be unknown. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID®. 137 ODINA ORTYGIA. Odina ortygia, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1895, p. 531. Closely allied to hieroglyphica, Butl., from which it differs “on both surfaces in having all the black markings reduced by half, all the orange markings therefore greatly enlarged.” Expanse 363 mm. Hab. Daunat Range, Tenasserim, Burmah ( fide de Nicéville). Described from one male specimen. Darra. Darpa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 781; Watson, op. cit. 1893, p. 58. Type hanria, Moore. A genus of one species, distinguished as well by its facies as by its much dentate hind wing, which is produced into a strong tooth at the apex of each of veins 2, 3, 5, and 6. DARPA HANRIA. Darpa hanria, Moore, P, ZS. 1865, p. 781, pl. xlii. fig. 2. Hab, Sikkim (Moller). TAGIADES. Tagiades, Hiibner, Verz. p. 108 (1816); Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 55. Type japetus, Cr. Pierygospidea, Wallgr. Rhop. Caffr. p. 53 (1857). Type flesus, Fab. A genus of soberly coloured species, brought together on account of more or less resemblance to Papilio japetus, Cr. In the more typical species the palpi are porrect, densely scaled, with the usual lateral rows of hairs rudimentary or absent, the last joint small and bluntly conical, and the lower edge of the cell of the fore wing is more or less arcuate between the bases of veins 2 and 3; but this latter is a very variable feature. Watson gives the hind tibie as “fringed” only, but the males of several species have penicillate hind tibiz, and in some the intermediate tibiz are penicillate also, The following is a table of the species known to us:— 1 (48). Transverse vein of hind wing erect, 7. e. forming practically a right angle with vein 4. 2 (89). Second joint of palpi densely scaled, when viewed from the side suboyate, nearly as wide as long, the lateral row of hairs rudimentary or absent. 3 (26). No hyaline spot in cell 11 of fore wing. 138 iN na £3) NX & Ot => or a 9 (4). 10 (23). 11 (22). 12 (17). 13 (14). 4 (18). 15 (16). 16 (15). U1) 18 (21). i9 (20). 20 (19). 21 (18). 22 (11). MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: . Hind wing above brown, no bluish-white pubescence near the termen. . Hind wing beneath brown or grey-brown . Hind wing beneath in greater part bluish white. . Expanse 40-47 mm. Fore wing beneath without a bluish-white suffused patch near the tornus . Expanse 49-55 mm. Fore wing beneath with a “uta white suffused patch near the tornus ee ois : Hind wing above with a white or bluish-white iatan on the lower half of the termen, or at least with bluish-white pubescence in the same region. Hyaline spots in cell of fore wing very small or absent in the male. Hind wing below with distinct black spots. Pale portion of hind wing above suffused with bluish white, or, if the tornal region of the termen is narrowly white, then the white passes into bluish white towards the base. Hind wing below with the dark costal portion suffused with the bluish white of the disc. Hyaline spots in cells 6, 7, and 8 of fore wing only in either sex . Béal niente Hind wing below with the dark costal nortan sharply separ: ated from the white discal portion, at least near the termen. Hind wing below : dark costal portion continued along the termen towards the tornus as an irregular line which is interrupted in cells 3 and 4. Hyaline spots in cell of fore wing wanting in both sexes . be seks. ack SOME SIMRO DY Yes cee a Hind wing below: dark costal portion continued along the termen towards the tornus as an uninterrupted row of spots. Hyaline spots in cell of fore wing visible in the male, well developed in the female . SathecUre Matt eacared) eles aH. Hind wing above: tornal region of the termen more or less broadly snow-white. Hind wing below: tornal region of the termen with an irregular row of 2 or more, more or less confluent, black spots, which is interrupted in cells 3 and 4. Hind wing below: no dark spot in the end of the cell Hind wing below: a dark spot in the end of the cell and one in each of cells 3-7, that in cell 7 feeble; in the female the dark spots in cells 3-6 are subequal in size and form a regular row . Hind wing below: termen with a black border from veins 14 to 6 interrupted by the intra-neural folds, which appear as white lines parallel with the veins; a feeble dark spot in the end of the cell and another near the middle of cell 7; a well-defined black spot in each of cells 4—5 and 6, the former geminate . No well-defined black spots on hind wing below ravi, Moore. helferi, Feld. khasiane, Moore. alica, Moore. obscurus, Mab. japetus, Cr. gana, Mcore. karea, Mab. elegans, Mab, lavata, Butl, 23 (10). 24 (25). 25 (24). 26 (3). 27 (88). 28 (29). 29 (28). 30 (87). 31 (36). 32 (35). 33 (84). 4 (88). 35 (32). 6 (31). 7 (80). 8 (27). 39 (2). 40 (48). 4] (42). 2 (41). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, Hyaline spots in cell of fore wing large and well defined in the male. Termen of hind wing below with a black or brown border from the tornus as far as vein 5 F he My Termen of hind wing below entirely white fron fie 4 tornus as far as vein 5 ae : Fore wing with a hyaline spat in teal ll. Hind wing below with distinct black spots. Hind wing above with a dark postmedian spot in cell 10 No dark postmedian spot in cell 16 on hind wing above. Hind wing above with the dorsum white for at least half its length. Fore wing below without distinct short white streaks in cell 1a. Hind wing above: black terminal spots on veins 1 4 to 4 subequal in size, sometimes confluent. Tibial pencil in the male yellowish white ; clasp simple. A hyaline spot at least indicated in each of cells 2 and 3 of fore wing below, and generally two in the cell 5G Tibial pencil im the male brown; upper edge of the clasp near the apex with a long, curved, pointed horn, half as long as the clasp. Fore wing above sometimes with two white points placed one aboye the other near the apical third of cell 1 a, after the manner of 7. pralaya and T. trichoneura : Hind wing above: terminal black spot on vein 14 at least twice as large as those on veins 2, 3, and 4. No hyaline spot in cells 2 and 3 of the fore wing and only one (the upper) in the cell. Fore wing below with two distinct short white streaks placed one above the other near the apical third of cell 1 a Hind wing above with the dorsum white for about one- Sfourth of its length ; : aes Hind wing below Puicaons Bron withion bas snot a the male with a suffused white streak in cell 14 and a feeble indication of a suffused terminal macular whitish band arising near the tornus and becoming obsolescent before vem 4; in the female the whitish markings are more extensive, occupying about half of the wing and passing into bluish white at the base, and there is a suffused white spot on the transverse vein Second joint of palpi laxly scaled. No hyaline spot in cell 10 of the fore wing. Termen of hind wing distinctly excavate in cells 4-5 and distinctly produced on yein 1 4. No yellow on the hind wing above Hind wing above with rather more than the terminal third bright yellow. Fore wing above with the apical fifth of cell 1a yellow, and with hyaline spots in each of cells 4-8, those in cells 6-8 large and oblong . fitus, Plotz. pteria, Hew. menaka, Moore. atticus, Fab, sambavana, ni. sp. 139 waterstradti, n. sp. martinus, Plotz. Nana, . Sp. nestus, Feld. dealbata, Dist. princeps, Stgr. 140 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: 43 (40). Fore wing with hyaline spots in cells 10 and 11, those in cells 2 and 3 linear and oblique. 44. (45). Pale portion of hind wing below yellow . . . . . . . . « pralaya, Moore, 45 (44). Pale portion of hind wing below white. 46 (47). Pale portion of hind wing above yellow . . . - . . trichoneura, Feld, 47 (46). Pale portion of hind wing above fants white, oa vallew only AGUS OM 6 4 09 0 o o ¢ te See: Bee . . + trichoneuroides, Stgr. 48 (1). Transverse vein of hind wing oblique, 2. e, forming an ebidee angle with vein 4. Second joint of palpi, seen from the side, twice as long as wide, the lateral row of hairs well developed. 49 (50). Fore wing with no hyaline spots in cells 4-8. Hind wing with the subterminal series of dark spots in part merging in the dark tenmuinallibarid lspecine- meee : j - pinwilli Butl. 50 (49). Fore wing with hyaline spots in calls 4-8 aad a hyaline cial in the base of cell 4 next vein 4. Hind wing with the postmedian series of dark spots free from the dark terminal band. . . . ¢abrica, Hew. ! 'TAGIADES RAVI Pterygospidea ravi, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 779. Tagiades ravi, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 388, pl. xxxiv. fig. 1, g (1886). Distant’s figure (/. ¢.) is rather poor and represents 7’. helferi rather than 7. ravi. Hab. Tavoy (Pitman) ; Nicobar, Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Nias (Modigliani). ! TAGIADES HELFERI. Pterygospidea helferi, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch, Wien, vol, xii. p. 483 (1862). Tagiades noctis, Stgr. in litt. Hab. Nicobar (de Roepstorff’); Camorta (Doherty); Borneo (coll. Stgr.). ! TAGIADES KHASIANA. Tagiades khasiana, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 51. Hab. Khasias (Hamilton); Nagas (Doherty); Akyab (Adamson); Tavoy (Pitman); East Pegu (Doherty) ; Andamans (de Roepstorff’). !'TAGIADES ALICA. Tagiades alica, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 593, pl. lvii. fig. 2, g. Tagiades meetana, id. t. c. 1878, p. 842, pl. li. fig. 1. Specimens with both series of fringe-scales white in the tornal. region are alica, and those with the long fringe-scales brown and the short ones white are meetana; these differences, however, depend on the amount of bluish-white scaling on the hind wing above. Hab. N. Canara (Aitken); KE. Pegu (Doherty); Tavoy (Pitman); Andamans (de Roepstorff); Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID#. 14] ! TAGIADES OBSCURUS. Tagiades obscurus, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 274 (1876); Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 389, pl. xvii. fig. 9, 2. Tagiades distans, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 175, pl. Ixviii. figs. 1, 1 a@ (1880-81). Hab. Nilgiri hills (Hampson); Ceylon (Mackwood); Sava? (fide Mabille). Though I have not been able to compare Malayan with Ceylon specimens, yet the absence of the discal spots relied on by Moore for distinguisking his species is a character of no value, the two spots being sometimes absent in Ceylon specimens. Tt is possible that obscurus, Mab., has not been correctly identified and may be a synonym of japetus, in which case the name distans will stand. TAGIADES JAPETUS. Papilio japetus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iy. pl. ecelxy. E, F (1782). Tagiades brasidas, Doherty, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1891, p. 195. Hab. Java (Piepers); Sambawa, Bali, Lombok (Doherty); Amboina (coll. Snellen) ; Philippines ? Though the characters given in the table to separate this from the last species are fairly constant, yet I have two females from the Philippines which have the hind wing below rather as in o/scurus. Neither of these species is recorded by Semper from the. Philippines. 'TAGIADES GANA. Pterygospidea gana, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 180. Tagiades gana, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 388, pl. xxxiv. fig. 2, g (1886). Specimens from Java, Nias, Perak, and Pulo Laut are constantly smaller than those from Sikkim. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Java (Fruhstorfer); Andamans (de Roepstorff); Palawan (Platen in coll. Staudinger). ! TAGIADES KAREA. Tagiades karea, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg, iv. no. 16, p. Ixxiii (1891); Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 308 (1892). Hab, Philippines, generally distributed (Semper). ! TAGIADES ELEGANS. Tagiades elegans, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. x1; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 309, pl. xlix. fig. 4, g (1892). Hab. Luzon, E. Mindanao (Semper). VOL. XIv.— Part 1y. No. 6.—October, 1897. U 142 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: !'TAGIADES LAVATA. Tagiades lavata, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zoology, ser. 2, vol. i. p. 557, pl. Ixix. fig 8 (1877); Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 389, pl. xxxiv. fig. 5. Hab. N. Borneo (Pryer); Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt); Tavoy (Pitman) ; Bunguran, Natuna Island (Everett). !TacrapEs TITUS. (Plate XX. fig. 15, ¢.) Tagiades titus, Plétz, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. xxxvii. p. 46 (1884) ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 310 (1892). Tagiades latreillei, Mabille, fide Semper. Tagiades japetus, var. latreillei, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 160 (1889) (fide Semper). Male. Hind wing below white, with a blackish border round the costa and termen, its inner edge suffused; a feebly indicated dark spot near the middle of cell 3,a geminate spot in cells 4-5 and a larger one in cell 6 blackish. In the female the hind wing below is paler and the pale discal portion is bluish white. Hab. Philippines (Semper); Palawan (Staudinger). TAGIADES PTERIA. Pterygospidea pteria, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 51 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt. v., Péerygospidea, pl. 1. fig. 1 (1873). Tagiades pteria, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 308 (1892). In this species the hind wing above resembles that of T. pralaya or T. trichoneura, save that the pale part is white or yellowish white instead of yellow; it is distinguished from these species by the small and roundish hyaline spots in cells 2 and 3 and the want of hyaline spots in cells 10 and 11 of the fore wing. Hab, E. Mindanao (Semper). !'TAGIADES MENAKA. Pterygospidea menaka, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 778. Tagiades atticus, Leech, Butt. China &c. pl. xxxviii. fig. 18, (1892-94), nee Fabr. The dark spot near the apical third of cell 1% in the hind wing is absolutely diagnostic of this species. It does not appear that this species ever has more than one pale spot in the cell of the fore wing, but this character alone will not separate it from those specimens of 7. atticus which want the lowermost pale spot in the cell of the fore wing. Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Young); Nipal; Sikkim (Mller); Khasias; Nagas, E. Pegu (Doherty). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID/. 143 !'TaGlADEs articus. (Plate XXII. fig. 13.) Hesperia atticus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii., i. p. 839 (1793). Tagiades atticus, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 175, pl. Ixviti. fig. 2 (1880-81); Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 389, pl. xvii. fig. 10, 2. Vagiades calligana, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zoology, ser. 2, vol. i. p. 556, pl. lxix. fig. 11. Tayiades atticus, var. calliyana, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 387, pl. xxxiv. fig. 6. Tagiades menaka, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 159 (1889). Tagiades litigiosa, Méschler, Verh. zool.-bot. Wien, xlviii. p. 230 (1878). Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Nagas, E. Pegu, Pule Laut (Doherty); Palawan (Platen) ; Java (coll. Stgr.). We are indebted to Dr. Staudinger for the opportunity of examining the type of litigiosa, Moschl., from ‘“ India ? Silhet.” !'TAGIADES WATERSTRADTI, 2. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 7,3.) 3 2. Nearest to 7. atticus, Fab., from which it differs in the following points :— On the fore wing there is no hyaline spot in cells 2 and 5, and only one (the upper- most) in the cell, and on the hind wing above the black basal portion is more extensive, the dorsum being black for at least half its length, and the black terminal spot on yein | 0 is at least twice as large as those on veins 2, 3, and 4. Expanse 363-583 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt). Described from three specimens ex coll. Staudinger, one of which is now in coll. Elwes. ! TAGIADES MARTINUS. Tagiades martinus, Plétz, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. xxxvil. p. 47 (1884) ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 309, pl. xlix. fig. 3, ¢ (1892). Hab. Amboina, Philippines, Aru Islands, Mysol (Semper); Celebes (coll. Stgr.). ! TAGIADES SAMBAVANA, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 10,3; Plate XXII. fig. 14.) Very similar to 7. atticus, but on the hind wing below the black spot in the cell is wanting or very small, and on the upperside there are sometimes two white points near the apical third of cell 1a in the fore wing (as seen in 7. trichoneura and T. pralaya). The species is however well distinguished by the clasp-form of the male. In T. atticus the apical part of the clasp is triangular and its apex, instead of being deflexed and serrate as in 7’. menaka, is simple; in 7. sambavana the clasp has a short spiniform tooth near the middle of its upper edge, and beyond this, at a distance about equal to the distance of the short tooth from the base of the clasp, there arises a long curved acuminate horn, which is about equal in length to the greatest width of the clasp. Hab. Sambawa, Bali (Doherty). Described from eight males and one female in coll. Elwes. v2 144 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: !'TAGIADES NANA, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 13, 3.) g. Upperside dark olive-brown, with a pure white patch next the tornus of the hind wing bearing two black spots. Fore wing with nine transparent white points placed as follows, namely, two near the apex of the cell, one near the basal third of cell 3, one near the middle of each of cells 4, 5, and 6, one near the basal third of cell 7, one near the middle of cell 8, and one near the apex of cell 11; fringe concolorous, Hind wing with a pure white patch reaching from the dorsum as far as vein 3, and one-fourth or one-fifth the length of the wing, its inner edge rather sharply defined ; a large spot at the apex of vein 10 and a smaller one at the apex of vein 2, black; fringe white from the tornus to vein 4, thence dark brown. Underside: fore wing a little paler than above: hind wing bluish white, costal region as far as vein 6 brown, the colours suffused ; a large black spot near the middle of cells 4—5, a smaller one in cell 6, and the indication of one or more dark spots nearer the base of the wing; on the pale part of the wing there is a fine black terminal line, which expands into triangular spots at the apices of veins 1, 2, and 3. Body above dark olive-brown, abdomen beneath bluish white. Expanse 52 mm. This, the smallest of the genus known to us, appears quite distinct; the type specimen is in my collection. Hab. Khasia hills (native collectors, fide Doncaster); island of Nias (in coll. Rothschild). TAGIADES TOBA. Tagiades toba, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. 1896, p. 19, pl. T. fig. 47, g. “Male. Upperside : both wings deep black. Fore wing with the following transparent white dots :—Two placed outwardly obliquely towards the outer end of the discoidal cell, the lower one sometimes missing ; a costal one placed between the costal nervure and first subcostal nervule; one in the second median interspace; and five subapical forming a perfect S-shaped figure. Cilia fuscous. Hind wing with the anal angle broadly, as far as the second median nervule pure white, bearing a large round black spot on the margin in the submedian interspace, and a small one in the first median interspace ; a fine black anteciliary line in the white area. Cilia anteriorly fuscous, posteriorly and along the abdominal margin pure white; very long at the anal angle. Underside: both wings dull black. Fore wing with the dots as on the upperside, a pale suffused twinned spot towards the outer angle in the submedian interspace. Hind wing almost entirely white, the costa and apex broadly, a narrow anteciliary line alone being of the dull black ground-colour; the posterior edge of the blackish area bearing four rounded deep black spots; the two black spots on the outer margin as on the upperside. Thorax and abdomen above black, but the latter tipped with white. Palpi beneath, thorax, legs, and abdomen beneath pure white.” A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID 2. 145 Expanse 34-35 mm. Hab. Battak Mountains, N.E. Sumatra (fide de Nicéville). After our description and figure of 7. nana were printed we received Mr. de Nicéville’s description and figure of his 7. toba, which, judging from the figure, appears to be the same as I’. nana, although the spots on the termen of the hind wing, which he describes as lying in the submedian and first median interspaces respectively, are represented as originating on the apices of the veins, and the figure of the hind wing below shows three simple veins between the median vein and the dorsum. !'TAGIADES Nestus. (Plate XX. fig. 12, ¢.) Pterygospidea nestus, Felder, Sitz. Ak. Wiss., math.-nat. Cl. xl. p. 461 (1860). Hab. Amboina (Felder); Batchian (fide Staudinger). ! TAGIADES DEALBATA. Tagiades dealbata, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 388, pl. xxxv. fig. 25 (1886). Hab. Upper Assam, Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Burmah (Adamson). ! TAGIADES PRINCEPS. Tagiades princeps, Staudinger, in litt.; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 307, pl. xlix. fig. 5, ¢ (1892), Hab, Mindanao (Semper). ! TAGIADES PRALAYA. Pterygospidea pralaya, Moore, P, Z, 8, 1865, p, 779. In this species and the next the intermediate tibie of the males are penicillate. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasias (Hamilton). ! TAGIADES TRICHONEURA. Pterygospidea trichoneura, Felder, Wien, ent. Mon, yol. iv. p, 402 (1860); id. Reise Noy., Lep, vol. iii. pl. Ixxiii. figs, 14, 15 (1867). Tagiades trichoneura, var., Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 389, pl. xxxiv. fig. 20 (1886). Hab. B. Pegu, Perak, Arjuno, Java (Doherty). The specimens from the last-named locality have the hind wing below of a deeper yellow. ! Var. TRICHONEUROIDES, Ster. MS. Only differs in the particulars set forth in the table above, Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt). ! TAGIADES PINWILLI. Plesioneura pinwilli, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, ser. 2, vol. 1. p. 556, pl. lxviii. fig. 4 (1877) ; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 400, pl. xxxv. fig. 29, g, Celenorrhinus pinwilli, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p, 144 (1891), 146 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Hab. Margherita, Assam, E. Pegu (Doherty) ; Malacca (Pinwill); ‘Tameang Lajang, S.E. Borneo (in coll. Rothschild). TAGIADES TABRICA. Pterygospidea tabrica, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v. pl. lix. fig. 8 (1873). Lelenorrhinus tabrica, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 143 (1891). Hab. Darjeeling (Roberts, fide Hewitson). Hewitson’s type in the British Museum isa male, and it is very remarkable that if it really came from Darjeeling no other example has since been obtained. TAPENA. Tapena, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 181 (1881); Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 60. Type thwaitesi, Moore. A genus of few species closely allied to the next, but distinguished by the single angulation of the termen of the hind wing, which occurs at the apex of vein 3. The hyaline spots in the fore wing of the male in all the species known to us are present only in cells 6, 7, and 8, but there is sometimes an indication of two others in cells 10 and 11; im the hind wing there is sometimes one in the cell near the transverse vein. In the males the clasp is wider than usual, and the upper lobe is developed into one or more processes which, when in situ, lie upon the back of the tegumen and evidently effect the depression of that organ in proportion as the inner faces of the clasps approach each other. ‘This structure is also found in-the males of Ctenoptilum. The following is a table of the species at present known to us :— Males. 1 (2). Upper lobe of clasp bifid at the apex oe Slee ese le eultey ee me wwartest. Moores 2 (1). Upper lobe of clasp not bifid at the apex. 3 (4). Upper lobe of clasp with three limbs, all of which are serrate. Similar to thwaitesi, but smaller and paler above . . .- - minuscula, n. sp. 4 (3). Upper lobe of clasp with two limbs, of which the 168 er is serrate a the upper simple. Size of ¢hwaitesi, but upperside in the male nearly uniform dark umber-brown . . - - + + + + + + + hampsoni, 1. sp. ''Tapena THWAITESI. (Plate XXII. fig. 15.) ? Tapena thwaitesi, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 181, pl. Ixvii. figs. 2, 2a, § (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 122 (1891). Hab. Perak (Doherty); Selesseh, Sumatra (in coll. Rothschild); Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt); Chindwin District, Burmah (Adamson). As we have not been able to examine the clasp-form of a Ceylon specimen of T. thwaitesi, it is possible that we have not correctly identified it. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 147 !TAPENA MINUSCULA, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 18,¢; Plate XXII. fig. 17.) Tapena thwaitesi, Elwes, P. Z.S, 1892, p. 659, in part. Similar to 7. thwaitesi, but smaller and paler. This species is best characterized by the peculiar clasp-form, which is figured. Two males from Bernardmyo (Doherty) in Elwes’s collection are the only ones we have seen of this species. !TAPENA HAMPSONI, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 19,6; Plate XXII. fig. 16.) This species also is best characterized by the clasp-form of the male. It resembles T. thwaitest in size, but the upperside in the male is darker and consequently the dark markings are less evident than in that species. Female. Upperside grey-brown ; fore wing with hyaline white spots as follows :— An L-shaped one in the cell, an irregular one before the middle of cell 2, a punctiform one in the base of cell 3, one in each of cells 6, 7, and 8, one in cell 11, and the indication of one (on the underside) in the base of cell 10; hind wing with a subquadrate hyaline white spot next the upper outer angle of the cell. Fringes brown in both sexes. The hyaline spot in the cell of the hind wing is of no importance as a differential character, as it is present in some specimens and absent from others, both of this species and 7. minuscula. Hab. Nilgiris (Hampson), recorded as T. thwaitesi; N. Canara (Aitken). CTreNOPTILUM. Ctenoptilum, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 220; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 60. Type vasava, Moore. Club of antenne finely pointed: Hind wing biangulated, produced into a tooth at the apex of veins 4 and 7, bearing on the basal half a cluster of irregular hyaline spots. Male with a tibial pencil of the ordinary form. Watson says of this genus: “Vein 8 (of fore wing) usually given out beyond the end of cell—that is, veins 7 and 8 anastomose for a portion of their basal length (this is not an invariable character ; the length of the anastomosis varies in different specimens, and occasionally, though very rarely, veins 7 and 8 are free for their entire length).” In ten specimens in coll. Elwes from Sikkim, East Pegu, Akyab, and Tenasserim respectively, and in eight specimens in coll. Leech from Kiukiang and Ningpo, vein 8 is quite free from vein 7 ; but in two specimens in coll. Elwes from Kiukiang, Central China, veins 7 and 8 anastomose through their basal half. The species occurring in our region may be separated as follows :— White spot in cell 7 of fore wing reaching beyond that in cell 6. Expanse about 34 mm. Fore wing above without any short sub- terminal dark band near the apex of the costa. Lower lobe of clasp broadly triangular . . . . «. «. «+ + + « « + « vasava, Moore, 148 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Expanse about 88 mm. Fore wing above with a straight dark band from the costa just before the apex as far as vein 4. Lower lobe of clasp long and narrow, rounded at the apex . . . . . . . chinensis, n. sp. White spot in cell 7 of fore wing not reaching beyond that in cell6 . . multiguttata, de Nicév. ! COTENOPTILUM VASAVA. (Plate XXII. figs. 18, 18 a.) Achlyodes vasava, Moore, P. Z. 8S, 1865, p. 786. Ctenoptilum vasava, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 221. Hab. Sikkim (Mller); Khasias (Hamilton) ; E. Pegu (Doherty). ! CTENOPTILUM CHINENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 19, 19 a.) Ctenoptilum vasava, Leech, Butt.-China &e. p. 575, pl. xli. fig. 18, g (1893-94). Hab. Ningpo, April (Leech); Kiukiang, May (Pratt). Differs from C. vasava, Moore, in its larger size and in having a dark subterminal band on the fere wing above from the costa just before the apex as far as vein 4, and also in the clasp-form, as may be seen from the figures. ! CTENOPTILUM MULTIGUTTATA. Ctenoptilum multiguttata, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 221, pl. E. fig. 10, g. Hab. Akyab (Adamson); 'Tenasserim (Bingham). ODONTOPTILUM. Odontoptilum, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 217; Watson, P. Z. 8S. 1893, p- 61. Type sura, Moore. Tip of antenne blunt. Male with the fore cox heavily scaled and having on the inner side a thick tuft of long straight hairs, somewhat exceeding the joint in length and springing, for the most part, from the base of the joint. In the male genitalia both the clasps and the tegumen are unsymmetrical, the excess of development in both cases being on the right side. The angulation of the hind wing presents three forms: one represented by swra, Moore, and helias, Feld., a second represented by pygela, Hew., and a third represented by leptogramma, Hew. The species known to us we separate as follows :— 1 (4). Termen of hind wing once angulated, at vein 7. 2 (3). Male: long hairs clothing the apex of the scapule of varying lengths and somewhat spreading, not collected intoa pencil. . . . « sura, Moore. 3 (2). Male: long hairs clothing the apex of the scapule subequal in length and collected into a distinct pencil lying on each side of the thorax . helias, Feld. 4.(1). Termen of hind wing more than once angulated. 5 (6). Termen of hind wing twice angulated, at veins 4 and 7 - pygela, Hew. 6 (5). Termen of hind wing thrice angulated, at veins 3,6,and7 . . . . Jeptogramma, Hew. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 149 ! ODONTOPTILUM SURA. Achlyodes sura, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 786. Abaratha sura, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 390, pl. xxxiv. fig. 16, g (1886). Odontoptilum sura, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 105 (1891). ? Pterygospidea angulata, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xii. p. 488 (1862) ; id. Reise Noy., Lep. iii. p. 529, pl. xxiii. figs. 10, 11, § (1867). We use the name of swra in preference to that of angulata, Feld., adopted by Watson, which has three years’ priority, because we cannot identify Felder’s species with any certainty. He gives the habitat of angulata as China and Luzon, and his figure represents a species with a strongly angled band on the fore wing above, such as we have never seen in swra. Hab. Mandi (Young); Sikkim (Méller); Nagas, Burmah, Bali, Sambawa (Doherty) ; Java (Fruhstorfer). ! ODONTOPTILUM HELIAS. Pterygospidea helias, Felder, Reise Noy., Lep. iii. p. 529, pl. Ixxiii. figs. 12, 13 (1867). Odontoptilum helias, var. helisa, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 311 (1892). Hab. Celebes (Felder) ; Luzon, Samar, Bohol, E. Mindanao (Semper). A male and female of the variety helisa, Stgr. in litt., from Luzon differ from typical helias in their smaller size and in having the pale preapical fourth of cell la on the fore wing below and a spot near the base of that cell clothed with bluish-white scales. The hair-pencil on the scapule of the male is brown, very pale in the basal half and dark in its apical half, whereas in helias the entire pencil is blackish brown. ODONTOPTILUM HYPERIDES. Abaratha hyperides, Doherty, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1891, p. 195. “Very near Pterygospidea helias, Feld., from the Celebes, but the bands and the discal hyaline spots of the fore wing are absent, and the apex of the hind wing is broadly dark. From A. swra it differs in the fore wing, which is almost uniform dark brown above and below. The hind wing is also less variegated above and below, the white area is larger and more uniform, the inner line of spots is obsolete, the outer united, and dark apically, nearly obliterated by white scales in the median spaces. *“ Hab. Sambawa. ** Another species, more like A. angulatus, was found in Sumba, but no specimens have survived.” (Doherty, l. c.) We have not seen this species and do not know where the type is. ! ODONTOPTILUM PYGELA. Pterygospidea pygela, Hewitson, Desc. Hesp. p. 53 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt. vol. v., Péerygospidea, pl. i. fig. 3 (1873). Abaratha pygela, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 390, pl. xxxiv. fig. 18 (1886) Hab. Perak, BE. Pegu (Doherty); Palawan (Platen). VOL. XIv.— Part iv. No. 7.—October, 1897. x 150 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! ODONTOPTILUM LEPTOGRAMMA. Pterygospidea leptogramma, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 53 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt. vol. v., Ptery- gospidea, pl. i. fig. 4 (1873). Odontoptilum leptogramma, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 311 (1892). Hab. Bohol, Camiguin de Mindanao, Panaon, Mindanao (Semper). CAPRONA. Caprona, Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr. p. 51 (1857); Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 62. Type pillaana, Wallgr. Abaratha, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 181 (1881). Type ransonnettii, Feld. This genus is given by Watson as closely allied to the last; and, apparently, separated for the most part on account of the secondary male character, which he describes as a radiating tuft of hairs attached to the fore coxe. This radiating tuft of hairs we have not been able to see, but in ransonnettii, Feld., and syrichthus, Feld., the fore cox in the male are heavily scaled, as in Odontoptilum, and bear on the inner side a tuft of long straight hairs, which only differs from that found in Odonto- ptilum in that the hairs are black and more than twice as long as the coxa. The genus is further distinguished from its allies by the possession of two small hyaline spots near the middle of cell 1 in the fore wing in addition to the usual discal and subapical series, and the termen of the hind wing is more or less produced at the apex of veins 2, 3, and 6, besides the main angulations at veins 4 and 7. The diagnostic characters of the species here dealt with are expressed in the following table :— No terminal row of pale spots on the fore wing above. No hyaline spot in the cell of the fore wing near the middle. Right clasp elongate, bifid at the apex; left one simple . . . . . . « ransonnettii, Feld. With a hyaline spot in the cell of the fore wing near the miidles Hind wing below with a little white scaling near the base, and three series of short dark brown transverse lines—two in the basal series, two in the median, and five in the postmedian, Right clasp simple, left one dissimilar, suddenly narrowed at the apex . . . . . . . saraya, Dohy. Underside “frosted with white throughout, except very narrowly along the outer margins of both wings” . ..... =... - . alida, de Nicév. A complete terminal row of pale spots on the fore wing above . . . . . syrichthus, Feld. ! CAPRONA RANSONNETTU. (Plate XXIII. figs. 20, 20a.) Pterygospidea ransonnettii, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1868, p. 284. Pterygospidea potiphera, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. vol. v., Pterygospidea, pl. 1. fig. 7 (1873). Abaratha ransonnettii, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 182, pl. xevii. fig. 1 (1881). Abaratha taylorii, de Nicéyille, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 88, pl. x. fig. 13, g. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 151 We have no hesitation in treating faylorii as a synonym, as we have Nilgiri specimens which agree with it precisely. Hab. Ceylon ; Nilgiri hills (Hampson); N. Canara (Aitken); Travancore, Orissa (fide de Nicéville) ; Khasia hills (Hamilton). ! CAPRONA SARAYA. (Plate XVIII. fig. 20, ¢; Plate XXIII. figs. 21, 21 a.) ? Abaratha saraya, Doherty, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 138. The C. saraya of this paper is the same as that of the British Museum collection, where there are three specimens thus named, which had been originally labelled on the pin faylorii, de Nicév. These specimens all come from “ Futeh Khan’s Bungalow, Kootur, Chittarpahar: probably 3000 feet.” It is, however, doubtful if they are correctly identified ; because, according to the original description, the hind wing below in @. saraya has “a black transverse streak at the end of the cell, a fainter one near the base of the cell, and a circle of large and conspicuous black spots, nine in all, round the disc, whereof two are between the costal and the subcostal, and two between the median and submedian veins.” C. saraya was described from a single male. Hab. Kumaon, 5500 feet (Doherty). ! CAPRONA ALIDA. Abaratha alida, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 394, pl. G. fig. 40, ¢. Fore wing with a small round white transparent spot about the middle of the discoidal cell. ‘ Underside: both wings thickly overlaid with large pure white scales, so that the dark ground-colour is entirely hidden except narrowly along the outer margins, the whole wing surface having the appearance of being thickly strewn with hoar-frost.”” Very similar in appearance to C. ransonnettii, but the latter wants the hyaline spot near the middle of the cell of the fore wing. Hab. Tilin Yaw, Upper Burmah (Watson); Upper Chindwin River (Adamson). ! CAPRONA SYRICHTHUS. Pterygospidea syrichthus, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. vol. iii. p. 530, pl. lxxii. figs. 22, 23 (1867). Abaratha syrichthus, Elwes, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 656, pl. xiii. fig. 2, var. ? Pyrgus agama, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. vol. i. p. 249, pl. vii. figs. 1 (larva), 1 @ (pupa) (1857). Caprona elwesi, Wats. in litt. The specimens from Bernardmyo, which Elwes figured as a variety of C. syrichthus, are remarkable for their small size; the smallest expands only 28 mm. As, however, there is no difference in the genitalia, we consider that the name of C. e/wesi given by Watson to this form cannot stand. x2 152 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Hab. Bhamo, Burmah (Adamson) ; Shan hills (Manders); Burmah, Bali (Doherty) ; West Java. CARCHARODUS. Carcharodus, Hiibner, Verz. p. 110 (1816) ; Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 67. Type lavatere, Esp. Spilothyrus, Dup. Pap. Fr. Diurn., Suppl. p. 415 (1832). Type alcee, Esp. A genus well distinguished by its facies. Fore wing with a dark basal shade and hyaline spots. Termen of the hind wing crenulate. The following table includes all the known species :— Fore wing below with no tuft of hair in the male. Fore wing with the hyaline spot in cell 2 wider thanhigh . . . . . . Javatere, Esp. Fore wing with the hyaline spot in cell 2 higher than wide . . . . . . alcee, Esp. Fore wing below with a tuft of hairinthemale. . . . . Se eal ede dike Eabr. ! CARCHARODUS LAVATERZ. Papilio lavatere, Esper, Schmett. i. 2, pl. Ixxxii. fig. 4 (1783); Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i, figs. 454, 455 (1798-1803). Hab. Central Europe to Asia Minor. ! CARCHARODUS ALCE. Papilio alcee, Esper, Schmett. i. 2, pl. li. fig. 8 (1780). Pyrgus dravira, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1874, p. 576, pl. Ixvii. fig. 5; de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 88, pl. x. fig. 5, 9. Carcharodus swinhoei, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 68. There is no difference in the genitalia of the Western and Eastern forms, and we see no reason for separating them. It is true that the desert form swinhoei, Watson, found in Beluchistan, is much paler than the Himalayan form dravira, Moore’s figure of which is very bad, but we find similar variations in colour almost as striking amongst European specimens. Hab. Central and Southern Europe to Central Asia and N.W. Himalayas up to 9000 feet. CARCHARODUS ALTHE. Papilio alihee, Hibner, Eur, Schmett. i. figs. 452, 453 (1798-1803). This species also varies from dark to light grey-brown. The eggs, larva, and pupa are described by Heinrich Gross (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1894, p. 77); the eggs were laid and the larva fed on Betoniea officinalis. Hab. Central and Southern Europe to Central Asia. (oN) A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID@. 15 GoMALIA. Gomalia, Moore, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 114; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 67. Type albofasciata, Moore. A genus of one or two small species differing from Hesperia in facies and the slender and straight club of the antenne. Male with a costal fold but no tibial hair- pencil. ! GOMALIA ALBOFASCIATA. Gomalia albofasciata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 144; id. Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 183, pl. xxi. fig. 7 (1881). ? Gomalia littoralis, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 513, pl. xlvii. fig. 4. Hab. 8. India (Hampson) ; Hambantota, Ceylon (Green); Karachi (fide Swinhoe) ; Quetta, Beluchistan (Zurray in coll. Swinhoe). ; We have not seen the type of /itioralis, but, judging from the description and figure, it is indistinguishable from a/bofasciata, like specimens from Quetta which we have examined. HESPERIA. Hesperia, Fab. Ent. Syst. iii. vol. i. p. 258 (1793); Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 64. Type malve, Linn. Pyrgus, Hiibn. Verz. p. 109 (1816). Type syrichtus, Fab. Syrichthus, Boisd. Ieones, p. 230 (1832-83). Type proto, Esp Scelothriz, Rambur, Cat. Lép. And. 1. p. 63 (1858). Type carthami, Hiibn. A numerous group of closely allied species, which are associated together on account of their resemblance to the Papilio malvw of Linnzeus. According to Watson, it is separable from Carcharodus, Hiibn., by the even termen of the hind wing, from Gomalia, Moore, by the curved club to the antenne, and from Thanaos, Bdy., which has a comparatively slender antennal club, by the robust club of its antenne. The following pale spots on a darker ground constitute what may be considered as the normal pattern of the hind wing below, namely :—one occupying the whole or part only of cell 1a; three in cell 7, basal, medial, and apical; two in cell 6, basal and medial ; one near the base of the cell; a large geminate one next the transverse vein and occupying the base of cells 4 and 5, and another geminate one near the apex of the game cells; one near the apex of cell3; two in cell 2, basal and apical; and three, basal, medial, and apical, in cell 14. These pale spots fall into three irregular trans- verse series. ‘The modifications of this wing-pattern are for the most part trifling, but they sometimes afford useful distinguishing characters. The following table will serve to show what characters have been found most useful in the arrangement of the species of this difficult group in coll. Elwes; this arrange- ment is doubtless far from perfect, but it certainly gives a better result than any other 154 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: with which we are acquainted. The species of the orbifer group are exceedingly closely allied; the male genitalia and the essential wing-pattern are practically identical, but the characters given below will separate the majority of specimens. Therapne, Rbr., put by Staudinger as a variety of sao, is just as distinct from the latter as are orbifer and ali. 1 (66). Hind wing below dark, with a pale median band. 2 (57). Such band macular, generally much broken. 3 (32). Fore wing with a subterminal series of small pale spots. 4 (5). Fore wing below with a distinct white spot (not merely a pale dash) near the base of the cell. Median pale band on hind wing below continuous from veins 2-7. . . . c . galba, Fab. 5 (4). Fore wing below with the basal pale marking in the cell (ibe present) a dash, not a distinct spot. 6 (21). Hind wing below with the pale spot near the middle of cell 7 continued in cell 8. 7 (16). Hind wing below: middle spot in cell 7 not joined to that on the transverse vein, or at most only touching it in a point. 8 (15). Hind wing below with the apical third of cell 8 dark. 9 (10). Hind wing below sordid yellowish green, pale spot on the transverse vein with sharp projecting angles . . . . - . orbifer, Hiibn. 10 (9). Hind wing below tile-red (more or less bright) or pale red-brown. 11 (12). Hind wing below with the pale spot on the transverse vein not produced inwardly ; es strongly re. with sordid yellowiie ae ea : therapne, Rbr. 12 (11). The pale spot on the transverse vein of hind wing ‘below ideedl both outwardly and inwardly. 13 (14). Such spot and that in cell 14 but little intensified ; hind wing below tile-red .. . : : sao, Bergstr. 14 (13). Such spots much snteeafiedd hee snes ; hind” wing below pale red-brown. . Joao a PTO: 15 (8). Hind wing below with the sia shied of all 8 als Soe the CERCA NEES 16 (7). Hind wing below with the middle spot in cell 7 broadly con- nected with that on the transverse vein by a triangular spot in the base of cell 6. 7 (18). Hind wing above with no pale spot in the middle of cell 7. No costal foldin the male. . . phlomidis, H.-S. 18 (17). Hind wing above with a pale erat in the “middle of far 7. Male with a costal fold. 9 (20). No tibial hair-pencil in the male, but several short spines on the outer side of hind tibie . .... =.=. =~. =. ==: ~~. £eribrellum, Hvers. ( (19). Male with a tibial hair-pencil” . . . . . - . + + + + cynare, Rbr. 1 Fide Watson. There is no tale of this species m coll, Elwes, and only one female. The latter can only be separated from cribrellwm by its name-label. 21 (6). 22 (27). 23 (26). 24 (25). 25 (24). 26 (23). 27 (22). 28 (29). 29 (28). 30 (31). 31 (30). 32 (3). 33 (36). 34. (35). 35 (34). 36 (33). 7 (50). 8 (49). 39 (40). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 155 Hind wing below with the pale spot in the middle of cell 7 not continued in cell 8. Hind wing below with the outermost pale spot in cell 7 adjoining or near the termen. Hind wing below with the pale median band conspicuously broken inwardly at cell 7 Species smaller (exp. 30-38 mm.) and paler. Pale spots on upperside relatively larger Sto Pets MBs get Species larger (exp. 40-45 mm.) and darker. Pale spots on upperside relatively smaller su ego : Hind wing below with the pale median band continuous and equally wide in cells 3 to 7 inclusive : ‘ Hind wing below with the outermost pale spot in cell 7 remote from the termen. Costal fold Uae apparently absent; no tibial hair- pencil 3 aed & Costal fold conspicuous ; no tibial hair- neil Hind wing below: inner edge of the outermost spot in cell 7 in line with the transverse vein. Size generally smaller. Subapical notch of clasp with an erect tooth Hind wing below: inner edge of the outermost spot in cell 7 not in line with the transverse vein. Size larger. Subapical notch of clasp without a tooth. No subterminal series of small pale spots on foes wing. With a tibial hair-pencil but no costal fold in the male. Hind wing below with the pale macular band ending in a spot at the apex of cell 1 0. Hind wing above usually without pale markings Hind wing above with conspicuous pale markings . c Tibial hair-pencil and costal fold both present in the male Hind wing below with the macular band ending in a spot in the middle of cell 1 0. Hind wing below with the spot on the transverse vein straight- sided within.? Hind wing below with the markings sharply defined. Hind wing below with an irregular continuous pale terminal band* . tessellum, Hiibn. gigas, Brem. nobilis, Stgr. poggei, Led. proto, Esper. staudingeri, Speyer. ‘cashmirensis, Moore. ‘alpina, Esch. carthami, Hubn. 1 These two species are exceedingly closely allied. race of cashmirensis. 2 This character is not absolute. It seems doubtful whether alpina is not a geographical Exceptions occur in H, malve and some others; but malve is a well- known species, and the other exceptions occur so sparingly that the practical utility of the character is not affected. 3 This character is not absolutely diagnostic of carthami, but in practice it is found that its occurrence in other species is rare and obviously abnormal. 156 40 (39). 4] (48). 42 (47). 3 (46). 44 (45). 45 (44). 46 (43). 47 (42). 48 (41). 49 (38). 50 (37). 1 (54). 52 (53). 53 (52). 54. (51). 8 (61). MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Hind wing below without an irrregular continuous pale terminal band. Apex of tegumen undivided. Tegumen without lateral horns. Apical lobe of clasp much expanded, broadly and evenly rounded in a semicircle. Fore wing below greenish grey-brown ; hind wing below with a pale dot normally present in cell 6 F : Fore wing below blackish brown; hind wing palow: stetally without a pale dot in cell 6 6 ie. Apical lobe of clasp not expanded in a semicircle . i Tegumen with a horn on each side, tip compressed. Clasp of the same type as zona . Apex of tegumen bipartite : a ho oo Markings of hind wing below absolescent ty reason of ehietal paleness. Tegumen with a branched horn on each side “ Hind wing below with the pale spot on the transverse vein produced inwardly towards the origin of vein 7.° Hind wing below with a pale dash in cell 1 } near the base. Fore wing above with a straight oblique pale macular band from the costa or the middle to the dorsum before the middle Bats No such band on ae wing above 2 cme ae Hind wing below with the pale basal sioaeleinged in ei 1 b aspot, not a dash, . Hind wing below pale sordid yellowish- or russet-green . Hind wing below dark (usually blackish) green . Hind wing below with the pale median band sharply aenaea, narrow, non-macular, and preceded by a broad irregular brown band, which bears a small pale spot near the basal third of cell 7; or if macular, then not interrupted, and preceded by a dark Y-shaped marking reaching quite across the wing and followed by a dark subterminal band. Hind wing below with the pale median band preceded by a large dark Y-shaped marking reaching quite across the wing and followed by a dark subterminal band. 9 (60). No dark terminal band on hind wing below * We cannot distinguish with certainty between serratule and alveus, except by the male genitalia, ‘serratule, Rbr. *speyeri, Stgr. *alveus, Hiibn. malvoides, 0. sp. malve, Linn. melotis, Dup. andromede, W\grn. *cacalie, Rbr. onopordi, Rbr. centauree, Rbr. bieti, Ob. If we make the presence or absence of pale markings on the hind wing aboye the basis of separation, we find that this character varies too much to be reliable ; if, on the other hand, we use the male genitalia, we get two forms which do not intergrade. types, although both kinds are known to occur in the same locality, as at Vernet and Mont Cenis, * Very near the preceding, and probably not distinct. * Vide note to paragraph 37. * This insect has the same type of clasp form as andromeda. The male genitalia can always be referred with certainty to their respective A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 157 60 (59). Hind wing below with a dark terminal band separated from the dark subterminal band by a zigzag white line or row of irregular spots . . . oberthiri, Leech. 1 (58). Hind wing below with the male median Gana nieeared ae a broad irregular brown band, which bears a small pale spot near the basal third of cell 7. 62 (63). Hind wing above with a median row of pale spots. Fore wing below with the apex yellow-brown; pale spot near the apex of cell 5 oblique, distinct from that in cell 4. No sub- terminal pale band on hind wing below . . . . . . . zona, Mab. 63 (62). Hind wing above with two rows of pale spots. 64 (65). Fore wing below with the apex yellow-brown; the pale spot near the apex of cell 5 oblique, distinct from that in cell 4 . maculatus, Brem. & 65 (64). Fore wing below with the apex white, with a short oblique [Grey. yellow-brown dash ; pale spots near the apex of cells 4 and 5 coalescent, their inner edges erect . . . . . 6 thibetanus, Ob. 66 (1). Hind wing below white, with two irregular or page-velloy anda narrowly margined with black. 67 (68). Fore wing above with the pale spot in the cell higher than wide, generally constricted in the middle. Male with costal fold and tibial hair-pencil . . . . side, Esper. 68 (67). Fore wing above with the pale spot in Ale cell vier his high, subrhomboidal. Neither costal fold nor tibial hair-pencil in WSR 5 9 oc 9 oo 8 op 6 Go of 816 o 6 5 og Witednin Shae, In the matter of synonymy we have restricted the references to those which appear to be necessary for the identification of the species under consideration. ! HESPERIA GALBA. Hesperia galba, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. vol. iii. p. 852 (1793) ; Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 183, pl. Ixxi. fig. 6 (1881). Pyrgus superna, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 792. Pyrgus evanidus, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 223 (1880). Hesperia evanidus, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 156 (1891). Pyrgus zebra, Butler, op. cit. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 207 (1888). ‘Hesperia zebra, Watson, Hesp. Ind, p. 156 (1891). Hesperia hellas, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 177, pl. B. fig. 9, g. I cannot see any good grounds for separating P. zebra=hellas (fide Watson) from galba. Though I have no Campbellpur specimens for comparison, yet the characters relied on by de Nicéville seem very variable. The species has a very wide range throughout the drier parts of India and extends from Burmah (Manders) to Aden, being apparently common in the foot-hills of the N.W. Himalaya. VOL. XIV.— Part Iv. No. 8.— October, 1897. Y 158 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! HESPERIA ORBIFER. Papilio orbifer, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 803-806 (1818-27). Hab. S. Europe to Turkestan and Amurland. ! HESPERIA THERAPNE. Hesperia therapne, Rambur, Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1882, pl. vii. fig. 4. Hab. Corsica, Sardinia. ! HESPERIA SAO. Papilio sao, Bergstrasser, Nomencl. vol. ii. pl. xl. figs. 8, 9 (1779) ; Hitbner, Eur. Schmett. vol. i. figs. 471,472 (1798-1808). Hab. Mont Cenis, Valais, 2000 ft., Kreusnach, Briancon (Elwes); 8. Spain (Elwes). ! HESPERIA ALI. Syrichthus ali, Oberthir, Etudes d’Ent. vi. p. 61, pl. ii. fig. 8. Hab. Batua, Constantine, Algeria (Elwes). ! Hesperia GERON. (Plate XXIII. fig. 31.) Hesperia geron, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 66. Though we have only one male of this species from Quetta, we think it is a distinct species. , Hab. Beluchistan (Watson); Shahrud, Persia (Zeller, fide Watson). ! HESPERIA PHLOMIDIS. (Plate XXIII. fig. 30.) Hesperia phlomidis, Herrich-Schiaffer, Schmett. Eur, vol. i., Hesp. figs. 8, 9 (1845). Hab. Asia Minor, Greece, Caucasus. ! HuSPERIA CRIBRELLUM. Hesperia cribrellum, Eversman, Bull. Mosc, 1841, p. 25; Freyer, Neuere Beitr. vol. iv. pl. eccxlix. fig. 1 (1840?) ; Herrich-Schaffer, Schmett. Eur. vol. i., Hesp. figs. 12, 13 (1845). Hab. S. Russia, West Asia, Turkestan, Upper Amur (fide Graeser). . ! HESPERIA CYNARA. Hesperia cynare, Rambur, Faun. And. pl. viii. figs. 4,5 (1839); Herrich-Schiffer, Schmett. Eur, vol. i., Hesp. figs. 4-7 (1845). Hab. S. Russia to Turkestan. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 159 ! HESPERIA TESSELLUM. Papilio tessellum, Hiibner, Hur. Schmett. vol. i. figs. 469, 470 (1798-1803). Hesperia tessellum, Rambur, Faun. And. pl. viii. figs. 1, 2 (1839). Hesperia noma, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1855, p. 1938, pl. i. fig. 7. Hab, 8. Russia, Armenia to Central Asia. ! HESPERIA GIGAS. Pyrgus gigas, Bremer, Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 96, pl. viii. fig. 3 (1864). Hab. Amurland. ! FIuSPERIA NOBILIS. Pyrgus nobilis, Staudinger. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1886, p. 255. Hab. Turkestan. ! HESPERIA POGGEL. Hesperia poggei, Lederer, Wien. ent. Mon. 1858, p. 141. Hab. Syria, Armenia to Turkestan. ! Hesperia proto. (Plate XXIII. fig. 22.) Papilio proto, Esper, Schmett. vol. i. p. 2, pl. exxiii. figs. 5, 6 (1806 ?) ; Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. vol. i. figs. 918-921 (1827-41). Syrichthus mohammed, Oberthiir, Bull. Ent. Soc. Fr. 1887, p. xlviii; id. Etudes d’Ent. xii. p. 23, pl. v. figs. 23a g,236 2 (1888). Hab. 8. Spain, Portugal to Syria and Armenia; Lambessa, Algeria (Bleuse). HESPERIA LEUZEA. Syrichthus leuzee, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. vi. p. 60, pl. iii. fig. 10 (1881). This species, which was described from a single specimen from Boisduval’s collection, appears to be nearest to H. proto. It may be distinguished from that species, however, by reason that the pale subterminal band on the hind wing below, which in H. proto is ‘at the most only represented by a row of small indistinct pale spots, is developed into a well-defined band about two-thirds as broad as the median band, Hab. Mascara, Algeria (fide Oberthiir). ! HESPERIA STAUDINGERI. (Plate XXIII. fig. 23.) Syrichthus staudingeri, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 344. Pyrgus (Syrichthus) proteus, Staudinger, t. c. 1886, p. 253. Hab. Turkestan. 160 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! HESPERIA CASHMIRENSIS. Pyrgus cashmirensis, Moore, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 274, pl. xliii. fig. 7. Hab. Kulu, N.W. Himalaya 12,000 ft. (Young), to Kashmir (Leech). ! HESPERIA ALPINA. Hesperia alveus, var. alpina, Erschoft, Lep. Turk. p. 24, pl. ii. fig. 18 (1874). Hab. Turkestan (Haberhauer, &c.). ! HESPERIA CARTHAMI. Papilio carthami, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. vol. i. figs. 720, 723 (1803-18). Hesperia carthami, Rambur, Faun, And. pl. vii. fig. 8 (1839). Hab. Central and South Europe, Alps and Pyrenees to 5000 ft. (Elwes). ! HESPERIA SERRATULHZ. (Plate XXIII. fig. 24.) Hesperia serratule, Rambur, Faun. And. pl. viii. fig. 9 (1839) ; Herrich-Schaffer, Schmett. Eur. vol. i., Hesp. figs. 18-20 (1846). Hab. Alps to 6000 feet, Central and South Europe to Caucasus, Amasia (Fuchs). ! HESPERIA SPEYERI. (Plate XXIII. fig. 26.) Scelothrix speyeri, Staudinger, Rom. Mém. sur Lép. iii. p. 153, pl. viii. figs. 5 a, 6. Hab. Amurland (Dorries). ! HesPerta ALVEUS. (Plate XXIII. figs. 25, 25 a.) Papilio alveus, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 461-463 (1798-1803). Hab. Alps to 6000 feet, Central Europe to Amurland, Syria (Delagrange). ! HESPERIA MALYOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 27, 27 a.) We propose this name for an insect, of which we have three specimens from Biarritz, taken by Elwes on July 25, 1887, and a single male from Granada (ibe), which has all the facies of H. malve but very distinct male genitalia. The differences in this respect will be apparent from the figures. The proportion of black hair-scales in the clothing of the second joint of the palpi appears to be considerably greater in H. maloe than in H. malvoides. We should not have ventured to separate this on genitalic characters alone but for the fact that the genitalia in six specimens of H. malvw from Denmark, Kreusnach, Rennes, Brittany, Stettin, and Brussa are all absolutely similar inter se, as are the three specimens above mentioned. Probably it will be found that H. malvoides has a wider range and other distinctive characters. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID A, 161 ! HESPERIA MALVA. (Plate XXIII. figs. 28, 28 a.) Papilio malve, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 285. n. 1081 (1761) ; id. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 795. n. 267 (1767) ; Esper, Schmett. i. 1, pl. xxxvi. fig. 5 (1778). Papilio taras, Bergstrasser, Nomencl. vol. iv. pl. xci. figs. 5, 6 (1780). Hesperia taras, Meigen, Eur. Schmett. i. p. 61, pl. lv. figs. 3a, 6 (1830). Hab. Europe to Amurland. ! HusPeRIA MELOTIS. (Plate XXIII. fig. 29.) Hesperia melotis, Duponchel, Lép. Fr., Suppl. i. pl. xlii. figs. 1, 2 (1832). Pyrgus hypoleucos, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1855, p. 193, pl. i. fig. 8. Hab. Beirut, Syria (Zach). ! HESPERIA ANDROMEDA. Syrichthus andromede, Wallengren, Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1853, p. 25; id. Lep. Scand., Rhop. p. 272 (1857). Hab. Alps, 6000 ft. (Elwes); Norway (Schoyen). ! HESPERIA CACALLA. Herperia cacalie, Rambur, Faun. And. pl. viii. figs. 6, 7 (1839) ; Herrich-Schiffer, Schmett. Eur. i., Hesp. figs. 23-25 (1846). Hab. Alps, 6000 feet (Hlwes). ! HESPERIA ONOPORDI. (Plate XXIII. fig. 25 4.) Hesperia onopordi, Rambur, Faun. And. pl. viii. fig. 13 (1839). Scelothrix onopordi, Rambur, Cat. Lép. And. vol. i. p. 72 (1858). Hab. 8. Spain (Staudinger); Batna, Algeria (Ewes). This difficult species may be distinguished from H. alveus, of which it has been doubtfully treated as a synonym, by the pattern of the hind wing below, which in H. onopordi has the white spot in cells 4-5 projecting into the discoidal cell next the ‘subcostal, whilst in H. alveus the spot in question has no such projection, and also by the difference in the form of the male genitalia. ! HESPERIA CENTAUREA. Hesperia centauree, Rambur, Faun. And. pl. viii. fig. 10 (1839) ; Herrich-Schaffer, Schmett. Hur. 1., Hesp. figs. 1-3 (1845). Hab. Norway, 2000-6000 ft. (Elwes, Schoyen); Finland (Schilde) ; Labrador (Moeschler) ; Laggan, Alberta Terr., British N. America, 5000 ft. (Elwes). 162 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! HESPERIA BIETI. Syrichthus bieti, Oberthir, Eitud. d’Ent. xi. p. 26, pl. vi. fig. 50 (1886). Hesperia bieti, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 578 (1894). Hab. Western China (fide Leech); N.E. Tibet (fide Alphéraky). HiksPERIA OBERTHURI. Syrichthus oberthiiri, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 59 (June 1891). Syrichthus delavayi, Oberthiir, Htud. d’Ent. xv. p. 20, pl. iii. fig. 31, (July 1891). Hesperia oberthiiri, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 579, pl. xli. fig. 5,3. Hab. Western China (fide Leech) ; Yunnan (fide Oberthiir). We rely on Mr. Leech’s identification of H. delavayi with H. oberthiivi, not having seen the former. ! HESPERIA ZONA. Scelothrix zona, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1875, p. eexiv. Scelothriz (Pyrgus) alhistriga, Mabille, t. c. 1876, p. xxvii. Pyrgus sinicus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 96 (1877). Syrichthus sinicus, Pryer, Rhop. Nihon. p. 35, pl. x. fig. 22 (1889). Hesperia zona, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 577, pl. xli. figs. 1, 3 (1893-4). Hab. Japan, Shanghai (Pryer) ; Central China (Pratt); Korea (Leech). We rely on Mr. Leech’s identification of H. sinicus with H. zona, which is, we believe, correct. We do not feel equal confidence in the constancy of the characters by which he separates it from H. maculatus, especially as the differences in their genitalia are of degree only. ! HESPERIA MACULATUS. Syrichthus maculatus, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s, p. 11, pl. iii. fig. 6 (1853) ; Pryer, Rhop. Nihon. p. 35, pl. x. fig. 21 (1889). Pyrgus maculatus, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr, pl. v. fig. 5 (1855). Hesperia maculata, Leech, Butt. China, &e, p. 576, pl. xli. fig. 2, g (1893-4). Hab. Amuiland (Graeser) ; Askold, Shanghai (Pryer). ! HESPERIA THIBETANUS. Syrichthus maculatus, var. thibetanus, Oberthiir, Etud. @’Ent. xv. p. 20, pl. iii. fig. 27 (1891). Hesperia thibetana, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 578 (1894). Hab. Western China (fide Leech). We follow Mr. Leech in treating this as a distinct species, as our material is insufficient to decide the question ; the differences noted are not, however, very striking. ! HESPERIA SIDA. Papilio side, Esper, Schmett. i. 2, pl. xc. fig. 3 (1784); Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. fig, 468 (1798-1803). Hab. Alassio, N. Italy (Mrs. Nicholl) ; 8.E. Europe ; Asia Minor to Turkestan. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 163 ! HESPERIA ANTONIA. Syrichthus antonia, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 342. Hab. Turkestan, Amurland. 'THANAOS. Thanaos, Boisd. Icones, 240 (1832-33) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 69. Type tages, Linn. This name is applied generically to certain species more or less resembling the Papilio tages of Linnzeus. We separate the species in coll. Elwes as follows :— Male with a costal fold. Hind wing above without yellow spots . ........ . . . tages, Linn. Hind wing above with yellow spots. Expanse about 85 mm. Fore wing below with the first row of pale spots beyond the end of the cell suffused and irregular. Fore wing above with the postmedian band broader, at least as broad as the width of cell 2. Tegumen with two pairs of lateral dorsal lobes, of which the pair nearest the apex are smaller, triangular, and simple, and the pair nearest the base are larger, ear-shaped, and rough with short AMES og 6 o & 9 6s 6 0 1a yop p Mo woe ON Gmina m, DotD Teton, Expanse about 30 mm: Fore wing below with the first row of pale spots beyond the end of the cell regular and well-defined. Fore wing above with the postmedian band narrower, in cell 2 about half as broad as the width of that cell. Tegumen wanting the pair of ear-shaped spinose lateral dorsallobes . . . .. =.=. =. . Ueechii,n.s. Male without a costal fold. Fore wing above with the pale spots in cells 7 and 8 well marked. Basal angle of the lower lobe of left clasp not produced intoahorn. . . . marloyi, Bdy. Fore wing above with the pale spots in cells 7 and 8 obsolete. Basal angle of the lower lobe of left clasp produced into a long curved horn . . . pelias, Leech. ~ !'THANAOS TAGES. Papilio tages, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 286. n. 1082 (1761); id. Syst. Nat. 1. 2, p. 795. n. 268 (1767) ; Esper, Schmett. i. 1, pl. xxiii. fig. 3 (1777) ; Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. 1. figs. 456, 457 (1798-1803). Thanaos cervantes, Gras]. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1836, p. 558, pl. 17 8. figs. 1, 2. Nisoniades tages, var. sinina, Groum-Grshimailo, Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xxv. p. 461 (1891) ; Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 661 (1894). ? Thanaos popoviana, Nordm. Bull. Mose. 1851, ii. p. 443, pl. xii. figs. 3, 4, _ Hab. Europe to Amurland. Judging from a specimen from Koko-nor, Tibet, ex coll. Rothschild, the variety sinina has the ground-colour paler and greyer than is usual in 7’. tages proper, the terminal row of spots on both wings are white, the hind wing below has a well-marked 164 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: postmedian band of small white spots and a narrow white spot on the transverse vein, and on the fore wing below there are two small suffused white spots near the apical third of cell 1 a, separated by the intraneural fold. Having regard to the relationship of 7. montanus and T. nigrescens, it is possible that sinina is really a distinct species from J. tages, but we have had no opportunity of comparing their male genitalia. T. cervantes, Grasl., is a larger and darker form, which prevails in Andalusia, but the male genitalia are identical with those of typical 7. tages, L. !THANAOS MonTANUS. (Plate XXIII. fig. 34.) Pyrgus montanus, Bremer, Bull. Acad. Petr. iii. p. 473 (1861) ; id. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 31, pl. i1. fig. 4 (1864). Thanaos rusticanus, Butler, Jour. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 58 (1866). Nisoniades montanus, Pryer, Rhop. Nihon. p. 35, pl. x. fig. 23 (1889). Thanaos montanus, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 580. Hab. Amurland, Japan, China. ! THANAOS LEECHII, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. fig. 35.) Thanaos montanus, var. nigrescens, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 581, pl. xhi. fig. 2, g (1894). Distinguished from J. montanus by the characters given in the table above, of which the most constant are its smaller size and different male genitalia. The tegumen expands near the middle into two small, triangular, smooth, lateral dorsal lobes, as in 7. montanus, but these are not subtended, as in that species, by a pair of much larger spinose lobes. Hab. Wa-ssu-Kow, Ta-tsien-lu, W. China (fide Leech); Tchang-Kou, Tibet (fide Oberthiir). !THanaos MARLOYI. (Plate XXIII. figs. 32, 32 a.) Thanaos marloyi, Boisduval, Jeoues, pl. xivii. figs. 6, 7 (1832). Hesperia sericea, Freyer, Neuere Beitr. iii. pl. cexly. fig. 4 (1838) ; Herrich-Schiiffer, Schmett. Eur. i., Hesp. figs. 29, 30 (1846). Hab. S.E. Europe, Asia Minor, N. Persia, Syria. !THANAOS PELIAS: (Plate XXIII. figs. 53, 33 a.) Nisoniades pelias, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 60 (June 1891). Nisoniades erebus, Groum-Grshimailo, Horz Soc. Ent. Ross. xxv. p. 461 (1891). Thanaos pelias, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 581, pl. xli. fig. 3, g (1893-94). The male genitalia of 7. pelias, Leech, and 7. erebus, Gr.-Gr., are identical in form, as we find on examination of authentic specimens of each. Hab. W. China, E, Tibet (Pratt); N.E. Tibet (Growm-Grshimailo), A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 165 PAMPHILA. Pamphila, Fabricius, I]. Mag. vi. p. 287 (1807) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 89. Type palemon, Pall. Steropes, Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. p. 167 (1832), nom. preoce. Carterocephalus, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, ii. p. 26 (1853). Type, palemon, Pall. A group of small species associated on account of their general resemblance to the Papilio palemon of Pallas. Palpi porrect. Antenne short, simply clavate. Fore wing: vein 2 arising about the middle of the lower edge of the cell; hind wing: cell 6 a little longer than cell 3. Hind tibiz more or less fringed (at least in the male), generally with but one pair of spurs, but with two pairs in P. abax, Ob. The species with which we are acquainted may be distinguished as follows :— 1 (10). Hind wing below with no pale spot near the middle of cell 8. 2 (9). Pale markings on the hind wing below non-metallic. 3 (6). Fore wing above blackish brown with yellow spots. 4 (5). Hind wing below with a subterminal series of pale spots. Hind tibize with one pair of spurs . . . Ponaeeor rc . . palemon, Pall. 3 (4). No subterminal series of pale spots on aa wing below. cand Libizegwitbaiwospalrsiah spursiy | - et © i @ - - -) ebaxr. Ob. 6 (3). Fore wing above yellow with black spots. 7 (8). Hind wing below with the pale spot on the transverse vein irregularly roundish, enclosing that vem. . . . . . . . sélvius, Knoch. 8 (7). Hind wing below with the pale spot on the transverse vein straight- sided within, bounded inwardly by that vein . .. . houangty, Ob. 9 (2). Pale markings on the hind wing below metallic silvery white, and consisting of the following :—A streak along the upper edge of the cell from the base as far as the middle of cell 5, constricted or narrowly interrupted at its half-length, the lower edge of its outer half coalescing with a somewhat semi-circular spot in cell 4, a spot occupying the apical third of cell 6, a roundish spot near the base of cell 2, a clavate streak from the base to the middle of cell 1 4, and a submarginal series of oblong spots, placed one in each of cells 1 ¢, 2, and 3, sometimes feebly continued in cells4and5 ... . . . pulchra, Leech. 10 (1). Hind wing below with a male: sig near nih riddle of call 8. 11 (16). Pale markings of the upperside yellow or yellowish white.’ 12 (13). Hind wing below with no pale spot near the apex of cells 2 and3; the dise of the wing occupied by a large subpyriform silvery spot, which arises near the middle of cell 7, and spreads outwards and downwards by way of the transverse vein ; a small pale spot near the basal third of the cell, and the indication of another near the middle of cell6. . . . . opis te - . avanti, de Nicév. 13 (12). Hind wing below with a pale spot near ne apex of a of cells 2 and 3. ‘ See note to paragraph 16 post. VOL. XIV.—ParT Iv. No. 9.—October, 1897. Z 166 MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: 14 (15). Fore wing below with a pale spot occupying the extreme base of cell 2, and another, at least twice as wide as high, near the middle of that cell . anes a 15 (14). Fore wing below with no pale oe in ore bane of cell 2, but a subquadrate one before the middle of that cell . 6 (11). Pale markings on upperside pure white." 17 (18). Hind wing below with the pale spots near the apex of cells 6 and 7 not connected with those near the apex of cells 2 and 3 by a pale band traversing cells 4 and 5. 17 a (174). Fore wing above without white spots near the base ; hind wing above with two distinct unequal white discal spots c 176 (17a). Fore wing above with two white spots near the base—one hyaline near the base of the cell, and the other opaque next the costa; hind wing above with a large white discal spot formed by the confluence of two unequal spots 2 18 (17). Hind wing below with the pale spots near the apex of dais 6 and 7 connected with those near the apex of cells 2 and 3 by a pale band traversing cells 4 and 5, and thus forming an irregular subterminal pale band. 19 (20). Fore wing below with the pale spots in cells 1@ and 2 remote from that near the apical third of the cell . . . . . . . 20 (19). Fore wing below with the pale spots in cells 1a and 2 joined to that near the apical third of the cell to form a continuous TACGUETU RING! Gy 6168 Gy C8 on Knees et) teede aot ! PAMPHILA PALAMON. Papilio palemon, Pallas, Reise, vol. i. p. 471 (1771). Papilio paniscus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 531 (1775); Esper, Schmett. (1778 ?) ; i. 2, pl. xev. fig. 5 (1788). argyrostigma, Kversm. flavomaculatus, Ob. niveomaculatus, Ob. christophi, Gr.-Gr. dieckmanni, Graeser. micio, Ob. i. 1, pl. xxvii. fig. 2 Papilio brontes, Wien. Verz. p. 160 (1776) ; Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 475, 476 (1798-1803). Hesperia mandan, Edwards, Proc, Ent. Soc. Philad. vol. 11. p. 20 (1863). Carterocephalus palemon, Bean, Can. Ent. xxv. p. 145 (1893). Hab. Europe to Amurland, N. America; Laggan, Alberta Terr., Brit. N. Amer., 5000 ft. (Elwes); Nepigon, ‘Lake Superior (Fletcher). There is no doubt in our mind that the American form described as mandan is identical with the European. ! PAMPHILA ABAX. Carterocephalus abax, Oberthiir, Eitud. d’Ent. xi. p. 27, pl. v. fig. 27 (1886). Pamphila abax, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 587 (1893-4). Hab Ya-tsien-lo (Pratt); Moupin, E. Tibet (tricheldorf). 1 What we identify as the female of niveomaculatus has the spots on the upperside yellowish instead of pure white. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 167 ! PAMPMILA SILVIUS. Papilio silvius, Knoch, Beitr. Ins. i. pl. v. figs. 1, 2 (1781) ; Esper, Schmett. i. 2, pl. Ixxx. figs. 5, 6 (1782) ; Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. 1. figs. 477, 478 (1798-1803). Hab. N. Europe to Amurland (Graeser). ! PAMPHILA HOUANGTY. Carterocephalus houangty, Oberthiir, Btud. d’Ent. xi. p. 27, pl. v. fig. 5 (1886). Pamphila houangty, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 586 (1893-4). Hab. West China, Ta-tsien-lo (Pratt). ! PAMPHILA PULCHRA. Pamphila pulchra, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 59 (June 1891); id. Butt. China &e. p. 586, pl. xl. fig. 20, ¢ (1894). Carterocephalus ops, Groum-Grshimailo, Horce Ent. Soc. Ross. xxv. p. 460 (1891). Hab. Ta-tsien-lo, Wa-su-Kow, West China (Pratt); N.E. Tibet (Growm-Grshimailo, Jide Leech). We rely on Mr. Leech’s identification of C. ops, which we have not seen. ! PAMPHILA AVANTI. Pamplula avanti, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 255, pl. xi. fig. 10, ¢; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 159. Type in coll. Elwes. Hab. Interior of Sikhim, circa 12,000 feet (White). ! PAMPHILA ARGYROSTIGMA. Steropes argyrostigma, Eversmann, Bull. Mose. 1851, i. p. 624; Nordmann, 1. c. ii. p. 442, pl. xii. n figs. 1, 2 (1851). Carterocephalus argyrostigma, Alphéraky, Mém. sur Lép. v. p. 123 (1889). Pamphila argyrostigma, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 585 (1893-4). Hab. Amurland (Eversmann) ; Mongolia (Potanine, fide Alphéraky). ! PAMPHILA FLAVOMACULATUS. Carterocephalus flavomaculatus, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xi. p. 27, pl. ii. fig. 9 (1886). Pamphila flavomaculata, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 587 (1893-4). Hab. West China (Pratt); E. Tibet (Biet). ! PAMPHILA NIVEOMACULATUS. (Plate XIX. fig. 25, 2.) Carterocephalus niveomaculatus, Oberthir, Btud. d’Ent. xi. p. 27, pl. ii. fig. 8 (1886). Pamphila niveomaculata, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 588 (1893-4). Hab. Ta-tsien-lo and E. Tibet (Biet); Koko-nor, Tibet (in coll. Rothschild). The female is not described or figured by M. Oberthiir, though he says that he has both sexes. ‘Two females from Koko-nor in coll. Rothschild differ in having the spots of the upperside yellowish instead of pure white, but we have little doubt that they are really females of this species. Z2 168 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! PAMPHILA CHRISTOPHI. Carterocephalus christophi, Groum-Grshimailo, Hore Ent. Soc. Ross. xxv. p. 460 (1891). Pamphila niveomaculata, var. christophi, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 588 (1893-4). Aubertia dulcis, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xx. p. 40, pl. ix. fig. 162 (1896). Hab. Sinin-Shan mountains (Growm-Grshimailo) ; Tibet (fide Oberthiir) ! PAMPHILA DIECKMANNI. Carterocephalus dieckmanni, Graeser, Berl. ent. Zeits. 1888, p. 102. Carterocephalus gemmatus, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 59 (June 1891). Carterocephalus demea, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xv. p. 19, pl. iii. fig. 24 (July 1891). Pamphila gemmata, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 588 (1893-4). Hab. Wladiwostock, Amurland (Graeser) ; Ta-tsien-lo (Pratt); Lutschau (Dorries), Blagowetshensk (Dieckmann), Koslofska (Biikow in coll. Dieckmann); Koko-nor, Tibet (in coll. Rothschild). We have no hesitation in restoring Graeser’s name for this species, as we have examined three typical specimens kindly lent to us by Mr. Dieckmann. As a result of the reduction of the silvery markings on the hind wing below, a specimen from Koslofska, in coll. Dieckmann, has the roundish spot proper to the cell barely indicated. PAMPHILA MICIO. Carterocephalus micio, Oberthir, Etud. Ent. xv. p. 19, pl. iii. fig. 29 (1891). Pamphila micio, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 589 (1894). Hab. Tse-kou, E. Tibet (fide Oberthiir). HETEROPTERUS. Heteropterus, Duméril, Zool. Anal. p. 271 (1806) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 89. Type morpheus, Pall. No hyaline spots on the wings. Antenne less than half as long as costa, simply ° clavate. Palpiporrect. Fore wingslongand narrow. Body longand slender. Vein 2 of fore wing arising nearer to the base of the wing than to the end of the cell. No sex-mark on the wings of the male. 1 (2). Hind wing below yellow, with twelve suboval black-margined white spots. Front tibiz with a short spur on the mmer side near the middle, hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. Tornus of hind wing evident . . . morpheus, Pall. 2 (1). Hind wing below dull greenish yellow, without suboval white spots. Front tibiz simple, hind tibiz with only one pair of spurs. ‘Tornus of hind wing completely rounded off. 3 (4). Hind wing below without silvery markings . . . - . . unicolor, Brem. 4 (3). Hind wing below with a silvery middle stripe Gin the _ to the termen, and frequently another incell16 . . . . . . . . . ornatus, Brem. ! HETEROPTERUS MORPHEUS. Papilio morpheus, Pallas, Reise, vol. i. p. 471 (1771). Papilio steropes, Wien. Verz. p. 160 (1776) ; Esper, Schmett. i. 1, pl. xli. fig. 1 (1778?) ; Htibner, Eur. Schmett. 1. figs. 473, 474 (1798-1803). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 169 In the male the hind wing below has the outer half of the fringe brown, but in the female the same fringe is brown only in spots opposite the veins. Hab. Biarritz (Elwes); Europe ; Korea (Leech) ; Amurland (Graeser). ! HETEROPTERUS UNICOLOR. Steropes unicolor, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s, p. 10, pl. iii. fig. 3 (1853). Cyclopides ornatus, Bremer, Bull. Acad. Petr. iii. p. 473 (1861); id. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 33, pl. ii. fig. 5 (1864). Cyclopides unicolor, var. ornatus, Stgr. Rom. Mém. vi. p. 209. Hab. Japan (Pryer); Central China (Pratt); Amurland ( fide Staudinger). Though ornatus and wnicolor have hitherto been treated as distinct species, I agree with Staudinger and Leech that they cannot be separated, on account of the inter- mediate forms. The genitalia offer no differences. DEJEANIA. Dejeania, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xx. p. 40 (1896). Type bicolor, Oberthiir. Antenne bluntly pointed, non-apiculate, half as long as the costa. Palpi porrect, second joint laxly scaled, third joint of moderate length. Fore wing: dorsum a littie longer than the termen, the latter evenly curved; vein 11 free, transverse vein erect, vein 5 straight, equidistant from veins 4 and 6, vein 2 from near the half-length of the cell, vein 3 arising twice as near to vein 4 as to vein 2. Hind wing about one- fourth longer than broad, termen evenly rounded, cell a little longer than half the wing, vein 2 from beyond the half-length of the cell, vein 3 arising much before the cell-end opposite to the origin of 7, vein 5 strong, transverse vein feeble but practically erect. Tibial epiphysis present, but very small. Hind tibiz in the male fringed, and bearing two pairs of spurs. Allied to Heterepterus, Dum., in venation, palpi, and antenne, but has the hind wing rounded at the apex instead of produced. The above particulars are taken from authentic specimens of Dejeania bicolor, Ob., a brown species with a broad oblique postmedian yellow band on the fore wing, bearing a narrow dark spot on the transverse vein, and a straight narrow yellow band on the hind wing below from the apex of vein | 4 to the apex of vein 7. DEJEANIA BICOLOR. Dejeunia bicolor, Oberthir, t. c. p. 40, pl. ix. fig. 163, 3. Hab. 'Tse-kou, Tibet (Dubernard) ; Sido-Léu ( fide Oberthiir). BaRacts. Baracus, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 162 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 114. Type vittatus, Feld. Antenne about half as long as the costa, apiculus about as long as the diameter of the eye. Palpi ascending ; third joint porrect, prominent, about one-half as long as 170 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: the diameter of the eye. Fore wing: vein 11 running closer to 12 than to 10, vein 2 arising from the distal third of the lower edge of the cell; 3, 4, 5, and 6 almost equi- distant at the base, 6 and 7 from the same point. Hind tibie fringed and bearing two pairs of spurs. What may be regarded as the typical wing-pattern in this genus is peculiar: the pale markings on the fore wing above consist of four oblong spots placed in two pairs, one near the base of each of cells 2 and 3, and one near the base of each of cells 6 and 7, and there is sometimes a pale spot or spots in cell l@; in the latter case the pale markings almost assume the form of a postmedian curved macular band, inter- rupted in cells 4 and 5. ‘The normal pattern is found in both sexes of B. subditus, Moore, and B. septentrionum, de Nicéy., but only in the female of B. vittatus, Felder. The species known to us are distinguished as follows :— Males. 1. Upperside brown ; interno-basal half of the fore wing and the entire hind wing, except the costa and the termen, pale. . 2. Upperside brown; fore wing with two pairs of pale spots, one in each of cells 2 and 3, 6 and 7, and sometimes onein cellla. 3. 2. Pale portion of upperside sordid creamy white . . . . . vittatus, Feld. Pale portion of upperside pale whitish blue . . . . ~ . plumbeolus, Feld. 3. Hind wing below ochreous brown, with a pale stripe from the base of the wing as far as the half-length of cell 5, and a ter- minal series of pale streaks, one in each of cells 2, 3,4, and6. 4. Hind wing below at first sight appearing yellow, with many brown streaks, but really brown sprinkled with yellow scales, and having the veins, a spot occupying the basal half of cells 4-5, and sometimes continued to the base of the wing, and a subterminal series of spots consisting of one in each of cells 2-7, of which those in cells 2, 3, and 6 are about twice as long as the others, yellow. . . . . . hampsoni, n. sp. 4, Expanse about 32 mm. Pale markings on the hind wing [de Nicéville. below but little paler than the ground-colour . . . . septentrionum, Wood-Mason & Expanse about 27 mm. Pale markings on the hind wing below much paler than the ground-colour, the stripe from the base of the wing to the middle of cell 5, and another incelleWG; whitish! oy) 6 se" «ca Meme oulim te aie) a mNSHOLICES Viaores ! BARACUS VITTATUS. Isoteinon vitiatus, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, xii. p. 480 (1862). Baracus vittatus, Moore, Lep. Cey.i. p. 162, pl. lxix. figs. 1, 1 @ (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 151 (1891). Hab. Nuwara Eliya, Ceylon, 7000 feet (Elwes). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. ill ! BARACUS PLUMBEOLUS. Hesperia plumbeola, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 519, pl. Ixxi. fig. 20, 3 (1867). In the female of this species the blue colour of the upperside is on the hind wing less extensive than in the male, and on the fore wing is almost confined to the dorsum below vein 1a, leaving the remainder of the wing brown, save for a few pale bluish scales near the base. Hab. Luzon, Philippines (Semper). ! BARACUS SUBDITUS. Baracus subditus, Moore, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 584; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 151 (1891). Hab. Nilgiri hills (Hampson); Palnai hills (Castets). A specimen from the Nilgiris (Hampson), taken on the 14th October, has the pale markings on the hind wing below as feeble as they are in B. septentrionum. ! BARACUS SEPTENTRIONUM. Baracus septentrionum, Wood-Mason & de Nicéyille, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 379, pl. xviii. figs. 4, 4a, § ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 151 (1891). Hab. Sikkim (Knyvett) ; Shan hills (Manders). ! BARACUS HAMPSONI, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 21, ¢.) 3. Upperside brown; fore wing with four yellow spots, one in each of cells 2, 3, 6, and 7. Underside: fore wing dark brown from the dorsum as far as the upper edge’ of the cell, the outline of the dark space concave from the apex of vein 3 to a point near the middle of cell 6, the remainder of the wing yellow, the yellow spots in cells 6 and 7 as on the upperside: hind wing at first sight appearing yellow, with many brown streaks, but really brown closely sprinkled with yellow scales, and having the veins, a spot occupying the basal half of cells 4-5 and sometimes continued to the base of the wing, and a subterminal series of spots consisting of a spot in each of cells 2-7, of which those in cells 2, 5, and 6 are about twice as long as the others, yellow; a pale anteciliary line on both wings. Fringes grey, chequered with darker, the short scales dark brown. 2. Similar to the male, but slightly larger. Expanse 24—26 mm. Hab. N. Canara (Aitken). Described from five males and two females in coll. Elwes. ASTICTOPTERUS. Astictopterus, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatsb. iv. p. 401 (1860) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 114. Type jama, Feld. In structure of the antenne, palpi, and veins this genus does not differ essentially from Baracus, although vein 2 of the fore wing arises near the middle of the lower edge of the cell, and the last joint of the palpi is comparatively shorter. The facies of 172 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: its members, however, is different, and the hind tibie are not fringed with long hairs as in Baracus. The species are dark brown above, with or without a few small white spots, which, when present, are placed near the base of cells 6 and 7 or 6,7 and 8, and more rarely there is another near the basal third of cell 3. The species known to us may be distinguished as follows :— 1 (2). Fore wing below umber-brown, the costal and apical regions but little paler: male without hyaline spots; female usually with hyaline spots in cells 6, 7, and 8. Hind wing below umber-brown, with very ill- defined antemedian and postmedian macular dark bands . . . . . olivascens, Moore. 2 (1). Fore wing below fuliginous brown, the costal and apical regions pale reddish brown, the latter with some grey scaling next the termen from vein 8 to the apex: both sexes usually with hyaline spots in cells 6, 7, and 8, and in the female there is frequently a short hyaline spot near the basal third of cell 3. Hind wing below pale reddish brown, with antemedian and postmedian darker bands, of which the latter sometimes bears some spots of whitish scales . . . . . . Aenrici, Holland. ! ASTICTOPTERUS OLIVASCENS. (Plate XVIII. fig. 16, 3.) Astictopterus olivascens, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 692 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 146 (1891). Hab. Khasia hills (Hamilton) ; Naga hills (Doherty) ; Shan hills (Manders); Sikkim (Métler); Buxar, Bhutan (in coll. Elwes); Perak (Doherty); W. Java (Piepers); Cherrapunji (in coll. Swinhoe). ! ASTICTOPTERUS HENRICI. (Plate XVIII. fig. 17, 3.) Cyclopides henrici, Holland, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soe, xiv. p. 124, pl. 11. fig. 5 (1887). Astictopterus kada, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898, p. 328. Astictopterus olivascens, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 629, pl. xhi. fig. 1 (1894). Hab. Khasia hills (Hamilton); Burmah (Adamson); E. Pegu (Doherty); Nilawa (Manders) ; W. China (Leech); Chia-ting-fu (Pratt). Chinese specimens are darker on the underside than Indian ones. Leech’s figure (l. ¢.) is not quite characteristic. Dr. Holland, to whom we had sent a transcript of our statement of the diagnostic characters of olivascens and henrici, as given in the preceding table (using the name kada for the latter) writes as follows :—“1 have complied with your request, and carefully examined my type of Astictopterus! (false Cyclopides) henrici. It agrees best and quite certainly with the description of sada, Swinhoe. I have not a particle of doubt that it is the latter.” ASTICTOPTERUS JAMA. Astictopterus jama, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 401 (1860) ; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 401 (1886). Not having seen this species, we transcribe the original description :—“ Alis utrinque saturate fuscis, cervino atomatis. ¢. Coll. Felder. 4. pygmeo, Fabr., species hee in A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 175 India continenti etiam occurrens, similis, sed ale breviores et latiores palporumque articulus tertius minutus.” Hab. Malay Peninsula. Felder’s collection is now in the Museum of the Hon. Walter Rothschild at Tring, and Dr. Jordan, to whom we applied for an account of Felder’s type of this species, writes that the specimen which stands as Astictopterus jama in Felder’s collection is not that species, as it has a broad yellow band across the fore wing somewhat like sindu, and that there are a number of specimens from Malacca in the same drawer without names, of which one may be the type of jama. We do not know what insect was identified by Distant as jama, Feld., nor how Watson identified as jama, Feld., the insect from which his description (P.{Z. S. 1893, p. 114) of the genus Astictopterus was taken. APOSTICTOPTERUS. Apostictopterus, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 630 (1894). Type fuliginosus, Leech. Antenne about half as long as costa, club gradual; apiculus robust. Palpi ascend- ing; third joint porrect, cylindrical, at least as long as half the diameter of the eye. Wings comparatively long and narrow: tip of fore wing truncate, 7.¢. the termen is nearly vertical from vein 5 to the costa, and inwardly oblique from vein 5 to vein 1a, with an obtuse but distinct angle at the end of vein 5; vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge of the cell; veinda trifle nearer 4 than 6; vein 11 normal, 7. ¢. not in any way approaching vein 12. ‘Tibial epiphysis present, hind tibiee with two pairs of spurs. The foregoing characters are present in Mr. Leech’s unique type of Apostictopterus fuliginosus, which he has been so good as to entrust tous for examination. ‘The genus should stand next to Astictopterus. APOSTICTOPTERUS FULIGINOSUS. Apostictopterus fuliginosus, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 631, pl. xxxviii. fig. 8, g (1894). Hab. Omei Shan, Western China ( fide Leech). SANCUS. Sancus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 395; Watson, P. Z. 8, 1893, p. 87. Type subfasciatus, Moore =pulligo, Mab. : Body and wings above entirely dark brown. Palpi appressed, 2nd joint densely scaled, 3rd joint almost concealed. Fore wing with vein 12 shortly touching vein 11 near its base. Sex-mark of the male, when present, an oblong-oval patch of modified scales in the basal third of cell 1a on the fore wing below and touching the median and the base of vein 2; its presence is not always well indicated on the upper surface of the wing. The fore wing is rather narrow and feebly subtruncate at the apex, the VOL. Xiv-—part Iv. No. 10.—October, 1897. 2A 174 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: termen between veins 5 and 6 reaching a little beyond the actual tip; hind wing rounded, its greatest length not exceeding that of the dorsum of the fore wing. Abdomen comparatively long and slender. On the hind wing below the common pattern consists of the following spots of pale scales, namely :—one in cell 7 erect from the base of vein 7, one near the middle of the upper margin of the cell, one in the basal third of cell 6, and four in a straight line almost parallel with the termen, one each in cells 2, 3, 4, 5; some of these spots are sometimes suppressed, and in some specimens the whole are scarcely discernible. Two species are mentioned by Watson (P. Z.S. 1893, p. 87), which may be distinguished as follows :— Sex-mark present in the male. Hind wing below with pale spots or bands, or both . ae ee ete asl ee Rg ee a Sea pulligo, Mab. Sex-mark wanting in the male. Hind wing below unmarked . . . . . . «. fuscula, Snell. Watson says of S. fuscula that the male mark is present, but inconspicuous, and he separates the species from S. pulligo by having the underside of the hind wing entirely unmarked, and by the beautiful plum-like bloom of the upperside, though this last character is only apparent in fresh specimens. ! SANCUS PULLIGO. Tagiades pulligo, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. xxvi; id. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1876, p. 272. Astictopterus subfasciatus, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 842; Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour, As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 380, pl. xviii. figs. 1, 1 a, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp, Ind, p. 148 (1891). Astictopterus ulunda, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 146 (1889). Sancus subfasciatus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 396. ? Antigonus kethra, Plétz, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. 1884, p. 24. ? Astictopterus kethra, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii. p. 110 (1886). Sancus pulligo, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 319, pl. xlix. fig. 1, ¢ (1892). Hab. Nilghiri hills (Hampson); Akyab, Moulmein (Adamson); Perak, Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty); Java (Piepers) ; Borneo, Philippines (Semper) ; Palawan (Platen). SANCUS FUSCULA. Tagiades? fuscula, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. vol. xxi. p. 42, pl. ii. fig. 3 (1878) ; de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 397. Hab. S.W. Celebes (fide de Nicéville). KORUTHAIALOS. Koruthaialos, Watson, P. Z. S. 18938, p. 76, pl. ii. fig. 8. Type hector, Wats. A genus of few species, well exemplified by the Astictopterus xanites of Butler. Apart from facies, it differs from Suastus and Jambrix in the fact that vein 11 of the fore wing touches or anastomoses with vein 12 fora portion of its length. Perhaps the A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 175 most remarkable feature of the genus is the frenulum-like tuft of bristly hairs found at the base of the costa of the hind wing in the male. The following table deals only with the three species in coll. Elwes :— ; Males. 1 (4). Fore wing with a red band, at least on the underside. 2 (3). Red band on fore wing below broader, its breadth near the : middle about equal to one-third of the length of the costa . wanites, Butl. 3 (2). Red band on fore wing below narrower, its breadth near the middle about equal to one-fourth of the length of the costa. hector, Wats. 4 (1). Fore wg without anyred band . . . .... =. . . butleri, W.-M. & de Nicév. With regard to K. wanites and K. hector, it is difficult to lay down any satisfactory character for the separation of these two species, if species they are. In their typical state they offer no difficulty, H. xanites being the larger insect, expanding about 4] mm., with the red band on the fore wing above broad, and reaching from the middle of the costa to the tornus; whilst X. hector is smaller, expanding about 35 mm., with the red band on the fore wing above comparatively narrower and rarely reaching quite to the tornus, frequently abbreviated at each end, and sometimes entirely wanting. Pending the comparison of the male genitalia of typical specimens when opportunity offers, we find that the most constant character by which to separate the two forms lies in the relative breadth of the red band of the fore wing, as exhibited on the underside. ! KORUTHAIALOS XANITES. Astictopterus xanites, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 510; id. Trans. Linn. Zool. Soe. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 555, pl. lxix. fig. 7 (1877). Koruthaialos xanites, Watson, ‘P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 77. Hab. Borneo (fide Butler); Malacca (jide Watson); Kina Balu, Borneo (Water- stradt); Perak, Bali (Doherty). ! KORUTHAIALOS HECTOR. Koruthaialos hector, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 77. Astictopterus xanites, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 402, pl. xxxiv. fig. 28 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 145 (1891). Astictopterus xanites, var. palawites, Staudinger, Iris, 11. p. 148 (1889). Kerana gemmifer, Semper, Schmett. Phillipp. p. 318 (1892), sec. spec. comm. Hab. Luzon (fide Semper); Palawan (fide Staudinger) ; Burmah (Adamson, Doherty) ; Tenasserim (Bingham) ; Perak, Pulo Laut, Bali, Arjuno, Java (Doherty) ; Java (Piepers) ; Bunguran, Natuna Is. (Hverett); Palawan (in coll. Rothschild). ! KORUTHAIALOS BUTLERI. Astictopterus butleri, Wood-Mason & de Nicéyille, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 98, pl. x. fig. 3, g; ud. op. cit. 1886, p. 380. 2a 2 176 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Dark fuliginous brown with somewhat of a purple tinge, the latter most evident on hind wing below. Male with no trace of a pale band on either side of the fore wing; in the female! (fide de Nicéville) the fore wing has an obsolete oblique discal red band, which is sometimes quite absent from the upperside, but always distinctly traceable on the underside. ‘This species, though distinct enough to admit of its definition, is evidently but little removed from the preceding ; being, in fact, more remote from it in the matter of facies than it is in the form of the male genitalia. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Upper Assam (Doherty); Khasias (Hamilton). KoRUTHAIALOS VERONES. Astictopterus verones, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 341 (1878). Koruthaialos verones, de Nicéville & Martin, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1895, p. 534. “Both sides rufous brown. Underside of the anterior wing marked by a subapical rufous spot.” (Hewitson, l.c.) Hab. Sumatra ( fide Hewitson). KKORUTHAIALOS KERALA. Koruthaialos kerala, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1896, p. 20, pl. T. fig. 48, ¢. “ Male. Upperside, both wings shining fuscous. Fore wing with a broad oblique discal orange fascia exactly as in Kerana armatus, Druce, that is to say, the band is about twice as long as it is broad, and it does not quite reach the costa, the outer margin at the anal angle, or the inner margin; but it differs slightly in form from the band in that species. as its inner edge anteriorly is obliquely cut off instead of being continued straight to the margin. Hind wing unmarked. Underside: both wings paler than on the upperside, of a more sooty brown. Fore wing has the discal band rather broader than on the upperside, reaching the inner margin; it is paler, moreover, throughout, especially so posteriorly. Hind wing immaculate. Antenne black, the apex of the club paler beneath. Palpi blunt, the third joint hidden beneath the second.— Female exactly like the male.” Expanse, ¢, 44-45 mm.; 9, 44-54 mm. Hab. Perak, Malay Peninsula; Battak Mountain, N.E. Sumatra (fide de Nicéville). We have not seen this species. KORUTHAIALOS KOPHENE. Koruthaialos kophene, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1896, p. 21, pl. T. figs.49 5,509. «“ Female. Upperside, both wings sooty-brown. Fore wing with a broad oblique discal orange fascia (not as broad as in Celenorrhinus ladana, Butler, Kerana armatus, Druce, and Koruthaialos kerala, de Nicéville) commencing near the costa, ending near the submedian nervure, its edges irregular, crossed by the dark brown veins, 1 We have never seen the female of this species. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID 2, 177 bearing a dark brown line which defines the discocellular nervyules. Hind wing unmarked. Underside, both wings rather paler than above. Fore wing with the discal band broader and paler, especially posteriorly, than on the upperside, the discocellular dark line narrower and more prominent. Hind wing unmarked. Antenne black, the apex of the club beneath paler. Palpi blunt, the third joint hidden beneath the second.—WMale similar to the female but smaller, the orange fascia on both sides of the fore wing rather more obscure and narrower.” Expanse, ¢,40; 2, 45-525 mm. Hab. N.E. Sumatra, Central Java ( fide de Nicéville). We have not seen this species. It will be observed that both this species and the preceding are remarkable for the position of the third joint of the palpi; in all the Hesperiide known to us the third joint of the palpi proceeds from the distal end of the second joint and is not hidden beneath it. SuADA. Suada, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 370. Type swerga, de Nicéville. This genus is distinguished from Swastus by having vein 11 of the fore wing touching or approaching vein 12. The species known to us may be distinguished as follows :— 1 (2). Hind wing above not marked with white. . . . . . . swerga,de Nicév. 2 (1). Subtornal region of hind wing above in greater or less ant Bi pure ite 8 (4). Fore wing fuligimous brown, without hyaline spots or, at most, with one or more of the subapical series. Hind wing below pure white, unspotted, narrowly brown along the costa. . . : . . . cataleucos, Stgr. 4 (3). Fore wing above fuliginous brown, with three small feakne white spots on the disc, one each, subequal in size, in the cell and cell 2 next the base of vein 3, and one, smaller and triangular, in the base of cell 3. 5 (6). Hind wing below white as far as vein 7, thence to the costa brown ; termen suffused with brown in the apex of cells land2 . . . . . albinus, Semper. 6 (5). Hind wing below white as far as vein 7, thence to the costa brown, the white portion with some black spots, namely, one in the apex of the cell, one near the apical third and one at the apex of cell 1 4, both large (the former subquadrate), and followed by some smaller ones in cells 2, 3, and 4, 5, the whole indicating a postmedian and terminal macular band respectively. . . 2 © + + + + + + 5 © + © « + « ScOpas, Stgr. ! SUADA SWERGA. Hesperia swerga, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 89, pl. x. fig. 12, ¢. Suastus molleri, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 49. Suada swerga, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc, 1895, p. 372. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Arjuno, Java (Doherty). 178 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS !SuUADA CATALEUCOS. Heteropterus? cataleucos, Staudinger, Iris, u. p. 162, pl. i. fig. 13, g (1889). Hab. Pulo Laut, Borneo (Doherty); Palawan (Platen). SUADA ALBINUS. Suastus albinus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 299, pl. xlix. fig. 8, 9 (nee g) (1892). Hab. 8.W. Mindanao (Semper) ; Davao, Mindoro (Staudinger). Herr Semper is mistaken as to the sex of his single example of this species; it is undoubtedly a female. SUADA SCOPAS. Heteropterus ? (Steropes) scopas, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 161, pl. ii. fig. 12, ¢ (1889). Hab. Palawan (Platen). Distinguished from albinus by the smaller amount of white on the hind wing above and the black spots on the white portion of the hind wing below. SUASTUS. Suastus, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 168 (1881) ; Watson, P.Z. 8.1893, p. 75. Type gremius, Fab. No hyaline spot in cell 4 of fore wing. Third joint of palpi acicular, erect, one- third to one-half as long as the diameter of the eye. Fore wing: vein 11 not touching 12; vein 2 nearer the base of the wing than the end of the cell. We are acquainted with five species of this genus, distinguished as follows :— 1 (8). Hind wing above not marked with white. 2 (7). Hind wing below not sprinkled with purple scales. 3 (6). Pale spot in cell lia of fore wing below not reaching the termen. 4 (5). Dark spots on hind wing below black. Expanse about 38 mm.. . . gremius, Fab. 5 (4). Dark spots on hind wing below but little darker than the ground- colour. Expanse about30mm. .. . 5 ; iauket ae wie eel, ube. 6 (8). Pale spotin cell 1 a of fore wing below pure hte, and, with the exception of a small piece in the upper outer angle of that cell, oceupymg the entire space between the dorsum and vein 2 from the termen to the middle of the wing. Hind wing below brown, closely sprinkled with whitish-grey scales and bearing a few brown spots, of which two in cell 1 4, one near the base of vein 2, and the other near the apical third of the cell, one each in cells 2and 3, and one im the apex of the cell are the most evident; an anteciliary brown line; fringe white . . . : aS, (c 22 ee. deem wai negneus: Semper: 7 (2). Hind wing below rathien thickly apeaikied with itepie scales on the basalitwo-thirds:. .” <-.) “.ciheucbiaaiee iene os uae ete Be) ae ee moEpUNCrUS Swine A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID A. 179 8 (1). Subtornal region of hind wing above in greater or less part pure white. Hind wing below white; costa brown as far as vein 7 ; a large subquadrate black spot beyond the middle of cell 14, a small one next the transverse vein, and one or two others . . . . . . . tripura, de Nicév. The Carystus telesinus of Mabille, which Semper includes in this genus, we place tentatively in Plastingia: it has not the facies of Swastus nor the long acicular third joint of the palpi characteristic of that genus. ! SUASTUS GREMIUS. Hesperia gremius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 483 (1798). Hesperia divodasa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 791. Hesperia subgrisea, Moore, P.Z.S. 1878, p. 689. Suastus gremius, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 168 (1881). Suastus subgrisea, Moore, l. ec. Hab. N.W. Himalayas (Young); Bangalore, Ganjam (Minchin) ; Sikkim (Moller) ; Khasia (Hlwes) ; Bombay (Swinhoe); Burmah (Adamson). SUASTUS CHILON. Suastus chilon, Doherty, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1891, p. 198. ** Above, male all dark brown, no hyaline markings nor patches of lighter brown scales. Below, fore wing with a minute white dot discally in the lower median space, the subapical hyaline spots represented by two slight dark’streaks, the lower (in one specimen) containing a lighter dot. Hind wing nearly white (not grey as in S, gremius), the borders dark ; a conspicuous black cell-spot, and a row of black discal spots, six in one specimen, four in the other. The absence of hyaline spots distinguishes it from all others. Two males, Sumba coast.” (Doherty, 1. c.) We have not seen this species and do not know whether the types still exist. !Suastus sana. (Plate XVIII. fig. 15, 3.) Hesperia sala, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1866, p. 500; Wood-Mason & de Nicéyille, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 259. Suastus aditus, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 49. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); E. Pegu, Andamans (Doherty) ; Java (Piepers). ! SUASTUS MIGREUS. Suastus migreus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 300, pl. xlix. fig. 9, g (nec ?) (1892). Hab. Luzon, Mindanao (Semper) ; Mindoro (coll. Staudinger). Herr Semper has been good enough to lend us the specimen figured in his work, which is certainly a male. The species is well characterized, by the large white patch in the tornus of the fore wing below. 180 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS. !Suastus BipuNcTus. (Plate XVIII. fig. 14, ¢.) Suastus bipunctus, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) v. p. 364 (1890). Suastus aditus, Hampson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 365. Hab. Nilgiri hills (Hampson). ! SUASTUS TRIPURA. Tagiades tripura, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 392, pl. G. fig. 39, 2. Carystus albescens, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 51 (1893). Hab. Perak, Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty) ; Java (Fruhstorfer). SUASTUS MINUTA. Tagiades minuta, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 343 (1877); id. Lep. Cey. 1. p. 176, pl. xviii. figs. 4, 4.@ (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 96 (1891). Resembles S. ¢ripwra in general appearance, but has the hind wing above entirely brown. Hind wing below white, brown along the costa; an ill-defined brown spot near the apical third of cell 1 4, an indication of a smaller one in cell 2, and another next the transverse vein. Hab. Ceylon. SUASTUS ROBSONII. Suastus robsonii, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 372, pl. Q. fig. 50, g. Nearest to S. minuta. Hind wing below “(as seen under a strong magnifying- glass) overlaid throughout with dull ochreous scales; an elongated minute black spot at the end of the cell.” Described from a single example taken at Masuri, W. Himalayas, 12th July, 1892. SUASTUS PHIDITIA. Hesperia phiditia, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 501 (1866). Suastus phiditia, de Nicéville & Martin, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1895, p. 535. This species, which we have not seen, has one large vitreous spot on the hind wing above, and the kind wing below “ochreous, crossed at the middle by a band of four brown spots” (rufo-ochraceis, fascia fuscd). Hab. Sumatra (fide Hewitson). TAMBRIX. Iambrix, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 76, pl. iii. fig. 25. Type salsala, Moore. A genus established by Watson for the Misoniades salsala of Moore and its immediate allies. It differs from Swastus in facies and in the fact that vein 3 of the fore wing arises immediately before the end of the cell. The males of the three A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 181 species placed in this genus by its author, together with one other, may be distinguished by the characters given below. In salsala and stellifer the white spots on the hind wing below are very inconstant in size and number, and so, ina lesser degree, are the white spots on the fore wing of the females of those species. Males. Fore wing above not banded with yellow-red. Hind wing below with 2—4 small snow-white spots (sometimes absent). No patch of androconia on the hind wing above. Fore. wing above with a sordid yellow macular band running obliquely outwards from the middle of the dorsum (sometimes indistinct, but always indicated by more or less distinct patches of golden-yellow scales). salsala, Moore. Fore wing above without any trace of a pale discal macular oblique band . ._ stellifer, Butl. Fore wing above with a broad yellow-red postmedian band, which is sometimes more or less abbreviated at each end. A large patch of androconia at the base of the hind wing above near the costa. Fore wing below: red band narrower, lying at a right angle to the dorsum and reaching about halfway across cell 3, its inner edge nearly straight, Mo, maclnMatl Ai iene GaCLOrwns Gall 6 5 o 6 6 8 a 0 56 0 5 6 6 pity ING, Fore wing below : red band broader, reaching to about the apical sixth of cell 8, its inner edge deeply mdented at the end of the cell, its outer edge forming an almost regular curve from the apical fifth of the costa to the tornus latifascia, n. sp. ! TAMBRIX SALSALA. Nisoniades salsala, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 786. Astictopterus salsala, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 401, pl. xxxiv. fig. 21 (1886). In typical females of this species there is on the underside of the fore wing a round white spot at the end of the cell and a curved postmedian series of roundish white spots, placed one each in cells 2-8 inclusive, and decreasing in size towards the costa. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Assam, Naga hills, East Pegu, Perak (Doherty); Burmah (Adamson); Ceylon; Ganjam (Minchin); West Java (Piepers); Kina Balu ( Waterstradt). ! TAMBRIX STELLIFER. Astictopteryz stellifer, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. ser. 2, vol. 1. p. 555 (1877) ; Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 163 (1881). This is a good and distinct species, notwithstanding all that has been written to the contrary. In typical females there is on the underside of the fore wing a round white spot in the cell and three other roundish white spots placed as follows, namely : one near the basal third of cell 2, one near the basal third of cell 5, and one near VOL. xIv.—Part Iv. No. 11.—October, 1897. 2B 182 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: the middle of cell 5, thus forming an oblique series running outwardly towards the apex of the wing. Hab. Fast Pegu, Pulo Laut, Sumatra (Doherty); Nias (Modigliani); Java (Fruhstorfer). ! JAMBRIX SINDU. Astictopterus sindu, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 401 (1860); Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 402, pl. xxxv. fig. 30 (1886). Astictopterus obliquans, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 51 (1893). Hab. Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Labuan, Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt) ; Padang, Sumatra (Sachs, Martin). ! TAMBRIX LATIFASCIA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 9, ¢ .) 3 2. Slightly larger than J. sindu, from which it is distinguished by the different shape and much greater breadth of the red band on the fore wing. These differences are detailed in the table above. The male genitalia are similar to those of J. sindu. Expanse, ¢ 26, 9 29 mm. Hab. Kinu Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt) ; Liwa, S.E. Sumatra (Doherty). Described from specimens ex coll. Staudinger, one of which is now in my collection. GE. Ge, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 373. Type geta, de Nicév. A genus, for the present, containing one species only, allied to Matapa, from which it is best distinguished by the sex-marks of the male. The latter are as follows :—On the fore wing above, near the base of cell 2, an oval depression fringed on its inner edge by a series of erecto-patent hair-scales; the latter are blackish, becoming pale at the base, and when viewed from above appear to entirely cover the oval depression, the long axis of which reaches quite across the cell; on the hind wing above a fringe of long hair-scales along the basal half of vein 7, directed obliquely outward and downward, and covering wholly or in part a pale patch of modified scales. ! GE GETA. Ge geta, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 374, pl. Q. fig. 51, 3. The female is undescribed. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty); East Java (Piepers); Selesseh, Sumatra (Martin). TARACTROCERA. Taractrocera, Butler, Cat. Lep. Fabr. p. 279 (1869) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 1898, p. 94, pl. iu. fig. 20. Type mevius, Fab. A genus of small species, associated on account of their general resemblance to the Hesperia mevius of Fabricius, as figured by Butler (Cat. Lep. Fabr. pl. iii. fig. 13). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 183 They may be readily distinguished by the blunt club of the antennz, which is excavated on the upperside. We know nine species, which we distinguish as follows :— 6 ww oo 5 (4). (1). 7 (14). 8 (11). 9 (10). (or) 10 (9). 11 (8). 12 (13). 13 (12). 14 (7). 15 (16). 16 (15). 5). (6). Pale markings of the upperside white or whitish. (3). (2). (5) Hind wing below with the veins conspicuously pale . Hind wing below with the veins not conspicuously pale. Hind wing below with a whitish te from the base to the termen in cell 14 y : No whitish stripe in cell 1 0 of feed wing talon ; Pale markings of the upperside deep tawny- or epileealia, Hind wing below with a pale spot near the middle of cell 7 Fore wing below: cell brown, with a yellow spot near the apex. Size generally larger. Pale spots of upperside smaller, those of the hind wing above remote . : F Size smaller. Pale spots of upperside Tateer, those EE He tend wing above contiguous, forming an irregular macular extra- discal band CROC PUM a ee aut eral aay Ne Fore wing below : cell brown, with at least the distal half yellow. Hind wing below: cell 7 black, with an oe yellow spot in the middle Hind wing below : basal third of bail 7 wal a subensarate spot beyond the middle of that cell yellow . Hind wing below with no pale spot in cell 7. Yellow band on hind wing above not recurved towards the costa, ending at vein 6; fore wing below with the cell brown nearly to the middle, thence yellow . : : Yellow band on hind wing above ferurved (ouands the conta, ending at vein 7; fore wing below with the cell brown, with a yellow spot near the apex . ! TARACTROCERA MVIUS. Hesperia mevius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. 1. p. 352 (1793). Taractrocera mevius, Butler, Cat. Lep. Fabr. p. 279, pl. ii. fig. 13 ; Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p- 172, pl. lxx. fig. 5 (1880-81) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 62. Pamphila sagara, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 792. N.W. Himalayas (Young, Hocking); Ganjam, Calcutta (Minchin); Ceylon (Mackwood); Burmah (Watson). Hab. *mevius, Fab. danna, Moore. ardonia, Hew. ceramas, Hew. nicevillet, Wats. ziclea, Plotz. flavoides, Leech. archias, Feld. oberthiiri, nu. sp. ? Specimens from Ceylon have the hind wing below sordid green and the veins less conspicuously pale, 232 184 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! TARACTROCERA DANNA. Pyrgus danna, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 249. Pamphila danna, Moore, P.Z.S. 1865, p. 508, pl. xxx. fig. 8. Taractrocera danna, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 63. Hab. N.W. Himalaya, 5000-9000 feet (Young); Sikkim (Elwes). ! TARACTROCERA ARDONIA. Ancyloxypha ardonia, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 45 (1868). Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt), Pulo Laut (Doherty). ! TARACTROCERA CERAMAS. (Plate XXI. fig. 24, ¢ .) Cyclopides ceramas, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 44 (1868). Taractrocera ceramas, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 63. Hab. N. Canara (Aitken); Travancore, Malabar; Nilgiris (Minchin). ! TARACTROCERA NICEVILLEI. (Plate XXI. fig. 12, ¢.) Tapactracera nicevillei, Watson, P.Z.S. 1893, p. 95. The form of the male genitalia is similar in this species and the preceding, and the essential wing-pattern of the two is also similar, the difference in facies being caused by the greater development of the yellow spots in 7’. nicevillei. We have not, however, seen any intermediate specimens. Hab. Bombay (Swinhoe). !'TARACTROCERA ZICLEA. Thymelicus ziclea, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv. p. 289 (1884). Pamphila mesoides (luzonensis, Mab.), Staudinger, Inis, il. pp. 145, 165 (1889). Ampittia ziclea, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 304. Ampittia mesoides, id. t.c. p. 358. Pamphila luzonensis, Mabille, sec. spec. comm. This species and the next are interesting as combining the facies of Telicota dara, Koll., with the generic characters of Zaractrocera. After examining a male and female of ziclea and a male of mwsoides from Semper, we are satisfied that they represent but one species. There are some small differences of degree in wing-pattern, but having regard to the latitude of similar variation which obtains in insects having a similar facies (e.g. Telicota dara, Koll.) these differences cannot be taken as satisfactorily characterizing a species. Hab. Luzon, Mindoro, Samar, Bohol, Cebu, Mindanao (Semper). ! TARACTROCERA FLAVOIDES. Taractrocera flavoides, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 590, pl. xl. fig. 10 9, 11 g (1893-94). Hab. Omei-shan, Central China (Pratt); Moupin (ex coll. Oberthiir). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 185 ! TARACTROCERA ARCHIAS. Pamphila archias, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Math. Nat. Cl. xl. p. 462, sep. p. 15 (1860). Thymelicus nigrolimbatus, Snellen, Tijd. Ent. xix. p. 165, pl. vii. fig. 5 (1876). Telicota nigrolimbata, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 384, pl. xxxv. fig. 16 (1886). According to a specimen received from M. Mabille, this is the same as Pamphila dschalia, Plotz. In the Felder collection, under the name “ Pamphila archias,” are four specimens ; two of these are without locality-labels and may be disregarded, but the remaining two which are labelled in contemporary handwriting “ Amboina, Dolesch,” are without doubt the same as Thymelicus nigrolimbatus, Snellen. Hab. Java (Piepers); Sambawa, Bali, Arjuno, Java (Doherty). ! TARACTROCERA OBERTHURI, 0. sp. 9. Upperside similar to that of 7. ziclea, but having the yellow markings less extensive. Hind wing below sordid yellow, by reason of a dense clothing of sulphureous scales on a dark brown ground; a large oblong pale spot occupying about the middle third of cells 4—5, a roundish one in the cell near the base of vein 7, another near the basal third of cell 2, and a feeble one in the base of cell 6; cell 14 pale. Hab. Trichinopoly, 8. India (Castets). Described from one female lent to us by M. Charles Oberthiir. Ocuus. Ochus, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p.51. Type subvittatus, Moore. This is a genus established by Mr. de Nicéville for the Cyclopides subvittatus of Moore. It is mainly distinguished from Baracus (e. g. B. septentrionum and B. subditus) by having the base of cell 6 in the fore wing nearly as long as that of cell 5, and vein 11 not approaching vein 12. OcHUS SUBVITTATUS. Cyclopides subvittatus, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 692; Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 392, pl. xvii. figs. 6,6a ¢, x2; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 69 (1891). Cyclopides subradiatus, Moore, 1. c. p. 693. Hab. Sikkim, Khasia (Hlwes), Nagas (Doherty). AMPITTIA. Ampittia, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 171 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 95. Type maro, Fab. A group comprising a few small species, dark brown with yellow spots, associated on account of their general resemblance to the Hesperia maro of Fabricius. In the latter there is no evident apiculus to the club of the antennz, although a small one is present in the other species. The males of those species possessing a sex-mark on the fore wing above have the “‘tuning-fork” arrangement of the subcostal veins in the hind wing. We distinguish the species known to us as follows :— 186 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: 1 (4). Fore wing above with a sex-mark in the male. 2 (3). Exp.25mm. Male: fore wing below—cell yellow except at the base. maro, Fab. 3 (2). Exp. 30-32 mm. Male: fore wing below—cell yellow, with a black streakein: themmiddles, 43 se s-wen eye Wen (cmy-nn meee Leo elueechs 4 (1). No sex-mark on fore wing above in the male. 5 (6). Fore wing more pointed ; termen straight, oblique. Dark markings on hind wing below consisting of small, scattered, black spots . maga, Leech. 6 (5). Fore wing less pointed, termen evenly rounded. 7 (8). Hind wing below yellow, with irregular pale brown markings forming three more or less distinct transverse series ; a large, oblong, pale spot occupying the basal half of cells 4-5. . «. . «© . . . trimacula, Leech. 8 (7). Hind wing below yellow-brown by reason of a close sprinkling of yellow scales on a brown ground, with three yellow spots near the base and an irregular subterminal and postmedian series of yellow spots, the largest member of the latter being a spot near the middle of cells 4-5 and occupying the entire width of those cells . delai-lama, Mab. ! AMPITTIA MARO. Hesperia maro, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 432 (1798), ¢. Cyclopides camertes, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 43 (1868), ¢. Ampittia maro, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 172, pl. Ixxi. figs. 1, 1 @ (1880-81) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 61 (1891). Telicota maro, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 383, pl. xxxv. fig. 14 g,15 2 (1886). Hab. N. Canara (Aitken) ; Ceylon (Mackwood); Nilgiris (Roberts); Calcutta (de Nicé- ville); Burmah, Tenasserim (Watson); Shanghai (Pryer) ; Bali (Doherty). AMPITTIA MAROIDES. Ampittia maroides, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1896, p. 190, pl. T. fig. 51, 3. Differs from A. maro ‘on both sides of the fore wing in lacking the chrome-yellow spot in the middle of the submedian interspace.” Expanse 25 mm. Hab. Daunat Range, Tenasserim (fide de Nicéville). We have not seen this species. ! AMPITTIA VIRGATA. Pamphila virgata, Leech, Entomologist, xxii. p. 47 (1890). Padraona virgata, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 598, pl. xl. fig. 15, g (1886). Hab. Changyang, Central China (Pratt). ! AMPITTIA MAGA. Pamphila maga, Leech, Entomologist, xxiii. p. 48 (1890). Padraona maga, Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 599, pl. xl. fig 18, ¢ (1894). Hab. Ichang, Ningpo (Leech). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 187 AMPITTIA TRIMACULA. Taractrocera trimacula, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 60 (1891). Padraona trimacula, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 599, pl. xl. fig. 17, g (1894). Hab. Wa-su-kow, West China (fide Leech). ! AMPITTIA DELAI-LAMA. Cyclopides delai-lama, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. lvi. Taractrocera lyde, Leech, Entomologist, xxiv. Suppl. p. 60 (1891). Aeromachus delai-lama, Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 620, pl. xl. fig. 16, g (1894). Hab. West China, E. Tibet (Pratt, Kricheldorf). AEROMACHUS. Aeromachus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 214. Type stigmata, Moore. This is a group of small dull-coloured species associated together on account of their resemblance to the Thanaos stigmata of Moore. ‘The distinctive wing-pattern is generally well marked, and consists of a postmedian and subterminal curved series of small pale spots running almost parallel to the termen of both fore and hind wings: it is best displayed on the underside, and the postmedian series on the fore wing is usually the most sharply defined. In kali, de Nicév., the most aberrant species known to us,. the essential pattern is traceable, although the pale spots are purple instead of whitish, and the sex-mark of the male is of the same kind as that found in inachus. We separate the species known to us as follows :— 1 (22). Hind wing below without purple markings. 2 (9). Sex-mark on the fore wing above in the male a seam passing obliquely outwards from the middle of vein 1 @ to the base of vein 3. 3 (8). Fore wing below with two rows of pale spots—one postmedian, the other subterminal. 4 (7). Hind wing below: space between the postmedian and subterminal pale macular bands darkened and divided into a series of spots by the pale veins. 5 (6). Hind wing below with the subterminal row of dark spots greenish brown; markings in cell 7 scarcely developed . . . . . . stigmata, Moore. 6 (5). Hind wing below with the subterminal row of dark spots velvety greenish-black ; markings in cell 7 strongly developed. Fore wing longer in proportion to its width, its termen more distinctly CULV EOe ee aM e ge, sk oe eR Ty SS ALT Ue yo Sm CIRENSTS YN. SDs 7 (4). Hind wing below uniform pale greenish grey, the veins not evidently paler than the disc, the space between the postmedian 188 14 (15). 15 (14). 16 (13). 17 (18). 21 (20). MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: and subterminal pale macular bands not darker than the remainder ... - - - . Fore wing below with only one row of pale spots—the postmedian one—and that but feebly developed. Hind wing below grey- brown, closely sprinkled with yellow scales, with a feeble irregular postmedian band of pale spots . Sex-mark on the fore wing above in the male a small longitudinal fold of pale scales on vein 1 a a little beyond the middle, or none. . Hind wing below with the veins pale. Tegumen (viewed from above) slightly angularly widened on each side just below its rounded apex ; lower lobe of clasp broadly rounded, its margin serrate and continuous with the outline of the upper lobe . Hind wing below with the veins concolorous. . Fore wing broader and more triangular, the termen straighter and longer in proportion to the dorsum. . Fore wing below: postmedian and subterminal pale macular bands both well developed, usually complete from the dorsum to the costa. Tegumen (seen from above) with a small notch at each distal angle, its apex truncate or but slightly rounded between the notches. Hind wing below grey-brown; the postmedian series of pale spots not stronger and more evident than the subterminal series . Hind wing below greenish ochreous; the postmedian series of pale piceus, Leech. musca, Mab. inachus, Mén. discreta, Plotz. spots stronger and more evident than the subterminal series . jhora, de Nicév. Fore wing below: pale macular bands imperfect or absent, not in any case reaching the dorsum. Fore wing below with a spot of pale scales in the cell near its upper distal angle. Tegumen (seen from above) with a small rounded projection on each side near the apex, beyond which it is produced in a bluntly-rounded triangle . No such pale spot on the fore wing below. ‘iegumen as in dubius, n. sp. discrela and jhora’ . . . . - . + +s +s + « - + gavanicus, 0. sp. . Fore wing narrower and more oblong; termen more strongly curved, almost evenly curved from the dorsum to the costa. . Fore wing below with the pale postmedian macular band continuous from cell 2 to cell 7 or 8, and running almost paralle) with the termen; no pale spot in the cell near its upper distal angle. Tegumen parallel-sided in its apical half, evenly rounded at the apex; lower lobe of clasp not produced, broadly rounded, serrate and continuous with the outline of the upper lobe Fore wing below with the pale spots in two outwardly oblique series—one series in cells 5, 6, and 7 or 8, or 6, 7, and 8, the other series in cells 2 and 3; no pale spot in cell 4; a pale spot in the cell near its upper distal angle. Tegumen a little constricted on each side just below the apex, which is bluntly indistincta, Moore. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 189 triangular; lower lobe of clasp acuminate, produced much above the level of the upper edge of the clasp . . . . . . manus, Leech. 22 (1). Hind wing below with pale purple spots. 23 (24). Upperside fuliginous brown. Sex-mark on the fore wing of the male a small longitudinal fold of pale scales on vein 1 a about the middle. Purple markings on the dise of hind wing below forming a large irregular macular patch having its outer edge perallelawithathewtexmenyecmy.) Ce einen ves eee ele) kali, de Nicév. 24. (23). Upperside pale brown. Sex-mark on fore wing of the male aseam passing obliquely outwards from the middle of vein 1a to the base of vein 3. Purple markings on disc of hind wing below forming a continuous curved macular band from the costa as far as Vari IL) oe SURO od GL Se SMR ice NA a eT Tamia ! AEROMACHUS sTiGMaTA. (Plate XIX. fig. 3, 3.) Thanaos stigmata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 694. Aeromachus stigmata, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 68 (1891). Specimens from the N.W. Himalayas and some from Sikkim show a band of whitish spots across the fore wing and a discal spot, which are faint or absent on the upperside of Khasia and Naga hill specimens; the undersides also vary to some extent, but the genitalia seem to be identical in both forms. Hab. N.W. Himalayas (Young); Sikkim (Mller); Khasias (Hiwes); Naga hills: (Doherty). ! AEROMACHUS CHINENSIS, n. sp. Aeromachus inachus, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 619, pl. xl. fig. 19, g¢ (1893-94), in part. (nec Ménétriés). This insect, which in some parts of Western China appears to represent A. stigmata, may be readily distinguished from that species by the characters given in the table above. The genitalia do not differ materially. The sex-mark in the two male specimens which we have seems less conspicuous, but their condition is not perfect Hab. Wa-shan, Ta-tsien-lu, West China (Pratt). ! AEROMACHUS PICEUS. Aeromachus piceus, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 618, pl. xl. fig. 16, g (1893-94), Hab. Moupin, E. Tibet (fide Leech). ! AEROMACHUS MUSCA. Pamphila? musca, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. xxvi. Aeromachus musca, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 305 (1892). A very distinct little species, of the size of nanus, Leech, or indistincta, Moore. Hab, Luzon, Siargao (Semper). VOL. XIv.— Part Iv. No. 12.—Octoter, 1897. ZN 190 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! AEROMACHUS INACHUS. (Plate XIX. fig. 7; Plate XXIII. figs. 36, 36 a.) Pyrgus inachus, Ménétriés, Bull. Acad. Petr. xvii. p. 217 (1859) ; Schrenk’s Reisen, p. 46, pl. iv. fig. 2 (1859). Closely allied to stigmata, but separable by its somewhat paler colour and the different form of the sex-mark. It has the wing-shape of chinensis. We have not been able to identify this with Ménétriés’s type except by the locality ; but Amur specimens agree well with those from Japan. Mr. Leech has included under this name what we call chinensis, and we have specimens from his collection which were mixed with others from Western China but which may be from Japan. Hab, Yokohama (Mazley); Oiwake, Japan (Pryer); Amurland, West China (coll. Leech). ! AEROMACHUS DISCRETA. (Plate XIX. fig. 6, 2.) ? Apaustus discreta, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1885, p. 232. Hab. Khasia, 5000 feet (Elwes); Bernardmyo, Burmah (Doherty) ; Battak Mountains, Sumatra (Martin). Cf. javanicus, post. ! AEROMACHUS JHORA. (Plate XXIII. figs. 37, 37 a.) Thanaos jhora, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 122, pl. il. fig. 12, 3. Hab. Sikkim (Miller). ! AEROMACHUS DUBIUS, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 10, 3; Plate XXIII. fig. 39 a.) 3. Upperside dark olive-brown, the postmedian series of spots on the fore wing very indistinct or wanting; sex-mark on the fore wing a small inconspicuous fold of raised scales in cell 1@next vein la@ near the middle. Underside: fore wing umber-brown, the apical and costal regions similar to the hind wing; a small pale spot near the upper distal angle of the cell; the postmedian series of pale spots represented by about six spots, which become gradually fainter in their course from cells 8-3; a pale anteciliary line: hind wing ochreous brown by reason of a close sprinkling of yellow scales on the umber-brown ground; the postmedian and sub- terminal series of pale spots very indistinct or wanting; a pale anteciliary line. Fringes greyish white, the short scales grey-brown. Antenne above blackish, minutely spotted with yellowish: beneath greyish yellow, the shaft spotted with black. Second joint of palpi clothed with yellow and black hairs intermixed. Body above concolorous with the wings, beneath with greyish-yellow pubescence. Legs with greyish-yellow scaling. Tegumen (seen from above) with a small rounded projection near the apex on. each side, beyond which it is produced in a bluntly rounded triangle. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 191 @. Differs from the male in wanting the sex-mark and in having the pale spots proper to the underside more strongly developed, and consequently the postmedian series appears faintly on the costal portion of the upperside of the fore wing. Expanse 21-214 mm. Hab. Palnai hills (Castets) ; Peermaad, Travancore. Described from four males and one female. Of the species known to us this comes nearest to A. jhora, de Nicéy., from which, however, it differs in the form of the tegumen as well as in the spotting of the wings. ! AEROMACHUS JAVANICUS, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 24, ¢.) 3. Upperside pale umber-brown without markings, a few greyish-yellow scales near the base of the fore wing towards the costa; on the hind wing a line of long grey hairs along the basal two-thirds of vein 14; sex-mark on the fore wing a small inconspicuous fold of raised scales in cell 1@ next vein la near the middle. Underside: fore wing pale umber-brown ; the apical region similar to the hind wing, and | aving the usual postmedian series of pale spots indicated by very indistinct pale spots in cells 5-7 or 5-8; a pale anteciliary line: hind wing grey-brown, with a very faint greenish tinge by reason of the close sprinkling of yellowish-grey scales on the pale brown ground; a pale anteciliary line; the usual postmedian and subterminal series of pale spots are only indicated by a few very indistinct pale spots. Fringes pale grey, the shorter scales grey-brown. Antenne above black, minutely spotted with yellowish; beneath greyish yellow, the shaft spotted with black. Second joint of palpi clothed with whitish-grey and black hairs intermixed. Body above concolorous with the wings, beneath with yellowish-grey pubescence. Legs with yellowish-grey scaling. Tegumen as in A. discreta and A. jhora. Expanse 21 mm. Hab. West Java. Described from a single male kindly sent to us by Herr P. C. T. Snellen with the name Apaustus discreta, Plotz. In general appearance it comes nearest to the insect from the Khasia hills and Burmah, which we identify as discreta, Plotz, originally described from India; but the latter species, in all the specimens which we have seen, has the pale pattern on the underside well marked and constant. ! AFROMACHUS INDISTINCTA. (Plate XIX. fig. 11, ¢; Plate XXIII. fig. 39.) Thanaos indistincta, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 694. Aeromachus indistincta, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 66 (1891). Hab. Nilgivi hills (Hampson); Tavoy (Tucker); Tounghoo, Burmah (Adamson) ; Bernardmyo (Doherty) ; ? Khasias. 202 192 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! AFROMACHUS NANUS. (Plate XXIII. figs. 38, 38 a.) Aeromachus nanus, Leech, Butt. China, &ec. p. 620, pl. xl, fig. 21, g (1893-94). Hab. Shanghai (Pryer) ; Ichang (Pratt). ! AFROMACHUS KALI. Thanaos kali, de Nicéville, Jour, As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 123, pl. ii. fig. 3, g. The largest of the genus and a very distinct species. Hab. Sikkim (M@ller) ; Naga hills, Bernardmyo (Doherty). AEROMACHUS CATOCYANEA. Pamphila catocyanea, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. lv. Aeromachus catocyaneus, Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 618 (1894). We have relied on the drawing of Mabille’s type of this species referred to by Leech in separating this species, which we have not seen, but which seems nearest to A. kali. Hab. “ Thibet” (David). Type in Mus. Paris. SEBASTONYMA. Sebastonyma, Watson, P. Z. S. 1898, p. 81. Type dolopia, Hew. A monotypic genus closely allied to Halpe. Vein 5 of the fore wing is straight and arises very little nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6, and the sex-marks in the male consist of an infra-alar tuft on the fore wing and a large suboval patch of androconia near the base of the hind wing above, situate in the cell next its lower edge and occupying about one-half of its area. The sex-mark on the hind wing is not noticed in the original diagnosis of the genus. SEBASTONYMA DOLOPIA. Hesperia dolopia, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 27 (1868) ; id. Ex. Butt. v. pl. lv. figs. 60, 61 (1873). Halpe dolopia, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 74 (1891). Hab. Sikkim (Méller) ; Nagas, E. Pegu (Doherty); Khasias (Hamilton). PEDESTES. Pedestes, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 81. Type masuriensis, Moore. Watson made IJsoteinon masuriensis, Moore, the type of this genus, and he also included in it J. pandita, de Nicév. The male genitalia in these two species are remarkable for a certain amount of asymmetry and the possession of separate edeagus-quards, not part of the tegumen, A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 193 of which the right is larger than the left. The tegumen is symmetrical in both species, and the clasps are so in pandifa; but in the clasps of maswriensis the asymmetry is extreme. The species here included in the genus may be distinguished as follows :— 1 (4). Fore wing with hyaline spots in cells 6, 7, 8. Hind wing below not marked with about ten black spots. 2 (3). Upperside dark brown with a purple shade, pale spots on the fore wing pure white. Hind wing below grey-brown, generally with a minute pale spot in each of cells 2 and 3; fringe white. . masuriensis, Moore. 3 (2). Upperside brown, pale spots on the fore wing sordid yellowish white. Hind wing below yellow-brown ; fringe brownish grey . pandita, de Nicéy. 4 (1). Fore wing without hyaline spots in cells 6, 7, and 8, or with one in cell 6 only. Hind wing below marked with about ten black spots. 5 (6). Fore wing with no pale spot in cell 6. Fringes of hind wing below pale, with dark spots next the veins. Male with the long hairs near the base of the hind wing above normal, not forming a tuft. Apex of tegumen (viewed from above) elongate-triangular, with a short horn on each side of the base. . . . . . . . . +. maculicornis, n. sp. 6 (5). Fore wing with a pale spot in cell 6. Fringes of hind wing below pale with the basal half dark. Male with a distinct tuft of subequal Jong hairs near the base of hind wing above. Apex of tegumen (viewed from above) elongate-triangular, with an ear- like lobe on each side of the base . . . . . =.=. =. =. ~~ ~~ fuscicornis, n. sp. PEDESTES MASURIENSIS. (Plate XXIV. figs. 40, a, 4, c.) Isoteinon masuriensis, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 693; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p.79; Staudinger, Exot. Tagf. 1. p. 301, 1. pl. e. Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Young) ; Sikkim (Moller). PEDESTES PANDITA. (Plate XXIV. figs. 41, a, 0.) Isoteinon pandita, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 181, pl. 1. fig. 14, 2 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 81. Hab. Sikkim (Méller) ; Naga hills (Doherty). PEDESTES MACULICORNIs, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 23,4; Plate XXIV. fig. 42.) ¢. Upperside dark umber-brown: fore wing with four yellowish-white hyaline spots—one large, occupying the prebasal fifth of cell 2, one occupying the prebasal fifth of cell 3, and two in the cell, one on the lower edge and next the base of cell 3 and one on the upper edge near the base of cell 9; a streak of golden-yellow scales along the costa from the base to near the middle and another along the upperside of vein la from the base to beyond the middle. Underside: fore wing 194 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: with the discal area brown, apical area brownish grey; hyaline spots as on the upperside ; a large oblong suffused pale spot in cell 1a, and a small brown spot in each of cells 4-7: hind wing brownish grey, with nine roundish black spots placed as follows—one in the basal fourth of cell 7, one in the cell next the base of cell 6, one near the basal third of cell 14, one near the middle of cell 7, one in cell 6, one in cells 4-5, one each in cells 2 and 3, and one near the apical third of cell 14, the six last named forming a subterminal curved series; fringe pale, with dark spots next the veins. Body above concolorous with the wings. Palpi clothed with yellowish-grey scales intermixed with black ones. Antenne brown, spotted with white on the underside from the base to the club, which bears a white ring. g. Similar to the male. Expanse 37-38 mm. Described from three males and one female in coll. Elwes. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). PEDESTES FUSCICORNIS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 25,3; Plate XXIV. fig. 43.) g. Upperside dark umber-brown: fore wing with five yellowish-white hyaline spots—one, the largest, in cell 2 and reaching from the basal fifth to about the middle of that cell, one occupying the prebasal fourth of cell 3, one, punctiform, near the basal third of cell 6, and two in the cell, one on the lower edge and next the base of cell 3 and one on the upper edge near the base of cell 9; the wing- membrane on each side of vein 1@ from the base to the middle paler in colour and having a somewhat inflated appearance: hind wing with a tuft of subequal long brown hairs near the base and reaching nearly to the middle. Underside: fore wing brown, the hyaline spots as on the upperside; a large oblong suffused pale spot in cell la, and traces of small dark spots one each in cells 4-8, most distinct in cells 4 and 5: hind wing brown, with a distinct purple shade and nine black spots placed as follows :—one in the basal fourth of cell 7, one in the cell next the base of cell 6, one near the basal third of cell 10, one near the middle of cell 7, one in cell 6, one in cells 4—5, one each in cells 2 and 3, and one near the apical third of cell 1 4, the six last named forming a submarginal curved series ; fringe pale, the basal half (that is, the short scales) dark. Body above concolorous with the wings. Clothing of palpi above dark brown, beneath of yellowish-grey and brown scales intermixed in nearly equal numbers. Antenne brown, underside spotted with white near the base; club with a white ring. ixpanse 30-34 mm. Described from three male specimens in coll. Elwes, in one of which the purple shade is absent from the underside of the hind wing. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERILIDA. 195 LoPHOIDES. Lophoides, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 84. Type apis, de Nicé. Antenne two-thirds as long as the costa; club moderate, gradual; apiculus gradual. Palpi suberect, third joint short, almost concealed. Fore wing pointed, dorsum subequal in length to the termen; vein 4 straight, practically intermediate between veins 4 and 6; vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge of the cell (further from the base of the wing in the female) ; base of cell 3 subequal in length to that of cell 4; hyaline spot in cell 4 reduced to a point or wanting. Hind wing with the termen evenly rounded, cell about half as long as the wing ; vein 3 arising immediately before the end of the cell, vein 2 just beyond the middle of the lower edge of the cell. In the male the dorsum of the fore wing has in its middle third a scanty fringe of long hairs pointing obliquely downward and outward; on the underside of the fore wing the middle third of the dorsum bears a thick fringe of long hairs pointing obliquely upward and outward ; on the upperside of the hind wing there is a patch of long recumbent hairs attached to the basal portion of vein 8; and the fringe of the hind wing next the tornus is much elongated. The first described species belonging to this genus was obscura, Distant, a species for which that author made the genus /sma; but as his account of that genus is both imperfect and inaccurate (he ascribes to the type a pyriform antennal club, which it certainly does not possess), his name must sink in favour of Lophoides, Watson, of which iapis, de Nicéy., is the type, and of which the diagnosis does include a statement of the differential characters of the type species. 1 (8). With at least one cell-spot on the fore wing, that next the lower edge of the cell. 2 (7). Fore wing with the pale spot in cell 2 small, higher than wide (at least in the male). 3 (6). Hind wing below without any purplish suffusion on the basal half. 4 (5). Hind wing witha sprinkling of yellowish-grey scales, sometimes by their absence in parts giving rise to the appearance of a very obscure dark spot next the transverse vein, and a postmedian series of four or five similar spots. Fore wing broader, termen subequal in length to the dorsum. Upper edge of lower lobe of clasp not serrate ; cedeagus-guards toothed on the edges. . . . . . . tapis, de Nicév. 5 (4). Hind wing below with a feeble brown spot next the transverse vein and a postmedian series of four similar spots, one each in cells 2, 3, 4-5, and 6 respectively. These spots are of purplish-brown scales and not merely bare patches of the ground-colour of the wing. Fore wing longer and narrower, termen longer than the dorsum obscura, Distant. 196 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS : 6 (3). Hind wing below with a feeble purple suffusion on its basal half. Upper edge of lower lobe of clasp serrate ; cedeagus-guards smooth ontheedges. . . c 2 : . purpurascens, 1. sp. 7 (2). Fore wing with the pale Soot in een 2 eee, vie ‘Hart AEN Male genitalia as iniapis . . : Peace Po phous speUulso viable 8 (1). No cell-spot on the fore wing. Hind wing tele with two minute white points on the disc, one each in cells 2and3 .... . binotatus, n. sp. ! LopHomEs IAPIS. (Plate XXIV. figs. 44, 44 a.) Isoteinon iapis, de Nicéville, Jour. Bom. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 218, pl. E. fig. 9, 5; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 86. Hab. Johore, Malay Peninsula; Mergui Archipelago (fide de Nicéville) ; Pulo Laut, Borneo; Perak (Doherty); Banguey (coll. Staudinger). LOPHOIDES OBSCURA. Isma obscura, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 386, pl. xxxv. fig. 19 (1886). We are indebted to Messrs. Godman and Salvin for the opportunity to critically examine the type of this species, which is from Singapore ( Wallace). ! LOPHOIDES PURPURASCENS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. figs. 26 ¢, 279; Plate XXIV. figs. 45, 45 a.) Distinguished from Z. iapis by the purple suffusion of the basal half of the hind wing below. Expanse 31 mm. Hab. Pulo Laut, Borneo (Doherty). Described from three males and one female in coll. Elwes. ! LopHoIDES vULSO, Mab. Pamphila vulso, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 55 (1893). Hab. West Java (Piepers); Java (Fruhstorfer); Bali (Doherty) ; Selesseh, Sumatra (Martin). LOPHOIDES BINOTATUS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 28, ¢ .) °. Upperside dark brown : fore wing with five hyaline white spots, one about one and a half times as high as wide in cell 2, one less than half the size of the former in cell 3, one very small in cell 4, and two small and punctiform, one each in cells 6 and 7, anda small white spot next the upper edge of vein 1 @ near the middle ; hind wing with an indistinct pale point on the disc, coinciding with that in cell 3 on the underside. Underside brown: fore wing darker on the disc, with a suffused whitish spot near the middle of cell 1a, and the hyaline spots as on the upperside; hind wing with two A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. UN/ minute white points on the disc, one each in cells 2 and 3. Fringe of the fore wing grey-brown, a little paler next cell 1@; of the hind wing dark grey, with the short scales dark brown and a feeble indication of chequering. Antenne blackish, finely spotted with white on the underside; club white beneath, apiculus dark. Body above concolorous with the wings. Second joint of palpi clothed with yellowish and black hairs intermixed. Clothing of breast and legs brown. Abdomen beneath yellowish grey. Expanse 30 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt). Described from one example ex coll. Staudinger. HYaroris. Hyarotis, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 174 (1881). Type adrastus, Cr. This is a monotypic genus established by Moore for Hesperia adrastus, Cr., an insect sufficiently distinguished by its facies. Vein 5 of the fore wing is straight throughout. HIYAROTIS ADRASTUS. Hesperia adrastus, Cramer, Pap. Ex. vol. iv. pl. cccxix. figs. F, G (1780). Plesioneura praba, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 790. Hesperia phenicis, Hewitson, Ex. Butt., Hesp. pl. iv. figs. 36, 37 (1869). : Hyarotis adrastus, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 174, pl. lxvii. figs. 5, 5 a (1881) ; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 397, pl. xxxiv. fig. 4 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 117. Hab. Kangra (Hocking); Sikkim (Moller); HE. Pegu (Doherty); Ceylon; Java (Fruhstorfer) ; Philippines (Semper); Palawan (Platen). IsorEINon. Isoteinon, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. vi. p. 30 (1862); Watson, P.Z.S. 1893, p. 83. Type lamprospilus, Feld. Watson restricts the name Jsoteinon to the lamprospilus of Felder and diagnoses the genus by the direction of the third joint of the palpi, which is “ erect, reaching well above the vertex of the head, slender, obtusely conical.’ We have not seen any specimens of lamprospi/us, Feld., with palpi of this kind; for us, the third joint of the palpus is short, about equal in length to one-fourth of the diameter of the eye, erecto- patent, and not reaching to the level of the vertex; and this condition does not appear to be due to deflexion of the head in setting. ‘The basal portion of vein 5 of the fore wing recedes from vein 6. IsorEINON LAMPROSPILUS. Tsoteinon lamprospilus, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 30 (1862) ; id. Reise Nov., Lep. iii. pl. Lxxiy. fig. 20 (1867) ; Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 582 (1893-94). VOL. Xiv.—PartT tv. No. 13.—October, 1897. Dip 198 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Pamphila vitrea, Murray, Ent. Mo, Mag. xi. p. 171 (1875). Pamphila lamprospilus, Pryer, Rhop. Nihon. p. 33, pl. x. fig. (1889). Hab. Japan (Pryer, Leech); Changyang, C. China (Pratt). Ipwon. Idmon, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 375. Type “wnicolor,” de Nicév. (nec Dist.) This is a genus made by Mr. de Nicéville for a species from Perak, of which the female, according to him, agrees very closely with Distant’s figure of Baoris unicolor. The latter is an entirely brown insect with an expanse of about 30 mm., and, as we have satisfied ourselves by an examination of the type kindly lent to us by Dr. Staudinger, is a true Parnara, and a male, not a female as supposed by Mr. de Nicéyille. In the genus Idmon, according to his description, “ the middle and lower discocellulars of the fore wing are very upright, slightly inwardly oblique only, both slightly concave, the middle a very little longer than the lower, the second median nervule arises close to the lower end of the cell, and the first median arises a little nearer to the base of the wing than to the lower end of the cell.” There is on the fore wing of the male a sex-mark, which is described by him first as “a sexual brand placed anterior to, but against the submedian nervure towards its base, this brand is narrow and raised,” and afterwards as “a narrow raised brand of modified scales lying alongside a portion of the submedian nervure towards its base on the upperside of the fore wing.” The hind tibia has “a tuft of hairs attached to its proximal and two pairs of spines on its distal end.” ‘This latter character is not found in any species of Hesperiide known to us; and as Mr. de Nicéville says that the female of his /dmon differs from the male only in the wings being broader and lacking the sexual brand on the fore wing, it would appear that there are two pairs of spines on the distal end of the hind tibia in both sexes. Mr. de Nicéville gives as the type of this genus an insect which he was unable to identify correctly without seeing, and his generic diagnosis relates to the species mentioned below, which we have never seen, and not to Baoris unicolor, Dist. IpMoNn UNICOLOR. Idmon unicolor, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 377, pl. Q. fig. 53, ¢. Hab. Perak ( fide de Nicéville). ARNETTA. Arnetta, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 81. Type atkinsoni, Moore. Watson includes in this genus /soteinon atkinsoni, Moore, and J. vindhiana, Moore ; the former has veiu 5 in the fore wing straight and very little nearer to vein 4 than to A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 199 vein 6, and in the latter the basal portion of vein 5 in the fore wing recedes from vein 6, so that vein 5 arises much nearer to vein 4 to vein 6. ‘The palpi are porrect in both species. The two species may be distinguished as follows :— 1 (2). Male with a tuft of hair near the middle of the dorsum of the fore wing below. Vein Ja of fore wing deflexed to the dorsum near the middle. Hind wing below with small pale spots . . . atkinsoni, Moore. 2 (1). No such tuft in the male, vein 1 a of fore wing straight. Hind wing below divided into a pale basal and a dark apical area, the boundary between these being in a line from the apical third of vein 8 to the apical fourth of vein 16 and somewhat angulated rho) fore epee? Gl Beg none Som ea 6 6 6 ce 6 ONCHTTO, Milo: ! ARNETTA ATKINSONI. Isoteinon atkinsoni, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 693, pl. xlv. fig. 10; Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1888, p. 455, pl. xi. fig. 9,¢; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 77, Isoteinon subtestaceus, Moore, t.c. p. 844; Watson, t.c. p. 78. Isoteinon khasianus, Moore, t. c. p. 693 ; Watson, t.c. p. 78. Hab. Sikkim (Elwes); Khasias (Hamilton); Nagas, Burmah (Doherty). Atkinsoni varies in the ground-colour of the hind wing below and the development of the pale spots thereon; in typical examples the latter are well marked, but they are sometimes entirely absent. and many intermediate states occur: the unspotted or faintly marked examples (subtestaceus, M.) were regarded by Moller as the spring brood, and Watson got atkinsoni only in August and sudbtestaceus only in April. Watson says (P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 82) that in the males of atkinsoni and subtestaceus there is attached along the basal half of the inner margin of the fore wing a tuft of longish hairs, which are turned up and spread out fanwise over the underside of the hind wing. In the male specimens of atkinsoni before us there is on the dorsum of the fore wing, from a point distant about one-fourth from the base of the wing to a point about the middlle of the dorsum, a fringe of long black hairs, which form a tuft pointing in the direction of the tornus and covering the middle portion of vein 1 a, which is deflexed so as to touch the dorsum, and is there thickened and channelled. ! ARNETTA VINDHIANA. (Plate XVIII. fig. 24, 3.) Tsoteinon vindhiana, Moore, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 533; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. $4. Isoteinon nilgiriana, Moore, |. c.; Watson, l. ec. Isoteinon modesta, Moore, t. c. p. 534; Watson, 1. c. Hab. Jubbulpore (fide Moore) ; Nilgiris (Hampson) ; Mhow, Matheran (jide Swinhoe); Travancore (in coll. Rothschild). 2n2 200 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Irs. Itys, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 377. Type iadera, de Nicé. The following are the chief characters given by Mr. de Nicéville for this genus and are taken from the male:—Antenne more than half as long as costa, club elongate slender, apiculus short. Palpi porrect, densely hairy, third joint almost concealed. Fore wing: dorsum considerably longer than the termen, vein 5 rather nearer 4 than 6, vein 2 a little nearer to the end of the cell than to the base of the wing; dorsum on the underside with a long tuft of hair-scales directed upwards and outwards. Hind wing much longer than broad. Abdomen slender, reaching to the tarsus of hind wing. Tibial epiphysis present. Hind “tibia with a single pair of long spines at its distal end.” Table of Species. ] (2). Entire insect shining brownish fuscous. . . . . . . . iadera, de Nicéy. 2 (1). Uppersidedark vandyke-brown suffused with purple. Fore wing below with four whitish hyaline spots, one each in cells 2, 3, 6, and 7, and a geminate cell-spot which is twice as high as wide. Hind wing below vandyke-brown, suffused with purple, with indistinct traces of three dark bands, one sub- basal and two postmedian, and not more than four small ochreous-white spots, of which latter, according to the figure, there are two in cell 7, and one in the cell near its [& de Nicéville. upperoutersangle) 9-092 -) fh ney fee 0) a eee ecrosiielum, Wood-Mason. Irys IADERA. Itys iadera, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 379, pl. Q. fig. 52, ¢. Hab. Penang, N.E. Sumatra (de Nicéville). ITYs MICROSTICTUM. Isoteinon microstictum, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 385, pl. xvii. figs. 3 d,3a@ 9; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 82. Hab. Sileuri, Cachar (Wood-Mason & de Nicéviile). ZOGRAPHETUS. Zographetus, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 84. Type satwa, de Nicév. Species of small size, without markings on the hind wing above; no hyaline spot in cell 4 of the fore wing; alar sex-mark when present not of the kind found in Halpe. Basal portion of vein 5 of the fore wing decurved. ‘The latter point is less evident ir. satwa than in ogygia and the other species here included in the genus. Antenne about half as long as the costa (somewhat exceeding that length in the male of ogygia), the club and apiculus moderate and gradual. Palpi ascending, third joint short. Hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs. 1 (10). 2 (5), 13: 4 (8) 5 (2) 6 (7) 7 (6) 8 (9) 9 (8). 10 (1). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. The species known to us may be distinguished as follows :— The largest or only pale spot in the cell of the fore wing placed next the lower edge of the cell. Hind wing below yellow or greenish yellow in the basal half, purple or brownish purple in the terminal half. Ground-colour of the fore wing above plain brown. Fore wing in the male with a distinct ridge or fold on each side of the prebasal fourth of vein 1 @ and on each side of the basal third of vein 2. Hind wing below bright yellow, the termen broadly brownish purple . Ground-colour of the fore wing above brown with a dark purple shade. No sex-mark on the fore wing of the male. Hind wing below greenish yellow, the termen broadiy purple-brown . . Hind wing below not as in paragraph 2. . Male: fore wing above with a tuft of long hair-like scales near the middle of thedorsum. Hind wing below yellow; termen narrowly brown from the tornus as far as vein 7; a brown spot next the transverse vein, a smaller one in cell 5, and three small subcon- tiguous brown rings, one each in cells 16, 2, and 3 . No tuft of long hair-scales on the dorsum of the fore wing in the male. . Hind wing below brown, with several suffused patches of yellow forming two series, a median and subterminal, the latter being the more distinct ; about six more or less indistinct suffused dusky spots, one near the middle of cell 7, one near the middle of the upper edge of the cell, and a postmedian series of about four commencing in cell 2 and running parallel to the termen oF Hind wing below red-brown, with about seven auffased at purple- brown spots, one near the middle of cell 7, one near the middle of the upper edge of the cell, and a postmedian series of five others placed one each in cells 16, 2, 3, 4-5, and 6, and ee ae to the termen The largest or only pale spot in ats all of the fare wing placed next the upper edge of the cell. Hind wing below yellow, with a nearly straight postmedian series of five oblong brown spots passing from just beyond the middle of vein 14 to just beyond the middle of yein 6, and a more or less distinct suffused dusky terminal band , ZOGRAPHETUS SATWA. 201 satwa, de Nicév. durga, Plotz. flavalum, de Nicév. ogygia, Hew. ogygioides, u. sp. auriferus, 1. Sp. Isoteinon satwa, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 86; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 79. Hab. Sikkim (Elwes); E. Pegu, Perak (Doherty). ! ZOGRAPHETUS DURGA. Apaustus durga, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv. p. 153 (1884). TIsoteinon durga, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 306, pl. xlix. fig. 10, § (1892). ? See next page, under flavalum. 202 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Resembles J. satwa, de Nicév., so closely that the differences only need be noticed. Fore wing with a dark purple shade throughout ; no pale spot in cell 7, no modification of veins 1 and 2 by way of sex-mark ; the yellow colour on the hind wing below more extensive but much less bright; club of antenne pure white beneath. Hab. Camaguin de Mindanao (Semper); Sambawa (Doherty). ZOGRAPHETUS FLAVIPENNIS. Tsoteinon flavipennis, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 122, pl. u. fig. 4, 9; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 81. Zographetus flavipennis, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 85. The hind wing below is described as “ ferruginous-ochreous, glossed and marbled with purple,” and as having “a dark brown spot in the cell and a series of five or six similar spots placed around the cell.” ‘The figure shows the termen of the hind wing below rather broadly and suffusedly brown. Col. Swinhoe has kindly lent us an insect from Sikkim (Monro), labelled by Mr. de Nicéville “ Zsoteinon flavipennis, de Nicéville, 2 ,” which agrees fairly well with the figure above cited. The underside of the hind wing of this specimen is dull red- yellow, darker next the termen, with seven dark purple-brown spots, one near the middle of cell 7, one near the middle of the upper edge of the cell, and a postmedian series of five others placed one each in cells 10, 2, 5, 4-5, and 6, and running parallel to the termen. The fore wing is remarkable for the large size of the hyaline spot in cell 6, which is oblong and nearly as large as that in cell 3; the one in cell 7 is punctiform. In cell 1a@ on the fore wing above there is a yellowish-white spot next vein 1 @ beyond the middle. Hab. Buxa, Bhutan (Moti Ram); Sikkim (Méller); South Andaman Island (de Roepstorff). All fide de Nicéville. ZOGRAPHETUS FLAVALUM. Tsoteinon flavalum, de Nicéville, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 463, pl. xl. fig. 10, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 83 (1891). Hab. Silkkim. Having regard to the statement in the original description of this species that there are “no secondary male sexual characters,” it is well to note that in the type specimen (kindly lent to me by Mr. Rothschild) there is a tuft of long pale hair- scales occupying the middle third of the dorsum of the fore wing above directed very obliquely outward and upward and reaching as far as vein la. It is, however, just possible that this tuft may have been misplaced in setting the insect, and that its normal position is on the underside of the fore wing, as in some other species. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 203 ! ZOGRAPHETUS OGYGIA. Hesperia ogygia, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. 11. p. 500 (1866). Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty); Labuan (coll. Staudinger). ZOGRAPHETUS OGYGIOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 9, 2.) ¢. Upperside dark brown: fore wing with five yellowish-white spots placed as follows—one large and subquadrate in cell 2, one much smaller but also subquadrate in cell 8, an oblong one of moderate size near the apex of the lower edge of the cell, a punctiform one just above the one last named, and a small foundish one in cell 6; no evident sexual modification of veins | and 2. Underside: fore wing dark brown on the disc, paler along the dorsum, the extra-discal region concolorous with the hind wing, the pale spots as on the upperside ; hind wing red-brown, with about seven suffused dark purple-brown spots, one near the middle of cell 7, one near the middle of the upper edge of the cell, and a postmedian series of five others placed one each in cells 1 4, 2, 3, 4-5, and 6, and running parallel to the termen. Fringes whitish grey, the short scales grey-brown. Antenne dark brown, spotted with whitish beneath ; club white on the upperside, apiculus pale red beneath. Body and legs brown. Second joint of palpi clothed with greyish-yellow and black hairs intermixed. Expanse 27-28 mm. Hab. Kina Balu (Waterstradt); Banguey (coll. Stgr.). Described from three specimens, one from Gunong Ijan ex coll. Rothschild and two ex coll. Staudinger; one of the latter, that from Banguey, is a little smaller and paler than the other and wants the dark spot in cell 6 on the hind wing below. ! ZOGRAPHETUS AURIFERUS, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 138, ¢.) 3. Upperside brown: fore wing with five white spots placed as follows—two oblong, one each near the base of cells 2 and 3, two very much smaller but also oblong, one each near the base of cells 6 and 7, and one, small and indistinct, near the apical third of the upper edge of the cell; no evident sexual modification of veins 1 and 2. Underside : fore wing brown, the extra-discal region more or less thickly clothed with yellow scales; the pale spots as on the upperside, a suffused and rather indistinct sub- terminal yellow macular band from the costa to vein 3: hind wing yellow, with a nearly straight postmedian series of five oblong brown spots passing from just beyond the middle of vein 14 to just beyond the middle of vein 6, and a more or less distinct suffused dusky terminal band. Fringes grey, the short scales brown. Antenne dark brown, finely spotted with yellowish white beneath and becoming entirely pale on the underside of the basal part of the club; apiculus pale red beneath. Body above brown. Second joint of palpi, breast, and legs clothed with yellow and black hairs intermixed. Abdomen beneath sordid yellowish white. Expanse 25-26 mm. 204 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Hab. Island of Nias (Modigliani). Described from three specimens, one in coll. Elwes, one ex coll. Rothschild, and one ex coll. Staudinger; in the fore wing of the two latter the pale spots proper to cells 6 and 7 are wanting, and the pale cell-spot is only visible on the underside. ScoBURA, nom. nov. Isma, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 83, nec Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 386 (1886). The species here dealt with under this genus are associated on account of their general resemblance to Hesperia cephala and H. bononia of Hewitson, and the main distinguishing feature common to them all is the presence of pale spots in both fore and hind wings; the palpi are ascending, with an inconspicuous third joint, and there is no sex-mark on the wings of the male. Antenne more than one-half, in some species two-thirds, as long as the costa; club slender, apiculus moderate and gradual. It comprises two natural sections, one consisting of cephala and cephaloides, and the other of feralia and its allies. Watson, in his Revision of the genera of Hesperiide, characterizes a genus which he calls Jsma, Distant, and gives obscura, Distant, as the type of it; but it appears from a statement of Mr. de Nicéville (Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 378) that Watson’s diagnosis of the genus Jsma was drawn up from “ Hesperia” cephala, Hew., and we find that it does not agree with the type specimen of Jsma obscura, Dist. Under all the circumstances, it appears that the genus Jsma of Watson requires another name, and that of Scobwra has accordingly been applied to it. The following is a table of the species known to us :— 1 (4). Fore wing: hyaline spots in cells 2 and 3, 2 and 4, or in cell 2 only, not in cells 2,3, and 4, Hind wing below with the pale spots pure white and dark-edged. 2 (3). Fore wing: no hyaline spot in cell 3. Hind wing below yellowish green or greyish green, with a large white spot near the base of cells 4-5, touching veins 4 and 6. a (26). Cell-spot of the fore wing not ae. the subcostal. Hind wing below yellowish green . . . . cephala, Hew. 6 (2a). Cell-spot of the fore wing passing fre om the sectlaata to fhe Bubeoetall Hind wing below greyish green: . . . . . .. «. = . martini, n. sp. 83 (2). Fore wing: no hyaline spot in cell 4. Hind wing below with the basal half yellow, the apical halt reddish brown ; a white spot about the middle of cell 14, and one each near the bases of cellsi23,,andsbe re) anes = - . . « » » cephaloides, de Nicéy. 4 (1). Fore wing with hyaline spots in alls 2, 3, ane 4. 5 (14). Pale spots on hind wing oblong or cuneate or both. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 205 6 (7). Hmd wing below with two pale spots, one in cell 2 near the middle and the other in cell 3 near the base . . . . . . dononia, Hew. 7 (6). Hind wing below with three contiguous pale spots, one in each of cells 2 and 3, and one in cells 4—5, and sometimes one or two others. 8 (13). Fore wing with two long unequal cell-spots. 9 (12). Hind wing below: pale spot in cell 2 subequal in length to or shorter than that in cell 3. 10 (11). Pale spot in cell 1a of the fore wing above as wide or wider than high, not reaching vein 2. No pale spot in cell of hind wing below .. . eo aa . feralia, Hew. 11 (10). Pale spot in cell la of fore wing hove neatly twice as rie as bowie, reaching quite across the cell. Hind wing below with a pale spot in the cel] next the base of cell 3. Lower lobe of clasp produced intoasharptriangle . . . . . . . . . . . fenestrata, n. sp. 12 (9). Hind wing below: pale spot in cell 2 about twice as long as that in cell 3, the cell generally with a pale spot next the base of cell 8. Pale spot in cell 1a of fore wing above as wide or wider than high, not reaching vein 2. Lower lobe of clasp not pro- ducedintoatriangle . ...... +. +. =.=. +. +. +. %arime, de Nicév. 13 (8). Fore wing without any cell-spot . . . 5 9 8 0 8 6 ONMUID IT Te, Ra 14 (5). Pale spots on the hind wing small and foanaiah 15 (16). Hind wing: vein 2 arising near the half-length of the cell. . . dipunctata, n. sp. 16 (15). Hind wing: vein 2 arising near the apical third of the cell . . wmbrosa, n. sp. ! ScoBURA CEPHALA. Hesperia cephala, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1876, p. 152; id. Deser. Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 4 (1879). Isoteinon cephala, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 456, pl. xi. fig. 10 ¢; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 80. Isma isota, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 320. Hab. Sikkim (Mller); Burmah (Watson); E. Pegu (Doherty); Tavoy (Tucker) ; Shillong (fide Swinhoe). Specimens in which the pale spot is absent from cell 4 of the fore wing are not uncommon ; the type of J. ¢sota, Swinh., is one of these. ScoBURA MARTINI, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 22, 2.) 9. Differs from S. cephala, Hew., in the following points:—The cell-spot of the fore wing reaches right across the cell and is rather more than half as long next the subcostal as it is next the median, and there is no white spot in cell 4; the hind wing below and the apical region of the fore wing pale greyish green, the former with a large hyaline spot across cells 4-5, and three small more or less distinct brown VoL. XIV.—ParT iv. No. 14.—October, 1897. on 206 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: spots, one before the middle of cell 6, one before the middle of cell 2, and one beyond the middle of cell 1 8. Expanse 30 mm. Hab. Battak Mountains, Sumatra (Jartin). Described from a single specimen in coll. Rothschild. !ScoBURA CEPHALOIDES. Hesperia? cephaloides, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 288, pl. xill. fig. 4 3. Isoteinon cephaloides, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 80 (1891). Hab. Naga hills ; Bernardmyo, Burmah (Doherty). ! ScOBURA BONONIA. Hesperia bononia, Hewitson, Desc. Hesp. p. 29 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt. v., Hesp. pl. vii. figs. 75, 76 (1876). Isma bononia, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 386, pl. xxxv. fig. 20 (1886). Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). ! ScOBURA FERALIA. Hesperia feralia, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 31 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt. iv., Hesp. pl. iv. fig. 32 (1869). Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt); Pulo Laut (Doherty); West Java (Piepers). | ScoBURA FENESTRATA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 16, g ; Plate XXIV. fig. 46.) 3. Closely allied to 8. inarime, de Nicéy., which it resembles in the possession of a hyaline spot in the cell of hind wing below, next the base of cell 3. It is distinguished, however, by the shape of the white spot which stands on vein 1 a of the fore wing above, which is oblong, nearly twice as high as wide, reaching from vein 1a to vein 2, and having its inner edge continuous with the inner edge of the white spot in cell 2. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Type in coll. Elwes. !ScoBURA INARIME. (Plate XXIV. fig. 47.) Isma inarime, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 391, pl. vi. fig. 38 ¢. Pamphila zetus, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 55 (1893). Hab. Perak; Pulo Laut (Doherty); Java (fide Mabille). Type in coll. Elwes. !ScoBURA CONCINNA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 12, 2 .) 2. Upperside deep warm brown: fore wing with six irregular white spots, of which four placed one in each of cells 1 @ to 4 form an oblique series from just beyond the middle of vein 1a@ to cell 4, and two small oblong ones are placed one in each of cells 6 A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 207 and 7: hind wing with three white spots on the disc, that in cell 2 oblong, that in cell 3 cuneate, and that in cell 4 roundish. Underside : fore wing blackish-brown on the disc, closely sprinkled with greenish-yellow scales in the costal and apical regions ; pale spots as on the upperside save that the one in cell la@ is represented by a suffused white patch and a pale point is feebly indicated in cell 8: hind wing dull greyish green by reason of a close sprinkling of greenish-yellow scales on a brown ground, pale spots as on the upperside but feebly and irregularly dark-edged. Fringes pale grey, the short scales brown. Antenne above blackish, spotted with white beneath; club white on the underside. Second joint of the palpi clothed with greyish-yellow and black hairs intermixed. Body above and legs brown ; abdomen beneath and the tarsi yellowish grey. Expanse 31 mm. Hab. Pulo Laut, Borneo (Doherty). This species, which is described from a single exemple in coll. Elwes, is well distinguished from its allies by the want of pale spots in the cell of the fore wing. ScoBURA BIPUNCTATA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 2, 2.) ?. Upperside ochreous brown: fore wing witha yellow spot near the middle of cell 1q@ and seven hyaline spots—two small and remote in the cell, one in each of cells 2, 3, and 4 forming a rapidly decreasing series, and one in each of cells 6 and 7; hind wing with two small irregularly roundish hyaline spots on the disc, and one in each of cells 2 and 3, Underside: fore wing brown on the disc, the dorsal region pale yellowish grey nearly to the base, the costal and apical regions thickly clothed with greenish-yellow scales, the hyaline spots as on the upperside: hind wing dull greenish-yellow by reason of the thick clothing of greenish-yellow scales on a brown ground, a median band of small irregular, bare, and therefore brown, spots running parallel to the termen, the hyaline spots in cells 2 and 3 not so well defined as on the upperside. Fringe of the fore wing yellowish grey indistinctly chequered; of the hind wing greyish yellow on the upperside, on the underside with the short scales and a few long ones next veins 2 and 3, brown. Second joint of palpi clothed with greyish-yellow and black hairs inter- mixed. Antenne above brown, spotted beneath with yellowish white ; club white on the underside. Body above concolorous with the wings, abdomen beneath and legs paler. Expanse 28 mm. Hab. Palawan (Platen). Described from a single specimen ex coll. Staudinger. ScoBURA UMBROSA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 1, 2.) 2. Upperside deep warm brown, dorsal region of the hind wing paler: fore wing with seven sordid white spots placed as follows :—one, roundish, near the middle of cell 1 a@ next vein 1a, one, subquadrate, near the basal third of cell 2, one much smaller near 252 208 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: the basal third of cell 3, one, small and roundish, near the middle of cell 4, one in each of cells 6 and 7, and one, small and somewhat roundish, near the upper edge of the cell: hind wing with two small hyaline spots on the disc, one in each of cells 2 and 3, and sometimes with a third pale spot indicated by a feeble pale point in cell 5. Underside grey-brown, the disc of the fore wing darker towards the base; fore wing with the pale spots as on the upperside save that the one in cell 1 @ is larger and suffused; hind wing with the pale spots in cells 2and 3 as on the upperside and the pale point in cell 5 distinct. Fringe of the fore wing brown, becoming a little paler towards the tornus, of the hind wing dark grey feebly chequered. Antenne above blackish, finely spotted with white on the underside, club yellowish white beneath. Second joint of palpi clothed with yellowish-grey and black hairs intermixed. Body and legs concolorous with the wings. Expanse 33 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt). Described from two specimens ex coll. Staudinger. Matapa. Matapa, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 163 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 85. Type aria, Moore. A natural and easily recognized group of species, associated on account of their resemblance to the /smene aria of Moore, for which he subsequently established the present genus. Wings above and below brown unspotted; fore wing pointed, termen nearly straight, on the upperside in the male bearing a narrow curved impressed marking from the middle of vein 1 @ to the base of vein 3. Body stout ; antenne rather more than half as long as costa, Palpi appressed, very densely scaled, 3rd joint concealed. The males of the species in coll. Elwes may be distinguished by the characters given below :— 1 (2). Fringe of hind wing below whitish grey, the basal half (i. e. the short scales) brown. . . Ba 8 ery Wiloloye ey 2 (1). Fringe of hind wing below in — ai bright clio 3 (6). Fore wing above with the sex-mark black. 4. (5). Fore wing above with a purple shade in certain lights. Upper edge of lower lobe of clasp excavated . . . . . . . - + « « purpurascens, U. sp. 5 (4). No purple shade on fore wing above. Upper ae of lower lobe of clasp convex, even ae 5 A 2) enone arn aNloore. 6 (8). Fore wing above with the sex- aS petal grey. 7 (8). Hind wing below with all the scales in the fringe to cells 1-3 bright Wellow sieeuicuse- sasivarna, Moore. 8 (7). Hind wing below Sth ie short ie in the fringe to "palie 1. 3 fae the long ones yellow ic opto satater 6 ae 4 6. Cob CCl Mie A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 209 ! MATAPA ARIA. Ismene aria, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 784. Matapa aria, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 164, pl. Ixvi. figs. 1, 1 @ (1881); Distant, Rhop. Mal. p- 378, pl. xxxv. fig. 8 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 22. Hab. E. Pegu, Bali (Doherty); Andamans (de Roepstorff); Ganjam (Minchin) ; N. Canara (Aithen) ; Java (Piepers); Philippines (Semper) ; Palawan (Platen). ! MATAPA PURPURASCENS, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 1, ¢ ; Plate XXIV. fig. 48.) 3. Upperside brown, with a purple shade which is strongest on the apical half of the fore wing, sex-mark blackish. Underside brown, fore wing with the dorsum and apex suffusedly paler. Fringe of the fore wing whitish grey, of the hind wing deep yellow from the tornus about as far as vein 6, thence to the apex brown. Antenne brown, spotted with yellowish beneath, club yellowish on the underside. Clothing of palpi, body, and legs concolorous with the wings. Expanse 40 mm. Hab. Khasias (Hamilton) ; KE. Pegu (Doherty). Described from two males in coll. Elwes, where, however, there is no female which can be certainly identified as the female of this species, although there are two purpu- rascent females, one from Sikkim with the underside entirely pale grey-brown, and the other from Tavoy with the underside as in J. druna; both these females have the clothing of the apex of the abdomen yellow. This species is nearest to M. druna, Moore, from which it differs in having a purple shade on the fore wing above, and also in the clasp-form of the male. Doherty has sent from East Pegu no less than three species of this genus—purpu- rascens, sasivarna, and shalgrama, and also a single female which does not agree with any of those species ; it has not the purple shade on the upperside proper to purpu- rascens, the underside is too pale and the yellow clothing of the apex of the abdomen too extensive for sasivarna (of which, moreover, I have typical females from East Pegu), and it has not the pale red-brown underside nor the brown clothing to the apex of the abdomen proper to shalgrama; its underside is pale grey-brown, and the clothing of the abdomen beneath is orange-yellow through rather more than its apical third; the fringe of the hind wing is orange-yellow, passing into pale grey-brown next cells 4-8; the colour of the hind wing below is uniform and not paler in the basal third as usual in druna 2, and the pubescence of the hind part of the thorax and of the basal part of the hind wing above shows in certain lights a brilliant greenish-blue colour. 210 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: !MarTapa DRuNA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 49.) Ismene druna, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 784, g ; Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 255 92. Matapa druna, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 23. Hab. Sikkim (Miller); Andamans (de Roepstorff); Kina Balu ( Waterstradt). ! MATAPA SASIVARNA. Tsmene sasivarna, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 784. Matapa sasivarna, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 23. Hab. Sikkim (Méller) ; Khasias (Hamilton); E. Pegu, Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Tavoy (Zucker). ! MATAPA SHALGRAMA. Hesperia aria, Hewitson (nec Moore), Exot. Butt. vol. iv., Hesp. pl. iii. figs. 24, 25, 9 (1868) ; fide de Nicéville 2. c. post. Matapa shalgrama, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 85 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 24. Hab. Sikkim (Méller) ; E. Pegu, Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty) ; Java (Fruhstorfer). SEPA. Sepa, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 50. Type cronus, De Nicév. This genus will include certain species distinguished from Parnara by having vein 5 of the fore wing straight and practically intermediate between vein 4 and vein 6. Antenne more than half as long as costa, reaching nearly to the end of the cell, club gradual, apiculus about one fourth as long as the club. Palpi with the second joint densely scaled, third joint short, nearly or quite concealed. Fore wing moderately pointed, costa about one-fourth longer than the dorsum, termen moderately curved, a trifle shorter than the dorsum ; vein 5 straight, practically intermediate between vein 4 and vein 6, base of cell 3 a little shorter than that of cell 4. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. The linear sex-mark on the fore wing in the first three species is most easily observed whilst the wing is wet with benzole. Males. 1 (10). Fore wing with distinct hyaline spots. 2 (7). Sex-mark on fore wing above linear, being merely a ridge forming the inner boundary of the hyaline spot in cell 2, and sometimes continued across ce! la. 3 (6). Sex-mark reaching from vein 1 a to vein 3. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID A. 211 4 (5). Sex-mark angulated near the middle, erect from near the middle of vein 1@ as far as vein 2, thence oblique to the base of vein 3. Hyaline spot in cell 2 of fore wing above linear, no white spot near the middle of cell la. Hind wing below with a pale dot in each of cells 2 and 4 and the indication of another next the transverse vein. Fringe of the hind wing gradually increasing in length from vein 2 to the tornus, where it is about three times as long as at vein2 5 > oo 6 0 0 0 CRON, Ole NOR, 5 (4). Sex-mark continuous, Fahtly oblique ehvouetiout: Hyaline spot in cell 2 of the fore wing above oblong, rather more than twice as high as wide, a small white spot near the middle of cell la. Hind wing below with a small pale spot near the basal third of each of cells 2 and 3. Fringe of the hind wing normal or nearly so . . cicatrosa, n. sp. 6 (8). Sex-mark between veins 2 and 3 only, not extended across cell 1a. A long-oval slightly raised space near the base of cell la and lying next to vein 1a, which is there slightly sinuate . . . miosticta, de Nicéy. 7 (2). Sex-mark a long-oval raised space near the base of cell 1a and tite next to vein la, which is there sinuate. 8 (9). Fore wing with two unequal cell-spots . . . . . . . . . « guttulifera, n. sp. 9 (8). Fore wing without cell-spots . . . . cinnamomea, N. sp. 10 (1). Pale spots absent from the fore wing or only sharply Bened on the underside. 11 (14). Dorsum of the fore wing feebly sinuate and bearing on its middle third a thin fringe of long hairs directed obliquely outward and downward. 12 (18). Fore wing with pale spots, feebly indicated on the upperside, sharply defined on the underside. Hind wing below with a pale point in each of cells 2 and 3 and sometimes the indication of another in Gall.G. 7 ase Dato GANG 0 6 6) 6 6 5 0 MOSM, i GD 13 (12). Wings brown, enitelyy taenaeed Seas 6 o 6 oO 0 6 o GANT, Me Ro 14 (11). Dorsum of the fore wing normal. Wings brown, entirely unspotted. noctis, Ster. SEPA CRONUS. Sepa cronus, de Nicéville, Jour. As, Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 50, pl. v. fig. 4 ¢. Hab. Battak Mountains, N.E. Sumatra (én coll. Martin); Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt); Gunong Ijan (i coll. Rothschild), The following is the description of a female Sepa from Gunong [jan ex coll. Rothschild, which may or may not be the female of S. cronus, the male of which from the same locality is in the same collection. @. Upperside brown; fore wing with seven sordid white hyaline spots placed as foliows :—one, quadrate, across the basal third of cell 2, one, also quadrate, across the basal third of cell 3, one, small and narrow, before the middle of cell 4, one, small and roundish, in each of cells 6 and 7, and two in the cell, the upper one punctiform, the 212 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: lower one larger and suboval. Underside brown; dorsal region of the fore wing as far as vein 2, except at the base and apex, suffusedly pale grey. Fringes concolorous with the wings. Antenne blackish, minutely spotted with white in front; club broadly white on the underside next the apiculus. Body above concolorous with the wings. Clothing of the second joint of palpi of whitish and black hairs intermixed, of the breast of yellowish and black hairs intermixed, of the legs brown. Abdomen beneath grey. Expanse 34 mm. SEPA CICATROSA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 4, ¢ .) 3. Upperside rather pale brown: fore wing with two small indistinct white cell- spots, a round white spot in each of cells 6 and 7 and a minute white point in cell 8, an erect oblong white spot standing on vein 1a near the middle and reaching halfway across cell 1a, an oblong white spot standing on vein 2 before the middle and passing obliquely to the base of vein 3, a white spot near the basal third of cell 3, and a small linear erect white spot near the middle of cell 4, the inner edge of the white spots in cells la and 2 is bounded by a linear ridge of androconia: hind wing with a white point in each of cells 2 and 3. Underside paler than above ; the pale spots as on the upperside save that the one in cell 1a is represented by an oblong patch of white scales reaching quite across cell 1@ and similar in size and shape to that in cell 2. Fringes brown, that of the hind wing showing a tendency to elongation next the tornus. Antennz above blackish, spotted with white beneath, club whitish on the underside. Expanse 33 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt). Described from one male in coll. Staudinger. !SEPA MIOSTICTA. Parnara miosticta, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 385, pl. G. fig. 31 ¢. Hab. Perak (Doherty). Type in coll. Elwes. SEPA GUTTULIFERA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 8, 2.) g. Upperside deep warm brown: fore wing with two unequal suboval yellowish- white cell-spots of which the lower one is much longer than the upper, a small yellowish-white spot in cell la next to vein 1a near the middle, a large subquadrate yellowish-white spot near the middle of cell 2, a small yellowish-white spot near the basal third of cell 3, and a small yellowish-white spot in each of cells 6 and7; near the base of cell 1a@ and next to vein la, which is there slightly sinuate, a long-oval raised space: hind wing sometimes with two pale dots, one in each of cells 2and 3. Underside paler brown than the upperside, the pale spots as on the upperside save that there is a A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 213 very minute pale dot near the middle of cell 4, and that the pale spot in cell 1 a is represented by a whitish blotch near the middle of that cell. Fringe of the fore wing brown, of the hind wing paler, inclining to yellow-brown near the middle; the short scales brown. Antenne above blackish, spotted with white beneath; club whitish on the underside. Body and legs concolorous with the wings. Second joint of palpi clothed with greyish-yellow and black hairs intermixed. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt). Described from two specimens in coll. Staudinger. SEPA CINNAMOMEA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 25, 3.) 3. Upperside brown, inclining to yellow-brown; fringe of the hind wing yellow except at the apex: fore wing above with four hyaline spots—one large, about one-half higher than wide, across cell 2 near the middle, and one in each of cells 3, 6, and 7, that in cell 7 very minute ; a long-oval raised space near the base of cell 1 a and lying next to vein 1a, which is there slightly sinuate: hind wing above sometimes with the pale spots proper to the underside faintly showing through. Underside much paler than the upperside; fore wing with the pale spots as on the upperside : hind wing with three small pale discal spots, one near the basal third of each of cells 2 and 3 and one in cells 4-5, the latter sometimes only represented bya pale point near the basal third of cell5. Fringe of the fore wing grey-brown ; of the hind wing grey-brown in cells § and 7, the remainder yellow in fresh, yellowish grey in somewhat faded specimens. Antenne blackish above, spotted with white beneath, club whitish on the underside. Second joint of palpi clothed with yellow hairs, with black ones intermixed. Body beneath and tarsi yellowish. Expanse 32-34 mm. Hab. Wina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt). Described from two specimens in coll. Staudinger. SEPA BISERIATA, 0. sp. Parnara? species? Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 299 (1892). 3. Upperside warm brown: fore wing with four very indistinct pale spots, one near the upper outer angle of the cell and one in each of cells 2, 3, and 6; dorsum feebly sinuate and bearing on its middle third a fringe of long hairs directed obliquely outward and downward. Fore wing below rather paler than above ; middle third of the dorsum thickly fringed with long hairs directed obliquely upward and outward, of which those nearer the base are more obliquely placed than the remainder ; the pale spots placed as above, but sordid white in colour, that in cell 2 twice as high as wide and reaching quite across the cell just before the middle, the others small and roundish ; the middle of the VOL. XIV.—Part Iv. No. 15.— October, 1897. 2 214 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: dorsum, where it is in great part covered by the upper series of the fringe of hair-scales, is pale grey: hind wing with two small, feeble, roundish, sordid white spots, one before the middle of each of cells 2 and 8. Fringe brownish grey, the short scales brown. Antenne, body, and legs concolorous with the wings, the clothing of the scapulie appearing metallic green in a strong light. Expanse 32 mm. Hab, Philippines (Semper). Described from Herr Semper’s single male specimen from Central Luzon and one from Mindoro in coll. Staudinger. The latter differs from the former only in having a small pale spot in each of cells 7 and 8 on the fore wing below. !SEpa cinta, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 22, 3.) g. Upperside dark brown with a faint purple shade. Dorsum of the fore wing sinuate and bearing on its middle third a fringe of long hairs, which are directed obliquely outward and downward. Underside similar in colour; dorsal region of the fore wing pale brown as far as vein 2, the dorsum bearing on its middle third a thick fringe of long hairs directed obliquely upward and outward, of which those nearer the base are more obliquely placed than the remainder. Fringes brown. Antenne, body, and legs concolorous with the wings. @. Similar to the male, but a little larger and paler. Expanse, ¢ 352 mm., 9 35 mm. Described from a single pair from Pulo Laut (Doherty). Type in coll. Elwes. ! SEPA NOCTIS. Pamphila noctis, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 143 (1889). Plesioneura dissimilis, Snellen, in litt. Pamphila perfusca, Mabille, Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 53 (1893). A little larger than the preceding species, with no purple tinge, and no infra-alar tuft on the fore wing of the male. Hab. Palawan, Mindanao (in coll. Staudinger); Pulo Laut (Doherty); W. Java (Piepers) ; Sumatra (Martin, in coll. Rothschild). Herr Snellen has kindly sent us a pair of his Plesionewra dissimilis. The male we are unable to distinguish from “ Pamphila” noctis, Stgr., of which we have several speci- mens, including one from Dr. Staudinger. The female is a brown insect with a broad white discal band on the fore wing between the upper edge of the cell and vein 2, composed of the following hyaline white spots, namely—a large oblong one across the cell near its apical third, a small one filling up the base of cell 3, and a large one, oblong with rounded angles, in cell 2. Save that the white band on the fore wing is cut short by vein 2 and there is no suffused white subtornal patch on the fore wing below. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 215 it agrees well with the description and figure of Notocrypta monteithi, Wood-Mason and de Nicéville (Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 391, pl. xviii. figs. 3,3a,9). As, however, Herr Snellen tells us that this female “is certainly the other sex [of his P. dissimilis|, being bred from the larva by Mr. Piepers,” we do not feel justified in placing it in the genus Votoerypta as we should have done. We have seen a female from North Borneo in coll. Rothschild which agrees with the description and figure of NV. monteithi, and is similar to Herr Snellen’s female. ACERBAS. Acerbas, de Nicéyille, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 381. Type anthea, Hew. This genus was established by Mr. de Nicéville for the Hesperia anthea of Hewitson. We associate with the latter species three others which in form, colour, and pattern resemble it more than they do any other species known to us; they differ, however, from anthea in wanting an alar sex-mark in the male, and from that species and each other in venation. We distinguish the species as follows :— 1 (2) Cell-spot normally absent from fore wing. Cell of hind wing at least half as long as the wing. Disc of fore wing below in the male covered with modified scales. . .. . =... =... anthea, Hew. 2 (1) Cell-spot normally present in the fore wing. Cell of hind wing distinctly less than half as long as the wing. No alar sex-mark in the male. 3 (6). Base of cell 4 about one-fourth as long as the base of cell 3. Band on the hind wing below dull white. One pale spot in cell of fore wing near its upper edge. 4 (5). White band on hind wing above evanescent towards the costa. Dark part of underside plain brown. Pale band on the hind wing below white throughout, a little contracted next the costa. . . martini, Dist. 5 (4). White band on hind wing above broad, sharply defined, abruptly cut short at vein 6. Dark part of underside brown, with a distinct purple shade, which is strongest in the apical region of the fore wing. Pale band on hind wing below white, becoming yellow in cells 7 and 8, not contracted next the costa. . . . duris, Mab. 6 (3). Base of cell 4 about half as long as the base of cell 3. ‘Band on hind wing below glistening white. Two pale spots in cell of foreswineye: es ies) fe aye e me nitidifasciata, n. sp. ! ACERBAS ANTHEA. Hesperia anthea, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 29 (1868). Plesioneura? anthea, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 404, pl. xxxv. fig. 32 (1886). ? Carystus tagiadoides, Mabille, sec. spec. comm. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). 216 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! ACERBAS MARTINI. (Plate XXIV. fig. 50.) Zea martini, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 274 (1887). Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). ! ACERBAS DURIS. Carystus duris, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soe. Ent. Belg. iii. no. 31, p. lix (1883). Lotongus duris, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 289, pl. xlix. fig. 7, ? (1892). Carystus mabillei, Staudinger, MSS. Hab. Philippines (Semper); Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt). Though the characters given in the table seem sufficient to separate the few specimens (only six in all) that we have seen of these two species, yet the occurrence of both of them in Borneo throws some doubt on the constancy of the differences, and we have seen no female of martini as yet. The female of duris is similar to the male. The male genitalia of the two forms do not afford material for their separation. ! ACERBAS NITIDIFASCIATA, 0. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 9, ¢ ; Plate XXIV. fig. 51.) Besides the characters given above this species may be distinguished from A. martini by its larger size (expanse 47 mm.) and the broader white band on the hind wing below. ‘The latter at its greatest breadth extends from the cell at the level of the base of vein 2 as far as the apical third of cells 4-5; in A. martini this band at its greatest breadth extends from the cell at the level of the base of vein 2 only half- way across cells 4-5. In A. nitidifasciata the apex of the lower lobe of the clasp is simply rounded and serrate; in A. martini the same part is broadly truncate, and its inner angle is produced into a long strap-shaped lobe, rounded at the apex. Hab. Labuan (fide Staudinger) ; N. Borneo (Pryer); Pulo Laut (Doherty). PUDICITIA. Pudicitia, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 379. Type pholus, de Nicév. This genus has been established by Mr. de Nicéyille for his Parnara pholus, an insect of the size and shape of P. assamensis, Wood-Mason and de Nicéy., and haying deep yellow hyaline spots on both wings, those on the hind wing forming a transverse discal series. ‘The course of vein 6 in the fore wing is not stated in the description, but vein la in that wing has in the male “a narrow brand formed of modified black scales placed anteriorly against it along its basal second and third fifths.” Pudicitia is compared by its author with Erionota, Mab. PuDICITIA PHOLUS. Parnara pholus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 172, pl. B. fig. 3, 2. Pudicitia pholus, 10. op. cit. 1895, p. 381. Hab. Bhutan (Moller); Khasias (fide de Nicéville). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 217 ERIoNoTA. Erionota, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxi. p. 34 (1878) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 86. Type thrax, Linn. Large species expanding 60 to 90 mm. Hind wing with vein 7 almost equidistant between 6 and 8, veins 2 and 3 normal in both sexes. We are acquainted with the three following species :-— 1 (4). Pale spots on fore wing above yellow. 2 (3). Fore wing above: pale spot in cell 3 remote from the others, situate near the middle of the cell, variable in shape, but never wider than high PON Ce ROR OMS holo phn Sg uch en CAC Abii, 3 (2). Fore wing above : pale spot in cell 3 occupying the basal half of the cell with the exception of the extreme base, and therefore only separated from that in cell 2 byven3 . . . .- =. . =. . alexandra, Semper. 4 (1). Pale spots on fore wing above pure white . . . . . . . . . grandis, Leech. ! ERIONOTA THRAX. Papilio thrax, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 794 (1767) ; Donovan, Ins. Ind. pl. xlix. fig. 2 (1800). Erionota thraz, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxi. p. 35 (1878) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 107 (1891). Telegonus acroleucus, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Proc. As. Soc. Beng., August 1881, p. 143. Hesperia hiraca, Moore, Traus. Ent. Soc. Lond., September 1881, p- 313, ?. Hesperia acroleuca, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 260. Telegonus lara, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1890, p. 365 (fide Watson). Erionota acroleuca, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 107 (1891). Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasias (Hamilton); Pulo Laut, Sambawa, Bali (Doherty) ; Nias (Modigliani) ; Andamans (de Roepstorf’) ; Philippines (Semper) ; Palawan (Platen). Two specimens of acroleuca, named by de Nicéyille, from the Andamans, seem to us inseparable from thraa, though they are conspicuously smaller. ERIONOTA ALEXANDRA. Erionota alexandra, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 312 (1892). Hab. N.W. Luzon (Semper). The larva of this species is very differently coloured to that of EZ. thrax ! ERIONOTA GRANDIS. Plesioneura grandis, Leech, Entomologist, xxii. p. 47 (1890). Hidari grandis, Leech, Butt. China &e. p, 633, pl. xxxix. fig. 13, g¢ (1894). Hab. West China (Pratt). GANGARA. Gangara, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 164 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 86. Type thyrsis, Fab. This genus may be distinguished from Erionota by having veins 2 and 3 of the 218 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: hind wing more or less swollen in their basal half in the males, as in Paduka; the underside, too, has some bluish-white scales in suffused patches, or a pink shade towards the base. The three species known to us are distinguished as follows :— 1 (4). Fore wing above with pale spots in cells 6, 7, and 8. No yellowish-white spot in the base of cell 7 of hind wing below. ~ 2 (3). Fore wing above: pale spot in cell 6 remote from that in cell 7, that in cell 8 oblong. Male: fore wing above with a vein-like ridge arising out of the upperside of vein 1 a in its apical fourth, and running parallel to it nearly to the base, and a ridge on each side of the basal half of vein 2; fore wing below with an obiong patch of yellow hairs near the denen, one . . thyrsis, Fab. 3 (2). Fore wing above: pale spot in cell 6 close to ane in cell 7, that 3 in cell 8 punctiform. Hind wing below brown, with a pink shade near the base, and a sub-basal and median series of suffused oblong greenish-brown spots. . . . . 50 . sybirita, Hew. 4 (1). Fore wing above without pale spots in cells 6, 7, or 8. Hind wing below with a yellowish-white spot near the base of cell 7. Male without a sex-mark on fore wing above, the tuft of hair near the dorsum of fore wing below much less evident than in thyrsis . sanguinocculus, Martin. ! GANGARA THYRSIS. Papilio thyrsis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 582 (1775). Hesperia pandia, Moore (Horsf. & Moore), Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. vol. i. p. 254, pl. vil. figs. 10 larva, 10 a pupa (1857) ; Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 790. Gangara thyrsis, Moore, Lep. Cey. vol. i. p. 165, pl. Ixvi. figs. 3, 3 a (1881) ; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 894, pl. xxxv. fig. 13 (1886). _ Hab. Babuyanes, Luzon, Mindanao (Semper); Palawan (Staudinger); Akyab (Adamson); E. Pegu, Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty); Java (Piepers); Andamans (de Roepstorff). GANGARA SYBIRITA. Hesperia sybirita, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 451 (1876). Hidari sybirita, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 395, pl. xxxv. fig. 24 (1886). We have only been able to examine a female of this species, but entertain no doubt as to its being properly placed in this genus. Hab. Malay Peninsula, Singapore (fide Distant) ; Borneo (Cator). !GANGARA SANGUINOCCULUS. (Plate XX. fig. 17.) Erionota sanguinocculus, Martin, Einige neue Tagschmetterlinge von Nordost-Sumatra, p. 5 (Miinchen, pub. Gotteswinter 1895). 3. Upperside brown: fore wing with three aureo-hyaline spots—one occupying the A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID 2. 219 apical third of the cell, one occupying cell 3 from the base to the middle, its outer edge obliquely concave and passing from the basal third of vein 4 to beyond the middle of vein 3, and one irregularly ovate and placed obliquely near the middle of cell 2, of which it occupies the entire width. Underside brown: fore wing with the hyaline spots as on the upper surface, cell 1 pale, except in its apical fifth, a suffused brownish-grey patch near the middle of the costa and a suffused patch of bluish-white scales reaching from the apex of the cell to the costa just before the apex of the wing ; hind wing with a small sharply defined cream-coloured spot near the base of cell 7, cell 1 sparsely sprinkled throughout with bluish-white scales, and on the disc some suffused patches of bluish-white scales indicating an irregular median and postmedian band. Fringes concolorous, a little paler near the tornus of each wing. Body, palpi, legs, and antenne brown, the latter brownish yellow on the underside of the club. @. Fore wing above with the hyaline spot in cell 3 completely fillmg up the base of that cell, and the hyaline spot in cell 2 forming a parallelogram, of which the upperside occupies the basal half of vein 3 and the lower side is separated from the base of vein 2 by two-fifths, and from the apex of vein 2 by one-fifth of the entire length of that vein. Otherwise like the male. Expanse 52-55 mm. Hab. Perak (Doherty); N.K. Sumatra (Martin). The above description was drawn up from a single pair in coll. Elwes long before Dr. Martin’s description appeared; and as the latter did not know the female, it has been allowed to stand. PADUKA. Paduka, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 375 (1886); Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 85. Type glandulosa, Dist.,=/ebadea, Hew. Allied to Matapa; the sex-marks in the male constitute the main differences ; there is in that sex a large tomentose patch on the disc of the fore wing above, a tuft of long hairs on the dorsum of the same wing below, and a conspicuous seam on the basal half of veins 2 and 3 of the hind wing above. There is but one described species, lebadea, Hew., a large insect expanding 51-65 mm. ‘The male resembles a Matapa in the stout body, contour of wings, uniform brown coloration of the latter . above, and the yellow fringe to the hind wing; the female (which appears to be hitherto undescribed) exactly resembles the male on the underside, but has three deep yellow spots on the fore wing and otherwise closely resembles Hrionota thraz. ! PADUKA LEBADEA. Hesperia lebadea, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iv., Hesp. pl. ii. figs. 22, 23 (1868). Tsmene subfasciata, Moore, P, Z. 8. 1878, p. 686. 220 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Matapa subfasciata, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 164, pl. lxiv. figs. 3a, 6 (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 24 (1891). Paduka glandulosa, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 376, pl. xxxv. fig. 5, g (1886). Hab. Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Java (Fruhstorfer) ; Sikkim (Knyvett). WaATSONIA, gen. Noy. Antenne half as long as the costa; club moderate ; apiculus acuminate, bent almost at a right angle, two-thirds as long as the club. Palpi appressed, second joint densely scaled, third almost concealed. Fore wing: distal two-thirds of the costa straight, dorsum two-thirds as long as the costa, about one-sixth longer than the termen ; vein 5 straight, a trifle nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6, vein 12 approaching 11 in its apical fourth, base of cell 10 one-third longer than that of cell 9, of celi 8 about half that of cell 9, of cells 6 and 7 mere points, base of cell 3 about half as long as that of cell 4 and giving off a recurrent vein, that of cell 2 nearly or quite as long as the first median segment; transverse vein nearly parallel with the termen. Hind wing suborbicular, a little longer than broad; termen nearly straight between veins 1 and 3; first and second subcostal and median segments subequal; cell less than half as long as the wing; transverse vein concave, slightly angulated at the origin of vein 5. No hyaline spots in either wing. ‘Tibial epiphysis present; hind tibie with two pairs of spurs. Differs from Kerana in the shorter antenne, straighter costa to the fore wing, the position of vein 5, and the shorter base to cell 3 in the same wing. | WATSONIA SWINHOEI, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 6, ¢ .) 3. Upperside deep brown with a dull purple shade, except on the apical region of the fore wing. Underside brown: fore wing with the dorsum broadly pale brown and the apical region ochreous brown; hind wing with a faint purple shade. Fringes brown. Antenne, palpi, body, and legs concolorous with the wings, antenne a little paler in front. ¢. Similar to the male, but a little larger and paler. Expanse, ¢ 47, 9 54 mm. Hab. Khasia hills (fide Swinhoe). Described from one pair given to me by Col. Swinhoe as a new genus and species. There are other specimens in Col. Swinhoe’s collection. KERANA. Kerana, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 402 (1886) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 18938, p. 115. Type armatus, Druce. No hyaline spots on either wing. Species brown or black above, generally with an oblique yellow or red-yellow band on the fore wing. Antenne more than half as long A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 221 as costa; club slender; apiculus acute. Palpi appressed, third joint almost concealed. Fore wing: dorsum longer than the termen, vein 5 nearer 4 than 6; first and second median segments subequal in length, the third about two-thirds as long as the second, vein 12 feebly sinuate towards vein 11. Hind wing: first median segment about three times as long as the second, the third about one-fourth as long as the second. The species known to us may be distinguished as follows :— 1 (6). Fore wing above with a red-yellow or yellow band. 2 (5). Pale band on fore wing above red-yellow, passing obliquely from the middle of the costa to the tornus.* 3 (4). Male with a black patch of androconia near the base of the hind wing above, coinciding with the cell. Expanse50mm. . . . . . armata, Druce. 4. (3). No sex-mark on hind wing above in the male. Hind wing above with a small spot of pale purple scales in each of cells 2, 3, 5, and 6. Expanse 32-34 mm, ; : 40 . - 5 (2). Pale band on fore wing above yellow, very broad, passing from the dorsum towards the middle of the costa, where it is cut short by the upper edge of the cell, its outer edge convex, its inner edge gemmifer, Butl. passing obliquely from the apex towards the base and giving off along the dorsum a triangular tooth to the base of the wing . . fulgur, de Nicév. 6 (1). Entirely fuliginous or olive-brown above... . . . . . . diocles, Moore. ! KERANA ARMATA. Astictopterus armatus, Druce, P. Z.S. 1873, p. 359, pl. xxxii. fig. 7. Kerana armata, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 402, pl. xxxv. fig. 31 (1886). Hab. Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Nias (Modigliant). ! KERANA GEMMIFER. Astictopterus gemmifer, Butl. Trans. Linn, Soc. Lond., Zool. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 555 (1877). Kerana yemmifer, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 403, pl. xxxiv, fig. 29 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 149 (1891). Hab. Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Bunguran, Natuna Is. (Everett); Penrisen Mt. (in coll. Rothschild). KERANA FULGUR. Kerana fulgur, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 55, pl. i. fig.6, 9; id. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 383, pl. Q. fig. 54, 3. 3. Upperside rich dark brown ; fore wing with a very broad yellow median band passing from the dorsum towards the middle of the costa and cut short by the upper 1 In a pair of specimens of armata from the Island of Nias the red-yellow band of the fore wing above is entirely wanting in the male and faintly indicated in the female. vou. xiv.—Part Iv. No. 16.—October, 1897. 26 222 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: edge of the cell; the outer edge of this band is nearly regularly convex, and its inner edge, which is straight and passes obliquely inwards and downwards, gives off along the dorsum a large triangular tooth to the base of the wing: hind wing with three divergent stripes of golden-yellow hairs from the base nearly to the middle. Underside paler brown than the upperside: fore wing with the yellow band as above, save that its inner boundary is wanting; an oblong brown spot from the middle of the base as far as vein 2, an oblong suffused red-yellow patch between the apical fourth of the cell and the costa, and a suffused yellow spot in the apex of the wing: hind wing with six pale bluish-purple spots placed as follows—three at equal distances in cell 1 b, one near the apical third of cell 2, one next the transverse vein, and one near the middle of the upper edge of the cell, and a few scales of a similar colour near the base of the costa. Antenne brown; apex of the club and the apiculus beneath yellow. Second joint of palpi clothed with yellow scales, intermixed with black ones. Thorax concolorous with the base of the wings. ‘The abdomen and legs are not in a condition for description. Expanse 42 mm. Hab. Borneo (in coll. Cator); Battak Mountains, Sumatra (Martin). The above description of the male of this insect had already been written from a specimen from Borneo in the collection of Mr. D. Cator when Mr. de Nicéville’s description appeared. The female we have not seen, but from Mr. de Nicéville’s description and figure we gather that the band on the fore wing in that sex differs in colour and shape from that of the male, being red-yellow and passing obliquely from the middle of the costa towards the tornus, which it does not quite reach. ! KpRANA DIOCLES. Nisoniades diocles, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 787. Kerana diocles, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 403, pl. xxxiv. fig. 8 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 148. Hab. Sikkim (Méller); Khasias (Hamilton); Tavoy (Tucker); Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Java (Piepers); Nias (Modigliani). ANCISTROIDES. Ancistroides, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1874, p. 436; Watson, P. Z.8. 1893, p. 116. Type longicornis, Butler. ; Nearest allied to Kerana, but differs from it in the relative proportions of the third median segment in both wings; that of the fore wing being one-third as long as the second, that of the hind wing about one-fourth as long as the second. ANCISTROIDES OTHONIAS, (Plate XXI. fig. 18.) Astictopterus othonias, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, i. p. 8342 (April 1878). Hab. Labuan, Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt); N. Borneo (Pryer, in coll. Rothschild). bS bo ee) A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, PIRDANA. Pirdana, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 376 (1886) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p.116. Type hyela, Hewitson. Wings unspotted. Species plain brown above or with a blue, green, or purple shade from the base of the wings outwards; tornus of hind wing more or less broadly yellow. Antenne more than half as long as costa; club slender. Fore wing with tke termen as long as or longer than the dorsum, at least in the male, the former straight from the tornus to vein 5; vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge of the cell, vein 5 nearer 4 than 6. Hind wing: termen distinctly produced at vein 16; vein 2 from the apical third of cell. Hind tibize roughly scaled on the outer side, but not fringed with long hairs. We distinguish the species known to us as follows :— 1 (6). With a sex-mark on the fore wing above in the male; antennz above brown. 2 (5). Sex-mark on upperside of fore wing in the male consisting of a raised seam on each side of the basal third of vein 2 and the middle third of vein la. Hind wing below purplish brown with green veins, or washed with green. 3 (4). Hind wing below purplish brown, the veins broadly and the dorsum pale green . . 3) ic Later gma meee aeeS eee Cla ewe 4 (3). Hind wing below neanlish ineoan ea with green ; veins concolorous ; cells 1a and 16 purple, shct with green . . . 0 0 CMT, Se 5 (2). Sex-mark on the upperside of the fore wing in the mules consisting of three oblong-oval patches of androconia, a large one near the base of cell 2, and two others much smaller, placed one above the other near the middle of cell 1a. Hind wing below plain brown . . . celsina, Feld. 6 (1). No sex-mark on fore wing above in the male; antennz above in greater Partwhite) @) sees aes als = fy sp een tan Seemgera/ozcorn7s 0. SD. ! PIRDANA HYELA. Hesperia hyela, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 23 (1867). Pirdana hyela, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 376, pl. xxxv. fig. 6, 9 (1886). Pirdana rudolphii, Elwes & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 438, pl. xx. fig. 6, 3. As the type specimen of P. rudolphii is now in the Calcutta Museum, we only know it from the plate above referred to, The only difference between the figures of rudolphii and hyela from Borneo is the smaller extent of yellow at the anal angle in the former. Hab. Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Tenasserim (Bingham); Java (fide Hew.); Khasias (coll. Swinhoe). 262 224 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! PIRDANA DISTANTI. Pirdana distanti, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 141 (1889). Pirdana pavona, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1895, p. 540. Hab. Malacca (fide Staudinger) ; Labuan (fide Staudinger, in coll. Elwes); E. Pegu, Perak (Doherty) ; ? Sikkim (Lang, fide de Nicéville); Buitenzorg, Java (Piepers). This species seems constantly distinct from hyela, though its geographical range covers that of hyela. It is probably the species referred to from Sikkim by de Nicéyille in our description of P. rudolphii. PIRDANA CELSINA. Hesperia celsina, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 512, pl. Ixxi. fig. 12, 9 (1867). Pamphila celsina, Staudinger, Exot. Tagf. p. 298, pl. 99, 3 (1888). Tanyplera celsina, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 294 (1892). Hab. Celebes ( fide Felder); Philippines ( fide Semper). PiRDANA ALBICORNIS, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 14, 3.) 3. Upperside: fore wing dark brown with a dull purple shade, glossed from the base almost to the middle with metallic greenish blue; hind wing dark brown as far as the apex of vein 4 and the apical fourth of the dorsum, thence bright yellow, the disc from the base glossed with metallic greenish blue. Underside verdigris-green ; disc of the fore wing dark purple, the dorsum of that wing broadly pale brown: hind wing with the bright yellow subtornal region as on the upperside ; cell 1 4 black, glossed with metallic greenish blue. Fringe of the fore wing grey-brown, of the hind wing yellow from the tornus as far as vein 4, thence somewhat dusky. Antenne in greater part white on the upperside, beneath blackish, with a white spot next the apiculus; club black; apiculus white. Clothing of second joint of palpi, breast, legs, and abdomen beneath yellow. Thorax above clothed with greyish-yellow and black hairs intermixed. Abdomen above brown. Expanse 42 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt). Described from one specimen in coll. Staudinger. PLASTINGIA. Plastingia, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1870, p. 95; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 118. Type flavescens, Felder, This genus is best distinguished by its facies, which is well exemplified in P. callineura, Felder. Antenne usually two-thirds as long as the costa; club slender; apiculus acute, recurved. Palpi appressed; third joint short, conical, almost concealed. Fore wing A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 225 pointed, termen straight, oblique; vein 5 nearer 4 than 6, vein 2 from the basal fourth of lower edge of the cell. Upperside brown, with pale spots in cells 2, 3, 6, and 7, one or two near the apex of the cell on the fore wing, and sometimes one in cells 4 and 5; the disc of the hind wing is more or less extensively yellow. Epiphysis present ; hind tibiz fringed and bearing two pairs of spurs. There is some difference in the comparative length of the cell of the hind wing in the different species ; it islonger in P. tessellata, Hew., than in the others. In P. callineura, Feld., and its allies, the base of cell 5 in the fore wing is about one and a half times as long as that of cell 4; in P. tessellata, noemi, &c., the bases of cells 4 and 5 in the fore wing are subequal in length. The species known to us we distinguish as follows :— Males. 1 (16). A hyaline spot in cell 4 of the fore wing. 2 (11). Hind wing below with pale purple or bluish-white spots. 2a (26). Termen of the hind wing broadly and decreasingly yellow from the dorsum as\farjas vem 3) % 4 <5 + « w+ = =) 4 os 9) vermiculata, Hew. 26 (2a). Termen of the hind wing uot as above. 8). Shaft of antenne entirely pale beneath. ). Hyaline spots in cell of fore wing remote. Tegumen simple. (6). Hind wing below: veins rather broadly vermilion-red. Lower lobe of clasp produced into two strong teeth at apex . . . . callineura, Feld. 6 (5). Hind wing below: veins yellow. Lower lobe of clasp prodncea at the apex into one strong tooth, the apical half of which is spiniform ., . . syeliettredies Shek oo oto sn 0 5, Lena, lala. 7 (4). Hyaline spots in cell of fore wing epiitineat Tegumen with a short tooth on each side at the base . . . » + « + « Margherita, Dohy. 8 (3). Shaft of antennze entirely blackish, club wale Genes 9 (10). Fore wing above: basal three-fifths of cell 1a filled up with yellow, the yellow colour spreading to the dorsum at the base. Hind wing above: cell entirely pale, the dise of the wing yellow from the dorsum as far as vein 6, the dorsum broadly yellow as far as thentermen’ .: Wh oh ay ee Patera eines Meee ene rey ett Met et = @ Elen Ut 10 (9). Fore wing above: an elongate triangular yellow spot in the basal haif of cell 1 a, its apex reaching the base of the wing on vein 1a. Hind wing above: upper half of the cell blackish, the yellow discal patch not reaching the dorsum, the latter dark brown THU ONAL lS ole Son 6 oo bp oe 6 a 0 on Ginger, Willey 11 (2). No purple spots on hind wing below. 12 (13). Fore wing with the basal two-thirds of cell 2 hyaline. Hind wing below red-yellow, with irregular black dashes; a broad black line in) the basal two-thirds oficell’7 5) 0 |) sw ee Quranttaea, n.Sp. 15 (14). 16 (1). 17 (20). 18 (19). 19 (18). 20 (17). 21 (22). 22 (21). 23 (24). 24. (23). 25 (26). 26 (25). MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: . Hyaline spot in cell 2 of fore wing much less than half as long as the cell. . Hind wing below brown, with the following pale yellow markings— a broad oblique postmedian band between veins 2 and 6, a broad stripe in cell 8, the apical third of cell 7 nearly as far as the termen, a stripe next the upper edge of the discoidal cell, a subterminal row of spots, one in each of cells 1 4 to 6, and three rays, of which the innermost is the shortest, next the dorsum soe hsha: Hind wing below yellowish green with feeble pale spots, one near the bases of each of cells 2, 8, and 4, and sometimes a small one near the middle of cell 5, that in cell 4 oblong and occupyimg about the basal third of the cell No hyaline spot in cell 4 of the fore wing. Hind wing below chequered throughout with pale spots. Hind wing below brown, chequered with greyish-yellow spots Hind wing below brown with dull silvery-white spots . Hind wing below not chequered. Hind wing below yellow, with the termen narrowly, the tornus broadly, the veins, a short line in the discoidal cell next the outer half of its upper edge, and a line in the basal half of cell 1d, black wot aes Hind wing below: veins not black. Hind wing below unspotted, ochreous, blackish in cell 1 a Hind wing below with a postmedian band of blackish spots (some- times with pale centres) and one near the base of cell 7, one near the apex of the cell, and one near the base of cell 1 4. Expanse 34 mm. Fore wing above with the uppermost of the two pale spots in the cell small and roundish. Tegumen simple . Expanse 89-40 mm. Fore wing above with the uppermost of the two pale spots in the cell oblong, as large as that in cell 6. Tegumen with a decurved horn on each side about the middle ! PLASTINGIA CALLINEURA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 52.) Hesperia callineura, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 513, pl. Ixxi. figs. 9, 10 (1866). ? Plastingia callineura, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 396, pl. xxxv. fig. 26 (1886); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 113 (1891). Distant’s description (/. ¢.) applies rather to the next species than to the true callineura of Felder, who correctly says of the hind wing below “ venis ferrugineo-rufo marginatis.” His plate, however, does not admit of identification with any of the species in coll, Elwes. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt) ; KE. Pegu, Perak (Doherty); Battak Moun- tains, Sumatra (Martin). . liburnia, Hew. telesinus, Mab. tessellata, Hew. naga, de Nicév. viburnia, Stgr. corissa, Hew. similis, n. sp. noémi, de Nicév. bo RS) 4 A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, ! PLASTINGIA LaToIA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 43.) Hesperia latoia, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 34 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt., v. Hesp. pl. vi. figs. 62, 63 (1873). ? Plastingia callineura et var. flavia, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 150 (1889). Distinguished from the preceding species by its slightly smaller size, the yellow veins on the hind wing below, and the single tooth into which the lower lobe of the clasp is produced. The variety flavia from Palawan is said to be distinguished from callineura by its smaller size; it may possibly be a distinct species, but we have had no opportunity of comparing its male genitalia with those of P. latoia. A female from Palawan, ex coll. Rothschild, expands 59 mm., and very possibly represents a distinct species; it does not agree with the same sex of either datoia or callineura. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty); Hast Java (coll. Piepers) ; Singapore (fide Hewitson) ; Selesseh, Sumatra (¢ coll. Rothschild). ! PLASTINGIA MARGHERITA. (Plate XXIV. figs. 54, 54a.) Plastingia margherita, Doherty, Jour. As. Soe. Beng. 1889, p. 131, pl. x. fig. 5, do. Hab. Margherita, Upper Assam (Doherty); Naga hills (Doherty). As I have the type of this species, I am able to say that it seems as distinct a species as any in the genus, though closely allied to /atoia.-—H. J. E. ! PLASTINGIA HELENA. Plastingia helena, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 190, pl. Ixiv. fig. 3 (1874). Hab. Sarawak (Low, fide Butler); Pulo Laut (Doherty); Namoe Ockor, Sumatra (in coll. Rothschild). PLASTINGIA VERMICULATA. Hesperia vermiculata, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i, p. 846 (1878). Plastingia vermiculata, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 56, pl. v. fig. 15, 3. This species is distinguished by having the termen of the hind wing broadly and decreasingly yellow from the tornus as far as vein 3. The hind wing below has several large bluish-white spots or dashes. Hab. Battak Mountains, Sumatra (Martin, fide de Nicéville). ! PLASTINGIA FRUHSTORFERI. (Plate XIX. fig. 19, ¢; Plate XXIV. figs. 55, 55 a.) Plastingia fruhstorferi, Mabille, Ann, Soc, Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 52 (1893). Hab. Java (Fruhstorfer) ; Pulo Laut (Doher aw: Labuan (coll. Staudinger) ; Selesseh (im coll. Rothschild). 228 MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! PLASTINGIA AURANTIACA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 17, .) 3. Upperside: fore wing blackish brown with five hyaline spots, one in each of cells 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7, and another indicated by a small pale dash near the apex of the cell next its upper edge; an elongate rhomboidal spot in cell 1 @ almost coinciding in length with the hyaline spot in cell 2, an acuminate streak next the costa from the base of the wing as far as the apex of cell 10, and a narrow border to the hyaline spots bright orange- yellow: hind wing with the disc irregularly, and a streak along vein 14, orange-yellow. Underside: fore wing orange-yellow, with the costa and termen narrowly black; a subterminal band of blackish spots arising in a large subquadrate spot in the apex of cell 1 a, and decreasing in size towards the apex; a black streak from the end of the discoidal cell in part along the course of vein 5, and another in cell 8 continued towards the base along the upper edge of the discoidal cell; dorsum black as far as vein 1a, and an oblong, black-edged, somewhat metallic pale spot in cell 1 @ from the base of vein 2 to the base of the wing: hind wing deep orange-yellow, the costa and termen narrowly black ; cell 1 @ and the lower half of cell 1 black, the former with an orange streak in its basal two-thirds; cell 1 orange-yellow ; disc of the wing with several irregular black dashes placed as follows, namely—two in cell 7, of which the basal one occupies two-thirds of the length of that cell, two in each of cells 2, 3, 4-5, and 6, one in the discoidal cell, and three in cell 1 4. Fringes below orange-yellow, the short scales on the fore wing blackish. Antenne blackish, the shaft yellow below from the base to the club. Clothing of palpi pale yellow, with a few black hairs intermixed. Clothing of body and legs orange-yellow. Expanse 34-36 mm. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Poeh, Sarawak (in coll. Rothschild). Described from two males in coll. Elwes, ! PLASTINGIA LIBURNIA. Hesperia liburnia, Hewitson, Descr, Hesp. p. 33 (1868) ; id. Exot. Butt. v., Hesp. pl. vi. figs. 58, 59 (1873). Plastingia liburnia, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 813 (1892). Hab. Luzon, Mindoro, Camotes, Mindanao (Semper). PLASTINGIA TELESINUS. Carystus telesinus, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. Ent. ii, p. 205 (1878). Carystus lenas, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. iv. p. exix (1891). Suastus telesonus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 800 (1892). Hab. Luzon, Bohol (Semper). This species seems to be most nearly allied to P. corissa, Hew., to which it bears considerable resemblance in the colour of the underside, but the latter species wants the pale spots on the hind wing below. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 229 ! PLASTINGIA TESSELLATA. Hesperia tessellata, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. ii. p- 494 (1866). Hesperia eulepis, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 517, pl. Ixxii. fig. 12, g (1867). Plastingia tessellata, var. palawata, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 149 (1889). Hab. Celebes ( fide Hewitson) ; Palawan (fide Semper) ; Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Battak Mountains, Sumatra (Martin). ! PLASTINGIA NAGA. Hesperia? naga, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. (1883) p. 89, pl. x. fig. 2, 2. Plastingia naga, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 115 (1891); Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 314 (1892). Hab. Sibsagar, Upper Assam (Peal, fide de Nicéville); E. Pegu (Doherty); Jaintia hills (coll. Swinhoe) ; Lawas, N. Borneo (Everett); Khasias (in coll. Rothschild) ; Battak Mountains, Sumatra (Martin) ; E. Mindanao (Semper). Watson (P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 118) puts this species as a synonym of tessellata, Hew., and as it resembles that species in all but the colour of the pale spots on the underside, we were, so long as we had seen female specimens only, inclined to adopt the same view, seeing that the type was a female; but having, through the kindness of Herr Semper, had the opportunity of examining one of his two males from E. Mindanao, which exactly agrees with the original description and figure as well as with female specimens in coll. Elwes, we are satisfied that it is a distinct species. It has been sent to us from Java by Staudinger as fessellata, Hew. PLASTINGIA VIBURNIA. Plastingia viburnia, Staudinger, in. litt.; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 314 (1892). Of this very distinct species the female resembles the male, save that the pale markings on the upperside are yellowish white instead of deep yellow. Hab. Mindoro (Semper). ! PLASTINGIA CORISSA. Hesperia corissa, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xvii. p. 455 (1876). Plastingia drancus, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv. p. 149 (1884). Tsoteinon indrasana, Elwes & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 441, pl. xx. fig. 5,2 (fide de Nicéville) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 86 (1891). Plastingia.latonia, Staudinger, MS. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt); Pulo Laut (Doherty); Battak Mountains, Sumatra (Martin). Mr. de Nicéville identifies J. indrasana, which he described in the joint paper on Tavoy butterflies, cited above, as J. corissa. As the type is now in the Calcutta Museum, we take his word for it, but the plate does not represent our specimens correctly. A female of P. latonia, Stgr., marked by Dr. Staudinger as “ typisch,” differs from the same vou. xiv.—Parr iv. No. 17.—Octaber, 1897. 20 230 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: sex of P. corissa in being a little larger, and in having the hyaline spots in cells 6 and 7 of the fore wing above longer, an oblong hyaline spot in cell 8, and a small irregular yellow spot in cell 5 near the lower outer angle of the spot in cell 6. 'Prastinera Nor. (Plate XXIV. figs. 57, 57 a.) Plastingia noémi, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 120, pl. ii. fig. 15, ¢. Hab. Sikkim (Mller, fide de Nicéville, Knyvett) ; Ei. Pegu (Doherty). !PLASTINGIA SIMILIS, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 18, ¢; Plate XXIV. figs. 56, 56a.) Closely allied to P. noémi, de Nicév., from which it differs in its smaller size, the less conspicuous yellow streak along the basal half of the costa of the fore wing above, and in the particulars set forth in the above Table of Species. Expanse 54 mm. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Described from one male and two females in coll. Elwes. PLASTINGIA SUBMACULATA, Plastingia submaculata, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 149, pl. 11. fig. 8, ¢ (1889). Fore wing above with two cell-spots, a pale spot in each of cells 2 and 3, and a yellow streak from the base next the upper edge of vein 1a. Hind wing below yellow- green, the dorsum darker, three black spots near the base, and six others forming a postmedian curved series. Hab. Palawan (Platen). We have not seen this species, which may not be a Plastingia; the figure of the fore wing below does not agree with the author’s description. Loroneus. Lotongus, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 371 (1886) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p.121. Type calathus, Hew. Zea, Distant, t. c. pp. 369 & 377. Type mytheca, Hew. Zela, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 386. Type zeus, de Nicév. Zampa, de Nicéyille, t. c. p. 389. Type zenon, de Nicév. Antenne (in the male) about two-thirds as long as the costa; club slender ; apiculus acicular, reflexed, rather less than half as long as the club. Palpi appressed, densely scaled ; third joint minute, acicular or obtuse, almost concealed. Fore wing: termen (in the male) longer than the dorsum, vein 5 nearer 4 than 6, vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge of the cell, no hyaline spot in cell 4; in calathus, zeus, and mytheca, the base of cell 3 is about twice as long as the base of cell 4, and in zenon, avesta, sarala, and excellens the base of cell 3 is about one-third longer than the base of cell 4. Hind wing: cell less than half.the length of the wing, termen very feebly excavated in cell 14. Epiphysis present; hind tibie fringed and bearing two pairs of spurs. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID®. 231 We find that the following species fall within the above definition :— 1 (10). Hind wing above plain brown. 2 (9). Hind wing below brown, with or without a whitish border round the apex. 3 (6). Cell-spot present on fore wing above. 4 (5). No sex-mark on fore wing above in the male. Fringe of hind wing not yellow in the tornal region. Hind wing below frequently more or less broadly whitish round the apex . . . . . calathus, Hew. 5 (4). Sex-mark on fore wing above in the male linear, blackish, erect fromm the middle of vein 1a to the basal third of vein 2, thence oblique to near the base of vein 3. Fringe of hind wing yellow in the tornal region. zeus, de Nicév. 6 (8). No cell-spot on fore wing above. 7 (8). Hind wing above in the male with a tuft of long hairs near the base completely covering the cell; the latter very short, about one-third as long as the wing, transverse vein suberect, veins 3, 4, and 6 equidistant at the base and much thickened in their basal half. Hind wing below brown, yellowish next the transverse vein . . . zenon, de Nicév. 8 (7). Hind wing above in the male normal; below brown, with a sharply defined yellow transverse band from the apical third of the costa to the basal third of the dorsum but interrupted in cell 1 4. No celi-spot on the fore wing above .. . . : P . . . dvesta, Hew. (2). Hind wing below brown, with a white Hetial band fork, the costa to vein 16, the breadth of this band equal to half the length of the wing. mytheca, Hew. 10 (1). Hind wing above in part yellow. 11 (12). Fore wing above with a cell-spot, no pale spots in cells 6,7, or 8. Hind wing below with a yellow band having the same direction as in avesta. sarala,de Nicév. 12 (11). Fore wing above with a cell-spot and a pale spot in each of cells 6 and 7 or 6,7, and 8. Hind wing below with a broad yellow band from the middle of the costa to the middle of cell 14, sometimes continued to the dorsum ov es Mob a olay eo en i won nenen es pits in) CH Siete ! LoroNGUS CALATHUS. Eudamus calathus, Hewitson, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 353 (1876). Lotongus calathus, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 371, pl. xxxiv. fig. 14 (1886). Lotongus maculatus, Distant, t.c. p. 372, pl. xxxv. fig. 1. Hesperia parthenope, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlviii. p. 17, pl. ii. fig. 8, 2 (1887). Plesioneura aliena, Staudinger, Iris, 11. p. 155 (1889), sec. spec. typ. Lotongus parthenope, de Nicéyille, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1892, p. 354, pl. J. figs. 49, 59. Proteides zalates, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 52 (1898). Proteides surus, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Hnt. Fr. 1895, p. lix. Hab. Nias (Modigliani); Palawan; Kina Balu, Borneo; Java (fide Staudinger) ; Selesseh, Battak Mountains, Sumatra (Martin). ; We have been obliged to unite the three supposed species of Lotongus upon which Mr. de Nicéville has written, we think, without sufficient material. We possess specimens 2H 2 232 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: of both sexes from Distant’s collection, with the label “ Malacca, Biggs.” The males are marked in his writing maculatus, the female calathus. A male from Pulo Laut agrees with these males. We have also three males and four females of parthenope, Weym.. from the typical locality Nias, which vary considerably inter se in the very characters by which alone they can be separated from the Malacca and Bornean specimens, namely, the size and number of the spots on the fore wing in the male, and in the female by the amount of white on the apex of the hind wing below, which is present in both sexes of calathus, but in some females only of parthenope. The Javan form figured by de Nicéville as parthenope 3 has only one spot in the cell, whilst two of our three males have two. The genitalia of the two forms are identical. ! LoroNnGuUs ZEUS. Zela zeus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 388, pl. Q. fig. 57, g. We give a description of this species, which had been prepared before Mr. de Nicé- ville’s paper appeared. 3. Upperside dark brown: fore wing with four hyaline whitish-yellow spots—one, about twice as high as wide, near the middle of cell 2, one, subquadrate, near the basal fourth of cell 3, one, oblong, near the base of cell 6, and one, longer than wide, in the cell, next the base of vein 3; sex-mark linear, blackish, erect from the middle of vein 1a to the basal third of vein 2, thence oblique to near the base of vein 3: hind wing with the basal two-thirds thickly clothed with long fuliginous hairs. Underside brown: hind wing and basal two-thirds of the costal region of fore wing bright yellow- brown, a small feeble yellow spot next the transverse vein of the hind wing. Fringes of the fore wing whitish grey; of the hind wing bright yellow in the tornal region, passing gradually into whitish grey towards the apex; short scales dark on both wings except on the brightest of the yellow part. Antenne brown; club slender, paler beneath; the apiculus equal in length to one-half of the clavate portion. Vein 2 of fore wing arising near the basal third of the cell. Body and legs concolorous with the upperside. Expanse 39-47 mm. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty); Mindoro (coll. Semper); Khasia hills (fide Swinhoe). This species is the type of Mr. de Nicéville’s genus Zelda. A male specimen from the Khasia hills, ex coll. Swinhoe, of which we have compared the genitalia, is larger than specimens from Pulo Laut, expanding 47 mm., and the pale spots on the fore wing are reduced in size, that proper to cell 6 being absent. ‘Type in coll. Elwes. ! LoroNGUS ZENON. Zampa zenon, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 391, pl. Q. fig. 58, ¢. This species, of which the type is in coll. Elwes, is the type of Mr, de Nicéville’s genus Zampa. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID A. 233 The curvature of the dorsum of the fore wing in the male is correlated to the supra- alar tuft on the hind wing, and is not peculiar to this species. Cf. Parnara oceia, 3. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). ! Loronaus AVESTA. Hesperia avesta, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 30 (1868). Lotongus avesta, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 383, pl. Q. fig. 56, 2. Pamphila tamiata, Stgr. MSS. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstr «dt); Pulo Laut (Doherty). ! Loroneus MYTHECA. Hesperia mytheca, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 81 (1877). Zea mytheca, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 377, pl. xxxv. fig. 7 (1886). Hab. Perak (Doherty). ! LoTONGUS SARALA. Parnara sarala, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, pl. B. fig. 6, 9; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 48. Hab. Khasia hills (Hamilton). Both sexes of this species, which do not differ, are in the Elwes collection. ! LOTONGUS EXCELLENS. Proteides excellens, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 141, pl. 11. fig. 6 (1889). Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty); Palawan (Platen, fide Stgr.) ; Sumatra (in coll. Rothschild). CRETEUS. Creteus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 385. Type cyrina, Hew. This is a genus erected by Mr. de Nicéville for the Hesperia cyrina of Hewitson, a species which is remarkable for the presence of hyaline spots on the hind wing, placed as follows :—one in the cell next the transverse vein, one in the basal third of each of cells 2 and 3, and one near the middle of each of cells 6 and 7. The hyaline spots on both wings are apt to be reduced in size, and in a specimen from Borneo in which this is the case the hyaline spot proper to cell 2 of the hind wing is wanting altogether. The sex-mark on the fore wing above in the male consists of a streak of modified scales occupying about the middle third of vein 2. ! CRETEUS CYRINA. Hesperia cyrina, Hewitson, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 450 (1876) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 160 (1891). 234 MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Parnara parca, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 174, pl. B. fig. 10, 2. Pamphila meleagrina, Staudinger, MSS. Hab. Khasia (Hamilton); Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt). All the spots on both the Bornean specimens in coll. Elwes are smaller than in the Khasia one, but there is no other difference. UNKANA. Unkana, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 369 (1886); Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 123. Type batara, Moore, MS. A genus established by Distant for Zsmene batara, Moore, MS. Sexes dissimilar. Fore wing with the full complement of hyaline spots, 7. ¢. a cell- spot and one in each of cells 2 to 8 in both sexes. Antenne (in the male) more than half as long as costa; club slender ; apiculus acicular, about half as long as the club. Palpi appressed, densely scaled; third joint blunt, very short, almost concealed. Fore wing: termen in the male as long as or longer than the dorsum, cell 4 slightly narrowing to the base, vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge of the cell, transverse vein oblique, base of cell 3 about twice as long as that of cell 4. Hind wing: termen angularly produced at vein 1, cell less than half the length of the wing. Epiphysis present; hind tibie fringed and bearing two pairs of spurs, the submedian pair small and appressed. Watson, in his ‘ Revision,’ places this genus (presumably after having examined the type species) in his Pamphiline, Section B, and Erionota in his Pamphiline, Section A. In his more recent paper, before referred to, he says that batara correctly belongs to the genus Hrionota, and sinks the genus Unkana accordingly ; but, since batara differs from thraz, the type of Zrionota, much more than thrax does from thyrsis, the type of Gangara, there seems to be, even on his own estimate of genera, no good reason for such a course. So far as we can judge, the Erionota (Casyapa) mabillei, Stgy., belongs here rather than to Erionota, and it is placed in this genus accordingly. ! UNKANA ATTINA. Tsmene batara, Moore, MS.; Horsfield & Moore, Cat. Lep. H.I. C. i. p. 249 (1857), 3. Hesperia attina, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 489 (1866), 2. Hesperia latreillei, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 511, pl. Ixxi. fig. 8 (1866), 2. Goniloba cruda, Herrich-Schiaffer, Prod. Syst. Lep. iii. p. 75 (1869). Unkana batara, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 370, pl. xxxiv. fig. 11, f (1886). Unkana attina, Distant, t. ec. p. 371, pl. xxxiy. fig. 830, 9 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 4 (1891). Hab. Malacca (Biggs); Perak (Doherty); Moulmein (Adamson); Java (Fruhstorfer) Palawan (Platen); Mindanao (Semper). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 235 UNKANA MABILLEL Erionota (Casyapa) mabillei, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii. p. 135 (1889). The male differs from that sex of U. attina, Hew., on the upperside by the want of pale spots in cells 4 and 5 and the different shape and sordid yellow colour of the remaining spots, that in the cell being one and 4 half times as wide as high; the hind wing below is brown, with some dull red spots near the lower angle of the cell, a broad irregular dark brown band gradually narrowiny from the costa and almost reaching vein 14, and a large brown subtriangular patch next the base. Fringe of the fore wing whitish grey, the short scales brown; of the hind wing brown from the apex to vein 4, thence pale yellowish grey. These particulars are taken from an example, ex coll. Staudinger, in which the hind wing below is much rubbed. Hab. Labuan (coll. Stgr.); Palawan (Platen, fide Stgr.). Hipari. Hidari, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 395 (1886) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p.123. Type irava, Moore. Fore wing with the termen (in the male) as long as or longer than the dorsum; hind wing short, rounded; abdomen about one-fourth longer than hind wing. Antenne about half as long as costa; club slender; apiculus acute, less than half as long as club. Palpi appressed, second joint densely scaled, third joint very short, blunt, almost concealed. Fore wing: vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge of the cell, trans- verse vein oblique, base of cell 4 about half as long as the base of cell 3. Hind wing with the cell about half as long as the wing. Distant includes in this genus three species, which we distinguish as follows :— 1 (4). Fore wing above with the pale spots free. 2 (8). Fore wimg above with a pale spot near the middle of cell 1a next vein la, but, normally, no pale spots in cells 7 and 8; hind wing below with a small pale spot in the cell, near the base of vein6 . . . . : irava, Moore. 3 (2). Fore wing above with no pale spot in cell 1a, and a pale spot in cach of cells 6, 7, and 8; no pale spot in the cell on hind wing below. . . sybirita, Hew. 4 (1). Fore wing above with the pale spots confluent and forming a broad irregular deep yellow band from the upper edge of the cellto vein 1 a. staudingeri, Dist. ! HipaRi IRAVA. Hesperia irava, Moore; Horsfield & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 254 (1857); Plotz,. Stett. ent. Zeit. xlii. p. 328 (1882). Hidari irava, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 395, pl. xxxiv. fig. 15, 2 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 112 (1891). Hab. Perak, Bali (Doherty); Java (Piepers). 236 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: HIIDARI DOESOENA. Hidaria doesoena, Martin, Binige neue Tagschmetterlinge von Nordost-Sumatra, p. 6 (1895). Differs from H. irava, Moore, in having the pale spot in cell 2 of the fore wing only separated from the cell-spot by the lower boundary of the cell, and the small pale spot in the cell of the hind wing below white instead of yellow. We have not seen this species. Hab. N.E. Sumatra (Martin). HIDARI SYBIRITA. Hesperia sybirita, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 451 (1876). Hidari sybirita, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 395, pl. xxxv. fig. 24 (1886). Hab. Singapore (coll. Hewitson). ! HIDARI STAUDINGERI. Hidari staudingeri, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 395, pl. xxxv. fig. 25 (1886). Hab. Perak (Doherty). HIDARI BHAWANI. Hidari bhawani, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 291, pl. xi. fig. 6, ¢; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 112 (1891). Resembles H. irava in the spotting of the fore wing above, but the hind wing below is pale ochreous, coarsely striated transversely with brown, and there is a brown streak near the costa and another next the dorsum. We have not seen this species. Hab. Arracan coast, Burma (Bingham, fide de Nicéville). EEtTIon. Eetion, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 395. Type elia, Hew. This is a genus erected by de Nicéville for the Hesperia elia of Hewitson, a species which is well distinguished from its immediate allies by the presence of hyaline spots on the disc of the hind wing; these form a transverse row and are placed one in each of cells 1b, 2, 3, and 4-5. ‘There is in the male a tuft of long hairs near the base of the dorsum of the fore wing below, and on the upperside of the fore wing a seam of modified scales passing obliquely inwards and downwards from the base of vein 38, nearly half of its length lying below vein 2. ! EETION ELTA. Hesperia elia, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 489 (1866). Unkana elia, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 370, pl. xxxiv. fig. 25 (1886). Hab. Singapore (Godfrey); Perak (Doherty). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 237 PITHAURIA. Pithauria, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 689; Watson, op. cit. 1893, p. 119. Type murdava, Moore. Pithauriopsis, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour, As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 387; Watson, 1. ec. Type aitchisoni, Wood-Mason & de Nicéy. Fore wing rather narrow and pointed ; thorax very stout ; abdomen conical, not longer than the dorsum of the hindwing. Antenne about half as long as costa; club slender; apiculus acicular, reflexed, at least one-half as long as the club. Palpi appressed, densely scaled, third joint almost concealed. Fore wing: no hyaline spot in cell 4, vein 2 arising near the half-length of the cell, vein 5 nearer 4 than 6. Hind wing: cell Jess than half as long as the wing, angulated at the origin of vein 7 and also at the origin of vein 2, vein 5 absent ; termen feebly curved, nearly straight between veins 1 a and 7; tornus not distinctly produced. Epiphysis present ; hind tibie with two pairs of spurs. Front coxe in the male densely clothed with long hair-like scales, and in the same sex the disc of the hind wing above is densely clothed with long hair-like scales. There are three species separable as follows :— Males. 1 (4). No sex-mark on the fore wing above. 2 (3). The long clothing of hind wing above not conspicuously pale. mwrdava, Moore. 3 (2). The long clothing of hind wing above whitish grey . . . stramineipennis, de Nicéy. 4. (1). A double sex-mark near the middle of cell 1 a on fore wing above, precisely similar to that found in the genus Halpe. aitchisoni, W.-M. & de Nicéy. ! PITHAURIA MURDAVA. Ismene murdava, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 784. Pithauria murdava, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1878, p. 689, pl. xlv. fig. 13; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 378, pl. xxxv. fig. 9, d (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 27 (1891). The female of this species has on the hind wing below a suffused subterminal pale band, and an oblong pale spot in each of cells 6 and 7, being thus distinguished from the female of P. stramineipennis, in which the hind wing below is uniform grey by reason of a sprinkling of whitish-grey scales on a pale greenish-brown ground ; in one of my two specimens of the latter there is a feeble pale spot near the basal third of cell 6 on the hind wing below. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton). ! PITHAURIA STRAMINEIPENNIS. Pithauria stramineipennis, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 388, pl. xx. fig. 5, ¢d; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 27 (1891) ; Leech, Butt. China &c. p 631, pl. xli. fig. 19, d (1894). Hab. Sikkim (MGller) ; Nagas (Doherty) ; Tavoy (Tucker). Vou. XIv.—Part iv, No. 18.—October, 1897. 21 238 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! PITHAURIA AITCHISONT. Pithauriopsis aitchisoni, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 387, pl. xv. fig. 4, ¢; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 28 (1891). Pamphila glauca, Staudinger, in litt. @. Hind wing above brown, without the grey clothing found in the male. Hind wing below red-brown, paler along the dorsum, with the following pure white markings, namely :—a streak from the base along cell 7 as far as its middle, a streak in the basal half of cell 6, but not reaching the base of that cell, a series of four small oblong spots, one near the middle of each of cells 2, 3, 4, and 5, and sometimes another beyond the middle of cell 16. Otherwise like the male. Described from a specimen from Kina Balu, Borneo, ex coll. Staudinger. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Staudinger) ; Java (Piepers). Norocrypra. Plesioneura, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatsb. vi. p. 29 (1862), nom. preocc. Type curvifascia, Felder. Notocrypta, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 188; Watson, P. Z. 8S. 1893, p- 112. Type curvifascia, Felder. Antenne about two-thirds as long as costa, rather shorter in the female. Palpi ascending ; third joint porrect, almost concealed. Fore wing: vein 5 arising much nearer 4 than 6, and having a distinct upward curve, or straight and practically inter- mediate between veins 4 and 6; vein 2 from the basal third of the lower edge of the cell. Hind tibiz with two long pairs of spurs. Species blackish brown above, with white hyaline markings on the fore wing, of which the most prominent is a more or less complete broad band passing from the middle of the costa to the distal third of the dorsum. In ‘ Iris,’ vol. ii. p. 151, Dr. Staudinger attempts to show that signata, Druce (P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 360, pl. xxxiii. fig. 8), is an aberration of alysos, Moore; but this view is scarcely tenable, because, apart from the differences in the venation in the two insects, the band on the fore wing in signata, Druce (recte Charmion ficulnea, Hew.), is cut short by vein 2, which is not the case in alysos, Moore (recte feisthamelit, Bdv.). The species dealt with in this paper may be distinguished as follows :— 1 (6). Vein 5 in the fore wing curved, its basal portion receding from vein 6; yein 5 therefore arising much nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6. 2 (5). Hind wing below without white spots. 3 (4). General direction of the termen of the fore wing forming amore or less obtuse angle with the dorsum. Fore wing above with or without white spots besides those forming the band ......... . . © (feisthameli, Bdv. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 239 4 (3). General direction of the termen of the fore wing forming a right angle with the dorsum. Fore wing above without white spots except those forming the band . quadrata, n. sp. 5 (2). Hind wing below with an angular white spot near the distal third of the cell and another near the basal third [de Nicév. ofecelll2 ees 4. : . paralysos, Wood-Mason & 6 (1). Vein 5 in the fore wing straight, practically intermediate between veins 4 and 6. 7 (10). Base of cell 3 on the fore wing not filled up with white. 8 (9). Basal fifth or fourth of hind wing below yellow. Subtornal blotch on fore wing below obsolete or basiflava, de Nicév. wanting PE er Mt ithe DERE ep acl eds) Ee 9 (8). Hind wing below pale brown. Subtornal blotch on fore wing belowsordid white . ..... =. . . -. tornatd,n. sp. 10 (7). Base of cell 3 on the fore wing filled up by a triangular [de Nicéy. white spot . monteitht, Wood-Mason & NovocrRyPTa FEISTHAMELIL. Thymele feisthamelii, Boisduval, Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 159, pl. ii. fig. 7 (1832). Plesioneura curvifascia, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 29 (1862). Plesioneura alysos, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 789 ; id. Lep. Cey. i. p. 178, pl. Ixvii. figs. 3 ¢,3a Q, 30 larva and pupa (1881) ; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 399, pl. xxxiv. fig. 7, g (1886). Plesioneura albifascia, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 848, pl. lini. fig. 8, 3. Plesioneura restricta, Moore. Lep. Cey. i. p. 178 (1881); Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soe. Beng. 1887, p. 390, pl. xvii. fig. 5, ¢- Plesioneura voluw, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1883, p. lvi. ? Plesioneura clavata, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 153, pl. ii. fig. 9 (1889). Notocrypta alysos, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 126 (1891). Notocrypta albifascia, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 128 (1891). Notocrypta feisthameli, var. rectifascia, Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 627, pl. xxxvin. fig. 2, g (1894). Notocrypta curvifascia, Leech, t. c. p. 626, pl. xxxviil. fig. 1, ¢. Notocrypta restricta, Leech, t. c. p. 627, pl. xxxviii. fig. 3, g ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 128 (1891). Judging from the male genitalia it seems probable that there is but one species of this genus with the fringe of the hind wing grey-brown, the white band on fore wing above not cut short by vein 2, and having a dark sub-basal and median band, but no white spot on the hind wing below. ‘The oldest name given to an insect falling within this definition is that of feisthamelii, Bdv. The presence or absence of small white spots on the fore wing, an opaque white patch on the fore wing below continuing the white band to the costa, or a white dash in each of cells 9 and 10 on the fore wing below between the hyaline spot in cell 8 and the costa, are particulars not sufficiently constant to be of any use as specific characters. The form albifascia, Moore, which we have from Java and Pulo Laut, a comparatively small insect with no white markings except the rather narrow band on the fore wing above, is very different in appearance 212 240 MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: from the much larger typical feisthamelii (which we have also from Jaya), with its broad white band on the fore wing and five white spots besides; but there is nothing in the male genitalia of the two forms to prevent us from regarding the former as a depauperate local form of the latter. The main differences in the several named forms consist in the greater or lesser number of white spots on the fore wing above, exclusive of those forming the discal band, and in a lesser degree the differences in the shape of the band itself and whether or not it is extended to the costa on the underside by a pale patch, Beyond those which form the discal band the largest number of white spots found on the fore wing above appears to be seven, namely, one in each of cells 3-9 inclusive ; all or any of these may be absent, and specimens might in this respect be grouped under three heads : (a) those with no white spots, except those forming the band ; (6) those with one spot, that in cell 4; and (c) those with more than one spot, 7. e. with any number from 2 to 7, and of these the specimens with five or six spots are perhaps the most numerous. Such a grouping, however, would be purely artificial and would answer no useful purpose. Though at first sight it might seem that we have united several forms more distinct inter se than others which we have previously treated as good species, yet a careful study of no less than 35 males and 26 females from all parts of India and the Malay Islands, representing all the named forms, together with the fact that the genitalia of all the specimens examined seem to be identical in structure, convinces us that it is impossible to separate them. ‘The principal points which have been relied on by authors are the number of the spots beyond the band on fore wing above, the form of the band, and whether or not it is extended to the costa below. P. albifascia, Moore, is a small form from Java, Borneo, and Bali, with a narrow band and usually no spots beyond the band. P. volux, Mab., of which we have seen the type in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, is also spotless. Mr. Leech, who has given much attention to these insects, divides the specimens found in the region treated of in his book as follows :— Pale band on fore wing below continued to the costa by a pale patch . . . . feisthameli, Bdy, Pale band not so continued. Fore wing below with a white dash in each of cells 9 and 10 between the hyaline Spotin cell’$ and the'costa- 9. 5 2 5 2s 5 ses ws Curvifascia, Held: Fore wing with no such dashes. . .-. . =... =. =. -+ = « « « « 7estricta, Moore, In this connection I may say that I have specimens from Jaya which combine the characters relied on by Mr. Leech for the separation of feisthameli and curvifascia. Hab. India, generally distributed. Burmah, Perak, Andamans, Bali (Doherty); Java (Piepers) ; Nias (Modigliant) ; Philippines (Semper) ; Borneo, Arjuno, Java (Doherty) ; China (Leech); Liu Kiu Islands (Pryer). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 241 ! NorocryPTA GUADRATA, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 3, 3.) 3. Nearest to WV. feisthamelii, from which it differs in the general direction of the termen of the fore wing, which forms approximately a right angle with the dorsum, and in having the white band, which is cut short by vein 1 a and the upper edge of the cell, broader and more regular in outline ; there are usually no hyaline spots, except those forming the band, but this is not a feature of much importance, as one specimen has a hyaline point near the middle of cell 4. On the underside the band is continued to the costa by an opaque white patch. Expanse 363-384 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt), Described from two specimens in coll. Elwes received from Dr. Staudinger, who has others from the same locality. ! NoTOcRYPTA PARALYSOS. Plesioneura paralysos, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc, Beng. 1881, p. 257. Notocrypta paralysos, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 127 (1891). Though this species has the genitalia characteristic of WV. feisthamelii, the pure white spots on the hind wing below, two in number, distinguish it with certainty. Hab. Andamans (de Roepstorff). ! NOTOCRYPTA BASIFLAVA. Plesioneura basiflava, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng, 1888, p. 290, pl. xiii. fig. 7, 3. Notocrypta basiflava, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 130 (1891). Hab. Nilgiris (Hampson). NovocRyPTA INORNATA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 15, 3.) 3. Upperside dark brown: fore wing with a large oblong cell-spot, notched on its outer edge, and a large irregular oblong spot occupying about the middle third of cell 2 pure white, and forming together an oblique abbreviated discal band; a white point near the basal third of cell 3, Underside of fore wing as the upperside, save that the outer half of cell 1a@ is almost entirely occupied by the white subtornal blotch. Body, antennz, and legs concolorous with the wings; club of the antennz whitish beneath. Second joint of palpi clothed with black and grey hairs intermixed. Expanse 41 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt). Described from a single example in coll. Staudinger. NovocrYPra MONTEITHI, Plesioneura monteithi, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 391, pl. xviii. figs. 3, 3a, 2. Notocrypta monteithi, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 129 (1891). Carystus singularis, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p, 51 (1893). 242 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: This species differs from any form of WV. feisthamelii in having on the fore wing a triangular spot, which occupies the basal third of cell 3, included in the white band. Very few specimens are known, all females. Hab. Irangmara, Cachar (Wood-Mason & de Nicéville); Sumatra (fide de Nicéville) ; Java ( fide Mabille) ; N. Borneo (Pryer, in coll. Rothschild). Cf. p. 215 ante. CERANE, gen. nov. Antenne two-thirds the length of the costa; club slender; apiculus about one-fourth as long as the club. Palpi laxly scaled, second joint ascending, third long, acicular, erect. Fore wing (male): costa one-third longer than the dorsum; termen straight from the tornus to vein 5, subequal in length to the dorsum, vein 5 with its basal portion receding from vein 6 and therefore arising evidently nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6. Species blackish brown above, with an oblique white abbreviated discal band between vein 2 and the upper edge of the cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs. This genus contains at present the two species mentioned below, and as both of them exhibit the characters given above it cannot be said that one is more typical than the other. They may be thus distinguished inter se :— Subtornal blotch on fore wing below pale brown. Fore wing (male) apparently narrower, by reason that the angle between the dorsum and the straight part of the termen is about 115° ah agit \acut eo .0 neera, de Nicév. Subtornal blotch on fore wing below white, almost as pure as the discal band. Fore wing (male) apparently broader, by reason that the angle between the dorsum and the straight part of the termen is about 100°. . . . . . microthyrus, Mab. !CERANE NERA. Notocrypta neera, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 579, pl. G. fig. 27, °. Hab. Pulo Laut, Perak (Doherty) ; Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt). There is a specimen in the Hewitson collection from Singapore unnamed. CERANE MICROTHYRUS. Plesioneura microthyrus, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. iii. no. 31, p. lvii (1883). Plesioneura mindorana, Staudinger, in litt. Notocrypta microthyrus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 317 (1892). Hab. Luzon, EK. Mindanao (Semper); Mindoro (coll. Staudinger). Herr Semper was mistaken in his statement that he had not the female of this species, the specimen submitted to us is undoubtedly of that sex. In this species the pale band on the fore wing below is continued to the costa, and there is a tendency to the acquisition of this character in some females of G2. newra. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 243 UDASPES. Udaspes, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 177 (1881) ; Watson, P.Z. S. 1893, p. 113. Type folus, Cr. Antenne about half as long as costa; club gradual; apiculus acute, about two-thirds as long as the club. Palpi porrect; third joint short, almost concealed. Fore wing: dorsum longer than the termen, the latter nearly evenly curved ; vein 5 with its basal portion receding from vein 6 and therefore arising much nearer 4 than 6; vein 2 arising before the half-length of the cell, Hind wing nearly as broad as long ; evenly rounded; cell less than half as long as the wing. Hyaline spots present in both wings. ‘Tibial epiphysis present; hind tibie fringed and bearing two pairs of spurs. No alar sex-mark in the male. The two species known to us may be distinguished as follows :— termen Disc of the hind wing above white, completely surrounded by a broad dark brown border. Expanse about 42 mm. oP rer oe WD Cees Belted ate . folus, Cr. Hind wing above fuliginous brown, with a sharply defined rhomboidal white spot on the disc standing on vein 5 near the middle, and a white point just below it near the basal third of cell 3. Expanse about 33mm. . .... =... . .~ stellata, Ob. ! UDASPES FOLUS. Papilio folus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. Ixxiv. fig. 7 (1779). Udaspes folus, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 177, pl. Ixviii. figs. 3, 3. @ (1881) ; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 398, pl. xxxiv. fig. 3 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 125 (1891). Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Young); Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Elwes); Burmah (Watson, Doherty) ; Java (Piepers); Sambawa, Bali (Doherty). ! UDASPES STELLATA. Plesioneura stellata, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. xx. p. 41, pl. ix. fig. 165 (1896). Hab. Menia, ? prope Ta-tsien-lo, E. Tibet (coll. Oberthiir). I am indebted to M. Charles Oberthiir for a specimen of this distinct species, which he has recently received from his native collectors in Tibet. ACTINOR. Actinor, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 108. Type radians, Moore. This genus was erected by Watson for the Halpe radians of Moore, an insect combining with its own peculiar facies most of the other characters of Halpe, save that the sex-mark is absent in the male and vein 2 of the fore wing arises near the basal third of the cell. The pattern of the hind wing below is quite peculiar; the veins and two narrow irregular straight transverse bands are yellowish white, the antemedian band starts from -the basal third of vein 1 6 and passes over the base of vein 2 obliquely across the cell 244 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: and is cut short by vein 8, the postmedian band starts from the apical fourth of vein 14 and is continued in an almost regular zigzag to the apex of vein 6; there is a pale spot near the base of cell 7. ! ACTINOR RADIANS. Halpe radians, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 690, pl. xlv. fig. 1; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 74 (1891). Hab. Mandi, N.W. Himalayas (Young). GEHENNA. Gehenna, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 108. Type abima, Hew. Distinguished from Halpe by the secondary sexual characters on the underside of the fore wing in the male, which consist of a thickening of the basal part of vein 2 anda portion of the lower edge of the cell near it, so as to form a swollen <, which is partly covered by a thick tuft of long black hairs springing from the dorsum near the base. Three species are known to us, and may be distinguished as follows :— 1 (4). Male. Hind wing: vein 8 and the upper edge of the cell normal. 2 (8). Cell-spot on the fore wing geminate; hind wing below with “five un- defined brown spots” (de Nicév.). . . . . + P65 0 6 oo Gm lel 3 (2). One moderately large spot next the lower edge of the cell on the fore wing, sometimes with another punctiform one just above it. Hind wing below brown, more or less closely covered with greyish-yellow scales, except on a large spot near the end of the cell and a triangular postmedian spot ; the base of this brown triangle occupies about the basal half of vein 2, and its apex just reaches ven 6... . . angulifera, n. sp. 4 (1). Male. Hind wing: vein 8 and the upper edge of the cell fein a “tuning-fork ” at their junction; upperside with a small oval oblique streak close to the base; underside dark reddish brown, immaculate, “frosted over with scattered golden-yellow scales” . . . . . . . gree, de Nicéy. GEHENNA ABIMA. Hesperia abima, Hew. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xix. p. 83 (1877). Hab. Macassar (fide Hewitson). GEHENNA ANGULIFERA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 20, 3.) g. Upperside brown: fore wing with four or five sordid yellowish-white spots placed as follows :—one near the apex of the lower edge of the cell, sometimes with a punctiform one just above it, one about twice as high as wide in cell 2, one roundish or subquadrate near the basal third of cell 3, and one small and roundish in cell 6. Underside: fore wing as on the upperside, but paler along the dorsum, and with the A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID#. 245 extra-discal portion more or less closely sprinkled with greyish-yellow scales: hind wing brown, more or less closely sprinkled with greyish-yellow scales, except on a spot near the end of the cell, and a curved postmedian band, the base of which occupies about the basal half of vein 2, and its apex just reaches vein 6. Fringes dark grey, the short scales darker, especially on the hind wing. Antenne above dark brown, very finely spotted with white beneath, apiculus pale red on the underside. Body above brown ; clothing of the palpi, breast, and legs of yellow and black hairs intermixed; abdomen beneath blackish, hind margins of the segments with a narrow band of whitish-grey scales. Expanse 28 mm. Hab. Mindoro. Described from two specimens ex coll. Staudinger. According to a specimen received from M. Mabille, this is the same as his Pamphila rama; we have not, however, been able to find any reference to the publication of the latter name. GEHENNA GRAM. Gehenna gree, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 399. Hab. N.E. Sumatra (fide de Nicéville). Curitua, Moore. Cupitha, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, pt. ii. p. 47; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 111. Type purreea, Moore. A genus of a single species, best distinguished by the secondary sexual characters of the male. The pattern of the upperside is essentially the same as that found in Telicota gola, Moore. Male: fore wing with the dorsum angularly produced just before the middle, on the underside with a tuft of long hairs on the dorsum between the base and the angulation ; hind wing above with an oval depression at the end of the cell filled with what appears to be a waxy matter, the middle of this depression is traversed by the confluent basal portion of veins 3 and 4, which thus form a loop above the lower margin of the cell. ! CUPITHA PURREEA. Pamphila purreea, Moore, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 594, pl. lviii. fig. 10. Cupitha tympanifera, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 48. Pamphila lycorias, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 54 (1893). Hab. Sikkim (Moller); E. Pegu, Bali (Doherty); Java (Fruhstorfer); Nias (Modigliani) ; Camiguin de Mindanao (Semper); Palawan (coll. Staudinger). VOL. XIV.—PART ivy. No. 19.—October, 1897. 2K 246 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: AUGIADES. Augiades, Hiibn. Verz. p. 112 (1816) ; Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 103. Type sylvanus, Esper. Closely allied to Erynnis, the points of difference being practically those which separate the Papilio sylvanus of Esper from the Papilio comma of Linneus. In Augiades siva, Moore, and its immediate allies, hyaline spots are more or less strongly developed in the fore wing. Antenne rather more than half as long as costa; club elongate, oval; apiculus longer than in Hrynnis, in most species as long as the greatest width of the club. Third joint of palpi almost concealed, second joint laxly scaled. In seven species examined there occurs a marked peculiarity in the male genitalia ; the cedeagus has growing out of its lower side one or two large dissimilar horns, variously shaped and armed, sometimes nearly as large as the organ itself. The species in coll. Elwes are distinguished as follows :— 1 (10). Hind wing below with the veins concolorous. 2 (8). Fore wing below-with the blackish colour confined to the base and dorsum, bounded externally by the sex-mark, and above by vein 1 a ¢ 3 (2). Fore wing below with the dete half eaied iy a Sultiesed bieckioh patch, which is bounded above by the lower margin of the cell and vein 3. 4 (7). Hind wing above with pale spots in cells 2-6. 5 (6). Size larger. Fore wing below with a pale suffused spot near the middle of the dorsum. Cideagus with one horn apne 6 (5). Size smaller. Fore wing below without a pale spot near the aneldie of the dorsum. (#deagus with two horns 7 (4). Hind wing above with pale spots in cells 2, 3, and 6. 8 (9). Sex-mark black. Fore wing below with the basal half of the costal region nearly concolorous with the ground-colour of the hind wing. Hind wing below with the pale spots silvery white, dark-edged . siva, Moore. 9 (8). Middle streak of the sex-mark whitish. Fore wing below with the basal half of the costal region reddish ochreous. Hind wing below with the pale spots neither silvery white nor dark-edged. 9a (9b). Expanse 33-85 mm. Lower distal angle of the lower lobe of the clasp acute Tuc tice she ah" Sis) eee b (9a). Expanse 483-47 mm. Lower distal angle of the lower lobe of the clasp obtuse . : ; 10 (1). Hind wing below with the veins Place 1] (12). Size smaller. Fore wing less pointed, its underside with the fringe deep yellow, the short scales dark brown for a varying distance from the apex. Cdeagus with one horn erence rs 12 (11). Size larger. Fore wing more pointed, its underside ith ite fringe yéllowish grey, passing into yellow near the tornus. (&deagus with two horns sylvanus, Esp. subhyalina, Brew. sylvanoides, Leech. brahma, Moore. crateis, Leech. ochracea, Brem. majuscula, . sp. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 247 ! AUGIADES SYLVANUS. Papilio sylvanus, Esper, Schmett. i. 1, pl. xxxvi. fig. 1 (1778?) ; Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 482-484. (1798-1803). Hesperia venata, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s, p. 11, pl. iii. fig. 5 (1853) ; Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep. i. pl. v. fig. 8 (1855). Pamphila selas, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 233 (1878). Pamphila herculea, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vil. p. 140 (1881). Hesperia hyrcana, Christoph, Iris, vi. p. 87 (1893). Augiades sylvanus, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 601 (1894). Hab. Kurope to Amurland, Korea (Leech); J apan (Pryer). A male and female in coll. Rothschild, from Koko-nor, Tibet, expand only 23 mm. and 25 mm. respectively. We have not had an opportunity of comparing the male genitalia of this small form with those of specimens of normal size. ! AUGIADES SUBHYALINA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 58.) Hesperia subhyalina, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s, p. 10, pl. iii. fig. 4 (1858). Pamphila subhyalina, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep. i. pl. v. fig. 7 (1855). Augiades subhyalina, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 602, pl. xli. fig. 8, g (1893-94). Pamphila subhyatina, var. tibetana, Oberthiir, Htudes d’Ent. xi. p- 28, pl. vi. fig. 45 (1886). Hab. China (Pratt) ; Korea (Leech); ? Japan (fide Leech); Khasias (Hamilton, fide Doncaster). Leech states that he has specimens intermediate between A. tibetana and subhyalina. We have seen no specimens from Japan, but three males from the Khasia hills, procured from Mr, Doncaster, are undoubtedly subhyalina. ! AUGIADES SYLVANoIDES. (Plate XXIV. fig. 59.) Augiades sylvanoides, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 604, pl. xli. fig. 4, ¢ (1893-94). Hab. Ta-tsien-lo, Western China (Pratt). AUGIADES SIMILIS. Augiades similis, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 605, pl. xli. fig. 6, ¢ (1893-94). Differs from sylvanoides, Leech, in the darker (brown, not yellowish-green) ground. colour and more distinct pale spots of the hind wing below. Hab. W. China (Leech). | AUGIADES SIVA. (Plate XIX. fig. 28, 3.) Pamphila siva, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 692. Telicota siva, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 57. Hab. Khasias, 6000 ft. (Elwes); E. Pegu, Bernardmyo (Doherty). 2x2 248 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: AUGIADES BOUDDHA. Pamphila bouddha, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. lvi. Augiades bouddha, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 603, pl. xli. figs. 7 9, 14 g (1893-94). Closely resembles A. siva, Moore, but the spots on the hind wing are larger and more quadrate. Hab. Moupin (David). ! AUGIADES BOUDDHA, var. CONSORS. Augiades bouddha, var. consors, Leech, t. c. p. 604, pl. xli. fig. 10, ¢. We believe that this insect, which comes from Moupin, is really the female of A, bouddha, and that the female specimen from Omei-shan, figured on Leech’s plate xli. fig. 7, belongs to another species. Mr, Leech himself observes that the Moupin female, the original of his plate xli. fig. 10, agrees better in the colour of the spots on the hind wing with the type male of bowddha figured by him than the Omei-shan female, the original of his plate xli. fig. 7; at the same time, the latter, which has the spots on the hind wing bright fulvous instead of white, agrees very well with Mabille’s description of bowddha, female. The specimens figured appear to be the only ones which Mr. Leech had seen, and we have seen no others. ! AUGIADES BRAHMA. (Plate XXV. fig. 61 0.) Pamplila brahma, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 691, pl. xlv. fig. 8. Telicota brahma, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 57. Hab. Masuri, N.W. Himalayas (Lang); Kumaon (Ramsay); Fort White, Chin hills, 7000 ft. (fide de Nicéville). The differences between A. siva and brahma, as given in the table, are well marked and constant; therefore the occurrence of the latter species in the Chin hills, where A, siva would be expected, is very curious. ! AUGIADES CRATEIS. (Plate XXYV. fig. 61a.) Augiades crateis, Leech, Butt. China &. p. 603, pl. xli. figs. 9 9,11 ¢ (1893-94). Differs from A. brahma, Moore, in being larger, darker, and more strongly marked, especially on the hind wing below, and in the male genitalia; both have the whitish line on the black sex-mark in the male. Hab. Omei-shan, Chia-kou-ho (Leech). ! AUGIADES ocHRACEA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 60.) Pamphila ochracea, Bremer, Bull. Acad. Pet. iii. p. 473 (1861) ; id. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 33, pl. i. fig. 11 (1864). Pamphila rickuchina, Butl. Cist. Ent. 11. p. 275 (1878). Augiades ochracea, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 605 (1893-94). Hab. Japan (Pryer); Amurland (Graeser). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPPRIIDA. 249 ! AUGIADES MAJUSCULA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 21, ¢; Plate XXV. fig. 61.) Resembles A. ochracea generally, and particularly in the black veining of the bind wing below, but is larger (exp. 41 mm.), and the fore wing has a much straighter termen, and therefore a more pointed appearance. The form of the cedeagus is quite distinct from that of A. ochracea, but is not to be distinguished from that of A, sylvanus. Described from two males from China (Pryer, in coll. Elwes). We should not have ventured to separate this species from ochracea if it had not been for the marked difference in the cedeagi, which are figured. Elwes obtained the types from a collection made many years ago by the late Mr. Pryer in China, mostly at Shanghai. He found specimens in Mr. Leech’s collection marked herculea, Butl., which appear to be the same species. TELICOTA. Telicota, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 169 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 102. Type augias, Lin. Padraona, Moore, t.c. p. 170; Watson, t.c. p. 101. Type mesa, Moore,=dara, Koll. Under this generic name we bring together a number of species which agree well in general appearance and in all important points of structure. Antenne more than half as long as costa; club gradual, of moderate size ; apiculus as long as, or a little longer than the greatest width of the club. Palpi: second joint densely scaled, third joint short, conical, erecto-patent ; or second joint laxly scaled, third joint acicular, sub- erect, sometimes almost as long as one-third of the diameter of the eye. Wings without hyaline spots. Basal portion of vein 5 in the fore wing receding from vein 6, vein 5 therefore arising much nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6; vein 5 in the hind wing obsolete. Upperside dark brown or black, with a yellow (fulvous or stramineous) band on each wing ; that on the fore wing starts from the middle of the dorsum and runs obliquely outwards to join some pale spots in cells 6-8, it is sometimes broken into spots, and there is also sometimes a pale spot or spots in the cell, or an elongate . triangular pale spot next the costa from the base to beyond the middle; the band on the hind wing is submedian, and does not reach the costa or the dorsum, but is in nearly all the species reproduced, outlined in black, on the underside. ‘Tibial epiphysis present ; hind tibiz fringed with long hairs, and having two pairs of spurs. The species known to us we arrange as follows :— 1 (16). Hind wing: termen distinctly excavate between veins 16 and 2 or 16 and 3, the tornus therefore apparently shortly produced into a rounded lobe. 2 (11). Male with an alar sex-mark. 3 (6). Sex-mark on the fore wing: a streak of androconia reaching from the middle of vein 2 to the base of vein 4. (Texicors proper.) 250 4 (5). 5 (4) 6 (3) 7 (8) 8 (7) 9 (10). 10 (9). 11 (2). 12 (15). 13 (14). 14 (18). 15 (12) 16 (1) MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Fore wing above: lower outer angle of the yellow spots in cells 2-4. narrowly produced along the contiguous vein nearly or quite to the termen; terminal dark band brown. Lower apical angle of clasp rounded off, or at most barely evident . . Fore wing above: lower outer angle of the yellow spots in one 2-4 not, or but little, produced; terminal dark band black- brown. Lower apical angle of clasp produced into a triangular tooth, or, at least, strongly right-angled . . Sex-mark on the hind wing: a tuft of long hairs springing from an otherwise bare pale patch near the middle of cell 7 and the base of cell 6, and directed obliquely inwards and downwards. . Fore wing above: no yellow spot in cell 5. Fore wing below brown, the pale band distinct . Fore wing above with a suffused yellow poe near te middle of cell 5. Hind wing above bright fulvous as far as vein 7, thence to the costa warm dark brown : Hind wing above brown, with a beau uaunnedisa Helios aril which nearly reaches the termen and is cut short by vein 6 . Male without an alar sex-mark. Hind wing below with an irregular pale postmedian macular band outlined with black. Expanse of the male about 40 mm. Yellow band on fore wing narrower ; pale spot in cell 2 of fore wing above not reaching the base of that cell; fore wing below with the basal part of the cell blackish. Apex of the tegumen tridentate ‘ Expanse of the male about 44mm. Yellow band on fore wing above broader, basal two-thirds of cell 2 on the fore wing above entirely yellow. Fore wing below with the cell entirely yellow. Apex of tegumen bidentate . Hind wing below without distinct Ste Beenie brown passing into ochreous on the terminal half . Hind wing: termen practically straight (not excavate) plein veins 1 6 and 2 or 1 6 and 3; tornus not produced. . Fore wing above: cell 3 yellow at the extreme base and for about half its length. . Pale discal marking on hind wing below band-like. 19 (20). 20 (19). 21 (18). 22 (17). 23 (28). 24 (29). Size larger. Cell of fore wing entirely black . : Size smaller. Cell of fore wing with a yellow spot near the apex. Pale discal marking on bind wing below subovate . Fore wing above: cell 3 black at the extreme base. With a pale spot in each of cells 4 and 5 of the fore wing. Pale markings of the upperside deep yellow, sometimes inclining to falvous. augias, Linn. bambuse, Moore. prusias, Feld. insularis, n. sp. kuehni, Plotz. palmarum, Moore. augiades, Veld. simplex, n. sp. concinna, Nn. sp. gola, Moore. paragola, de Nicév. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID”. 251 25 (26). Male with a sex-mark on the fore wing above. Fore wing above : pale band regular, its inner edge straight. Sex-mark consisting of a dull streak of androconia along the inner edge of the yellow band from the middle of vein 1a to the base of ven 4. . rectifasciata, n. sp. 26 (25). No sex-mark on the fore wing above in the male; the pale band irregular, broken outwardly at cells 4-5 . . . ....~. dara, Koll. 27 (24). Pale markings of the upperside cream-yellow . . . . . . dilutior, n. sp. 28 (23). No pale spot in cells 4 and 5 of the forewing . . . . . . orphitus, Mab. !'TELICOTA AUGIAS. (Plate XXV. figs. 62, 62a.) Papilio augias, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 794 (1767). Telicota augias, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 382, pl. xxxiv. fig. 23 (1886); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p- 55 (1891). The sex-mark in the male is subject to some variation; generally it is broad and continuous, sometimes it is broken up into three pieces, and in a specimen from Menado it is continuous but only about half as wide as usual and its black edging is very narrow and regular. Hab. Calcutta (Minchin); Akyab (Adamson); Poona (Swinhoe); Andamans, Perak, Pulo Laut, Sambawa (Doherty); Nias (Modigliani); Java (Fruhstorfer) ; Philippines (Semper); Hong-Kong ( Walker). !TELICOTA BAMBUSH. (Plate XXV. fig 63.) Pamphila bambuse, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 691, pl. xlv. figs. 11,12 ¢ 92. Pamphila pythias, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 234 (1878) ; id. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxi. p. (1878). Telicota bambuse, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 382, pl. xxxv. fig. 12 (1886) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 56(1891). Pamphila eurotas, Felder [Sitz. Ak. Wiss., Math.-nat. Cl. xl. p. 461, sep. p. 14 (1860)], is, Judging from a male specimen in the Felder Collection labelled in contemporary handwriting “ Hesp. ewrotas, Feld.,” ** Amboina,” mainly distinguished from 7. bambuse by having the postmedian yellow band on the fore wing above only half as wide, narrowed towards the apex and only reaching just beyond vein 5. Hab. Nilgiris (Hampson); Sikkim (Moller); Calcutta (Minchin); Assam, E. Pegu, Perak, Arjuno, Java, Bali (Doherty) ; Java (Fruhstorfer) ; Kina Balu ( Waterstradt) ; Mt. Mulu, N. Borneo (Hose). !I'sticora prusras. (Plate XIX. fig. 14, 3.) Pamphila prusias, Felder, Sitz. Ak. Wiss., Math,-nat. Cl. xlii. p. 44: (1861), In a female of this species sent by Semper the underside exactly agrees with that of the male, but is a little paler, thus differing from a specimen sent by Staudinger as the female of 7. prusias, in which the hind wing below bears a sharply defined postmedian macular pale band between veins 1 6 and 6. Hab. Celebes (coll. Stgr:) ; Palawan (Platen, Everett); Philippines (Semper). 252 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: 4 ! TELICOTA INSULARIS, n. sp. (Plate XIX. figs. 26 ¢, 272.) ¢. Upperside: fore wing blackish brown ; a broad fulvous postmedian band from the dorsum nearly parallel with the termen as far as the end of the cell, recurved from thence to the costa, a streak along the basal half of the costa and two streaks in the cell, the upper one occupying its entire length, the lower one only half as long, also fulvous: hind wing fulvous, the costal region as far as vein 6 and a little beyond that vein on the inner two-thirds of the wing black ; a suffused anteciliary black line in cells 5-2, expanding in cell 10 into a suffused spot; cells 1 and la blackish ; a tuft of long hairs springing from an otherwise bare pale patch near the middle of cell 7 and the base of’ cell 6 and directed obliquely inwards and downwards. Underside: fore wing yellowish red-brown, passing into yellow on the dorsum; basal half as far upwards as the cell black, the black portion bearing an oblong bare pale spot from the dorsum as far as the base of vein 2; a fine anteciliary line and the veins blackish ; fringe deep yellow, the short scales blackish grey from the apex as far as vein 1a: hind wing yellowish red-brown, brownish yellow from vein 2 to the dorsum, a fine anteciliary black line from the apex to vein 2; fringe deep yellow. Palpi clothed with yellow scales intermixed with black. Clothing of body above fulvous. Antenne blackish, club pale beneath. @. Upperside: fore wing yellow-brown, pale markings as in the male but yellow rather than fulvous and the postmedian band narrower ; hind wing yellow-brown, with a broad suffused median yellow band passing from the apex of cells 4-5 towards the dorsum ; basal region clothed with long yellow hairs. Underside: fore wing as in the male, but the dark basal portion is blackish only and bears no pale patch, the dorsum as far as vein 1 @ dusky; hind wing as in the male, but less strongly tinged with red. A very distinct species, which comes nearest to 7. prusias. Expanse 42 mm. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Types in coll. Elwes. TELICOTA KUEHNI. Hesperia kuehni, Ploiz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii. p. 101 (1886). Padraona kuehni, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 302 (1892). Hab. Luzon (Semper); E. Celebes (in coll. Godman & Salvin). ! TELICcOTA PALMARUM. (Plate XXYV. figs. 64, 64 a.) Pamphila palmarum, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 690, pl. xlv. figs. 6, 7,¢ 2. Hesperia chrysozona, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xliv. p. 228 (1883). Pamphila augiades, var. bambuse, Staudinger, Iris, ii. pp. 144, 165 (1889). Padraona palmarum, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 60 (1891), Padraona chrysozona, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 301, pl. xlix. figs. 13 g, 14 9, pl. B. fig. 11, larva (as Telicota bambuse) (1892). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 258 Hab. Calcutta (de Nicéville); Upper Assam (Doherty); Khasias (Hamilton); Java (Piepers) ; Luzon, Mindoro, Negros, Bohol, Mindanao (Semper); Palawan, Bunguran, Natuna Is. (Lverett); Bukan, N. Borneo (im coll. Rothschild). * !'TeLtcoTA AvGIADES. (Plate XXV. figs. 65, 65 a.) Pamphila augiades, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss., Math.-nat. Cl. xl. p. 461 (1860). Hesperia augiades, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. ii. pl. Ixxi. fig. 5 (1867). 2 = Hesperia acalle, Hopf. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 41. Hab. Amboyna (Felder); Batavia (ex coll. Snellen). We are unable to give any characters by which the females of 7. palmarum and T. augiades can be distinguished. TELICOTA SIMPLEX, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 15, ¢ .) 3. Upperside resembling that of 7. insularis, save that the yellow streaks next the costa of the fore wing are less strongly developed, and in this respect it resembles T. prusias ; no sexual tuft of hairs near the base of the costa of the hind wing. Fore wing below resembling that of 7. insularis, but wanting the pale denuded patch near the middle of cell 1 a, which is correlated with the tuft of hairs on the upperside of the hind wing. Hind wing below ochreous brown, passing into ochreous near the middle. Expanse 40 mm. Hab. N. Celebes (coll. Stgr.). Type in coll. Staudinger. Described from a single specimen from Minahassa sent by Staudinger as kuehni, Plétz. The latter species, however, according to a specimen received under that name from Semper, has in the male a sex-mark as in prusias and insularis, and the yellow colouring on the hind wing above is in the form of a distinct band, as stated in the original description. | TELICOTA CONCINNA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 20, g ; Plate XXV. figs. 67, a, b.) é. Differs from gola, Moore, in its larger size and the want of any yellow spot in the cell of the fore wing. Tegumen in the lateral aspect regularly decurved. In gola the tegumen in the lateral aspect is sinuate. Expanse 28 mm. Hab. Nilgivis (Davison, Hampson). Described from two specimens in coll. Elwes. | TeLicora GOLA. (Plate XXV. figs. 66, a, 0.) Padraona gola, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, pl. lviii. fig. 9, ¢ ; Leech, Butt. China, &. p. 598, pi. x fig. 12, ¢ (1892-94); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 59 (1891). Padraona goloides, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 171, pl. Ixxi. figs. 3, 3. @ (1880-81) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p- 601 (1891). Telicota goloides, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 382, pl. xxxv. fig. 138, g (1886). VOL. X1v.—PaArT iv. No. 20.—October, 1897. 21 254 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Pamphila akar, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. iii. no. 31, pl. Ixxi. (1883). Pamphila goloides, var. akar, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 146 (1889). Padraona akar, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 303, pl. xlix.fig. 16, ¢ (1892). Hab. Nilgiris (Hampson); Ceylon (Green); Khasias (Hamilton); Andamans, Perak, Java, Bali, Sambawa, Pulo Laut (Doherty); Luzon, Guimaras, Camotes, Mindanao (Semper); Palawan, Kina Balu, Borneo (Staudinger); Nias (Modigliani). TELICOTA PARAGOLA. Padraona paragola, de Nicéville, Jour, As. Soc. Beng. 1895, p. 546. Hab, N.E. Sumatra (de Nicéville & Martin); W. Borneo (ex coll. Staudinger). Size of 7. gola, but very distinct on the hind wing below, which is dark yellow-brow by reason of a sprinkling of yellow scales on a blackish ground and has a sharply defined subovate yellow discal patch. We know this species only from a specimen sent by Staudinger which agrees with de Nicéville’s description. ! TELICOTA RECTIFASCIATA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 17,3 ; Plate XXYV. figs. 68, 68 a.) 3. Differs from dara, Koll., in the following points :—Fore wing above : inner edge of the oblique pale band straight, bounded inwardly by a broad stripe of dull brown modified scales reaching from near the middle of vein 1 @ to the base of vein 4; in dara, Koll., the inner edge of the pale band is irregular because the bases of the spots in cells 2 and 3 project inwardly out of line with the bases of the others forming the band. Expanse 28-31 mm. Described from three male specimens, one from Sikkim (J@/ler) and two from East Pegu (Doherty). We have not yet been able to identify the female of this species. !'TELICOTA DARA. (Plate XXV. figs. 69, 69 a.) Hesperia dara, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv. p. 455 (1848). Pamphila mesa, Moore, P.Z. 8. 1865, p. 509, pl. xxv. fig. 9. Pamphila flava, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xii. p. 4 (1875). Pamphila nitida, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 114 (1877). Pamphila taxilus, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxi. p. (1878). Pamphila trachala, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 237 (1878). Pamphila mesoides, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. ser. 2, Zool. vol. i. p. 554 (1879). Padraona mesoides, Moore, Lep. Cey.i. p. 171, pl. Ixxi. figs. 5, 5 a (1881). Telicota mesoides, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 883, pl. xxxiv. fig. 24 (1886). Padraona pseudomesa, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 170 (1881). Padraona dara,Watson, Hesp. Ind, p. 57 (1891); Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 596, pl. xl. figs. 18, 14, vars. Pamphila heterus, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soe. Ent. Belg. iii. no. 31, p. Ixxii (1883); Staudinger, Tris, ii. p. 145 (1889). Padraona heterus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 303, pl. xlix. fig. 15, 2 (1892). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 255 Pamphila zebra, Mabille, sec. spec. comm. ? Pamphila sunias, Velder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss., Math.-nat. Cl. xl. p. 462, sep. p. 15 (1860). ‘This species varies much, in size, in the ground-colour of the hind wing below, and in the size of the spots which form the pale markings on the upperside. The pale spot in cell 6 on the hind wing below is absent or but feebly developed in certain males from Pulo Laut, Nias, Java, and Perak; in females from Pulo Laut and Nias, otherwise similar to the males last mentioned, this spot is present, but a female from Perak exactly resembles males from the same locality in wanting that spot. This species seems to have a wider range and to be more generally abundant than any other Eastern Hesperid. Elwes’s collection contains forty-six males and thirty-six females from almost every part of tropical Asia, including Japan. Edwards has examined the genitalia of no less than fifteen specimens from various localities and finds considerable variation in degree, but no differences which can be treated as specific. The five specimens now standing in the Felder collection as “ Pamphila sunias” clearly do not belong to the species described by Felder under that name, for he says of the hind wing below “atomis nigris fasciam cingentibus.” Of the specimens in question four are labelled “* Amboina” and one, a male, “ Aimboina, Doleschall.” The latter agrees exactly with a specimen from Celebes sent by Dr. Staudinger as Pamphila prusias, Felder ; the other three males are only distinguishable from the specimen last mentioned by the narrower pale band on the fore wing above (the pale spot in cell 2 reaches to about the half length of vein 2); the remaining specimen, a female, appears to be properly associated with the narrow-banded males, as the band on the fore wing above is not so wide as one would expect to find in the female of 7. prusias having regard to the width of it in the male of that species. Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Young); Sikkim (Moller, Elwes) ; Khasias (Hlwes) ; Nagas, E. Pegu, Perak, Pulo Laut, Sambawa, Arjuno, Java, Bali (Doherty) ; Ceylon (Mackwood) ; Nias (Modigliani) ; Hong Kong (Pryer); Andamans (de Roepstorff’) ; Java (Piepers) ; Philippines (Semper); Kina Balu (Waterstradt) ; Japan (Pryer) ; C. China (Prait). ! TELICOTA DILUTIOR, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 21, 3.) 3 2. Differs from dara, Koll., in the following points:—Pale markings of the upperside of a cream- or straw-yellow, the spots of which they are composed reduced in size ; ground-colour of the hind wing below dark yellowish green, owing to the sparse clothing of yellow scales on the black parts. Expanse 30-5] mm. This species seems constantly different from any form of dara. Described from several specimens, including three males and three females, from Pulo Laut (Doherty). ‘Types in coll. Elwes. Hab. Pulo Laut, Labuan, Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt) ; N. Borneo (Kverett). 2u 2 256 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! 'TELICOTA ORPHITUS. Pamphila orphitus, Mabille, C. R. Ent. Belg. xxvii. p. Ixxiv (1883). Padraona pavor, de Nicéyille, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 53, pl. iv. fig. 8, 5. In the male of this species there are three tracts of androconia on the fore wing above, namely, a streak in cell 1 @ next vein 1 @ and occupying about the middle third of the latter, a roundish patch near the middle of vein 2 divided by that vein into two nearly equal parts, and a short streak in cell 2 next the base of vein 3. Hab. N.E. Sumatra (Martin) ; Java ( fide Mabille). TELICOTA PHILZNUS. Pamphila philenus, Mabille, C. R. Ent. Belg. xxvii. p. Ixxii (1883). Somewhat smaller than 7. orphitus, Mab., which it resembles on the upperside, save that there are yellow spots in cells 4 and 5 of the fore wing and a yellow spot in cell 6 of the hind wing, which is half as large as that in cells 4-5, of which it adjoins the outer half; the hind wing below is unmarked pale ochreous, and there is on vein 2 of the fore wing above near its middle an oblong patch of androconia bounded above and below by a slight folding of the wing-membrane. Hab. Malaysia (fide Mabiile). TELICOTA MARNAS. Pamphila marnas, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss., Math.-nat. Cl. xl. p. 462, sep. p. 15 (1860). The following particulars are taken from a male specimen in the Felder collection labelled in contemporary handwriting “ Hesp gnarnas, Feld.”, ‘‘ Amboina, Doleschall” :— 3. Upperside: fore wing brown, with the basal half of the costa, a geminate cell- spot continued towards the base and having its upper part extended for about half its length beyond the lower part, a streak in cell la@ adjoining vein la as far as the sex-mark, a streak along the basal two-thirds of the dorsum, an oblique postmedian band from vein la@ to vein 4, a subquadrate spot near the apical third of cell 4, a smaller spot near the apical fourth of cell 5, and an oblong spot in each of cells 6, 7, and 8, deep yellow or fulvous; sex-mark an irregular line of pale brown androconia running from vein 1 @ near the middle to vein 4 near the base, and separated from the inner edge of the postmedian band by an irregular linear tract of brown; hind wing brown; a few scales and the pubescence near the base, a broad irregular postmedian band reaching from vein 14 to vein 6, and the indication of a spot near the apical third of cell 6 fulvous. Underside: fore wing as on the upperside save that the cell-spot is not continued towards the base, the streaks in cell 1 @ and next the dorsum are wanting, and the spots in cells 5 to 8 are more strongly developed; fringe fuscous, passing into yellow at the tornus ; hind wing brown, closely sprinkled with yellow scales, the pale markings as on the upperside save that there is a round yellow spot in the cell near the base of vein 6, and the pale spot in cell 6 is more strongly developed, reaching nearly to vein 7; fringe fuscous, yellow from the tornus to vein2. Wing-length 14 mm. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 257 HALPE. Halpe, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 689; Watson, op. cit. 1893, p. 108. Species of moderate or small size, brown or grey-brown above; fore wing with hyaline spots, but not one in cell 4; no hyaline spots in hind wing except in H. submacula, Leech. Antenne longer than half the costa; club slender; length of the apiculus about twice the width of the club. Third joint of palpi short, porrect, nearly concealed. Fore wing: basal portion of vein 5 receding from vein 6, vein 5 therefore arising much nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6; or vein 5 straight, arising very little nearer vein 4 than vein 6, its basal portion not receding from vein 6 ; vein 2 from near the half-length of the cell (except in separata, blanchardi, and subflava, where it arises from the apical third of the lower margin of the cell); termen generally shorter than the dorsum. Hind wing: vein 5 nearly obsolete; in the males vein 7 is abruptly bent upwards at the base, and at the same point there is a corresponding deflexion of the upper margin of the cell, so that the whole subcostal vein of the hind wing forms a figure resembling a tuning-fork; the latter structure is correlated to a discal sex-mark on the fore wing and is feund in a few other genera. ‘Tibial epiphysis present ; hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs. Sex-mark on the fore wing of the male a broad ridge of modified scales passing obliquely from below the basal third of vein 1 @ to the base of vein 5; in structure this sex-mark consists of two large corneous pits filled with yellow flocculent hairs and covered with broad modified scales; vein 1 @ is abruptly angulate before the middle. The sex-mark is wanting in H. astigmata, Swinh., and H. hieron, de Nicév. The following table includes all the species that we have been able to examine critically. The species of this genus can rarely be identified with certainty from figures :— Males. 1 (58). Dise of hind wing above not occupied by a large suffused or well- defined yellow spot traversed by the brown veins. 2 (57). Hind wing below without silvery stripes. 3 (56). Clothing of breast and palpi not pure white. 4 (28). Club of antenne banded with white on the upperside next to the apiculus. 5 (22). Hind wing without hyaline spots. 6 (9). Hind wing below with a sharply defined white median band running from the apex of cell 7 to the middle of cell 1 6, where it is abbreviated. (8). Fore wing: pale spot in cell 2 about one-third as long as that cell. zema, Hew 8 (7). Forewing: pale spot in cell 2 about one-sixth as long as that cell. ormenes, Weym. 9 (6). Hind wing below not as in paragraph 6. 10 (13). Hind wing below with a pale spot near the base of cell 7. 258 1 (12). 2 (11). 13 (10). 14 (15). 15 (14). eS) 16 (17). 7 (16). pas 8 (21). 9 (20). 20 (19). 21 (18). 22 (5). 23 (4). 24 (51). 25 (50). 26 (43). 27 (30). 28 (29). 29 (28). MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Hind wing helow with a more or less prominent white macular median band; white spot at the base of cell 7 conspicuous . Hind wing below without a macular median band; white spot at the base of cell 7 inconspicuous ; a suffused stramineous spot near the apical third of cell 1 6, a minute pure white spot in each of cells 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, those in cell 3, 4, and 5 very minute and sometimes wanting. No sex-mark on fore wing above No pale spot in the base of cell 7 on hind wing below. Fringe of hind wing pure white . Fringe of hind wing not pure white. Fore wing above: pale spot in the cell geminate : ; Fore wing above: pale spot in the cell single, next the upper bigs of the cell, at most with a punctiform pale spot below it. Fringe of the fore wing beneath whitish or chequered. Cell-spot in fore wing single, next the upper edge of the cell. Termen of the hind wing continuously rounded, the tornus consequently not pees to be produced; the fringe pale brownish grey Bre. Mer aR ae : Cell-spot in the fore wing saith a pale point next its deer eee Termen of the hind wing somewhat straightened between veins 4 and 14, the tornus therefore appearing somewhat produced ; the fringe white with the short scales brown. ee Fringe of the fore wing beneath grey-brown, concolorous with the wg oP 28 Hind wing with ites iyaline spots : Club of antennz not banded with white on the npperkide next the apiculus. Vein 2 of fore wing arising near the half-length of the cell. Hind wing below normally with markings. Pale pattern of hind wing below consisting of a straight oblique discal band and a more or less distinct subterminal band of suffused spots, the latter arising in a pale spot near the apical third of cell 1 and becoming gradually obsolescent towards the apex. This pattern is frequently almost obsolete, but it is always possible to trace its relationship to the typical pattern as displayed in a well-marked example of homolea. Hind wiug below : discal band sharply defined. Discal band on the hind wing below white, appearing on the upperside as an indistinct suffused pale patch : Diseal band on the hind wing below yellowish white, not appearing on the upperside . Hind wing below: discal band suffused or obacieeeene . Hind wing below with the pattern at least traceable. . Hind wing below with the basal half of cells 4-5 stramineous. . Size larger: a pale spot in cell 8 of fore wing above ; long hairs on the disc of hind wing above brown . cerata, Hew. astigmata, Swinh. insignis, Dist. hyrie, de Nicéy. kumara, de Nicéy. knyvetti, n. sp. fasciata, n. sp. submacula, Leech. moorei, Wats. ceylonica, Moore. nephele, Leech. 34 (33). 5 (32). 36 (37). 37 (36). 38 (41). 9 (40). 40 (39). 4] (38). 42 (31). 43 (26). 44, (45). 45 (44). 46 (47). 47 (46). 48 (49). 9 (48). 50 (25). 51 (24). 52 (58). 53 (52). 54 (55). 55 (54). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 259 Size smaller: no pale spot in cell 8 of fore wing above; disc of hind wing above conspicuously clothed with long grey hairs. Hind wing below: basal half of cells 4-5 not stramineous, or if so the hmits of the pale colour not sharply defined. Expanse 36 mm.. Expanse about 30 mm. Fore wing: hyaline spot in cell 2 not crescent-shaped, generally oblong and straight-sided; ground-colour of the uuderside grey-brown. Fore wing below: fringe grey, not distinctly chequered ; side horns of tegumen falcate, pointed, reaching about halfway to the apex. Fore wing below : fringe whitish, distinctly chequered, at least next veins 2 and 3; side horns of tegumen nearly straight, reaching nearly to the apex, their apex rather meee truncate with the angles produced . es ; Hyaline spot in cell 2 of fore wing small and crescent- =ahiauedl. ground-colour of underside vinous brown a Vg Hind wing below brown with a sprinkling of grey re eenles, the latter so arranged as very faintly to indicate subterminal and discal bands. Apex of tegumen, in the dorsal aspect, consisting of two broadly faleate incurved connivent teeth om 4h No pale discal band on the hind wing below, the pale markings there consisting of more or less distinct spots. Hind wing below ochreous brown, with a conspicuous white punctiform spot in each of cells 2 and 3 . iy ish aa eels Hind wing below normally with a pale spot in each of cells 2,3, and 6. Hind wing below brown, more or less closely covered with sulphureous scales' and thus appearing yellow or greenish yellow with brown veins é Hind wing below with the veins concolorous. Hind wing below closely sprinkled with grey scales and thus appearing greenish brown ; a faint grey spot in cells 2, 3, and 6. Hind wing below closely sprinkled with ochreous scales and thus appearing greenish ochreous ; an indistinct pale spot in each of cells 2,3, and 6, and a suffused subterminal macular pale band. Hind wing below without markings ; Vein 2 of fore wing from the apical third of the hoe else of the cell Hind wing below dull brownish green without markings Hind wing below with markings. Hind wing below brown, closely covered with ochreous scales, which form an indistinct suffused subterminal macular band Hind wing below bright yellow, with a small black spot in each of cells 2, 3, and 7, and a blackish stripe im cell 16 sulphurifera, H.-S. majuscula, i. sp. sikkima, Moore. homolea, Hew. brunnea, Moore. fusca, Elwes. sitala, de Nicév. varia, Murr. gupta, de Nicév. debilis, n. sp. aina, de Nicéy. separata, Moore. blanchardi, Mab. subflava, Leech. 1 Sometimes there is little or no yellow scaling on the hind wing below, which is then greenish brown with three pale spots. 260 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: 56 (3). Clothing of breast and palpi pure white . . . . . . . . . albipectus, de Nicév. 57 (2). Hind wing below with silvery markings, namely a spot in the base of cell 7, a stripe occupying the whole of cell 6, a stripe occupying the basal two-thirds of cell 3, and a small oblong spot near the apical third ofcell2. . ... . bivitta, Ob. 58 (1). Dise of hind wing above with a large suffused or sab defined yellow patch traversed by the brown veins. 59 (60). Basal portion of vein 5 in the fore wing receding from vein 6, vein 5 therefore arising much nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6. A sex-mark on the fore wing above . ... . . . . . decorata, Moore. 60 (59). Vein 5 in the fore wing straight, arising very little nearer to vein 4 than to vein 6, its basal portion not receding from vein 6. No sex-mark on the fore wing above. 61 (62). Dise of hind wing above with one or more sharply defined yellow spots, of which that next the transverse vein is the largest and SURONSESta se nee : cares Wi aes masoni, Moore. 62 (61). Disc of hind wing aioe allow ue colour cuties: te “tli brown colour of the termen . . .... . =. +... +. . honorei, de Nicév. ! HALPE ZEMA. Hesperia zema, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xix. p. 77 (1877). Halpe zema, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 455, pl. xi. fig. 7, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 74 (1891). Hesperia ormenes, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1886, p. 92; Weymer, t. c. 1887, p. 16, pl. ii. fig. 6 Of H. ormenes, Weymer, described from Nias, I have two doubtful specimens from Pulo Laut and one from Bali which differ from zema’only in the smaller size of the spots on fore wing. As, however, a Tavoy specimen is intermediate in this respect and a specimen in coll. Staudinger from Borneo is nearer to zema than to ormenes, we prefer to treat is as an inconstant variety of zema. Hab. Sikkim (Elwes, Moller); Nagas (Doherty); Atavan Valley, Tavoy (Zucker) ; Borneo (coll. Stgr.) ; Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty). ! HALPE CERATA. Hesperia cerata, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1876, p. 152. Halpe cerata, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 454, pl. xi. fig. 8, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 73. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Bhamo, Burmah (in coll. Stgr.); ?Philippine Islands (Réssler, ex coll. Snellen, as sulphurifera, H.-S.). ! HALPE ASTIGMATA. Parnara astigmata, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) v. p. 8363 (1890). 3. No sex-mark on the fore wing above. Upperside dark brown, with a purple shade on the fore wing; the latter with five hyaline spots, one, geminate, in the cell, and one each in cells 2, 3,6, and 7, the last-named punctiform. Underside dark A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 261 brown: fore wing with the hyaline spots as on the upperside and a very minute white spot in cell 8, a pale suffused macular subterminal band faintly indicated ; hind wing a little warmer in colour than the fore wing by reason of a sprinkling of yellowish-grey scales, an inconspicuous white spot at the base of cell 7, a suffused stramineous spot near the apical third of cell 1d, and a minute pure white spot in each of cells 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, those in cells 3, 4, and 5 very minute and sometimes wanting, a pale suffused submarginal band faintly indicated. Fringes whitish grey, chequered with brown next the ends of the veins. Body and legs concolorous with the wings; palpi somewhat lighter, the second joint being clothed with ochreous and black scales intermixed. Antenne above dark brown, conspicuously banded with white next the base of the pale red apiculus, spotted with white in front; club beneath pale ochreous. The above description was written before we knew that the insect had been already described, and we therefore print it in the hope that it may prove useful to some who may not have ready access to the original description. Hab. Nilgiri hills (Hampson). HALPE INSIGNIS. Baoris ? insignis, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 391, pl. xxxv. fig. 22 (1886). Hab. Singapore (type) ; Tandjong Djatti, Sumatra (Martin). Type in coil. Rothschild ! HALPE HYRIE. Halpe hyrie, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 388, pl. G. fig. 34, 3. Hab. Naga hills (Doherty). ! FIALPE KUMARA. Halpe kumara, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 121, pl. ii. fig. 10, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 72. Hab. Sikkim (Moller). ! HALPE KNYVETTI, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 2, 3.) Besides the characters given in the table above this species has the hind wing below yellow-brown by reason of a close sprinkling of yellow scales on a brown ground: in one specimen there is a faint indication of a tendency to the pattern on the hind wing below found in H. homolea and its allies, in a suffused yellow spot near the apical third of cell 1d preceded by traces of a dark postmedian macular band; in the other specimen the hind wing below is somewhat paler along the course of vein 14, but is otherwise unmarked. H. knyvetti may, however, be distinguished from any member of the homolea group by the white band on the upperside of the club of its antenne next the apiculus. VOL. XIV.—PART Iv. No. 21.—October, 1897. 2M 262 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Expanse 40 mm. Described from two males from Sikkim in Elwes collection. This species is undoubtedly close to kumara, of which I have but one specimen, but it seems sufficiently distinct. HAcre rasciata, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 7, 2.) ?. Upperside dark brown; fore wing with five white spots, one quadrate in cell 2, one subquadrate or roundish in cell 5, one (subquadrate or roundish) in each of cells 6 and 7, and one very small and indistinct next the upper edge of the cell. Underside grey-brown: fore wing somewhat darker on the disc, the white spots as on the upperside and a subterminal row of indistinct suffused whitish spots; hind wing with a subterminal row of indistinct suffused whitish spots. Fringe of the fore wing grey-brown concolorous with the wing, of the hind wing similar but indistinctly spotted with whitish. Antennz above black with a white band next the apiculus, underside spotted with white. Body above dark brown, clothing of the breast and legs grey ; abdomen beneath blackish, hind margin of the segments with a narrow indistinct pale band. Expanse 33 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt). Described from one example ex coll. Staudinger. Of the species known to us this species comes nearest to kumara and knyvetti, but it is in our judgment distinct from either. The close yellow scaling of the hind wing and the extra-discal portion of the fore wing on the underside so conspicuous in those two species is wanting in the specimen before us, but this may possibly be due to abrasion. HALPE LUCASIL. Hesperilla lucasii, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1876, p. cliii. Halpe lucasi, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 624 (1894). We have not seen this species, but, according to Mr. Leech, it is allied to H. kumara, from which it differs in having a double spot in the cell of the fore wing, a more elongate hind wing, and a central series of four black spots on the hind wing below. Hab, Moupin (David). HALPE C&NIS. Halpe cenis, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 625, pl. xlii. fig. 16, ¢ (1894). Of this species, which was described from one male specimen taken in Western China at Chia-kou-ho in August, we transcribe the original description :— “Blackish brown, clothed about the base of primaries and disc of secondaries with fulvous hairs. Sexual brand well defined ; there are six white spots on primaries A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 263 placed as in H. varia, Murray, but that at end of cell is double. Under surface of primaries fuliginous, much suffused with ochreous brown about costa and apex ; spots as above: secondaries ochreous brown, with very faint indications of white central spots. Fringes whitish above, greyish beneath with faint chequering. Antenne black above, ringed beneath with yellow; club yellow beneath, tipped with castaneous. “ Expanse 40 millim.” The figure of this species greatly resembles H. kumara, but differs in its larger size and in having the hind wing narrowed towards the tornus. Hab. W. China (coll. Leech). ! HALPE SUBMACULA. Halpe submacula, Leech, Entomologist, xxiii. p. 48 (1890); id. Butt. China, &. p. 622, pl. xii. fig. 13, d (1894). Hab. Central China (Pratt). This is a very distinct species on account of the three large spots on the hind wing above. HALPE BeTuRIA. (Plate XXI. fig. 13.) Hesperia beturia, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 36 (1868). Halpe beturia, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 110. According to Watson this species “differs from moorei in having only four spots on the upperside in the male, two discal and two subapical, and the fringe is unicolorous throughout; in what appears to be the female there is an additional minute subapical spot, a minute indistinct spot at upper angle of cell, and the usual spot peculiar to the female on the submedian. On the underside of the hind wing all the spots are much diffused and irrorated with yellow. It is also a considerably larger insect, the male expanding 42 mm. and the female 43 mm.” Hab. Celebes ( fide Hewitson). We take this opportunity of figuring the type specimen in the British Museum. ! HALPE MOOREL. Halpe moorei, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 109. Halpe beturia, auct. nec Hew. Halpe teliga, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend. 1893, p. 326. Hab. Calcutta (de Nicéville); Khasia (fide Swinhoe); Trichinopoly (Castets) ; Burmah (Watson, Manders) ; Andamans (de Roepstorff'). ! HALPE CEYLONICA. Halpe ceylonica, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 690, pl. xlv. fig. 9. Hab. Nilgivi hills (Hampson) ; Ceylon (fide Moore). 2M 2 264 MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! HALPE NEPHELE. Halpe nephele, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 622, pl. xlii. fig. 15, ¢ (1894). Hab. Western China (Zeech). HALPE MAJUSCULA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 6, 3.) ¢. Upperside brown: fore wing with the usual Halpe sex-mark and four sordid yellowish hyaline spots, one each near the base of cells 2 and 3, and one (small and roundish or subquadrate) in each of cells 6 and 7. Underside grey-brown : fore wing with the pale spots as on the upperside and anarrow feeble, suffused, macular subterminal band; hind wing with a broad suffused macular median band and a subterminal band of about four suffused pale spots, of which the one near the apical third of cell 14 is more than twice as large as the others. Fringe of the fore wing grey-brown, of the hind wing dark grey with the short scales grey-brown. Body above brown, breast and legs with grey clothing; abdomen beneath blackish, hind margins of the segments with a band of grey scales. Antenne above dark brown, spotted beneath with yellowish grey; club yellowish grey beneath ; apiculus pale red on the underside. This species is very like H. nephele, Leech, but the markings on the hind wing below are paler and more suffused. Expanse 536 mm. Hab. Minahassa, Described from one example ex coll. Staudinger. ! HALPE SULPHURIFERA. Cobalus sulphurifera, Herrich-Schiaffer, Prod. Syst. Lep. 11. p. 82 (1867). ? Hesperilla luteisquama, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. excix. Halpe sulphurifera, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 305 (1892). A specimen of Z. luteisquama sent by M. Mabille has cell 1 @ on the fore wing below entirely brown; in Philippine specimens of H. sulphurifera this cell is crossed near the middle by an oblique white spot, which reaches from vein 1a@ to vein 2, and is constricted near the middle in the female, but is less developed and scarcely reaches vein 2 in the male. It may be a distinct species. Hab. Luzon, Mindoro, Guimaras, Bohol, Leyte, Sulu I. (Semper); Moupin (fide Matille). ! HALPE sIkKIMA. (Plate XXYV. fig. 70.) Halpe sikkima, Moore, P. Z.S. 1882, p. 407; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 70 (1891). Pamphila homolea, var. palawea, Staudinger, Iris, ii. pp. 144, 165 (1889). Halpe palawea, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 358 (1892). Judging from a specimen sent by Semper palawea is certainly not separable as a species from stkkima, of which the type is in Elwes’s collection. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 265 A specimen from Kina Balu, Borneo, sent by Staudinger. only differs from a specimen from East Pegu in wanting the pale spot in cell 7 of the fore wing. Hab. Sikkim (Llwes); Nagas, E. Pegu (Doherty); Palawan (Platen). ! Haire yomonea. (Plate XXV. fig. 71 ) Hesperia homolea, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 29 (1868); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 71, note (1891). Halpe sikkima, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p- 453 (in part.), pl. xi. figs. 3, 4, g. Halpe aucma, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893, p- 325, sec. spec. typ. Halpe perara, id. 1. ¢., sec. spec. typ. Halpe marta, id. 1.c., sec. spec. typ. Halpe wantona, id. |. c., sec. spec. typ. Hab. Sikkim (Elwes); Nagas, E. Pegu, Pulo Laut, Perak, Bali (Doherty). In Watson and de Nicéville’s opinion this species is doubtrully distinct from Hf. sikkima, and the occurrence of both in Sikkim, Nagas, and Pegu would tend to confirm this opinion, but the genitalia of numerous specimens examined by Mr. Edwards prove the species to be distinct. We are indebted to Col. Swinhoe for the opportunity of examining the male genitalia of his four species mentioned above. A specimen in coll. Rothschild from Palawan (Hverett), expanding only 25 mm., appears to belong here; this may be the “ Pamphila homolea, Hew. ?, var.?palawea” of Dr. Staudinger (Iris, ii. p. 144, 1889), which he subsequently (¢. c. p. 165) elevated to the rank of a species; but it is to be remarked that whilst Dr. Staudinger’s insect is stated by him to be separable from homolea by the want of any hyaline cell-spot on the fore wing, the specimen before us has two cell-spots on the fore wing, of which the upper one only is truly hyaline, the lower one being visible on the underside only. HALPE HIERON. Halpe hieron, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 54, pl. iv. fig. 1, ¢. s. Upperside grey-brown; pale spots proper to the fore wing obsolete or absent; no sex-mark. Underside pale brownish grey, closely and irregularly clothed with whitish-grey scales so as to indicate a pale macular subterminal band on the fore wing and a pale postmedian band on the hind wing; a suffused whitish-grey spot in each of celis 2 and 3 of the fore wing. Expanse 29-31 mm. Hab. Bekantschan, N.E. Sumatra (Martin). HALPE BRUNNEA. Halpe brunnea, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 174, pl. Ixx. figs. 4, 4.@, 2 (1880-81). g. Upperside dark vinous brown: fore wing with four small hyaline white spots— one crescent-shaped in cell 2, one much smaller and roundish in cell 3, oue punctiform in cell 6, and one very minute in cell 7. Underside pale vinous brown, disc of the 266 MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: fore wing darker; on the fore wing an indistinct subterminal pale macular band from the costa as far as vein 3, and an indication of a small whitish spot near the apical fourth of the upper edge of the cell; hind wing with the discal and subterminal bands as in homolea, save that the former is directed rather to a point beyond the apex of the wing than to the actual apex as in homolea. Fringe of the fore wing dark grey indistinctly chequered, of the hind wing dark grey with the short scales brown. 2. Similar to the male, but having the pale cell-spot on the fore wing visible on the upperside. Hab. Ceylon. The above particulars are taken from a pair from Ceylon, ex coll. Rothschild. Moore’s figures are not characteristic. ! HaPe Fusca. (Plate XXV. fig. 72.) Halpe fusca, Elwes, P. Z.S. 1892, p. 653, p 1. xlin. fig. J,. Hab. Bernardmyo, Burmah (Doherty). ! HALPE SITALA, Halpe sitala, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1885, p. 121, pl. ii. fig. 5, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p- 75 (1891). Hab. Nilgivis (Hampson); Arnamalai hills (Davison). HALPE LATRIS. Halpe latris, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 623, pl. xlil. fig. 17, g. Chiefly differs from H. sita/a in having the dorsum of the hind wing below blackish as far as vein | 0. Hab. Ta-tsien-lo (Leech). ! HLALPE VARIA. Pamphila varia, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 172 (1875). Halpe varia, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 621, pl. xlii. fig. 18, d (1894). Hab. Japan (Pryer, Leech). ! HALPE GUPTA. Halpe gupta, de Nicéyille, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 255, pl. xi. fig. 1, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 73 (1891). Hab. Sikkim (Moller). HALPE DEBILIs, n. sp. (Plate XX1. figs. 1 3,5 2.) 3. Upperside brown: fore wing with six sordid white hyaline spots—two oblong, one each in cells 2 and 3, three small and oblong, one each in cells 6,7, and 8; the A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 267 cell-spots narrowly confluent and appearing as one spot much constricted in the middle. Underside greenish ochreous, the disc of the fore wing blackish ; hind wing with an indistinct whitish spot in each of cells 2, 38, and 6, and a pale suffused subterminal macular band. Fringe of the fore wing pale grey, becoming whitish towards the tornus, of the hind wing whitish with the short scales grey. Antenne blackish spotted with yellow in front; club and part of the shaft yellow beneath; apiculus pale red. Body above concolorous with the wings. Clothing of the second joint of palpi, breast, legs, and abdomen beneath greyish yellow. @. Similar to the male, but having on the fore wing a triangular white spot in cell 1@ next vein 1@ just beyond the middle, and the cell-spots broadly confluent and therefore forming one solid spot scarcely constricted in the middle. Expanse 32-54 mm. Hab. Khasia hills. Described from one pair ex coll. Rothschild. ! HALPE AINA. Halpe aina, de Niceville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 176, pl. B. fig. 8, ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 72 (1891). Hab. Sikkim (Moller). ! HALPE SEPARATA. Halpe separata, Moore, P.Z. 8. 1882, p. 407 ; Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 454, pl. xi. figs. 5 ¢, 6 2; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 71. Hab. Sikkim (Hlwes); Nagas (Doherty). Type in coll. Elwes. ! HALPE BLANCHARDI. Hesperilla blanchardi, Mabille, Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. cliii. Halpe blanchardi, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 625, pl. xli. fig. 19, ¢ (1894). Hab. West China (Leech). ! HALPE SUBFLAVA. Halpe subflava, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 625, pl. xlii. fig. 21, ¢ (1894). A very distinct and well-named species on account of the clear yellow colour of the hind wing below. Hab, Western China (Leech). HALPE ALBIPECTUS. Halpe albipectus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 389, pl. G. figs. 35 ¢, 36 2. Hab. Maingyé, Shan hills (Manders). g type in coll. Elwes. 268 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: HALPE BIVI?TA. Pamphila bivitta, Ob. Etud. d’Ent. xi. p. 28 (1886). Pamphila albivitta, id. t. c. p. 88, pl. vi. fig. 46. Halpe bivitta, Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 623 (1894). Hab. West China (Pratt). HALPE DECORATA. Halpe decorata, Moore, Lep. Cey.i. p. 178, pl. Ixxi. fig. 2 (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 76 (1891). Hab. Avisawella, Ceylon (in coll. Rothschild). This is a true Halpe, which bears much resemblance on the upperside to H. honorei, de Nicév. ‘The hind wing below is chrome-yellow, with the termen narrowly and suffusedly pale brown, and with several small irregular pale brown spots placed as follows :—two beyond the middle of cell 16 divided by the intraneural fold, two in ceil 2 at equal distances from the base and apex of that cell and from each other, one near the basal third of cell 38, one near the middle of cells 4-5, one across the basal fourth of cell 6, and two in cell 7 at equal distances from the base and apex of that cell and from each other. These particulars are taken from a male specimen ex coll. Rothschild. J ! HALPE MASONI. Pamphila masoni, Moore, P. Z.S, 1878, p. 842, pl. lii. fig. 5, 3. Isoteinon masoni, Elwes & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 442, pl. xx. fig. 4, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 85 (1891). Hab. Burmah (Watson, Adamson). ! HALPE HONOREL. Halpe honorei, de Nicéville, P. Z.S. 1887, p. 464, pl. xl. fig. 8,9 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 75 (1891). Hab. Nilgiris (Hampson); 'Trichinopoly (Castets). HALPE ORNATA. Hesperia ornata, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 515, pl. Ixxii. fig. 6, g (1867). Parnara ornata, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 382, pl. xviii. figs. 7, 7 a, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 88 (1891). We have not seen this species. Hab. Buitenzorg, Java (Helder); Doarband, Cachar (Wood -Mason & de Nicéville). ONRYZA. Onryza, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 112, pl. ii. fig. 5, A monotypic genus, of which, through the kindness of Col. Adamson, we have been able to examine the type. It is distinguished from the masoni section of Halpe chiefly A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 269 by the sex-mark of the male, which is in the form of “a patch of long recumbent hairs on the upperside of the hind wing, attached along vein 8 from close to the base of the wing.” ONRYZA MEIKTILA. Parnara? meiktila, de Nicéyille, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 386, pl. G. fig. 32, g. Hab. Meiktila, Upper Burmah, Upper Chindwin, Feb. (Adamson); Poungadaw, Burmah (Watson); Ataran Valley, Burmah (Bingham, fide de Nicéville). Iron. Iton, de Nicéyille, Jour. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 399. Type semamora, Moore. This is a genus established by Mr. de Nicéville for semamora, Moore, and watsonii, de Nicév. Both these species have been placed in the genus Parnara; and if the form of their antenne, palpi, and wings, and the venation be compared with that of some species of Parnara, such as P. austeni, their relationship to that genus will at once be evident. The chief point of distinction lies in the pattern of the hind wing below, of which the main diagnostic feature is the fact that the discoidal cell is wholly white, and cells 4—5 and 6 are white except at the apex. The male of semamora has a patch of long upturned hairs near the middle of the dorsum of the fore wing below; the same sex of watsonii has no alar sex-mark. ! [TON SEMAMORA. Hesperia semamora, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 791. Hesperia barea, Wewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 490 (1866), fide de Nicéville. Parnara semamora, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 46 (1891). Hab. Sikkim (Miller, Gammie) ; Tilin Yaw, Burmah (Watson); Khasia (Hamilton) ; Pegu, Pulo Laut (Doherty). ! Iron WATSONII. Parnara watsonii, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 223; id. op. cit. 1891, p. 388, pl. G. fig. 29, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 46 (1891). Hab. East Pegu (Doherty); Tilin Yaw (Watson); Fort Stedman, Shan hills (Manders). We have seen, from the collection of Col. Adamson, an aberrant male specimen of this species taken at Kaléwa, on the Chindwin River, in October; on the upperside of the hind wing the white patch is quite as extensive as in some specimens of semamora, but the hind wing below, although very much abraded, still retains the characteristic pattern of watsoni; the clasp-form can, without dissection, be made out sufficiently well to show that in this respect it agrees very well with waésonii, and is absolutely distinct from semamora. : VOL. XIv.—ParT Iv. No. 22.—October, 1897. 2N 270 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: PaRNARA. Parnara, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 166 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z.S.1893, p.105. Type guttatus, Brem. Chapra, Moore, t. c. p. 169. Type mathias, Fab. Baoris, Moore, t. c. p. 165; Watson, t. c. p. 106. Type oceia, Hew. Caltoris, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 323. Body robust, fore wing pointed, upperside brown with a few white or yellowish- white spots. Antenne as long or longer than half the costa; club moderate; apiculus distinct, as long or longer than the greatest width of the club. Palpi: second joint densely scaled; third joint obtuse, very short, and almost concealed. Fore wing with a series of bare (and therefore hyaline) white spots, of which the position and full complement is as follows :—one each, decreasing in size, near the bases of cells 2, 3, and 4; one each, of nearly equal size, in cells 6, 7, and 8; and two near the apex of the cell; sometimes there is a white spot in cell 1 a, but this does not properly belong to the hyaline series, as it is not usually bare on the underside, but is represented there by a suffused whitish spot; it does not appear that there is ever a pale spot in cell 5, except in P. beavani and the female of P. assamensis; the pale spot in cell 4 is normally always present, its absence occurs most frequently in P. oceia; vein 5 arises much nearer 4 than 6, and curves upward from the base, and vein 2 arises at about the half-length of the cell. Hind wing: sometimes with a series of white spots, but without any pattern on the underside, save a row of spots: vein 2 from the apical fourth of the cell, vein 5 obsolete. Legs as in Gegenes. Zelleri, Led., tulsi, de Nicéy., and cwrulescens, Mab., are true Parnaras in venation. P. pugnans, de Nicév., has vein 2 of the fore wing arising from near the basal third of the cell. The generic term Parnara, as here used, includes Parnara proper, Chapra and Baoris, Moore, and Caltoris, Swinhoe. Distant and Watson use Baoris in the same sense, but as the first three names are synchronous in publication, and both Paoris and Chapra were definitely limited by their author to species possessing a certain kind of alar sex-mark in the male, we prefer the term Parnara on the ground that it was not so limited, and that it has been in use for the majority of the species for a long time. The presence or absence of some of the pale spots on the wings is a very useful character for the separation of species in this difficult genus, particularly when it is correlated with differences in the male genitalia. In the species of the oceia group, however, the number of the pale spots has proved perfectly unreliable as a distinctive character, but this fact does not affect the utility of the character where other species are concerned. It has not been found practicable to form any linear arrangement of the species which shall satisfactorily indicate their natural affinities inter se, but the consecutive arrangement here adopted will probably be found as useful as any other yet proposed. A KEVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 271 The following table, which deals with male insects only, sets forth the characters by means of which we separate the species known to us:— 10. Males. . Hind wing above with a tuft of long hair on the basal half of vein 6 covering a suboval patch of androconia. (Baoris.) Fore wing below with an upturned tuft of long hair near the middle of the dorsum Fore wing above with a linear Smee S€X- ee a fe pads of vein 1a to the basal third of vein 2. (Chapra.) . Wings without a sex-mark. (Caltoris.) . Hind wing below plain brown Hind wing below greenish yellow-brown ; Hind wing purple-brown, plain brown in cells 1 a an 1 7 . Sex-mark of even width throughout Sex-mark constricted near the middle . . Hind wing below with three or more pale spots . Hind wing below unspotted . Hind wing above with white spots (forming a row), one in each of cells 2, 3, and 4, or 2, 3, 4, and 5 Hind wing above with no such row of white spots . . Hind wing above with an ill-defined whitish spot in cells 6 and 3; hind wing below with the pale spot in cell 6 the most strongly developed. Fore wing with the pale spot in cell 2 subquad- rate. Size larger . WS Re eye Ole eee) Hind wing below with the pale spot in cell 6 not more strongly developed than the Hind wing above without pale sate. others. Fore wing generally with the pale spot in cell 2 narrow and oblique, about twice as high as wide. Size smaller . Hind wing below hen a ne faa fGen the wiaale of ts costa to the dorsum just before the tornus A200 Hind wing below with a white band of the kind last Sseitionel’ . Hind wing below not marked with purple or whitish purple . Hind wing below marked with purple or whitish purple . . Hind wing below with a very suffused whitish-purple median band . Dearie ore WE ce ov foe hoes) oh tS Hind wing below with a postmedian row of Seas spots in cells 1lbto6 . uaa : otk Aa tc nore Hind wing below without manne or at most with one pale spot BM Bet a ou Hind wing below with more ete one walle deed pale spot . 2. plebeia, de Nicév. 3. Zo oceia, Hew. leechii, n. sp. simillima, n. sp. 4. nascens, Leech. 5. brunnea, Snell. sinensis, Mab. 6. subochracea, Moore. mathias, Fab. 8. hasoroides, nu. sp. 10. 9. tulsi, de Nicév. cerulescens, Mab. 11. 2. 272 11. 12. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 9: 20. 21. 22. MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Fore wing without cell-spots, or if one is present it is placed next the upper edge of the cell Astrea Fore wing with one or two cell-spots, if there is only one it is placed next the lower edge of the cell is eters Fore wing with a white spot in cell 1 a, next vein 1 @ just beyond the middle . é Fore wing without any such spot eee We Pale spot in cell 4 of fore wing above small and soandish Pale spot in cell 4 of fore wing above oblong, as long as that in GAB oo e200 Se CF Oe Oe ; Hind wing below Been Not more than one pale spot in cell 1 a of the fore wing F : Hind wing below with a minute whieh pet near the middle of cell 2. Two pale spots in cell 1a of the fore wing, one of which is punctiform and placed next to vein 2 Fringes not yellow Fringes bright yellow Without a pale spot in cell 8 of ‘ie Gs wing SME : With a pale spot in cell 8 of the fore wing, and also in call la next vein 1 a just beyond the middle aks Hind wing below deep warm brown, darker than the reel region of the fore wing below . Not as above 5 ; rs : ; Fore wing below with the is spot near he mididle of call la obsolete or absent; the disc not much darker than the remainder Fore wing below with a anfioeed ipleeear Siceal witeh tea the base to the middle, the pale spot near the middle of cell la distinct, suffused . Expanse 46 mm. Expanse 37—41 mm. 5 5 Ree arar tier | nk fea na ee Hind wing above wit a more or les distinct row of pale spots near the middle 5 ¢ rule : Hind wing above without a row of vale sols near tiie meiteile 5 Pale spots on the hind wing in a straight row, gradually decreas- ing in size from cells 2-5" Not as above 12. 14. philippina, H.-S. kumara, Moore. 15. pugnans, de Nicév. 16. bromus, Leech. Wis aurociliata, n. sp. 18. pagana, de Nicéy. moolata, Moore. 19. 20. cahira, Moore. robusta, nu. sp. austeni, Moore. 22. 26. guttatus, Brem. 23. * This is very characteristic of the majority of specimens, but in the smaller ones in which the pale spots on the hind wing are only feebly developed (bada, Moore) this character is not so obvious ; may always be distinguished from colaca and bevani by the absence of any trace of the pale spot near the middle of cell 1a on the fore wing above. Im all the forms the structure of the tegumen is characteristic of the species, these latter, however, A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID®, 273 23. Hind wing below: pale spots in cells 4-5 contiguous, but distinct, frequently there is also a pale spot in cell6 . . . 24, Hind wing below: pale spots in cells 4—5 coalescing to form one quadrate spot, no pale spotincell6 . . . . : 25. 24, Hind wing below greenish ochreous, pale spot in cell 2 aabeanel in size to that in cell 4. Side lobes of tegumen spiniform . pellucida, Murr. Hind wing below russet-green, pale spot in cell 2 distinctly smaller than that in cell 4. Side lobes of tegumen capitate. contigua, Mab. 25. Fore wing above: pale spots yellowish white, the lower edge of that in cell 2 twice or nearly twice as long as its inner edge. Apex of the cedeagus (seen from below) produced on the left side into a long sharp horn, the right side spose . . . eltola, Hew. Fore wing above: pale spots white, the lower edge of that in cell 2 one and a half times or less than one and a half times as long as its inner edge. Apex of the cedeagus produced into two subequal spinose lobes . . . . . . . . . . discreta,n. sp. 26. Hind wing below with no pale spot inthe cell . . . . Wie, Hind wing below with a large white spot in the cell near Ae apex of its upper edge. Species otherwise resembling pellucida, Murray. . . - . » . Jansonis, Butl. 27. Hind wing below with the wale spots not Rae Hordes eds eae eeon Hind wing below with the pale spots black-bordered . . . . zelleri, Led. Pe}. TIP ANGS Mol; EES GY MN 5 6 5 6 5 5 6 5 6 5 o AY Expanse 46 mm.ormore . ..... . Gp nono, OCs 29. Fore wing with a pale spot in cell 4 and also in cell Ss a 4 Sh Fore wing with no pale spot in cells 4 or 8. Hind wing with two hyaline points—one near the middle of each of cells etl os 6 6 6 6 6 6 Oo Oo me eo 6 6 5 6 WMT We Gy 30. Fore wing below: no pale spot in cell 5, termen straight or feebly concave between veins 1a and 3. Tegumen with a long thin sharp dorsal horn reaching from the middle to the apex. colaca, Moore. Fore wing below: fequently, with a minute Hae knot in “al 5 (always present in the female), termen evenly curved through- out. Tegumen with nosuch horn. . . 6 bevani,; Moore. 31. Hind wing above with a small pure white spots in cell 4; ce on the fore wing pure white Bro yaldees Hind wing above with no such spot; spots on fhe fae wing sordidawhite: as ccs at a) cle Wa aia) Seb em louis cue) MCONUIClOm Elan. assamensis, W.-M.&deNicéy. ‘ In specimens from Perak some ot the spots on the hind wing are wanting, but the species may always be known by the form of the tegumen. 274 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: !PaRNARA OCEIA. (Plate XXV. figs. 74, a, 6, ¢.) Hesperia oceia, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 31 (1868) ; Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 258. Hesperia farri, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 688; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 44 (1891). Baoris oceia, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 165 (1881); de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 85, pl. x. fig. 11,9 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 29 (1891). Baoris penicillata, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 166 (1881) ; Watson, t. c. p. 30. Baoris scopulifera, Moore, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 582. Baoris unicolor, Moore, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 533; nec Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 381, pl. xxxv. fig. 11 (1886). Baoris sikkimu, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1890, v. p. 362. Hab. Sikkim (Méller), Nagas (Doherty), Andamans (de Roepstorff'); Philippines (Semper), Palawan (Platen); Khasia hills (Swinhoe). ! PARNARA LEECHI, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 3, ¢; Plate XXYV. figs. 73, a, 6, ¢.) Baoris oceia, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 616, pl. xlii. fig. 6, 3. Differs from the preceding and following species in the colour of the hind wing below and in the clasp-form as figured. Though there is but a single specimen in Elwes’s collection in somewhat worn con- dition, yet we have examined several in Mr. Leech’s collection which confirm our belief that the true oceia does not occur in China. Hab. Central and Western China (Pratt) ; Foochow, Ningpo (Leech). ! PARNARA SIMILLIMA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 22,¢; Plate XXVI. figs. 75, a, 8, c.) Though the slightly paler colour of the hind wing below from cell 16 to the dorsum distinguishes this species from any examples of oceta or leechi that we have seen, yet the marked difference of the genitalia as figured are the best proof of its specific difference. Described from one male in Elwes’s collection. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). ! PARNARA PLEBEIA. Parnara plebeia, de Nicéville, P. Z. S. 1887, p. 466, pl. xl. fig. 2,g; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 40 (1891). Pamphila mormo, Mabille, Aun. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxvii. p. 53 (1893). The male of this species is readily distinguished by the tuft of long hair near the middle of the dorsum of the fore wing below, a feature not noted in the original description; the female may be separated from the same sex of austeni by the colour A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 275 of the hind wing below, which in plebeia is simple umber-brown, and in austeni ochreous brown. A male from Kina Balu, Borneo, ex col]. Staudinger, has the termen less oblique than other males in coll. Elwes, including one from Pulo Laut, and the white spots on the fore wing are reduced in size. Hab. Sikkim (Moller, Elwes); Pulo Laut (Doherty); Kina Balu (Waterstradt) ; Java (fide Mabille). ! PARNARA BRUNNEA. Pamphila brunnea, Snellen, Tijd. Ent. xix. pl. vii. fig. 4 (1876). Chapra cere, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 388, pl. G. fig. 33, g. Pamphila sodalis, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii. p. 53 (1893). Hab. W. Java (ex coll. Snellen) ; Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty). ! PARNARA SINENSIS. Gegenes sinensis, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 1877, p. 232. Chapra prominens, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 261; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 33 (1891). Pamphila similis, Leech, Ent. xxiii. p. 48 (1890). Parnara sinensis, Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 608, pl. xl. fig. 11, ¢ (1894). Hab. China (Pratt); N.W. Himalaya (Young); Sikkim, Khasia (Ziwes); Nagas, Bali (Doherty). ! PARNARA SUBOCHRACEA. (Plate XXI. fig. 26,4; Plate XXVI. fig. 83.) Chapra subochracea, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 691; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 32 (1891). Chapra mathias, var., de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 176, pl. B. fig. 7, g. This species is undoubtedly distinct from P. mathias, Fab., differing both in the particulars given in the table above and the form of the male genitalia. Hab. Barrackpur, near Calcutta (Minchin), Nilgiris (Hampson), Cachar (fide de Nicéville), Peermaad, Travancore (ex Doncaster). ! PARNARA MATHIAS. (Plate XXVI. fig. 84.) Hesperia mathias, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 433 (1798). Hesperia thraz, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855, p. 194, pl. 1. figs. 9, 10. Chopra mathias, Moore, Lep. Cey. 1. p. 169, pl. Ixx. figs. 1, 1a (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 31 (1891). Baoris mathias, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 380, pl. xxxv. fig. 10 (1886). Hesperia agna, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 791. Chapra agna, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 169 (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 32 (1891). Hesperia chaya, Méore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 791. Baoris chaya, Distant, Rhop. Mal, p. 380, pl. xxxiv. fig. 9 (1886). 276 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Pamphila mencia, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 52 (1877). Parnara mencia, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 607, pl. xlu. fig. 14, 3 (1894). This seems to be about the most widely distributed and generally common species in Asia, extending from Syria to the Liukiu Islands and Sambawa. It occurs all over India from Kashmir to Malabar, and from Bombay to Pegu and the Malay Peninsula. In addition to the above-named localities, I have it from Borneo, Bali, Japan, and China ; and Semper states that it is generally distributed in the Philippines. Holland also records it, as Baoris chaya, from Hainan. ! PARNARA NASCENS. Parnara nascens, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 614, pl. xIn. fig. 8, § (1894). Differs from sinensis, Mab., in the following particulars:—Upperside darker brown, the pale spots less strongly developed, one only in cell of fore wing, that in the upper half, sex-mark of the male interrupted in the middle; underside dark brownish green. Hab. Central China (Pratt). !PARNARA PHILIPPINA. (Plate XXI. figs. 4¢, 89; Plate XXVI. figs. 85, a, b, ¢.) Cobalus philippina, Herrich-Schiffer, Prod. Syst. Lep. iii. p. 81 (1869). Hesperia seriata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 688. ? Baoris seriata, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 166, pl. Ixix. figs. 4, 4a (1881). Parnara seriata, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 42 (1891). Parnara philippina, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 298, pl. xlix. fig. 12, g (1892). The type of Baoris seriata, Moore, in the British Museum from Ceylon is a female ; the wide range of the species suggests that it occurs in other localities, but we know it only from those here mentioned. Though Semper has identified P. philippina, H.-S., with P. seriata, Moore, yet we think that this identification must remain somewhat uncertain, and we have not been able to compare the Eastern specimens here treated of with the type. Hab. Ceylon (in Brit. Mus.) N. Canara (Aitken) ; Philippines (Semper); Amboina (Stgr.); Palawan (fide Stgr.), Sangir, Talaut (Doherty). ! PARNARA KuMARA. (Plate XXVII. figs. 90, a, 6, ¢.) Hesperia kumara, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 687. Baoris kumara, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 166, pl. lxix. figs. 2, 2a (1881). Parnara kumara, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 41 (1891). Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo, Java (Staudinger) ; Sikkim (Méller) ; Nilgiris (Hampson) ; Arjuno, Java (Doherty). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 277 ! PARNARA BROMUS. Parnara bromus, Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 614, pl. xlii. fig. 10, ¢ (1894). We recently received from Dr. Staudinger two insects from Folo (tin the Philippine Islands), as Pamphila philippina ; of these the reputed male is a female of P. bromus, Leech, agreeing exactly with the description and figure cited above, and the female is a specimen of that sex of P. toona, Moore. I have great doubt as to whether P. bromus can be separated from P. philippina. Leech’s plate, which seems to represent a female and not a male, as stated, is indistinguishable from a female of philippina, from the Philippines, which I received from Dr. Staudinger. Semper, however, states that philippina never has a transparent spot in the middle cell of the fore wing, whilst Leech’s plate and one of my specimens show two.—H. J. E. The fact remains that in philippina the cell-spots of the fore wing are wanting, or, at most, feebly developed, and the hind wing below is unspotted, and in bromus there are two well-developed cell-spots visible on the upperside of the fore wing, and the hind wing below bears a small pale spot near the middle of cell 2. We have not seen any intermediate specimens. PARNARA CANARAICA. Parnara canaraica, Moore, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 534; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 42 (1891). 3. Fore wing with eight white spots including two in the cell; hind wing above without markings; hind wing below with two discal white spots. @. Fore wing with ten pale spots, eight placed as in the male and two in cell 1a— one punctiform next vein 2 near the middle, and one triangular next vein 1 @ near the middle; hind wing above with three discal semi-diaphanous spots; hind wing below with four discal white spots and a fifth at the end of the cell. Expanse 38-47 mm. Hab. Canara (Ward). We have not seen this species, which bears some resemblance to P. bromus, Leech ; but that species has the two pale spots in cell la@ of the fore wing above in both sexes similar to those found in the female of P. canaraica, and the latter species is well distinguished by the five white spots on the hind wing below. ! PARNARA PAGANA. Parnara pagana, de Nicéville, P. Z. S. 1887, p. 465, pl. xl. fig. 7, ¢; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 40 (1891). All the specimens of this species in Elwes’s collection have spots in cells 6, 7, and 8. Hab. Sikkim (Méller); Pegu (Doherty); Tenasserim, Borneo (coll. Stgr.); Selesseh, Sumatra (in coll. Rothschild). VOL. X1V.—Part Iv. No, 28.—October, 1897. 20 278 MESSRS. H. J. ELUWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: !PaRNARA MOOLATA. (Plate XXVI. figs. 86, a, 6, c.) Hesperia moolata, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1878, p. 848. Pamphila dravida, Mabille, Pet. Nouy. i. p. 242 (1878). Baoris moolata, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 379, pl. xxxiv. fig. 10, ¢ (1886). Parnara moolata, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 42 (1891). Parnara cahira, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 298, see. spec. comm. (nec Moore). Caltoris onchisa, 2, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 323, sec. spec. typ. Hab. Khasia (Hamilton); Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty); West Java (coll. Snellen) ; Philippines (Semper); Palawan, Kina Balu, Borneo (Staudinger); Selesseh, Sumatra (in coll. Rothschild). ! PARNARA AUROCILIATA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 23,g; Plate XXVI. figs. 87, a, 6, ¢.) A species at once distinguished by its bright yellow fringes. 3. Upperside deep warm brown: fore wing above with seven yellowish-white hyaline spots—two in the cell, of which the upper is the smaller, one in each of cells 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7, the three last-named punctiform, and a small yellowish-white spot next vein 1@ near the middle. Underside clear rich brown, somewhat darker in the basal region of the fore wing ; pale spots as on the upperside, but the spot in cell 1 @ suffused. Fringes bright chrome-yellow, brown uext cell 7 of the fore wing and cells 4-7 of the hind wing, the short scales brown throughout. The punctiform hyaline spots on the fore wing have a tendency to disappear. Expanse 45-48 mm. Hab. Sikkim (Moller). Type in coll. Elwes. We separate this species from P. pagana and P. kumara with some doubt, but the genitalia are different from those of both those species. ! PARNARA CAHIRA. (Plate XXI. fig. 25, 2 ; Plate XXVII. figs. 91, a, b,c.) Hesperia cahira, Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 593, pl. lviii. fig. 8. Parnara cahira, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 48. Moore’s figure above cited does not agree with his description. It is said by Wood-Mason and de Nicéville (Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1881, p. 258) that the female of oceia, Hew., was described by Moore as that of his cahira; but it does not appear certain that these authors examined the type of cahira. Hab. Kast Pegu (Doherty); Andamans (de Roepstorff’); Nias (Modigliani) ; China (fide Staudinger). Mr. de Nicéville (‘ List of the Butterflies of Sumatra,” Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1898, p- 550) states that he has from Sumatra specimens which agree with Moore’s figure and description of cahira, also specimens which agree with Moore’s description and A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 279 Elwes’s woodcut of qusteni, also specimens agreeing with Moore’s description of moolata, and specimens agreeing with Moore’s figure and description of Awmara; and he goes on to say that all his Sumatran specimens appear to him to represent one species, and that it may be subsequently found on an examination of the prehensores of the male that some of these species may be valid. We give below a table of characters drawn from the male genitalia sufficient for the separation of these species by any person of moderate experience in the examination of such objects. ‘The figures will assist in the elucidation of these characters. A. Lower distal angle of the lower lobe of clasp produced much beyond the upper angle in a long nearly straight lobe; the upper distal angle produced into a recurved lobe. . . . : . ~ 7 = = « “moolata, B. Lower distal angle of the ibe er sabe of clea foutided! not steanred: a. The two lobes forming the apex of the tegumen (seen from beneath) broad, flat, and subtruncate, their apices in the vertical aspect triangular. . . . - austeni. b. The two lobes forming the apex of the tegumen (seen from beneath) nance, pointed, and separate at the apex . . . Jeu . kumara, c. The two lobes forming the apex of the tegumen (geen fiom iheneath) Gather broad, curved, and connivent atthe apex . - . . =. =.=. . -. = - . cahira. We also repeat here the external characters by which these four species may be distinguished inter se :— ; Males. 1 (2). Fore wing without cell-spots, or if one is present it is pe next the subcostal ; no white spot near the middle of vem la... . : . kumara. 2 (1). Fore wing with one or two cell-spots; if there is hina one it is placeainne next the median. 3 (4). Fore wing above with a white spot, sometimes reduced to a point, near the middle of vein la. Fore wing below with a suffused blackish discal patch from the base to the middle; the pale spot near the middle of cell 1 a distinct, suffused. Hind wing halos ochreous brown . . . 6 6) 6b Se one CHAE 4 (3). No white spot near the middle of vein 1 @ on the fore wing ei dbote! 5 (6). Underside: apical region of the fore wing paler than the disc of the hind wing, the latter deep warm (vinous) brown. Lower distal angle of the lower lobe oisthe\claspmuchyproduced ayy sans enn: : : : moolata. 6 (5). Underside: apical region of the fore wing éouioalordus with the ae of the hind wing, the latter reddish yellow-brown, Lower distal angle of the lower loberotithe clasp rounded ey eiee arm ain ee ew enn) Pe CLUSL ETT. With regard to the females of these species an exact knowledge can only be obtained from specimens taken in cop., but no real difficulty arises except as to the females of 202 280 MESSRS. H. J. ELXWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: P. kumaraand P. austeni. Judging from the material in coll. Elwes, it appears probable that of those females in which the cell-spots are absent from the fore wing, those which have a white point in cell 1 @ near the middle of vein 2 should be referred to P. austeni, and those in which this spot is wanting to P. kumara. ‘The female of P. moolata differs from the male in having a white spot near the middle of vein 1 @ in the fore wing, and the female of P. cahira does not differ from its male in the number of white spots on the fore wing. ! PARNARA ROBUSTA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 19, g ; Plate XXVII. figs. 88, a, 4, c.) 3. Differs from P. cahira in its larger size, the want of a large suffused blackish patch on the disc and a pale suffused spot near the middle of cell 1 @ on the fore wing below, the browner and less ochreous colour of the hind wing below, and the clasp- form, as may be seen from the figures. Expanse 46 mm. Hab. Sangir (Doherty). Described from a single specimen in coll. Elwes. ! PARNARA AUSTEN. (Plate XXVII. figs. 89, a, 8, c.) Baoris austeni, Moore, P.Z.S. 1883, p. 533. Parnara austeni, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 448, fig. 3; Leech, Butt. China &c. p- 613, pl. xl. fig. 7, d (1894); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 43 (1891). Caltoris onchisa, 3 , Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 328, sec. spec. typ. The female of this species has no pale spots in the cell of the fore wing, a character which it shares with the females of P. plebeia, P. kumara, and P. rhypara. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton) ; Coonoor, Nilgiris (Davison, Hampson) ; Ceylon (Green); Andamans (de Roepstorff); Kweichow, China (coll. Leech). We are indebted to Col. Swinhoe for the loan of his types of Cultoris onchisa and permission to dissect the genitalia of the male. Having availed ourselves of this permission we are satisfied that the male is P. austeni; the female specimen, however, belongs, as before pointed out, to P. moolata. The pale subapical fascia on the fore wing below in the specimens appears to us to be the result of accident rather than normal wing-pattern. ! PARNARA conJuNCTA. (Plate XXVII. figs. 92, a, 6, c.) Goniloba conjuncta, Herrich-Schiffer, Prod, Syst. Lep. iii. p. 75 (1869), fide Snellen. Gegenes javana, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 1877, p. 232. Hesperia narooa, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1878, p. 687, pl. xlv. fig. 4. Parnara narooa, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 167, pl. Ixix. figs. 3 a, b (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 39 (1891). Baoris narooa, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 380, pl. xxxiv. fig. 12, 2 (1886). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 28k Though we have no specimens from India or Ceylon, yet we think the plute in ‘ Lep. Ceylon’ sufficiently identifies the species, which has been hitherto known as narooa, Moore. Hab. Java (Piepers) ; Nias (Modigliani) ; Perak (Doherty) ; Kina Balu (Waterstradt) ; Sumatra (im coll. Stgr.); Philippines (Semper). ! PARNARA ASSAMENSIS. Parnara assamensis, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1882, p. 65; id. op. cit. 1886, p. 382, pl. xvii. figs. 5, 5a, d, pl. xvii. figs. 7, 7a, 2; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 37 (1891). Hab. Sikkim (Elwes) ; Khasia (Hamilton); Nagas (Doherty). ! PaRNARA GUTTATUS. (Plate XXVI. fig. 76). Eudamus guttatus, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s, p. 10, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1853). Goniloba guttatus, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr. Lep. i. pl. v. fig. 4 (1855). Hesperia fortunei, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. p. 489 (1862); id. Reise Noy., Lep. pl. Ixxii. fig. 11 (1866). Pamphila mangala, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 792. Hesperia bada, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 688. Parnara bada, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 167, pl. Ixx. figs. 2, 2a (1881). Hesperia nondoa, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1886, p. 97, fide Fruhstorfer. Parnara guttata, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 445 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 34 (1891). Hab. India, generally distributed, China, Japan (Leech, Pryer); Liu Kiu Islands (Pryer); Perak, Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty); Java (Fruhstorfer); Kina Balu, Borneo ( Waterstradt). We have two females from Java sent by Herr Fruhstorfer under the name Hesperia nondoa ; these correspond with males from Pulo Laut and Perak which are undoubtedly P. guttatus; the underside of all these specimens is darker and the arrangement of the pale spots on the hind wing is less evidently rectilinear than is usual in P. guttatus, and the cell-spots in the fore wing are entirely wanting. Further, we have received seven specimens from the island of Bali, collected by Doherty, which vary very much in the number and position of the spots on the hind wing, one of them being without these spots either above or below. We were inclined to treat these specimens as belonging to a distinct species, but an examination of the genitalia goes to show that they are only extreme forms of guttatus. | PARNARA CONTIGUA. (Plate X XVI. figs. 78, 78 a.) Pamphila contigua, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 1877, p. 232 (note). Hesperia toona, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 689, 3. Parnara toona, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 383, 2; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 45. Pamphila scortea, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvil. p. 53 (1893), This species has wrongly been placed as a synonym of P. pellucida, from which it differs 282 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: in the darker ground-colour and smaller spots of the hind wing below, and also in the form of the male genitalia. We have examined Mabille’s types of contigua and scortea. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Elwes); Nagas, Pegu, Perak, Pulo Laut, Sambawa, Bali (Doherty) ; Hong Kong (Pryer). ! PARNARA ELTOLA. (Plate XXVI. figs. 79, a, 6.) Hesperia eltola, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iv., Hesp. pl. iv. fig. 40 (1869). Parnara eltola, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 384, pl. xviii. figs. 6, 6a, 3; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 45 (1891) ; Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 613 (1894). This species is distinguished from the next by the yellower colour of the pale spots on the upperside, which is most marked in the males, and by having the apex of the cedeagus, as seen from below, produced on the left side into a long sharp horn, and the right side spinose. Hab. Sikkim (Elwes); Nagas (Doherty). ! PARNARA DISCRETA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 16, ¢ ; Plate XXVI. figs. 80, a, 6.) Closely allied to P. eltola, Hew., from which it differs in the following particulars :— é. Pale spots on fore wing above sordid white, that in cell 2 shorter in proportion, its inner and outer edges nearly parallel; ground-colour of the underside and the fringes, especially those of the hind wing, paler. Apex of the cedeagus produced into two subequal spinose horns, side lobes of the tegumen narrow and simple. ?. Pale spot in cell 2 of fore wing comparatively shorter ; underside, especially of hind wing, paler. Hab. Khasias (Elwes); Sikkim (Moller); Tenasserim (bingham); E. Pegu, Bernardmyo, Burmah (Doherty). This species may be distinguished from P. e/tola (with which it is probably mixed in collections) at first sight by the purer white of the pale spots on the upperside ; and the difference in the male genitalia affords conclusive evidence of its distinctness. PARNARA PELLUCIDA. (Plate XXVI. figs. 77, 77 a.) Pamphila pellucida, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 172 (1875). Thymelicus pellucida, Staudinger, Rom. Mém. sur Lép. iii. p. 152, pl. viii. fig. 3 (1887). Parnara pellucida, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 611 (1894). The ground-colour of the hind wing below is not sufficiently bright in Staudinger’s figure above cited. Hab. Japan (Pryer, Leech); Ussuri, Amurland (Dérries, fide Stgr.). PARNARA JANSONIS. Pamphaila jansonis, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 284 (1878). Parnara jansonis, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 612, pl. xlii. fig. 12, ¢ (1894). Hab. Japan. (Pryer). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIDA. 283 PARNARA BIPUNCTATA, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 5, ¢.) 3g. Upperside: fore wing brown, heavily clothed with ochreous hair-scales towards the base ; six sordid whitish hyaline spots—two remote in the cell, one large, pentagonal, in cell 2, one, smaller and subquadrate, in cell 3, and one, minute and punctiform, in each of cells 6 and 7; an elongate triangular yellow spot next vein l1@ beyond the middle: hind wing ochreous by reason of the hair-scales; the costa brown as far as vein 6, and the termen narrowly and suffusedly brown; two pale points on the disc, one near the middle of each of cells 2 and 8. Underside ochreous green, disc of the fore wing brown: fore wing with the pale spot next vein 1 @ larger and more suffused than on the upperside, the other spots as on the upperside; hind wing with the two pale points as on the upperside. Fringes brown, becoming ochreous grey towards the tornus of each wing. Antenne blackish, spotted with yellowish on the underside ; club yellowish beneath. Second joint of palpi clothed with ochreous and black hairs intermixed. Body and legs ochreous brown. Expanse 363 mm. Hab. Batchian. Described from one specimen ex coll. Staudinger. At first sight this species bears some resemblance to P. contigua, Mab., from which, however, it is abundantly distinct. ! PaRNARA CoLAcA. (Plate XXVI. fig. 81.) Hesperia colaca, Moore, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 594, pl. lviii. fig. 7. Parnara colaca, Blwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 446, fig. 1; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 36 (1891). Parnara cingala, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 167, pl. Ixx. figs. 3a, 3 6 (1881). Hab. Sikkim (Mller); Ranchi (Irvine); Bangalore (Minchin); Trichinopoly (Castets); Andamans, Bali (Doherty); Nias (Modigliani) ; Ceylon ( Jide Moore). ! PaRNARA BEVANI. (Plate XXVI. fig. 82.) Hesperia bevani, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 688. Parnara beavani, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 447, fig. 2. Parnara bevani, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 36 (1891). Parnara thyone, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 610, pl. xlii. fig. 4, 3 (1894). A specimen of P. thyone from Moupin, presented by Mr. Leech, seems inseparable from P. bevant. re Hab. N.W. Himalayas (Hocking, Young); Sikkim, Khasias, Bombay (Elwes) ; Nagas (Doherty); Kina Balu (Waterstradt, in coll. Stgr.); Moupin, E. ‘Tibet (Kricheldorf). 284 MESSRS. H. J, ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: PaRNARA FLEXILIS. Isoteinon flewilis, Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1885, p. 147, pl. ix. figs. 9,10; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 85 (1891). @. Size of P. colaca or P. bevant. Upperside brown: fore wing with the hyaline spots small, two in the cell, one next the middle of vein 1 a, one in each of cells 2, 3, 6, 7, and 8, that in cell 4 only indicated on the underside. Hind wing below brown, clothed with grey scales so as to give the appearance of a dark subterminal band. Fringes brownish grey, the short scales whitish grey. Hab. Poona. These particulars are taken from the type specimen in the British Museum. This is, we think, a very doubtful species. ! PARNARA ZELLERI. Hesperia zelleri, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855, p. 194. A little known, though very distinct species, easily distinguished by the black-bordered pale spots on hind wing below. Hab. Beyrout, Syria (Zach) ; Esmir, Busagha, near Tangier, Morocco (Walker). ! PARNARA TULSI. Parnara tulsi, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 86, pl. x. fig. 1, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 44 (1891). Hesperia jolanda, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii. p. 95 (1886) (fide Mabille). Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Sava (Fruhstorfer). Though this species does not seem to have been found in any part of Burmah or the Malay peninsula, I have a specimen from Java which is identical. ! PARNARA CAERULESCENS. Pamphila cerulescens, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. ly. Parnara cerulescens, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 615, pl. xlii. fig. 9, 3. Hab. Wa-ssu-kow, Ta-tsien-lo (ex coll. Leech & Oberthiir). ! PARNARA PUGNANS. Parnara pugnans, de Nicéyille, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 384, pl. G. fig. 30, 2. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Nias (Modigliani). PaRNARA HASOROIDES, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 11, ¢.) é 2. Upperside brown. Underside brown: the hind wing with a broad white band from the middle of the costa to the dorsum just before the tornus, but interrupted in cell 16; the longer portion of this band is distinctly contracted at each end in the male, less distinctly so in the female. Antenne brown, the club yellowish beneath A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 285 Fringes brown. Body above brown. Clothing of the second joint of palpi, breast, and legs dark grey. Abdomen beneath brown. Expanse 45-48 mm. Hab. Halmaheira; Batchian (ex coll. Stgr.). Described from one pair ex coll. Staudinger. The band on the hind wing below resembles that found in Hasora hurama, Butl., save that in the latter it is not interrupted in cell 1 0. PARNARA UMA. Parnara uma, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1888, p. 592, pl. xiii. fig. 9, 9 ; Watson, Hesp. Tnd. p. 38 (1891). ?. Upperside brown : fore wing with a geminate cell-spot and five others, one in each of cells 2, 3, 6, 7, and 8, white. Hind wing below vinous brown, with a broad silvery- white subcostal streak, adjoining at its apex the last of a postmedian series of silvery- white subquadrate spots which commences in cell 1 3. Hab. Karen hills, Burma. The single specimen from which this species was described appears to be still unique. PARNARA PHILOTAS. Baoris (Parnara) philotas, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 402, pl. Q. fig. 60, Upperside brown: fore wing and hind wing each with two hyaline white spots one in each of cells 2 and 3. Underside “ thickly covered with ‘old-gold’ coloured scales”; dorsum of the fore wing broadly dark purplish brown ; pale spots as on the upperside. Expanse 30 mm. Hab. Travancore (Ferguson) ; North Canara (Bel/). We doubt whether this insect belongs to the genus Parnara. The figure shows the colour of the underside to be dull greenish ochreous. PARNARA UNICOLOR. Baoris unicolor, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 381, pl. xxxv. fig. 11, g (1886). Hab. Malacca (Eichhorn) Through the kindness of Dr. Staudinger we have had the opportunity of making a critical examination of the unique type of this species. The specimen is a male and a true Parnara in venation and in the number and position of the tibial spurs. Ai the base of the fore wing above, between the dorsum and the submedian, there is a long raised space about equal in length to one-fifth of the dorsum; this is probably a sex- mark and confined to the male. In the fore wing the first median segment is about two and a half times as long as the second, which is a little more than twice as long as VOL. XIV.—PakT Iv. No. 24.—October, 1897. uP 286 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: the third; the transverse vein is oblique, and vein 5 arises much nearer 4 than 6 and curves upwards from its base. The palpi and the apices of the antenne are now wanting, but there is one hind leg still left which has two pairs of spurs in the usual position. The specimen is in a worn condition. Mr. de Nicéville named this species, which he had not seen, as the type of his genus Idmon (vide p. 198, ante), but his generic description does not apply to it. PARNARA DISTICTUS. Baoris distictus, Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xiv. p. 123, pl. il. fig. 4 (1887). Hab. Hainan (Henry, fide Holland). “ Male. Upper surface uniformly olive-brown, cilia pale cinereous. Primaries with two small, triangular, semi-diaphanous white spots beyond the middle of the wing and between the submedian nervules. Underside lighter than the upper, with a hoary lustre, especially on the posteriors. A few scarcely visible light scaleless spots may be detected adjacent to the two white spots of the primaries, which reappear on the under- side. A curved submarginal row of obscure brown spots is found upon the secondaries. Underside of palpi and head white. Expanse of wings 13 inches. Type in coll. Holland.” Not having seen or been able to identify this species, we transcribe the original description. Its distinctive characters appear to be a subterminal series of obscure brown spots on the hind wing below, and the “ underside of palpi and head white.” GEGENES. Gegenes, Hiibn. Verz. p. 107 (1816) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 104. Type pyymeus, Hiibn. Philoodus, Rambur, Faun. Ent. Andal. ii. p. 808 (1840). Type nostrodamus, Fab. A genus resuscitated by Watson for the reception of the Papilio nostrodamus of Fabricius and two or three other species; it would be more convenient to treat it asa section of Parnara, in which it would be well distinguished by its short antenne. Antenne about one-third as long as the costa ; club elongate ovate ; apiculus scarcely evident. Fore wing with vein 2 from the half-length of the cell in both sexes, vein 5 much nearer 4 than 6. Hind wing feebly excavated between veins 14 and 2, vein 5 obsolete, vein 2 from apical fourth of cell. Tibial epiphysis present. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs. GEGENES NOSTRODAMUS. Papilio nostrodamus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. 1. p. 323 (1793). Papilio pygmeus, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. 1. figs. 458-460 (1798-1803). Hesperia karsana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 576, pl. Ixvu. fig. 6. Chapra nostrodamus, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 33 (1891). Hab. Gibraltar (Walker); Biskra, Algeria (Elwes); Beyrout (Zach); Quetta (Swinhoe) ; Samarkand (Haderhauer); N.W. Himalaya (Young). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 28 “I ERYNNIS. Erynnis, Schrank, Fauna Boica, ii. p. 157 (1801) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p.99. Type comma, Linn. Ocytes, Scudder, Syst. Rev. p. 55 (1872). Type metea, Scudd. The species of this genus are best known by their resemblance to the Papilio comma of Linneus. Antenne about half as long as the costa; club abrupt, subovoid ; apiculus minute. Third joint of palpi almost concealed, second joint densely scaled. Erynnis comma, Linn., varies much in the details of the wing-pattern, but the essential pattern on the hind wing below remains the same, even in those specimens which at first sight seem to be the most distinct. Several American forms of this species have been investi- gated in great detail by Scudder (Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. ii. pp. 841-353, pls. x., xi.), but the differences in the male genitalia which he figures appear to us, for the most part, mere differences of degree. ! ERYNNIS COMMA. Papilio comma, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 285 (1761); Esper, Schmett. i. pl. xxiii. figs. 1 a, b (1777) ; Hiibn. Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 479-481 (1798-1803). Hab. Kurope to Amurland. The following varieties of LE. comma may be treated as more or less constant local races, but we have not seen sufficient examples to enable us to form an opinion as to how far their distinctions are really constant. ! ERYNNIS COMMA, var. CATENA. Hesperia comma, var. catena, Staudinger, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1861, p. 357. Hab. Lapland (Staudinger). ERYNNIS COMMA, var. DIMILA. Pamphila dimila, Moore, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 576; de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. 1892, p- 355, pl. J. fig. 9, 9 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 160. Erynnis comma, var. dimila, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 595, pl. xli. fig. 12, ¢ (1892-94). Erynnis dimila, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1894, p. 52, pl. i. fig. 7, Hab. N.W. Himalayas (Hellard) ; Ta-tsien-lo ( fide Leech). ! ERYNNIS COMMA, Var. FLORINDA. Pamphila florinda, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 285 (1878). Erynnis comma, var. florinda, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 594, pl. xli. fig. 17, ¢ (1892-94). Hab. Japan (Pryer). I have no specimens of comma from Amurland, and therefore cannot say whether the form described by Staudinger [Rom. Mém. sur Lép. vi. p. 211 (1892)] as var. repugnans is a well-marked form or not; but I think that when he speaks of florinda as more probably a var. of sylvanus and not of comma he cannot have seen the true florinda, which is clearly more nearly allied to comma than to sy/vanus, which also occurs in Japan.—H. J. E, Dp 2, a ~ 288 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ADOPHA. Adopea, Billberg, Enum. Ins. p. 81 (1820); Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 98. Type thaumas, Hufn. Pelion, Kirby, List Brit. Rhop. (1858). Type thaumas, Hufn. A small group of species associated together on account of their resemblance, greater or less in degree, to the Papilio thaumas of Hufnagel (linea, Wien. Verz.). Antenne short, generally less than half as long as the costa; club elongate, gradual, not apiculate. Third joint of palpi acicular, suberect, nearly as long as half the diameter of the eye. The species are distinguished as follows :— Males. ). Veins of hind wing below concolorous. (9). With a sex-mark on fore wing above. (8). Sex-mark continuous, leaving the extreme base of cell 2 free. (5). Fore wing below with the black patch in the base of cell 1a sharply defined and confined to the basal third of the wmg . . . . . thaumas, Hufn. 5 (4). Fore wing below with the black patch in the base of cell 1 a apeeuaiee along the dorsum or almost obsolete. Hind wing below with no distinct stripe of the same colour as the disc of fore wing in cell 1 0. 6 (7). Costa of the fore wing one-third longer than the dorsum. Hind wing below and apical area of fore wing below sordid greenish yellow, dise of fore wing below rusty yellow . . . Soo oe 6 pre leak 7 (6). Costa of the fore wing one-fourth longer than the fe, Hind wing below and fore wing below, except a broad space along the dorsum, rust-yellow or greenish yellow . . . .. . . . « act@on, Rott. 8 (3). Sex-mark interrupted, one end of the long piece filling the base of cell 2. lineola, Ochs. 9 (2). No sex-mark on fore wingabove ....... +... . « stigma, Stgr. 10 (1). Veins of hind wing below black. 11 (16). Sex-mark wanting. 12 (15). Fore wing above: the dark outline of veins 6-10 more or less spread- ing and confluent near their bases to form a dark patch beyond the end of the cell, basal third of the wing more or less dark. 13 (14). Upperside without purple reflection; veins on the underside less broadly black . . . . eee te ol secs Selec) Une ea emmney warica= brent 14 (13). Upperside with a purple iecian veins on the underside more broadly black . . . . tenebrosa, Leech. 5 (12). Fore wing above: dark outline os veins 6- 10 a iranenoat, abel third of the wing concolorous. . . .... «=... =~. «. mervulata, Mab. 16 (11). Sex-mark present. Fore wing above: basal third concolorous, dark marginal baud narrow. 9. . . . + « © 6 6 a 8 8 «leona, Butle ! ADOPAA THAUMAS. Papilio thaw, as, Hufnagel, Berl. Mag. ii. p. 62 (1776) ; Esper, Schmett. i. 1, pl. xxxvi. figs. 2, 3 (17782), 3. 2, pl. xeviii. figs. 5-10 (1790?). Papilio linea, Wien. Verz. p. 160 (1776) ; Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 485-487 (1798-1803). 9. Papilio venula, Hubner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 666-669 (1803-18). Hab. Europe to Asia Minor, A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 289 ! ADOPAHA HYRAX. Hesperia hyrax, Lederer, Wien. ent. Mon. y. p. 149, pl. i. fig. 6 (1861). Hab. Amasia, Asia Minor, Syria. ! ADOPAA ACTON. Papilio acteon, Rottemburg, Naturf. vi. p. 30 (1775); Esper, Schmett. i. 1, pl. xxxvi. fig. 4 (1778 ?) ; Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 488-490 (1798-1803). Hab. S. and C. Europe; Asia Minor; N. Africa; Canaries (Zeech); Samarkand (Haberhauer). ADOPA HAMZA. Hesperia hamza, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. i. p. 28, pl. iii. figs. 2 a-c (1876). Very near to A. actwon, from which it appears to be best distinguished by the more fulvous colour of the upperside and the want of the suffused pale curved macular band which is seen just beyond the end of the cell on the fore wing of A. acteon. Hab. Oran (Oberthiir). We have not any specimens which we can identify from Oberthiir’s plate. A male from Lambessa in the Province of Constantine appears to us to be inseparable from A. lineola. ! ADOP#A LINEOLA. Papilio lineola, Ochsenheimer, Schmett. Ent. i. 2, p. 230 (1808). Papilio virgula, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 660-663 (1803-18). Hab. Europe to Amurland; Algeria (Oberthiir). ! ADOPAA STIGMA. Thymelicus (Hesperia) stiyma, Staudinger, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii. p. 252 (1886). This species belongs to the sylvatica group, but the veins on the underside are not black ; the fore wing above has the dark terminal band sharply defined, the basal third concolorous, and the transverse vein rather conspicuously dark. Hab. Turkestan. ! ADOPASA SYLVATICA. Pamphila sylvatica, Bremer, Bull. Acad, Petr. iii. p. 474 (1861) ; id. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 34, pl. iii. fig. 10 (1864). Adopea sylvatica, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 591, pl. xl. figs. 5g, 89 (1892-94). Hab. Amurland, Japan (Pryer); Korea (Leech). ! ADOPAA TENEBROSA. Adopea tenebrosa, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 591, pl. xl. figs. 6g, 92 (1892-94). The difference between this species and A. sylvatica are but trifling, and the genitalia 290 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: afford no distinctive characters; as, however, it can be separated by its darker colour from A. sylvatica, we retain the name for the Chinese form. Hab. Kiukiang (Pratt). ADOPA NERVULATA. Pamphila nervulata, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. lvi. Adopea nervulata, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 592, pl. xl. fig. 3, g (1892-94). The insect here dealt with is that described and figured by Leech ; whether it is the true nervulata of Mabille remains doubtful, since the specimens do not possess the “striga anticarum sexuali nigra filiformi” mentioned in the original description. Hab. Moupin ( fide Mabille) ; Ta-Chien-lu, Wa-ssu-kow (fide Leech). ! ADOPAIA LEONINA. Pamphila leonina, Butler, Cist. Ent. 11. p. 286 (1878). Thymelicus leonina, Staudinger, Mém. sur Lép. ii. p. 151, pl. viii. fig. 2, (1887), vi. p. 210 (1892). Adopea leonina, Leech, Butt. China &c. p. 592, pl. xl. figs. 1 & 4g, 2? (1892-94). Hab. Japan (Pryer); Amurland ( fide Staudinger). ADOPAA ASTIGMATA, Leech. Adopea leonina, var. astigmata, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 593, pl. xl. fig. 7,g (1892-94). Differs from typical Jeonina in wanting a sex-mark in the male and being rather more suffused with black. The male genitalia are similar to those of A. Jeonina, but so also are those of A. tenebrosa. Hab. Chang-yang, C. China (Pratt). ISMENE. Ismene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. i. pl. xvi. (1820-21) ; Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 157 (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 9 (1891); id. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 125, pl. i. figs. 14-16, pl. ii. figs. 11, 12, pl. iii. fie. 18. This genus and the four which succeed it form a natural group well distinguished by the form of the palpi, which have the second joint appressed and densely scaled, and the third joint porrect, long, and slender, about half as long as the diameter of the eye. In most of the species of this genus the club of the antennz is as long as or longer than the shaft. Vein 5 in the fore wing straight, its base equidistant from veins 4 and 6 or (in mahintha and ‘tonis) a trifle nearer to vein 6 than to vein 4. Vein 3 of hind wing arising close to the end of the cell. The species known to us may be distinguished as follows :— 10 (5). 11 (4). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. Males. . Fringe of hind wing orange-red, more particularly near the tornus. . Fore wing above with a sex-mark. . Sex-mark deep black, sharply defined. - Vein 1 a of fore wing distorted next the sex-mark. ). Hind wing: vein 6 approaching vein 5 in a deep curve. . Costa of the hind wing folded over on to the upper surface of the apex. . Expanse 48 mm. Long hairs clothing dise of thorax and base of hind wing above brilliant greenish blue . . . . Expanse 66 mm. Long hairs clothing dise of thorax aad ase of hind wing above brown . . its . Costa of the hind wing not falda over on to heat upper sites of WHEN) Ga oe fot ot Souy hoe Hind wing: vein 6 straight . Vein | a of fore wing straight. 13). Hind wing below : no straight pale band from the costa. Sex-mark running from the middle of vein 1 a to the base of vein 3, and composed of four short irregular stripes, of which the two in cell 1 @ are confluent . Hind wing below with a whitish postinedian bard running straight from the apical third of the costa to the apical fourth of vein 1 6. Sex-mark continuous, more than twice as high as wide, running from the middle of vein 1 @ to the base of vein 3. . Sex-mark fuliginous, suffused. . Fore wing below with a sharply defined whitish spot in the cell near its apical third, and a curved series of suffused pale spots, one each in cells 4-8 subapical curved series of suffused pale spots . Sex-mark wanting. . Hind wing below not green, with black longitudinal lines. . Clothing of the front of palpi orange-yellow. . Expanse70 mm. Cell 6 of hind wing above concolorous : . Expanse 57 mm. Cell 6 of hind an above whitish, except at the base and apex . . Clothing of front of Pee grey. Cell 6 of hind wing above concolorous . Hind wing below eindrabieenten with fine eee aerial lines, for the most part two in each cell, equidistant from each other and from the veins. . Fore wing above plain brown, except a pale streak uext the basal half of the costa . 291 edipodea, Sw. edipus, Stgr. ataphus, Wats. tuckeri, n. sp. mahintha, Moore. ionis, de Nicéy. ; Be 6 7 - + + Jaina, Moore. . No sharply defined whitish spot in the zal of fore wing teins nor fergusonii, de Nicév. etelka, Hew. harisa, Moore, anadi, de Nicéy. vasutana, Moore. 292 . MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: 5 (24). Fore wing above fulvous, passing into brown beyond the middle ; basal half of veins 1 a, 2, and 3 (except the extreme base of vein 1 a) broadly margined with black, the confluent bases of veins 7-I] also black . . . - . « » - + «~~. ' « septentrionis, Feld. 26 (1). No orange-red in fringe of hind wing. 27 (32). Hind below green or whitish green, the veins broadly bordered with black. Tibial pencil yellow or pale. 28 (29). Hind wing below uniformly striped with black and green throughout . . . . . + » amara, Moore. 29 (28). Hind wing with a broad palle ee fieanoks the ans 0 (31). This stripe divided beyond the transverse vein by the dark borders of vein 5. Fore wing above with the basal half of cell 2 grey- brown, a little paler than the apical half. . . . .. . gomata, Moore. 31 (30). This stripe continued to the termen, the dark borders to vein 5 only indicated at the extreme apex. Fore wing above with the basal half of cell 2 sordid yellowish white . . . . . «= dara, Leech. 32 (27). Hind wing below pale brown. Tibial pencil dark Giown . . . aquilina, Speyer. ! ISMENE GEDIPODEA. Ismene edipodea, Swainson, Zool. Ill. i. pl. xvi. (1820-21). We have only a single male of this species from Java, and rely on Mr. Watson for its identification with the description of Swainson. Hab. Java (Piepers); Sumatra (fide de Nicéville); Palawan (in coll. Rothschild). ! ISMENE G@DIPUS. Ismene edipus, Staudinger, MS. We have a single specimen of this species sent by Dr. Staudinger with the name of adipus. ‘The species does not appear to have been described, but it is distinguished from cdipodea by its much larger size, and the fact that the long hairs clothing the centre of the thorax and the base of the hind wing above are brown instead of greenish blue. Expanse 66 mm. Hab. Sula Island ( fide Staudinger). ! ISMENE ATAPHUS. Ismene ataphus, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 126. Ismene edipodea, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 158, pl. lxiv. figs. 2a, 6 (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 10 (1891). The female of this species resembles the male, but wants the black patch near the base of the fore wing above, and the long hairs clothing the base of the wings show, in certain aspects, a brilliant greenish-blue colour. Hab, Kangra (Hocking) ; Sikkim (Moller) ; Khasia (Hamilton) ; E. Pegu (Doherty). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 293 ! ISMENE TUCKERI, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 4, ¢.) g. Not distinguishable on the upperside from the male of J. ataphus, Wats., but differs from that species in the following particulars:—Fore wing below having the yellow tinge replaced by greenish. Hind wing, vein 8 evenly curved throughout, vein 6 straight; underside pale greenish brown with pale green streaks very narrowly edged with purple, the latter placed as follows: two in cell 10, one in each of cells 2 to 8, and one near the middle of the cell. Expanse 44 mm. Hab. Tavoy (Tucker). Described from one example in coll. Elwes, taken in Feb. 1892. ! ISMENE JAINA. Ismene jaina, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 782 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 10 (1891). Hab. Sikkim (MGiller); Khasia (Hamilton); E. Pegu (Doherty). ! ISMENE FERGUSONII. Tsmene fergusonii, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1892, p. 345, pl. J. fig. 6, g. Hab. Nilgiri hills (Hampson); N. Canara (coll. Swinhoe). Female resembling the male, save that the sex-mark is wanting and the long hairs clothing the disc of the thorax and the base of the wings are bluish grey. ! ISMENE ETELKA. Tsmene etelka, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iv., Ismene, figs. 14, 15 (1867). This species is easily distinguished in the male from L. fergusonii by the absence of the sexual patch on the fore wing and the much deeper and more extended orange-red markings below. The female on the upperside is brown with a purple shade, passing into greenish blue towards the base of the wings; on the fore wing below there is a suffused postmedian macular pale band, and the disc of the wing has a deep purple shade. Hab. Kina Balu (Waterstradt); Singapore (coll. Staudinger); Lawas, N. Borneo (Everett). ! ISMENE HARISA. Ismene harisa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 782. Chouaspes harisa, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 84, pl. x. fig. 8, ¢ ; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 378, pl. xxxiv. fig. 22, ¢ (1886); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 6 (1891). Female brown above, with a metallic greenish-blue shade from the base of the wings, VOL. XIV.—PART Iv. No. 25.—October, 1897. 2Q 294 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: but not covering the apical area of the fore wing or the terminal area of the hind wing. Herr Snellen sent a female specimen from Java, not distinguishable from this species, with the name consobrina, Plotz. Hab. Sikkim (Mller); Khasia (Hamilton) ; Nagas, Arjuno, Java (Doherty); Burmah (Watson); West Java (Piepers). !ISMENE ANADI. Choaspes anadi, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 83, pl. x. fig. 6, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp Ind. p. 7 (1891). The female of this species is said to differ from the male only in being larger and darker, the upperside of the hind wing concolorous with the rest of the wiug, not broadly pale ochreous as in the male; this is remarkable when we consider the close relationship of this species to J. harisa, which has a dissimilar female. Hab. Sikkim (M6ller); Khasia (Hamilton). ! ISMENE VASUTANA. Ismene vasutana, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 782. Choaspes vasutana, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 8 (1891). This species is remarkable amongst its congeners for the greater or less development of hyaline spots in the fore wing; the full complement of these is one in each of cells 2 and 3, but in the more usual state of the male that in cell 3 only is visible on the upperside, that in cell 2 being traceable on the underside only or wanting altogether ; sometimes these spots are quite absent from the upperside and their presence is only indicated by a pale dot near the base of cell 3 on the underside. It appears from Mr. de Nicéville’s remarks (Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p- 404) that a somewhat similar development of these pale spots occurs in 7. mahintha, Moore. The female is brown above, with a pale greyish-green shade from the base of the wings, passing into purple near the middle of the fore wing and about the apical third of the hind wing; the hyaline spots on the fore wing are well developed. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Nagas (Doherty). ! ISMENE SEPTENTRIONIS. Ismene septentrionis, Felder, Reise Noy., Lep. iii. p. 525, pl. Ixxiii. fig. 3 (1867); Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 636 (1894). Ismene striata, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iv., Ismene, pl. i. figs. 6, 7 (1867). Hab. Shanghai (Dr. Muirhead, fide Felder) ; China (fide Hewitson); Siao-Lou (ex coll. Oberthiir). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID#, i) oo Or ! ISMENE MAHINTHA. Ismene mahintha, Moore, P. Z.S. 1874, p. 575, pl. xlvii. fig. 4, ¢ ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 11 (1891). A female of this species is recorded by Wood-Mason and de Nicéville (Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 378) as taken at Silcuri, Cachar, on 7th June; but this sex does not appear to have been separately described and we have never seen it. Hab. Bernardmyo, Burmah (Doherty). ! ISMENE IONIS. Ismene ionis, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 403, pl. Q. fig. 61, ¢. Hab. Sambawa (Doherty); West Java (Fruhstorfer, fide de Nicéville). ! ISMENE AMARA. Ismene amara, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 783. Choaspes amara, Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 8 (1891). The female of this species usually closely resembles the male; but a specimen from the Naga hills has the upperside a little darker than usual, and the veins of the fore wing bordered with dark purple, broadly for some distance from the base, the purple colour gradually narrowing and not reaching the termen. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton); Nagas (Doherty). ! ISMENE GOMATA. Ismene gomata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 783, 3. Ismene lorquini, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. x; id. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. 266 (jide Semper). Choaspes gomata, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1883, p. 83, pl. x. fig. 7, ? ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 7 (1891). Female with the upperside purple-brown with a metallic bluish-green shade, which is strongest towards the base of the wings; underside as in the male, save that the ground-colour of the fore wing is dark purple-brown and there is in each of cells 2 and 3 a suffused oblong pale spot. A female specimen kindly sent by Herr G. Semper as the Choaspes lorquini of his work only differs from a female of J. gomata from Java in having the suffused oblong pale spots in cells 2 and 3 of the fore wing below visible also on the upperside. Hab. Sikkim (Mller); Java (Piepers) ; Philippines (Semper). !IsMENE LARA. (Plate XX. fig. 14, 2.) Tsmene gomata, var. lara, Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 634, pl. xxxix. fig. 12 (1894). With regard to specific validity this insect stands in the same relation to J. gomata, Moore, as J. fergusonii, de Nicév., does to I. jaina, Moore. Although the sexes resemble the respective sexes of J. gomata, both may be 2Q2 296 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: distinguished from that species by their slightly larger size and the much greater development of the pale markings on both upper and under sides. Hab. Western China (Pratt). ! ISMENE AQUILINA. Ismene aquilina, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 346; Staudinger, Rom. Mém. sur Lép. vi. p. 214 (1892) ; Leech, Butt. China, &e. p. 635 (1894). Ismene jankowskii, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. y. p. 23, pl. i. fig. 2 (1880). Proteides chryseglia, Butler, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 856. According to the figure the female of J. jankowskii, Ob. (the only sex figured), differs from females in Elwes’s collection from Yesso in having the spots on the fore wing above not so pale and the pale postmedian band continued towards the dorsum by two spots in cell 1a divided by the intraneural fold, instead of stopping short at vein 2; but we agree with Staudinger in considering this a synomym of aquilina. Hab. Japan (Pryer); Amur (Christoph). HAsora. Hasora, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 159 (1881) ; Watson, P Z S. 1893, p. 127. Type dadra, Moore. Parata, Moore, t. c. p. 160. Type chromus, Cr. Vein 1a of fore wing angularly bent near the base in both sexes. Tornus of hind wing distinctly produced. Vein 2 of fore wing arising nearer the base in the male than in the female. Pale spots on the fore wing better developed in the female than in the male, and sometimes present in that sex only. Hind tibie in the male fringed. The species known to us we distingush as folliows :— 1 (16). Hind wing below without a pale band from the costa towards the tornus. 2 (13). Fringe of the hind wing not yellow in the tornal region. 3 (8). Hind wing below with a pale spot in the cell, next the transyerse vein. 4 (7). Termen of hind wing distinctly concave from vein 3 to vein 1 8, the tornus therefore distinctly produced. 5 (6). Hind wing below: pale cell-spot small and roundish, less than half as wide as the cell. . “ineisy = go limbus “eee .oaaraMloore; 6 (5). Hind wing below: pale cell-spot large and subquadrate, nearly as wide as the cell, the pale spot in cell 1 4 correlatively larger SSR eA Se . gneus, Plotz. 7 (4). Termen of hind wing straight from vein 3 to vein 14; the hind wing therefore simply angulated at the apex of vem 15 . . anura, de Nicéy. 8 (3). No pale spot in the cell on hind wing below. 9 (12). Sex-mark on the fore wing of the male a broad seam of modified scales passing from the dorsum near the middle to the base of vein 3. 10 (11). 15 (14). 16 (1). 17 (24). , 20). 20 (19). 0 (25). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID#A, Underside brown: fore wing with a large suffused subtriangular dark purple patch adjoming the costa from the middle to about the apical sixth ; hind wing with a suffused dark purple median band from the costa towards the dorsum . Purple suffusion of underside much less evident than in celenus, almost absent . . No sex-mark on the fore wing of ‘ie sane tind wing below ~ in the male pale purple, with a pale cell-spot and postmedian band faintly indicated; in the female the purple is replaced ly TAB EEEN 6 5 5 5 5 6 - Hoe a We . Fringe of the hind wing yellow in ilte ‘ovnal region. . Hind wing below sharply divided just beyond the middle into a dark basal and a paler terminal portion, the latter chrome- yellow from the tornus and passing gradually into pale brown WGP USING 6 9 c . Hind wing below brown, ih. a deen black onl ante receded by a pale ray in cell 1a and an oblong pale yellow spot in el) 5 5 o 5 o © nas Ob ethos SOs ORION Mc Hind wing below with a pale hand from the costa towards the tornus. Pale band on hind wing below interrupted near vein 1 0. No sex-mark on fere wing above in the male. No pale point in cell 6 of the fore wing. Pale band on hind wing below narrow bluish white, both its edges somewhat suffused. A pale point in cell 6 of fore wing. Pale band on hind wing below with its inner edge usually more sharply defined than Wa G@mneG5 6 6 4 30 6 0 00 a oD Oo 6 . Male with a sex-mark on fore wing above. . Expanse 39-48 mm. Tegumen with two pairs of long curved horns . Expanse 46-50 mm. Teeuitiet without eae ; ae . Pale band on hind wing below not interrupted near vein 1 6. . Pale band on hind wing below white. . Hind wing below from the base to the white band purple, more or less tinged with green. . Fore wing in the male with a white spot in cell 6. Pale band on hind wing below broad, suffused, tinged with purple on the edges and near the dorsum, Sreee the latter in its preapical fourth, . . . vB . No white spot in cell 6 of the fore 5 wing of the ‘Bal : : . Hind wing below from the base to the white band plain brown, the white band constricted near vein 8 to about half of its previous width, its outer edge straight . Pale band on hind wing below yellow. celenus, Cr. simplicissima, Mab. violacea, Stgr. myra, Hew. mUS, 0. SP. mestissima, Mao. chabrona, Plotz. chromus, Cr. inermis, 0. sp. proximata, Stgr. proxissima, D. sp. borneensis, n. sp. 297 298 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: 31 (32). Hind wing above brown, with a broad yellow median band from the costa to the tornus. The pale cell-spot and those in cells 2 and 8 on the fore wing above sharply defined hyaline and (CONMOMOUS)., ch sik eh, s, Seamer Areal wet ewe eee chuza, Hew. 32 (81). Hind wing above yellow, with a broad brown band along the costa and termen, receding a little from the latter between veins 7 and1%. The pale cell-spot and those in cells 2 and3 of the fore wing above suffused, contiguous, not denuded of coloured(scales 15. as: ooelaueey Here oes Le peo mace gediog-atlew: ! HASORA BADRA. Goniloba badra, Moore, P.Z.S. 1865, p. 778. Hasora badra, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 159, pl. Ixv. figs. 4, 4a (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p- 12 (1891). Ismene quadripunctata, Mabille, sec. spec. comm. Hab. Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton); Akyab (Adamson); Tavoy (Tucker) ; Nias (Modigliani) ; Pulo Laut, Bali (Doherty). ! HASORA GNABUS. Ismene gneus, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv. p. 58 (1884). Ismene badra, var. celebica, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 188 (1889). Hasora gneus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 290 (1892). Hab. Mindanao (Semper); Mindoro, Palawan (Staudinger). We accept Semper’s identification of this form. It is near to badra, but the absence of purple gloss on the underside and conspicuously larger spot at base of hind wing below, which seems constant, appear to justify its separation. !HASORA ANURA. Hasora anura, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p.170, pl. B. figs.5 ¢,1 9 ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 12 (1891) ; Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 639, pl. xxxix. fig. 10, 9 (1894). Hab. Sikkim (Méller); Moupin (Kricheldorf). HAsorA HADRIA. Hasora hadria, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1889, p. 172. Hasora badra, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 374, pl. xxxv. fig. 3, g (1886), fide de Nicéville. We have not seen this species, and therefore transcribe the author’s account of it :— “ ? HuspeRIA BADRA, Butler (nec Moore), Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, second series, vol. i. p. 554. n. 3 (1877); Hasora badra, Distant (nec Moore), Rhop. Malay. p. 374. n. 1, pl. xxxv. fig. 3, male (1886). ‘ Habitat. Perak, ? Malacca. ““Expanse: ¢, 2°] inches. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID@. 299 “Description: Male. Upperside both wings as in H. anura, mihi. Fore wing lacking the subapical yellow dot (this, however, is a trivial character). Underside both wings dull brown, not slightly glossed with purple as in H. anura, or strongly so as in [7. badra, Moore. Hind wing with a small anal lobe bearing a black patch, in H. anura there is no black patch or anal lobe, in H. badra both are large. ‘This species is probably variable with regard to the presence or absence of a white or greyish spot in the cell of the hind wing on the underside, and a white or greyish streak above the anal angle, as in the two allied species above named; Mr. Distant describing a ‘ var.’ of this species as lacking these characters. I have not figured this species, as Mr. Distant has done so in his ‘ Rhopalocera Malayana. Ihave described it from a single male from Perak in the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, which Mr. Distant ticketed ‘ Hasora badra,’ Moore {var.).” This is, to us, a doubtful species, as the description is contradictory. First we read, ‘upperside both wings as in H. anura,” and then a few lines afterwards “hind wing with a small anal lobe bearing a black patch, in H. anura there is no black patch or anal lobe.” It is true that the species is said to be represented by Distant’s figure, but there is no more anal lobe in that figure than in H. anura (of which we have specimens), and certainly no black patch near the tornus of the hind wing below. ! HASORA CELANUS. Papilio celenus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 393, A, B. Hasora celenus, de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1895, p. 554. Hab. Amboina, Sumatra (fide de Niceville). ! HASORA SIMPLICISSIMA. Ismene simplicissima, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. sér. 5, vol. vi. p. xxv (1876) ; Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 138 (1889). Hasora simplicissima, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 405, pl. Q. figs. 62 g, 63 @. Ismene philetas, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv. p. 56 (1884). Parata simplicissima, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 292 (1892). Hab. Philippines (Semper); Palawan (Platen, fide Stgr.); Burmah, Sumatra (fide de Nicéville) ; Bali (Doherty). ! HasoRA VIOLACEA. Tsmene violaceus, Staudinger, MS. ? On the upperside the female of this species is brown with a violet-purple shade, which is strongest in the apical region of the fore wing and on the lobe of the hind wing. ‘This purple shade is absent or but faintly indicated in the male. Hab. Amboina (coll. Stg’.). 800 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: HASORA MAISTISSIMA. Tsmene mestissima, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. xxv; id. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1876, p. 263; Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 136 (1889). Hab. Mindanao (Semper); Palawan (Platen, fide Stgr.); Kina Balu (Waterstradt). HASORA VITTA. Hesperia vitta, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 498; id. Lep. Ex. pl. lxix. fig. 9; ¢f. de Nicéville Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 408. ? Hasora vitta, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1893, p. 329. Hab. Sarawak (Low, fide Butler). We have never seen a specimen of this species, which is described and figured as without any apical spot on the fore wing. We have seen a Bornean specimen from Staudinger’s collection which has this spot, which is constant in chabrona from all localities. ‘There is no other character by which we can distinguish vitta, Butler, as described, and we are therefore unable to say whether it is a good species confined to Borneo, as de Nicéville suggests, or a mere aberration of chabrona. ! HASORA CHABRONA. Ismene chabrona, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv. p. 56 (1884). Hasora vitta, Distant (nec Butl.), Rhop. Mal. p. 375, pl. xxxv. fig. 4, ¢ (1886) ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 291 (1892), sec. spec. comm. Hasora chabrona, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, p. 406. Hab. Sikkim (Méller); Assam, E. Pegu (Doherty); Andamans (de Roepstor(f); Java (Piepers); Kina Balu (Waterstradt). HAsoRA COULTERI. Hasora coulteri, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1886, p. 378, pl. xviii. figs. 8 ¢, 8a, 8b 9; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 14 (1891); de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1895, pp. 407, 408. We have not seen this species. It ‘“‘is very closely allied to H. chabrona ; the females of the two species may be distinguished on the underside of the hind wing by both the edges of the discal white band being sharply defined in H. coulteri, much blurred in H. chabrona. The female of H. coulteri possesses the subapical spot to the fore wing, which is lacking in the male, and by the absence of which, together with the discal band, it is distinguished from the same sex of H. chabrona.” The male has not the male mark as in chromus, the upperside of the fore wing being “ without spots, but with three ill-defined discal bands composed of modified scales arranged along each side of the submedian nervure, and of the first and second median nervules, and probably concealed by sete in the living insect.” Hab. Sileuri, Cachar (Wood-Mason & de Nicéville). A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 301 Hasora coromus. (Plate XXVII. figs. 93, 938 a.) Papilio chromus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eclxxxiv. fig. E, ¢ (1782). Tsmene malayana, Velder, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 401 (1860) ; id. Reise Nov., Lep. iii. pl. lxxii. fig. 15 (1866). Parata chromus, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 161, pl. Ixv. figs. 1 a, 6 (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 16 (1891). Parata malayana, Watson, t. ec. p. 18. Parata alexis, Moore, |. c. figs. 2 a, 25; Watson, t. c. p. 17. Hasora chromus, Leech, Butt. China, &c. p. 638, pl. xxxix. fig. 7 (1894). ‘This species varies much in size ; the smallest specimen I have expands 39 millim. The pale band on the hind wing below varies in width and shape; its inner edge is always straight, but its outer edge may be either straight, when the band is narrow (about 1 mm. wide ora mere line), or sinuate, when the band is about 3 mm. wide in its widest part. In Sikkim specimens the brown ground-colour of the hind wing below is washed with metallic purple inclining to green, and in specimens from the Andamans the green colour predominates over the purple, except in the space beyond the pale band (these latter seem to be the true malayana, Feld.) ; in some specimens the greenish-purple colour is scarcely visible in the space beyond the pale band; these differences, however, are not correlated with differences in locality and cannot usefully be made the basis for grouping specimens. Hab. Sikkim (Maller); Khasia (Elwes); Burmah (Doherty); Andamans (de Roep- storff) ; Ceylon, Bangalore (Minchin) ; Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Java (Piepers). ! HASORA INERMIS, n. sp. (Plate XX. fig. 16; Plate X XVII. figs. 94, 94 a.) This species closely resembles H. chromus, from which it differs by its larger size and the different form of the male genitalia. ‘The male has the sex-mark on the fore wing above and wants the pale point in cell 6 of that wing; the female resembles that sex of H. chabrona in having on the fore wing a somewhat crescent-shaped whitish hyaline spot in each of cells 2 and 3, and a whitish point near the basal third of cell 6. Expanse 46-50 mm. Hab. Liu Kiu Islands (Pryer). Described from one pair in coll. Elwes. The species can only be distinguished with certainty by the male genitalia. HASORA PROXIMATA. Ismene proximata, Staudinger, Iris, 11. p. 137 (1889). Hasora proximata, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 291, pl. xlix. fig. 6, 2 (1852). Hab. Mindanao (Semper); Palawan, Celebes (Platen, fide Stgr.). von. XIv.—Part Iv. No. 26.—October, 1897. 2R 302 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: HAsoRA PROXISSIMA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. fig. 10, 3.) g. Upperside brown. Underside: fore wing brown, paler along the dorsum, basal third of the dise thickly clothed with coarse darker scales, a purple streak next the upper edge of the cell and a curved series of suffused purple spots beyond the end of the cell from the costa to cell 3: hind wing with a white band from just before the apex of the costa to the dorsum just before the tornus, from the base to the band purple-brown shot with green, beyond the band plain brown; the inner edge of the band is evenly curved (the convexity towards the base of the wing) from the costa to vein 1 6, whence it runs straight to the dorsum and is tinged with purple and green, the outer edge is nearly straight from the costa to vein 1 6, where it is angulated. Expanse 41 mm. Hab. Mindoro (coll. Stgr.). Described from one specimen ex coll. Staudinger. H. proximata and H. proxissima belong to a group, not represented in our region by any species, which we may call the hurama group, because they agree with that species from North Australia in having the band on the hind wing below continuous from the costa to the dorsum, whilst in all the specimens in Elwes’s coll. of chabrona (10) and chromus (30) this band, though very variable in breadth, coloration, and distinctness, is interrupted near vein 1 by the black subtornal patch. The differences between proaissima and proaimata are precisely those between vitta, Butl., and chabrona, Plotz, namely the presence or absence of the apical spot on the fore wing. ‘This may or may not bea constant character, but it is constant in the only species of which we have a good series, namely chabrona. All these four species want the sex-mark which is so conspicuous in H. chromus, and the round spot at base of hind wing below which distinguishes the badra group. ! HASORA BORNEENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XX. figs. 8 g, 112.) 3. Upperside brown, the dorsal half of the hind wing yellow-brown, by reason of the thick clothing of paler hair-scales. Underside: fore wing brown, with a suffused whitish > with its apex to the termen between veins | @ and 3, transverse vein indis- tinctly pale, and a suffused indistinct macular pale band from beyond the end of the cell towards the tornus as faras cell 2: hind wing brown, with a cream-white band from the preapical fifth of vein 8 to the dorsum just before the tornus, the outer edge of this band is straight from vein 8 to the apical seventh of vein 14, where the short piece which runs to the dorsum forms an obtuse angle with the remainder, its inner edge is almost straight from vein 8 to the base of vein 3, whence it is irregularly curved outward, and the width of the band is thus reduced to about one-half of its previous width; tornal region somewhat darker than the remainder of the wing, but without any black patch. Fringes pale grey, becoming paler towards the tornus of each wing; the short scales grey-brown. Antenne brown, the club and apiculus reddish beneath. Body above concolorous with A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, 303 the wings. Second joint of palpi clothed with grey and black hairs intermixed. ‘Clothing of breast and legs brown, of the abdomen beneath ochreous. ?. Upperside: fore wing brown, with six yellowish-white hyaline spots—one about as high as wide across the apical third of the cell, its outer edge notched, one about one and a half times as high as wide lying obliquely across cell 2, its outer edge concave, one about one and a half times as high as wide with its outer edge concave across cell 3, and three others small and oblong or suboval, one in each of cells 6, 7, and 8 ; hind wing dark brown, the dorsal half thickly clothed with bright ochreous hair-scales. Underside : fore wing brown, the costal region as far as the end of the cell paler ; the hyaline spots as on the upperside, a subtriangular white spot next the upperside of vein 1 a beyond the middle and sometimes a minute suffused white spot in cell 1 @ next the lower outer angle of the hyaline spot in cell 2. Otherwise as in the male. Expanse 46-50 mm. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Waterstradt). Described from two pairs ex coll. Staudinger. ! HASORA MYRA. Ismene myra, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iv., Ismene, pl. i. fig. 8, 5 (1867). We give a full description of both sexes of this species; the female doés not appear to have been described. 3. Upperside: fore wing warm brown; hind wing brown from the costa about as far as vein 3, thence to the apex ochre-yellow ; pubescence of both wings yellow- brown. Underside: fore wing grey-brown, suffusedly paler along the dorsum, beyond the end of the cell, and at the apex: hind wing dark brown from the base to beyond the middle, the limit of that colour well defined and passing from the costa at the level of the apical fourth of vein 6 in a straight line to the apical third of vein 14, where it is broken by a pale streak along the course of the vein last-named and then passes to the dorsum; the space beyond this dark basal shade is pale brown in the apical region and ochre-yellow in the tornal region, those colours passing gradually the one into the other. Fringe of the fore wing brown, a little paler towards the tornal angle; of the hind wing brown at the apex, passing gradually into ochre-yellow as the tornal angle is approached. Clothing of body and legs yellow-brown, paler on the abdomen. 9. Fore wing similar to that of the male but with hyaline spots placed as follows :— a small triangular one in the cell near the base of vein 3, one in each of cells 2 and 3, narrow oblique and nearly or quite reaching from side to side of those cells, and one (small and roundish) in each of cells6 and 7. Hind wing similar to that of the male, but with the yellow portion more extensive and the limits of the brown and yellow colours more sharply defined. Expanse, ¢ 46 mm., 2 52 mm. Hab. Java (Piepers). 2R2 804 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: ! Hasora Mts, n. sp. (Plate XX. figs. 2 5, 5 2.) 3. Upperside brown, inclining to yellow-brown towards the dorsum of the hind wing; subtornal region of the termen of the hind wing blackish. Underside: paler than the upperside and more decidedly yellow-brown, the middle of the dorsal region of the fore wing dull ochreous; tornus of the hind wing with a large deep black oblong patch from the dorsum nearly to vein 2, preceded by an oblong yellow patch near the apical third of cell 14 and a yellow ray in cell la. Fringe of the fore wing grey-brown ; of the hind wing grey-brown from the apex to near vein 5, thence gradually becoming yellow. Antenne blackish, a little paler on the underside. Body above concolorous with the wings. Clothing of second joint of palpi yellow, the lateral bristles black, that of the underside and legs dull ochreous. ¢. Hind wing above blackish brown, the dorsal half thickly clothed with ochreous hair-scales, otherwise like the male. Expanse 363-383 mm. Hab. Kina Balu (Waterstradt). Described from a pair sent by Dr. Staudinger now in Elwes’s collection. He has other similar specimens, and we have seen in M. Oberthiir’s collection from Perak what may be the same species. ! HAsoRa CHUZA. Ismene chuza, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iv., Ismene, pl. i. fig. 4 (1867). Choaspes chuza, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 373, pl. xxxiv. fig. 27 (1886). Hab. Nagas, Upper Burmah, Pulo Laut (Doherty); S.E. Borneo (coll. Schénberg) ; Java (Piepers). ! HASORA SAIDA. Tsmene saida, Hewitson, l. c. fig. 5, 2. Parata saida, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 293 (1892). Parata gentiana, Semper, /. c., sec. spec. comm. Hab. Luzon, Samar, Bohol, Mindanao (Semper); Philippines (Hewitson). In the male the spots forming the pale discal band on the fore wing above are pale yellow, opaque, confluent, and suffused at the edges; in the female they are whitish hyaline, angular, and contiguous but sharply defined. Felder’s description of his Ismene gentiana (Reise Nov., Lep. iii. p. 527) agrees well with this insect, but not so his figures (¢. ¢. pl. Ixxii. figs. 18, 19). BIBasis. Bibasis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 160 (1881) ; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 128. Type sena, Moore. Fore wing: vein 1@ not distorted near the base. Hind tibie in the male thickly scaled above and bearing a pencil of hairs as in Zsmene. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 305 The clothing of large flattened scales, which imparts to the hind tibie of the male in this genus and Jsmene their fusiform shape, really forms a case in which the tibial pencil is enclosed. We distinguish three species of this genus, of which the diagnostic characters are as follows :— 1 (4). Pubescence of hind wing above lighter or darker yellow-brown. Upper edge of clasp with a spinose lobe near the base. 2 (3). Outer edge of the pale band on the hind wing below suffused and becoming purplish . . . : cee : . sena, Moore. 3 (2). Outer edge of the pale band on the isd wing elo as shar aly defied as theamneredee mse amen : Ct 277), 07,772 25 SEES De 4 (1). Pubescence of the hind wing above ioright rust- yallow. No spinose lobe on the upper edge of the claspmearthe base . . . . . . . . . sambavana,n. sp. ! BIBASIS SENA. Goniloba sena, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 778. Bibasis sena, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 160, pl. lxv. figs. 3, 3@ (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 15 (1891). Hab. Sikkim (Moller) ; Khasias (Hamilton) ; Nagas (Doherty) ; N. Canara (Aitken). ! BIBASIS UNIFORMIS, n. sp. (Plate X XVII. fig. 95.) Ismene sena, var. palawana, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 1389 (1889). Bibasis sena, var. palawana, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 292 (1892). Differs from B. sena in having the outer edge of the white band on the hind wing below as sharply defined as the inner edge. Specimens from Java and Kina Balu, Borneo, have more or less whitish-purple suffusion, sometimes forming one or two spots near the end of the cell on the fore wing below, as in B. sena; this is entirely wanting in var. palawana, Stgr., which also has the pale subdorsal patch on the fore wing below pure white. Hab. Java (ex coll. Snellen); Kina Balu (Waterstradt); Palawan (fide Staudinger) ; Luzon (fide Semper). The male genitalia of Javan and Bornean specimens agree with those of B. sena, of which this is, doubtless, an insular form. ! BIBASIS SAMBAVANA, n. sp. (Plate X XVII. fig. 96.) The single male example of this species is, unfortunately, not in a condition for detailed description, but as it, nevertheless, presents diagnostic characters it has been thought well to point these out. It appears probable that in the colour and pattern of the underside it will prove to resemble B. sena rather than B. uniformis; but, however this may be, it is readily distinguished from either by the bright rust-yellow hairy 306 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: clothing of the inner part of the hind wing above, which in B. sena and B. uniformis is olive, and the different clasp-form. The latter will be best appreciated from the figures. Hab. Sambawa (Doherty). Type in coll. Elwes. BapDaMIA. Badamia, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 156 (1881); Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 128. Type exclamationis, Fab. Fore wing very narrow, its greatest width equal to three-fourths of the length of the termen ; hind wing with the termen deeply, almost semicircularly, concave from vein 3 to vein 14. Vein 2 of fore wing arising near the base of the cellin both sexes. Vein 3 of hind wing arising well before the end of cell. Hind tibie in the male fringed. BADAMIA EXCLAMATIONIS. Papilio exclamationis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 530 (1775). Papilio ladon, Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. pl. eclxxxiv. fig. C, 2. Ismene thymbron, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Math.-nat. Cl. xl. p. 461, sep. p. 14 (1860). Badamia exclamationis, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 157, pl. xvi. figs. 2, a, 6 (1881) ; Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 3 (1891). The specimen in coll. Felder labelled in contemporary handwriting “ Zsmene thymbron, Feld.,” ““ Amboina, Doleschall,” is a male of B. exclamationis, only differing from Indian examples in the slightly warmer tint of the upperside. Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Young) ; Sikkim, Khasia (Elwes); Andamans (de Roepstorff’) ; Burmah, Bali, Pulo-Laut (Doherty). RHOPALOCAMPTA. Rhopalocampta, Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr. p. 4; Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p.129. Type forestan, Cr. Choaspes, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 158 (1881). Type benjamini, Guér. Watson diagnoses this genus by the absence of vein 5 in the hind wing, but this vein, though perhaps less evident than in the allied genera, is present in the three species which we possess The hind tibie in the male bear a long pencil the distal half of which is held close to the tibia by a thick fringe of hair-like scales. The species known to us we distinguish as follows :— 1 (4). Hind wing above with the subtornal angulation black, more or less widely margined with yellow. 2 (8). Hind wing shorter, vein 14 subequal in length to the dorsum of the fore wing. Pale space near the tornus of the hind wing below Ofange-Tedi. | moma ciaye ee te earch © a ee eee eae 3 (2). Hind wing longer, vein 1 4 about one-fifth longer than the dorsum of the fore wing. Pale space near the tornus of the hind wing below lemon=yellow.— <) .< sia. a+- Settee eeeas Ses are ener Enum SC/OWD/ Ure wD ISLanEs benjamini, Guér. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID., 307 4 (1). Hind wing above with the subtornal angulation and the adjacent region entirely yellow. 5 (6). Upperside dark brown with a dull purple shade, pubescence of thorax above dull green; hind wing narrower, tornus more produced . . subcaudata, Feld. 6 (5). Upperside brown with brilliant purple reflections, passing imto pale green towards the base of the wings, pubescence of thorax above bluish grey ; hind wing broader, its tornus less produced . . . . renidens, Mab. ! RHOPALOCAMPTA BENJAMINI. Thymele benjamini, Guérin, Delessert’s Souv. Voy. Ind. ii. p. 79, pl. xxi. figs. 2, 2a (1843). Choaspes benjanini, Moore, Lep. Cey. i. p. 159, pl. Ixiv. figs. 1, a, b (1881); Watson, Hesp. Ind. p. 5 (1891). : Rhopalocampta benjamini, Leech, Butt. China &e. p. 641 (1894). As a rule the sexes may be distinguished by colour, the males being dark greenish and the females bluish at the base of the wings and on the body, but one Japanese male has the tint of the female. Hab. Kumaon (Ramsay); Sikkim (Moller); Khasia (Hamilton) ; Nagas (Doherty) ; Nilgiris (Morris) ; Ceylon (Green) ; Japan (Pryer, Leech); Moupin (Kricheldorf ). ! RHOPALOCAMPTA CRAWFURDI. Choaspes crawfurdi, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 372, pl. xxxiv. fig. 26 (1886). Choaspes electra, Stgr. MSS. Hab. Province Wellesley (Distant); Perak, Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Borneo (ex coll. Stgr.); Lawas, N. Borneo, April (Everett). ! RHOPALOCAMPTA SUBCAUDATA. Ismene subcaudata, Felder, Reise Noy., Lep. iii. p. 526, pl. Ixxii. figs. 20, 21 (1867). Hab. Java (Piepers); Bali (Doherty). RHOPALOCAMPTA RENIDENS. Ismene renidens, Mabille, Compte Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. iv. no. 16, p. Ixxviil (1891). Choaspes renidens, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. p. 289 (1892). : Hab. Philippines (Semper). EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XVIII. Fig. 1. Celenorrhinus balukinus, nu. sp., 3: p- Ts Fig. 2. 2 orbiferus, n. sp., 6: p- 118. Fig. 3. a inequalis, n. sp.. ¢: p. 119. Fig. 4 3 dentatus, n. sp.. ¢: p- 119. Fig. 5 ss fulvescens, n. sp., 6: p. 120. 308 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: Fig. 6 Celenorrhinus saturatus, n. sp., 6: p. 120. Higa is 26 lativittus, n. sp. d: p. 121. Fig. 8. . maculicornis, n. sp., 6: p. 116. Hiswao: 33 affinis, n. sp., 2: p. 121. Fig. 10. 43 batchianus, n. sp., g: p. 122. Fig. 11. Coladenia agnioides, n. sp., 3d: p. 128. Fig. 12. . sobrina, n. sp.. ¢: p. 126. Fig. 13. Satarupa fumosa, n. sp., ¢: p. 133. Fig. 14. Suastus bipunctus, Swinh., 3: p. 180. Fig. 15. ,, sala, Hew., x3, ¢: p. 179. Fig. 16. Astictopterus olivascens, Moore, ¢: p. 172. =A henrici, Holland, 3: p. 172. . Tapena minuscula, n. sp., ¢: p. 14%. 19. ,, ~=— hampsoni, n. sp., 6: p. 147. . Caprona saraya, Doherty, 3: p. 161. 21. Baracus hampsoni, 3: p. 171. 22. Scobura martini, n. sp., 2: p. 205. 23. Pedestes maculicornis, n. sp., 6: p. 193. 24. Arnetta vindhiana, Moore, g: p. 199. 25. Pedestes fuscicornis, n. sp., d: p. 194. ig. 26. Lophoides purpurascens, n. sp., 36: p. 196. Fig. 27. 3; A 9: p. 196. Fig. 28. is binotatus, n. sp., 2: p. 196. coco) ie ee ein ug de a = coo™N dq oq 0g bo S de de dq do PLATE XIX. Fig. 1. Scobura umbrosa, n. sp., 2: p. 207. 1, 4 » bipunctata,n. sp., 2: p. 207. Fig. 3. Aeromachus stigmata, Moore, ¢, X%: p. 189. Fig. 4. Sepa cicatrosa, n. sp., 3: p. 212. Fig. 5. Parnara bipunctata, n. sp., ¢: p. 283. Fig. 6. Aeromachus discreta, Plotz, 6, X2: p. 190. Fig: 7. = imachus. Mén., 6, X$: p. 190. Fig. 8. Sepa guttulifera, nu. sp., ¢: p. 212. Fig. 9. Zographetus ogygioides, n. sp., ¢: p. 203. Fig. 10. Aeromachus dubius, n. sp.. 6, X23: p. 190. Fig. 11. a indistincta, Moore, 6, X#: p. 191. Fig. 12. Seobura concinna, n. sp., 2: p. 206. Fig. 13. Zographetus auriferus, n. sp.. ¢: p. 208. Fig. 14. Velicota prusias, Feld., 3: p. 251. Fig. 15. . simplex, n. sp. 3: p. 253. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. 309 Fig. 16. Scobura fenestrata, n. sp., 3: p. 206. Fig. 17. Plastingia aurantiaca, n. sp., 5: p. 228. Fig. 18. Se similis, n. sp., ¢: p. 230. Fig. 19. » fruhstorferi, Mab., o: p. 227. Fig. 20. Gehenna angulifera, n. sp., 5: p. 244. a . Augiades majuscula, n. sp., 3: p. 249. 9 Fig. 22. Sepa ciliata, n. sp., $: p. 214. Fig. 23. Pamphila niveomaculatus, Ob., 2, * 3: p. 167. Fig. 24. Aeromachus javanicus, n. sp., 6, X$: p. 191. Fig. 25. Sepa cinnamomea, n. sp., o: p. 213. Fig. 25. Telicota insularis, n. sp., ¢: p. 252. Fig. 27. & sy 2: p. 252. Fig. 28. Augiades siva, Moore, 3: p. 247. PLATE XX. Fig. 1. Matapa purpurascens, n. sp., $: p. 209. Fig. 2. Hasora mus, n. sp., o: p. 304. Fig. 3. Notocrypta quadrata, n. sp., 5: p. 241. Fig. 4. Ismene tuckeri, n. sp., 3: p. 293. Fig. 5. Hasora mus, n. sp., 2: p. 304. Fig. 6. Watsonia swinhoei, n. sp., 3: p. 220. Fig. 7. Tagiades waterstradti, n. sp., 5: p. 143. Fig. 8. Hasora borneensis, n. sp., 5: p. 302. Fig. 9. Acerbas nitidifasciata, n. sp., $: p. 216. Fig. 10. Tagiades sambavana, n. sp., 3: p. 143. Fig. 11. Hasora borneensis, n. sp., 2: p. 302. Fig. 12. Tagiades nestus, Feld., ¢: p. 145. Fig. 13. » nana, n. sp., o: p. 144. Fig. 14. Ismene lara, Leech, 2: p. 295. Fig. 15. Tagiades titus, Plotz, 3: p. 142. Fig. 16. Hasora inermis, n. sp., o: p. 301. Fig. 17. Gangara sanguinocculus, Martin, ¢: p, 218. Fig. 18. Orthophetus lidderdali, Elwes, 3: p. 105. PLATE XXI. Fig. 1. Halpe debilis, n. sp., 3: p. 266. Fig. 2. ,, knyvetti, n. sp., o: p. 261. Fig. 3. Parnara leechii, n. sp., $: p. 274. Fig. 4. » philippina, H.-S., 5: p. 276. Fig. 5. LHalpe debilis,n. sp., 2: p. 266. Fig. 6. ,, majuscula, n. sp., $: p. 264. VoL. XIv.—PArT Iv. No. 27.—October, 1897. 2s 310 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: 7. Halpe fasciata, n. sp., 2: p. 262. Fig. 8. Parnara philippina, H.-S., 9: p. 276. 9. Lambrix latifascia, n. sp., 3: p Fig. 10. Hasora proxissima, n. sp., 3: p. 302. Fig. 11. Parnara hasoroides, n. sp., 5: p. 284. Fig. 12. Taractrocera nicevillei, Wats., 3: p. 184. Fig. 13. Halpe beturia, Hew. (type): p. 263. Fig. 14. Pirdana albicornis, n. sp., g: p. 224. Fig. 15. Notocrypta inornata, n. sp., 5: p. 241. Fig. 16. Parnara disereta, n. sp., 3: p. 282. Fig. 17. Telicota rectifasciata, n. sp., 5: p. 254. Fig. 18. Ancistroides othonias, Hew.: p. 222. Fig. 19. Parnara robusta, n. sp., 5: p. 280. Fig. 20. Telicota concinna, n. sp., S$: p. 253. Fig. 21. » dilutior, n. sp., $: p. 255. Fig. 22. Parnara simillima, n. sp., 3: p. 274. Fig. 23. 5 aurocitiata, n. sp., 3: p. 278. Fig. 24. Taractrocera ceramas, Hew., 3: p. 184. Fig. 25. Parnara cahira, Moore, 2: p. 278. Fig. 26. » subochracea, Moore, 3: p. 275. PLATE XXII. Fig. 1. Celenorrhinus dhanada, Moore; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 119. Fig. la. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. Fig. 146. Do.; inner face of left clasp. Fig. 2. Celenorrhinus andamanica, Wood-Mason & de Nicéy.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 119. Fig. 2a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. Fig. 3. Celenorrhinus aurovittata, Moore ; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 122. Fig. 3a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. Fig. 4. Celenorrhinus affinis, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 121. Fig. 5. Celenorrhinus saturatus, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 120. Fig. 5a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. Fig. 6. Sarangesa purendra, Moore ; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 124. Fig. 6a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. Fig. 7. Sarangesa dasahara, Moore; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 124. Fig. 8. Sarangesa sati, de Nicéy.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 124. Fig. 9. Coladenia dan, Fab.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 127. Fig. 9a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. Fig. 10. Coladenia laxmi, de Nicéy.; inner face of left clasp: p. 126. Fig. 11. Coladenia agni, de Nicév.; inner face of left clasp: p. 127. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA., 311 g. lla. Coladenia agni, de Nicév. ; lateral aspect of the tegumen. . 12. Coladenia agnioides, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 128. g. 12a. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. g. 13. Tagiades atticus, Fab.; inner face of left clasp: p. 142. ig. 14. Tagiades sambavana, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 143. . 15. Tepena thwaitesi, Moore ; inner face of left clasp and dorsal aspect of apex more enlarged: p. 146. . 16. Tapena hampsoni, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 147. ig. 17. Tapena minuscula, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 147. ig. 18. Ctenoptilum vasava, Moore ; inner face of left clasp: p. 148. . 18a. Do.; dorsal aspect of left clasp. PLATE XXIII. . 19. Ctenoptilum chinensis, n. sp. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 148. . 19a. Do.; dorsal aspect of left clasp. ig. 20. Caprona ransonnettii, Feld. ; inner face of left clasp: p, 150. . 20a. Do.; inner face of right clasp. ‘ig. 21. Caprona saraya, Doh. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 151. . 21a. Do.; inner face of right clasp. . 22. Hesperia proto, Esp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 159. g. 23. Hesperia staudingeri, Spey. ; iner face of left clasp: p. 159. . 24. Hesperia serratulw, H.-S.; inner face of left clasp: p. 160. . 25. Hesperia alveus, Hiibn.; inner face of right clasp: p. 160. . 25a. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. . 25 6. Hesperia onopordi, Ramb.; lateral aspect of the tegumen : p. 161. ig. 26. Hesperia speyeri, Frey. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 160. x. 27. Hesperia malvoides, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 160. . 27a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. 28. Hesperia malve, Linn.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 161. . 28a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. . 29. Hesperia melotis, Dup.; inner face of right clasp: p. 161. x, 30. Hesperia phlomidis, H.-S.; inner face of left clasp: p. 158. g. 31. Hesperia geron, Wats.; inner face of right clasp: p. 158. ge. 32. Thanaos marloyi, Bday. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 164. ge, 32a. Do.; inner face of right clasp. g. 33. Thanaos pelias, Leech ; inner face of left clasp: p. 164. ig. 33a. Do.; inner face of right clasp. eg. 34. Thanaos montanus, Brem.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 164. g. 35. Thanaos leechii, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 164. ig. 86. Aeromachus inachus, Mén. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 190. g. 36a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen. a _ gq dq aq da’ a9 ere Mco cco McoMco Mico mice da aq dq dQ oy MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: . 37. Aeromachus jhora, de Nicéy.; inner face of left clasp: p. 190. ig. 37a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen. ig. 38. Aeromachus nanus, Leech ; inner face of left clasp: p. 192, g. 38a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen. ig. 39. Aeromachus indistincta, Moore; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 191. ig. 39a. Aeromachus dubius, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 190. PLATE XXIV. . 40. Pedestes masuriensis, Moore; inner face of left clasp: p. 193. ig. 40a. Do.; inner face of right clasp. g. 40 6. Do.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen. ge. 40 ¢. Do. ; edeagus with the guards detached. . 41. Pedestes pandita, de Nicév.; inner face of right clasp: p. 195. . 41a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen. eg. 416. Do.; cedeagus-guards. ig. 42. Pedestes maculicornis, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 193. . 43. Pedestes fuscicornis, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 194. . 44. Lophoides iapis, de Nicév.; inner face of left clasp: p. 196. . 44a. Do.; ventral aspect of the cedeagus. . 45. Lophoides purpurascens, nu. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 196. . 45a. Do.; ventral aspect of the cedeagus. . 46. Scobura fenestrata, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 206. . 47. Scobura inarime, de Nicéy.; inner face of left clasp: p. 206. ig. 48. Matapa purpurascens, n. sp.; inner face of right clasp: p. 209. . 49. Matapa druna, Moore ; inner face of right clasp: p. 210. 50. Acerbas martini, Dist. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 216. 51. Acerbas nitidifasciata, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 216. . 52. Plastingia callineura, Feld. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 226. 55. Plastingia latoia, Hew. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 227. 54. Plastingia margherita, Doh.; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 22 54a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. 55. Plastingia fruhstorferi, Mab.; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 227. 55a, Do.; inner face of left clasp. 56. Plastingia similis, n. sp. ; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 230. 56a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. 57. Plastingia noemi, de Nicéy.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 230. d7 a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. . 58. Augiades subhyalina, Brem. ; ventral aspect of the edeagus: p. 247, . 59. Augiades sylvanoides, Leech; ventral aspect of the ceedeagus: p. 247. . 60. Augiades ochracea, Brem.; ventral aspect of the ceedeagus, with additional aspect of branch more enlarged: p. 248. eral gee! 2 dq da gq oe de de oo Gf beh bof at de dq da ae dq da dq dq dg a9 A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID. 313 PLATE XXY. ig. 61. Augiades majuscula, n. sp.; ventral aspect of the cedeagus: p. 248. ig. 61 a. Augiades crateis, Leech ; inner face of right clasp: p. 248. g. 616. Augiades brahma, Moore; inner face of right clasp: p. 248. . 62. Telicota augias, Linn. ; inner face of right clasp: p. 251. . 62a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen. . 63. Telicota bambuse, Moore ; inner face of right clasp: p. 251. g. 64. Telicota palmarum, Moore ; dorsal aspect of the tegumen : p. 252. . 64a. Do.; inner face of right clasp. . 65, Telicota augiades, Feld.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 253. . 65a. Do.; inner face of right clasp. . 66. Telicota gola, Moore; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 255, . 66a. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. 66 6. Do.; inner face of left clasp. . 67. Telicota concinna, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 255. . 67a. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. . 67 6. Do.; inner face of left clasp. . 68. Lelicota rectifasciata, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 254. 68a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. . 69. Telicota dara, Koll. ; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 254. . 69a. Do.; inner face of right clasp. . 70. Halpe sikkima, Moore ; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 264. . 71. Halpe homolea, Hew.; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 265. . 72. Halpe fusca, Elwes ; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 266. . 73. Parnara leechii, n. sp.; ner face of left clasp: p. 274. g. 75a. Do.; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen. g. 73 b. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen. . 73. ¢. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. . 74. Parnara oceia, Hew.; inner face of left clasp: p. 274. . 74a. Do.; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen. . 746. Do.; dorsal surface of the apex of the tegumen. g. 74. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. PLATE XXVI. . 75. Parnara simillima, n. sp. ; inner face of left clasp: p. 274. . 75a. Do.; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen. . 756. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen. .75¢. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. . 76. Parnara guttatus, Brem.; Jateral aspect of the tegumen: p. 281. 77. Parnara pellucida, Murr.; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 282. . 77a. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. 3) ei ee 4 dq gq” da" ag igs aq" = at iQ MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: . 78. Parnara contiqua, Mab. ; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 281. . 78a. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. . 79. Parnara eltola, Hew. ; dorsal aspect of the tegumen : p. 282. ig. 79a. 1)o.; inner face of left clasp. . 796. Do.; ventral aspect of the cedeagus. g. 80. Parnara discreta, n. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 282. . 80a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. . 80 6. Do.:; ventral aspect of the cedeagus. ig. 81. Parnara colaca, Moore; lateral aspect of the tegumen: p. 283. . 82. Parnara bevani, Moore; lateral aspect of the tegumen: p. 283. g. 83. Parnara subochracea, Moore ; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen : p. 275. . 84. Parnara mathias, Fab. ; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p. 275. . 85. Parnara philippina, H.-S. ; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p. 276. . 85a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen. . 85 6. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. . 85 ce. Do.; inner face of left clasp. . 86. Parnara moolata, Moore; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p. 278. . 86a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen. . 866. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. . 86¢. Do.; inner face of left clasp. . 87. Parnara aurociliata, n. sp.; ventral aspect of the tegumen : p. 278. . 87a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen. g. 87 6. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. . 87 ¢. Do.; inner face of left clasp. PLATE XXVII. . 88. Parnara robusta, n. sp. ; ventral aspect of the tegumen: p. 280. . 88a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen. . §8 6. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. 88 ¢. Do.; inner face of left clasp. . 89. Parnara austeni, Moore ; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p. 280. 89a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen. 89 b. Do.; lateral aspect of the tezumen. 89 ¢. Do.; inner face of left clasp. 90. Parnara kumara, Moore; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p. 276. 90a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen. 906. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. . 90 ¢. Do.; inner face of left clasp. g. 91. Parnara cahira, Moore ; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p. 278. . 91a. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen. g. 916. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. . 91¢. Do.; inner face of left clasp. Horace Kmight adnat.Jith West, Newman chromo ORIENTAL HESPHRIIDA Sopp te NTV OSE. Horace Knightad nat.lith ORIENTAL HESPERITDA . 2 ~~ ee ee > oe See ¢ Serre Soe. Col 3 FEIN or wd. ht ey Kacl Gras Vol tive UE 24 =) aaa) Se f \ as 25a West, Newmaz bth. ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. bevel Hest LOE SOLE, J Edwards od.nat del. West, Newnan hth. ORIENTAL HESPERIID/. Puree Lol fe DolkaL Oa Bla BTb 70 TEE 73b Ya | ee ae i Waa ; We Jhb 14 a \ 2 5 J Pdwards adnat.del, West, Newman lith. * + a ORIENTAL HESPERIID 4s Siphon tee LL an " : _- ” 85b 86a. 86c idwardsadwataal. ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA Ss 7 rales ty" es Log oe GOO RUE B8b B82 j “ ene ROE 5 » \ (§ a a = a ‘4 “Sie | =e 89b aH \ | i f 30) 90c JL Sia. 91b 22b —-— oe ess. |. J Edwards ad natdel. ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA sp enhhi sig ae Sheet A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. Fig. 92@. Do.; dorsal aspect of the apex of the tegumen. Fig. 926. Do.; lateral aspect of the tegumen. g. 92.c. Do.; inner face of left clasp. . 93. Hasora chromus, Cr.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 301. . 93a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. . 94. Hasora inermis, u. sp.; dorsal aspect of the tegumen: p. 301. . 94a. Do.; inner face of left clasp. ig. 95. Bibasis uniformis, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 305. ig. 96. Bibasis sambavana, n. sp.; inner face of left clasp: p. 305. INDEX. [Generic Names with initial capitals. Synonyms in italics. | Abaratha, 150. abax (Pamphila), 165, 166. abima (Gehenna), 244, Abraximorpha, 123. acalle (Hesperia), 253. Acerbas, 215, Achalarus, 108. acroleucus (Telegonus), 217. actzeon (Adopeea), 288, 289. Actinor, 245. aditus (Suastus), 179. Adopea, 288. adrastus (Hyarotis), 197. Aeromachus, 187. affinis (Celenorrhinus), 114, 121. affinis (Satarupa), 132, 134, agama (Pyrgus), 151. agna (Hesperia), 275. agni (Coladenia), 125, 127. agnioides (Coladenia), 125, 128. aina (Halpe), 259, 267. aitchisoni (Pithauria), 237, 238. akar (Pamphila), 254. albescens (Carystus), 180. albicilia (Sarangesa), 124. albicornis (Pirdana), 223, 224. albifascia (Plesioneura), 239. albinus (Suada), 177, 178. albipectus (Halpe), 260, 267. albistriga (Scelothrix), 162. albivitta (Pamphila), 268. albofascia (Gomalia), 153. alcese (Carcharodus), 152. alexandra (Erionota), 217. aleais (Parata), 301. ali (Hesperia), 154, 158. alica (Tagiades), 138, 140. alida (Caprona), 150, 151. aliena (Plesioneura), 231. alpina (Hesperia), 155, 160. althew (Carcharodus), 152, alveus (Hesperia), 156, 160. alysos (Plesioneura), 239. amara (Ismene), 292, 295. ambareesa (Celenorrhinus), 112, 115, Ampittia, 185. anadi (Ismene), 291, 294. Ancistroides, 222. andamanica (Celnorrhinus), 114, 119. andamanica, var. (Tagiades), 133. andromedz (Hesperia), 156, 161. angulata (Pterygospidea), 149. angulifera (Gehenna), 244, angustipennis, var. (Celenorrhinus), 113, 117. anthea (Acerbas), 215. antonia (Hesperia), 157, 163. anura (Hasora), 296, 298, Apostictopterus, 173, 315 . 92. Parnara conjuncta, H.-S.; ventral aspect of the apex of the tegumen: p. 280. 316 MESSRS, H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: aquilina (Ismene), 292, 296. archias (Taractrocera), 183, 185. ardonia ('aractrocera), 184, 184. argyrostigma (Pamphila), 166, 167. aria (Matapa), 208, 209. armata (Kerana), 221. Arnetta, 198. asmara (Celenorrhinus), 113, 118. aspersa (Celeenorrhinus), 112, 115. assamensis (Parnara), 273, 281. Astictopterus, 171. astigmata (Adopza), 290, astigmata (Halpe), 258, 260. ataphus (Ismene), 291, 292. atila (Netrocoryne), 126. atkinsoni (Arnetta), 199. atticus (Tagiades), 139, 143. attina (Unkana), 234. aucma (Halpe), 265. Augiades, 246, augiades (Telicota), 250, 253. augias (Telicota), 250, 251. aurantiaca (Plastingia), 225, 228. auriferus (Zographetus), 201, 203. aurivittata (Celenorrhinus), 114, 122. aurociliata (Parnara), 272, 278. austeni (Parnara), 272, 280. avanti (Pamphila), 165, 167. avesta (Lotongus), 231, 233. bada (Hesperia), 281. Badamia, 306. badia (Celenorrhinus), 114, 123. badra (Hasora), 296, 298, balukinus (Celenorrhinus), 113, 117. bambusz (Telicota), 250, 251. Baoris, 270. Baracus, 169. barea (Hesperia), 269. basiflava (Notocrypta), 239, 241. batara (Ismene), 234. batchianus (Celenorrhinus), 114, 122. benjamini (Rhopalocampta), 306, 307. beturia (Halpe), 263. bevani (Parnara), 273, 283. bhagava (Satarupa), 131, 133. bhawani (Hidari), 236. Bibasis, 304. bicolor (Dejeania), 169. bicolor (Entheus), 136. bieti (Hesperia), 156, 162. bifasciatus (Achalarus), 108, 109. binotatus (Lophoides), 196. bipunctata (Parnara), 273, 283. bipunctata (Scobura), 205, 207. bipunctas (Suastus), 178, 180. biseriata (Sepa), 211, 213. bivitta (Halpe), 260, 268. blanchardi (Halpe), 256, 267. _ bononia (Scobura), 205, 206. borneensis (Hasora), 297, 302. bouddha (Augiades), 248. brahma (Augiades), 246, 248, brahmaputra, var. (Celenorrhinus), 117. brasidas (Tagiades), 141. bromus (Parnara), 272, 277. brontes (Papilio), 166. brunnea (Halpe), 259, 265. brunnea (Panara), 271, 275. buchananii (Coladenia), 129, butleri (Koruthaialos), 175. cacalize (Hesperia), 156, 161. cacus (Celenorrhinus), 118. czenis (Halpe), 262. cere (Chapra), 275. cxrulescens (Parnara), 271, 284. cahira (Parnara), 272, 278. cahira (Parnara), 278. cealathus (Lotongus), 231. Calliana, 106. calligana (Tagiades), 143. callineura (Plastingia), 225, 226. Caltoris, 270. cameroni (Celewnorrhinus), 114, 121. camertes (Cyclopides), 186. canaraica (Parnara), 277. Capila, 106. Caprona, 150. Carcharodus, 152. Carterocephalus, 165. carthami (Hesperia), 155, 160. cashmirensis (Hesperia), 155, 160. casyapa (Lobocla), 109. cataleucos (Suada), 177, 178. catena, var, (Erynnis), 287. A REVISION catocyanea (Acromachus), 189, 192. Celenorrhinus, 111. celzenus (Hasora), 297, 299. celebica (Satarupa), 131, 134. celebica, var. (Ismene), 298. celsina (Pirdana), 223, 224, centaures (Hesperia), 156, 161. cephala (Scobura), 204. cephaloides (Scobura), 204, 206. ceramas (Taractrocera), 183, 184. cerata (Halpe), 258, 260. cervantes (Thanaos), 163. ceylonica (Halpe), 258, 263. chabrona (Hasora), 297, 300. chamunda (Celsenorrhinus), 113, 117. Chapra, 270. Charmion, 110. chaya (Hesperia), 275. chilon (Suastus), 179. chinensis (Aeromachus), 187, 189. chinensis (Ctenoptilum), 148. Choaspes, 306. christophi (Pamphila), 166, 168. chromus (Hasora), 297, 301. chrysceglia (Proteides), 296. chrysomelena (Odina), 136. chrysozona (Hesperia), 252. chuza (Hasora), 298, 304. cicatrosa (Sepa), 211, 212. ciliata (Sepa), 211, 214. cingala (Parnara), 283. cinnamomea (Sepa), 211, 213. clavata (Plesioneura), 239. clitus (Celeenorrhinus), 115. cognata, var. (Satarupa), 134. colaca (Parnara), 273, 283. Coladenia, 125. comma (Erynnis), 287. concinna (Scobura), 205, 206. concinna (Telicota), 250, 253. conjuncta (Parnara), 273, 280. consanguinea (Celenorrhinus), 112, 115. consertus (Celenorrhinus), 118. consors, var. (Augiades), 248. contigua (Parnara), 273, 281. corissa (Plastingia), 226, 229. corona (Satarupa), 132, 134. coulteri (Hasora), 300. VoL. XIv.—Part 1v. No. 28.—October, 1897. OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDZ. 317 crateis (Augiades), 246, 248. crawfurdi (Rhopalocampta), 306, 307. Creteus, 233. cribrellum (Hesperia), 154, 158. cronus (Sepa), 211. Crossiura, 107. cruda (Goniloba), 234. Ctenoptilum, 147. cuneiformis (Odina), 135, 136. Cupitha, 245. curvifascia (Plesioneura), 239. cynare (Hesperia), 154, 158. cyrina (Creteus), 233. Daimio, 130. dan (Coladenia), 125, 127. danna (Taractrocera), 183, 184. dara (Telicota), 251, 254. Darpa, 137. dasahara (Sarangesa), 124. davidii (Abraximorpha), 123. dea, var. (Coladenia), 127. dealbata (Tagiades), 139, 145. debilis (Halpe), 259, 266. decorata (Halpe), 260, 268. decoratus (Odina), 135, 136. Dejeania, 169. delai-lama (Ampittia), 186, 187. delavayi (Syrichthus), 162. demea (Carterocephalus), 168. dentatus (Celenorrhinus), 114, 119. dhanada (Celenorrhinus), 114, 119. dieckmanni (Pamphila), 166, 168. dilutior (Telicota), 251, 255, dimila, var. (Erynnis), 287. diocles (Kerana), 221, 222. dire (Satarupa), 131, 133. discreta (Aeromachus), 188, 190. discreta (Parnara), 273, 282. dissimilis (Plesioneura), 214. distans (Tagiades), 141. distanti (Pirdana), 223, 224, distictus (Parnara), 286. diversa (Satarupa), 131, 132. divodasa (Hesperia), 179. doesoena (Hidari), 236. dohertyi (Satarupa), 132, 134. dolopia (Sebastonyma), 192: bo | 318 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS. drancus (Plastingia), 229. dravida (Pumphila), 278. dravira (Pyrgus), 152. druna (Matapa), 208, 210. dschalia (Pamphila), 185. dubius (Aeromachus), 188, 190. dulcis (Aubertia), 168. durga (Zographetus), 201. duris (Acerbas), 215, 216. eacus (Hesperia), 127. Eetion, 236. electra (Choaspes), 307. elegans (Tagiades), 138, 141. elia (Hetion), 236. eltola (Parnara), 273, 282. elwesi (Caprona), B51. erebus (Nisoniades), 164. Erionota, 217. Erynnis, 287. etelka (Ismene), 291. evlepis (Hesperia), 229. eurotas (Pamphila), 251. evawidus (Pyrgus), 157. excellens (Lotongus), 231, 233. exclamationis (Badamia), 306. farri (Hesperia), 274. fasciata (Halpe), 258, 262. fatih (Hesperia), 127. feisthamelti (Notocrypta), 238, 239. feldert (Daimio), 135. fenestrata (Seobura), 205, 206. feralia (Scobura), 205, 206. fergusonii (Ismene), 291, 293. ficulnea (Charmion), 111. flava (Pamphila), 254. flavalum (Zographetus), 201, 202. Slavia, var. (Plastingi), 227. flavipennis (Zographetus), 202. flavocineta (Celenorrhinus), 112, 115. flayoides (Taractrocera), 183, 184. flavomaculatus (Pamphila), 166, 167. flexilis (Parnara), 284, florinda, var. (Erynnis), 287. folus (Udaspes), 243. fortunet (Hesperia), 281, frater (Achalarus), 109, 110. fruhstorferi (Plastingia), 225, 227. fulgur (Kerana), 221], fuliginosus (Apostictopterus), 173. fulvescens (Celzenorrhinus), 114, 120. fumosa (Satarupa), 131, 133. fusca (Halpe), 259, 266. fusca (Plesioneura), 117. fuscicornis (Pedestes), 193, 194. fuscula (Sancus), 174. galba (Hesperia), 154, 157. gana (Tagiades), 138, 141. Gangara, 217. Ge, 182. Gegenes, 286. Gehenna, 244. Gehlota, 111. gemmatus (Carterocephalus), 168. gemmifer (Kerana), 221. gener (Eudamus), 109. gentiana (Parata), 304. germanus (Achalarus), 109, 110. geron (Hesperia), 154, 158. geta (Ge), 182. gigas (Hesperia), 155, 159. glandulosa (Paduka), 220. glauca (Pamphila), 238. gneus (Hasora), 296, 298. gola (Telicota), 250, 253. goloides (Padraona), 253. Gomalia, 153. gomata (Ismene), 292, 295. gopala (Satarupa), 131, 132. goto (Plesioneura), 118. gree (Gehenna), 244, 245. grandis (Erionota), 217. graya (Tagiades), 133. gremius (Suastus), 178, 179. gupta (Halpe), 259, 266. guttatus (Parnara), 272, 281. guttulifera (Sepa), 211, 212. hadria (Hasora), 298. Halpe, 257. hamiltonii (Coladenia), 128. hampsoni (Baracus), 170, 171. hampsoni (Tapena), 146, 147. hamza (Adopea), 289. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERUDZ. hanria (Darpa), 137. Hantana, 110. hasoroides (Parnara), 271, 284. hector (Koruthaialos), 175. helena (Plastingia), 225, 227. helferi (Tagiades), 138. helias (Odontoptilum), 148, 149. helisa, var. (Odontoptilum), 149. hellas (Hesperia), 157. henrici (Astictopterus), 172. herculea (Pamphila), 247. Hesperia, 153. heterus (Pamphila), 254. Heteropterus, 168. Hidari, 235, hieroglyphica (Odina), 135, 136. hieron (Halpe), 265. hiraca (Hesperia), 217. homolea (Halpe), 259, 265. honorei (Halpe), 260, 268. houangty (Pamphila), 165, 167. Hyarotis, 197. Hyda, 123. hyela (Pirdana), 223. hyperides (Odontoptilum), 149. hypoleucos (Pyrgus), 161. hyrax (Adopia), 288, 289. hyrcana (Hesperia), 247. hyrie (Halpe), 258. iadera (Itys), 200. Tambrix, 180. iapis (Lophoides), 195, 196. Idmon, 198. igna (Coladenia), 125, 128. inachus (Aeromachus), 189, 190. inzequalis (Celenorrhinus), 114, 119. inarime (Scobura), 205, 206. indistincta (Aeromachus), 188, 191. jndrani (Coladenia), 125, 126. indrasana (Isoteinon), 229. inermis (Hasora), 297, 301. infernus (Hantana), 110. jnornata (Notocrypta), 239, 241. insignis (Halpe), 258, 261. insularis (Telicota), 250, 252. jionis (Ismene), 291, 295, irava (Hidari), 235, Isma, 204. Ismene, 290. isota (Isma), 205. Isoteinon, 197. Iton, 269, Itys, =00. jaina (Ismene), 291, 293, jama (Astictopterus), 172, jenkowskii (Ismene), 296. jansonis (Parnara), 273, 282. Japetus (Tagiades), 138, 141. javana (Gegenes), 280. Javanicus (Aeromachus), 188, 191. jayadeva (Capila), 107, jhora (Aeromachus), 181, 190. jolandu (Hesperia), 284. kada (Astictopterus), 172. kali (Aeromachus), 189, 192. karea (Tagiades), 138, 141. karsana (Hesperia), 286. kerala (Koruthaialos), 176. Kerana, 220. kethra (Astictopterus), 174. khasiana (Tagiades), 138, 140, khasianus (Isoteinon), 199, knyyetti (Halpe), 2538, 261. kophene (Koruthaialos), 176, Koruthaialos, 176. kuehni (Telicota), 250, 252. kumara (Halpe), 258, 261. kumara (Parnara), 272, 276. ladana (Celzenorrhinus), 114, 122. ladon (Papilio), 306. lenas (Carystus), 228. lalita (Orthophetus), 105. lamprospilus (Isoteinon), 197. lara (Ismene), 292, 295. lura (Telegonus), 217. latifascia (Iambrix), 181, 182, lativittus (Celenorrhinus), 114, 121. latoia (Plastingia), 225, 227. latonia (Plastingia), 229. latreille: (Hesperia), 234, latreilles (Tagiades), 142. latris (Halpe), 266, 320 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: lavata (Tagiades), 138, 142. layaterse (Carcharodus), 152. laxmi (Coladenia), 125, 126. lebadea (Paduka), 219. leechii (Parnara), 271, 274. leonina (Adopxa), 288, 290. leptogramma (Odontoptilum), 148, 150. leucoeera (Celienorrhinus), 113, 116. leucocirca (Plesioneura), 116. leucographa (Plesioneura), 111. leuzew (Hesperia), 159. liburnia (Plastingia), 226, 228. lidderdali (Orthopheetus), 105, liliana (Achalarus), 108, 109. linea (Papilio), 288. lineola (Adopxa), 288, 289. litigiosa (Tagiades), 143. littoralis (Gomalia), 153. Lobocla, 108. Lophoides, 195. lorquint (Ismene), 295. Lotongus, 230. lucasii (Halpe), 262. lucifera (Celenorrhinus), 115. luteisquama (Hesperilla), 264. luzonensis (Pamphila), 184. lycorias (Pamphila), 245. lyde (Taractrocera), 187. mabillei (Carystus), 216. mabillei (Unkana), 235. maculatus (Hesperia), 157, 162. maculatus (Lotongus), 231. maculicornis (Celenorrhinus), 113, 116. maculicornis (Pedestes), 193. maculosa (Celenorrhinus), 112, 115. meniata (Coladenia), 130. musa (Pamphila), 254. maesoiles (Anpittia), 184. meesoides (Pamphila), 254. mestissima (Hasora), 297, 300. mevius (Taractrocera), 183. maga (Ampittia), 186. mahintha (Ismene), 291, 295. majuscula (Augiades), 246, 249. majuscula (Halpe), 259, 264. malayana (Ismene), 301, malye (Hesperia), 156, 161. mandan (Hesperia), 166. mangala (Pamphila), 281. margherita (Plustingia), 225, 227. marloyi (Thanaos), 163, 164. marnas (Telicota), 256. maro (Ampittia), 186. maroides (Ampittia), 186. marta (Halpe), 265. martini (Acerbas), 215, 216. martini (Scobura), 204, 205. martinus (Tagiades), 139, 143. masoni (Halpe), 260, 268. masuriensis (Pedestes), 193. Matapa, 208. mathias (Parnara), 271, 275. meetana (Tagiades), 140. meiktila (Onryza), 269. meleagrina (Pamphila), 234. melotis (Hesperia), 156, 161. menaka (Tagiades), 139, 142. mencia (Pamphila), 276. micio (Pamphila), 166, 168. microstictum (Itys), 200. microthyrus (Crane), 242. migreus (Suastus), 178, 179. mindorana (Plesioneura), 242. minuscula (Tapena), 146, 147. minuta (Suastus), 180. miosticta (Sepa), 211, 212. modestu (Isoteinon), 199. mohammed (Syrichthus), 159. mélleri (Suastus), 177. montanus (Thanaos), 163, 164. monteithi (Notocrypta), 239, 241. moolata (Parnara), 272, 278. moorei (Halpe), 258, 263. moori (Pterygospidea), 135. mormo (Pamphila), 274. morpheus (Heteropterus), 168. multiguttata (Ctenoptilum), 148. munda (Plesioneura), 116. murdava (Pithauria), 237. mus (Hasora), 297, 304. musca (Aeromachus), 188, 189. myra (Hasora), 297, 303. mytheca (Lotongus), 231, 233. A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIID, naga (Plastingia), 226, 229, | nana (Tagiades), 139, 144. | nanus (Aeromachus), 189, 192. narada (Satarupa), 131, 132. narooa (Hesperia), 280. nascens (Parnara), 271, 276, nezra ((Hrane), 242. nephele (Halpe), 258, 264. nepos (Achalarus), 109, 110. neryulata (Adopwa), 288, 290. nestus (Tagiades), 139, 145. nicevillei (Taractrocera), 183, 184. nigrescens, var. (I'hanaos), 164, nigricans (Celzenorrhinus), 113, 118. nigrolimbatus (Thymelicus), 185. nilgiriana (Isoteinon), 199. niphates (Tagiades), 154. nitida (Pamphila), 254. nitidifasciata (Acerbas), 215, 216. niyeomaculatus (Pamphila), 166, 167. nobilis (Hesperia), 155, 159. noctis (Sepa), 211, 214. noctis (Tagiades), 140. noémi (Plastingia), 226, 230. noma (Hesperia), 159. nondou (Hesperia), 281. nostrodamus (Gegenes), 286. Notocrypta, 238. nymphalis (Satarupa), 131, 132. oberthiiri (Hesperia), 157, 162. oberthiiri (Taractrocera), 183, 185. obliquans (Astictopterus), 182. obscura (Lophoides), 195, 196. obscurus (Tagiades), 138, 141. oceia (Parnara), 271, 274. ochracea (Augiades), 246, 248. Ocytes, 287. Odina, 135. Odontoptilum, 148. cedipodea (Ismene), 291, 292. cedipus (Ismene), 291, 292. (rane, 242. ogygia (Zographetus), 201, 203. ogygioides (Zographetus), 201, 203. olivascens (Astictopterus), 172. omeia (Orthopheetus), 105, 106. 321 onchisa (Caltoris), 278, 250. onopordi (Hesperia), 156, 161. Onryza, 268, ops (Carterocephalus), 167. orbifer (Hesperia), 154, 158. orbiferus (Celznorrhinus), 113, 118. ormenes (Halpe), 257, 260. ornata (Halpe), 268, - ornatus (Heteropterus), 168, 169. orphitus (Telicota), 251, 256. Orthophcetus, 104, ortygia (Odina), 137. othonias (Ancistroides), 222. Padraona, 249. Paduka, 219. pagana (Parnara), 272; 277. paleemon (Pamphila), 165, 166. palajava (Plesioneura), 118. palawana, yar. (Ismene), 305. palawata, var. (Plastingia), 229. palawea (Halpe), 264. palmarum (Telicota), 250, 252. Pamphila, 165. pandia (Hesperia), 218. pandita (Pedestes), 193. paniscus (Papilio), 166. - paragola (Telicota), 250, 254, paralysos (Notocrypta), 239, 241. Parata, 296. parca (Parnara), 234. Parnara, 270. parthenope (Hesperia), 231. patula (Celenorrhinus), 116. pavona (Pirdana), 224, pavor (Padraona), 256. - Pedestes, 192. . pelias (Thanaos), 163, 164. Pelion, 288. pellucida (Parnara), 273, 282. penicillata (Baoris), 274. pennicillatum (Crossiura), 108. perara (Halpe), 265. perfusca (Pamphila), 214. permena (Pterygospidea), 134. pero (Celxenorrhinus), 112, 115. phanzus (Orthopheetus), 105. 322 MESSRS. H. J. ELWES AND JAMES EDWARDS: phiditia (Suastus), 180. philenus (Telicota), 256. philetas (Ismene), 299. philippina (Parnara), 272, 276. Philoodus, 286. philotas (Parnara), 285. phisara (Satarupa), 131, 134. phlomidis (Hesperia), 154, 158. phenicis (Hesperia), 197. pholus (Pudicitia), 216, piceus (Aeromachus), 188, 189. pieridoides (Calliana), 106. pinwilli (Tagiades), 140, 145. Pirdana, 223. Pithauria, 237. Pithauriopsis, 237. plagifera (Celenorrhinus), 116. Plastingia, 224. plebeia (Parnara), 271, 274- Plesionewra, 238. plesionewree (Plastingia 2), 113. plumbeolus (Baraeus), 170, 171. pluscula (Celenorrhinus), 116. poggei (Hesperia), 155, 159. popoviane (TRaraos), 163- preba (Plesioneura), 197. pralaya (Tagiades), 140, 145- princeps (Tagiades), 139, 145_ prominens (Chapra), 275. proteus (Pyrgus), 159. " proto (Hesperia), 155, 159. proximata (Hasoza), 297, 301. proximus (Achalarus), 108, 109. proxissima (Hasora), 297, 302. prusias (Telicota), 250, 251. pseudomesa (Padvaona), 254. pteria (Tagiades), 139, 142. Pteroxys, 104. Pterygospidea, 137. Pudicitia, 216. pugnans (Parnara), 272, 284. pulchra (Pamphila), 165, 167. pulligo (Sancus). 174. pulomaya (Celencrrhinus), 112, 115, purendra (Sarangesa), 123, 124. purpurascens (Lophoides), 196. purpurascens (Matapa), 208, 209, purreea (Cupitha), 245. putra (Plesionewra), 116. pygela (Odontoptilum), 148, 149, pygmeus (Papilio), 286. Pyrgus, 153. pyrrha (Celenorrhinus), 116. pythias (Pamphila), 251. quadrata (Notocrypta), 239, 241. quadripunctata (Ismene), 298. radians (Actinor), 244. ransonnettii (Caprona), 150. ravi (Tagiades), 138, 140. rectifascia, var. (Notocrypta), 239. rectifasciata (Telicota), 251, 254. renidens (Khopalocampta), 307. restricta (Plesioneura), 239. Rhopalocampta, 306. rickuchina (Pamphila), 248. robsonii (Suastus), 180. robusta (Parnara), 272, 280, rudolphii (Pirdana), 223. ruficornis (Plesioneura), 117. rusticanus (Thanaos), 164, sagara (Pamphila), 183. saida (Hasora), 298, 304. sala (Suastus), 178, 179. salsala (Iambrix), 181. sambara (Satarupa), 132, 134. sambavana (Bibasis), 305, sambayana (Tagiades), 139, 143. Sancus, 173. sanguinocculus (Gangara), 218. sao (Hesperia), 154, 158. Sape, 123. sarala (Lotongus), 231, 233. Sarangesa, 123. saraya (Caprona), 150, 151. sasivarna (Matapa), 208, 210, Satarupa, 130. sati (Sarangesa), 123, 124. saturatus (Celenorrhinus), 114, 120, satwa (Zographetus), 201. Scelothrix, 153. Scobura, 204, A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA. scopas (Suada), 177, 178. scopulifera (Baoris), 274. scortea (Pamphila), 281. Sebastonyma, 192. selas (Pamphila), 247. semamora (Iton), 269. semperi (Coladenia), 125, 128. sena (Bibasis), 305. Sepa, 210. separata (Halpe), 259, 267. septentrionis (Ismene), 292, 294. septentrionum (Baracus), 170, 171. seriata (Hesperia), 276. sericea (Hesperia), 164. serratule (Hesperia), 156, 160. shalgrama (Matapa), 208, 210. side (Hesperia), 157, 162. signata (Plesioneura), 111. sikkima (Baoris), 274. sikkima (Halpe), 259, 264. silyius (Pamphila), 165, 167. similis (Augiades), 247. similis (Pamphila), 275. similis (Plastingia), 226, 230. simillima (Parnara), 271, 274. simplex (Achalarus), 108, 109. simplex (Telicota), 250, 253. simplicissima (Hasora), 297, 299. sindu (Iambrix), 181, 182. sinensis (Parnara), 271, 275. singularis (Carystus), 241. sinica (Satarupa), 132, 135. sinicus (Pyrgus), 162. sinina, var. (Nisoniades), 163. sitala (Halpe), 259, 266. siva (Augiades), 246, 247. sobrina (Coladenia), 125, 126. sodalis (Pamphila), 275. speyeri (Hesperia), 156, 160. Spilothyrus, 152. spilothyrus (Celenorrhinus), 113, 117. staudingeri (Hesperia), 155, 159. staudingeri (Hidari), 235, £36, stellata (Udaspes), 243, stellifer (Iambrix), 181. Steropes, 165. steropes (Papilio), 168. | stigma (Adopza), 288, 289. stigmata (Aeromachus), 187, 189. stramineipennis (Pithauria), 237. striata (Ismene), 294. Suada, 177. Suastus, 178. subcaudata (Rhopalocampta), 307. subditus (Baracus), 170, 171. subfasciatus (Astictopterus), 174. subfasciatus (Ismene), 219. subflava (Halpe), 259, 267. subgrisca (Hesperia), 179. subhyalina (Augiades), 246, 247. submacula (Halpe), 258, 263. submaculata (Plastingia), 230. subochracea (Parnara), 271, 275. subradiatus (Cyclopides), 185. subtesiaceus (Isoteinon), 199. subvittatus (Ochus), 185. sulphurifera (Halpe), 259, 264. sumitra (Celenorrhinus), 113, 115. sunias (Pamphila), 255. superna (Pyrgus), 157. sura (Odontoptilum), 148, 149, surus (Proteides), 231. swerga (Suada), 177. swinhoet (Carcharodus), 152. swinhoei (Watsonia), 220. sybirita (Gangara), 218. sybirita (Hidari), 235, 236. sylvanoides (Augiades), 246, 247. sylvanus (Augiades), 246, 247. sylvatica (Adopma), 288, 289. Syrichthus, 153. syrichthus (Caprona), 150, 151. tabrica (Tagiades), 140, 146. “tages (Thanaos), 163. Tagiades, 137. tagiadoides (Curystus), 215. tamiata (Pamphila), 233. Tapena, 146. Taractrocera, 182. taras (Hesperia), 161. tavilus (Pamphila), 254. telesinus (Plastingia), 226, 228. Telicota, 249. 323 524 A REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL HESPERIIDA, teliga (Halpe), 263. tenebrosa (Adopzea), 288, 289. tesscllata (Plastingia), 226, 229. tessellum (Hesperia), 155, 159. tethys (Satarupa), 132, 135. Thanaos, 163. thaumas (Adopza), 288. therapne (Hesperia), 154, 158. thibetanus (Hesperia), 157, 162. thrax (Erionota), 217. thrax (Hesperia), 275. thwaitesi (Tapena), 146. thymbron (Ismene), 306. thyone (Parnara), 282. thyrsis (Gangara), 218. tibetana (Celenorrhinus), 113, 119. tibetana, var. (Pamphila), 247. tissa (Coladenia), 125, 126. titus (Tagiades), 139, 142. toba (Tagiades), 144. tola (Charmion), 111. toona (Hesperia), 281. trachala (Pamphila), 254. translucida (Capila), 107. trichoneura (Tagiades), 140, 145. trichoneuroides (Tagiades), 140, 145. trimacula (Ampittia), 186, 187. tripura (Suastus), 179, 180. tuckeri (Ismene), 291, 293. tulsi (Parnara.), 271, 284. tympanifera (Cupitha), 245. Udaspes, 243, ulunda (Astictopterus), 174. uma (Parnara), 285. umbrosa (Scobura), 205, 207. unicolor (Baoris), 274, unicolor (Heteropterus), 168, 169. unicolor (Idmon), 198. unicolor (Parnara), 255. uniformis (Bibasis), 305. Unkana, 254. varia (Halpe), 259, 266. yasava (Ctenoptilum), 147, 148. vasutana (Ismene), 291, 294. venata (Hesperia), 247. venula (Papilio), 288. yermiculata (Plastingia), 225, 227. verones (Koruthaialos), 176. viburnia (Plastingia), 226, 229. vindhiana (Arnetta), 199. violacea (Hasora), 297, 299. virgata (Ampittia), 186. virgula (Papilio), 289. yitrea (Coladenia), 129. vitrea (Pamphila), 198. vitta (Hasora), 300. vittatus (Baracus), 170. volua (Plesioneura), 239. yulso (Lophoides), 196. wantona (Halpe), 265. waterstradti (Tagiades), 139, 143. Watsonia, 220. watsonii (Iton), 269. xanites (Koruthaialos), 175. zalates (Proteides), 231. Zampa, 230. zawi (Plesioneura), 111. Zea, 230. zebra (Pamphila), 254. zebra (Pyrgus), 157. Zela, 230. zelleri (Parnara), 273, 284. zema (Halpe), 257, 260. zennara (Capila), 107. zenon (Lotongus), 231, 232. zetus (Pamphila), 206. zeus (Lotongus), 231, 232. ziclea (Taractrocera), 183, 184. Zographetus, 200. " zona (Hesperia), 157, 162. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. ET) VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates). . Price5 8 O Partl, (1886, containing 6 Plates) Bai eee 0) » 2. (1886, containing 7 Plates) - SO TIO » 8. (1886, containing 2 Plates) » O 4 6 » 4. (1886, containing 12 Plates) » Onl O » 5. (1886, containing 5 Plates) sj Ore Ore 0 » 6. (1887, containing 7 Plates) ue O lee » 7. (1888, containing 8 Plates) F7 O DeAO 5, 9. (1889, containing 3 Plates) FP ke oe5 ; » 9. (1889, contaming 7 Plates) . . . .. i Ooh ims : ; », 10. (1890, containing 8 Plates and Title and Index),, 015 9 i VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates). . Price6 8 38 3 Parr]. (1891, containing 6 Plates) Fis ONS » 2. (1891, containing 6 Plates) ce kU HAS) », 8 (1891, containing 6 Plates) pe Ome » 4. (1892, containing 1 Plate). 3 0 46 » 5. (1898, containing 9 Plates) ONES » 6. (1898, containing 4 Plates) ot O59 40 : », 7. (1898, containing 6 Plates) peas Ue a tO) » 8 (1894, containing 6 Plates) ae OOO » 9. (1894, containing 6 Plates) yo Oetk Ss » 10. (1895, containing 5 Plates) . . .. - Oye O », Ll. (1895, containing 7 Platesand Title and Index),, 015 9 VOLUME XIV. Parr l. (1896, containing 2 Plates) PriceO 6 O » 2. (1896, containing 6 Plates) Ue Ca) », 98. (1897, containing 9 Plates) pane bs eo » 4 (1897, containing 10 Plates) myn LO> LO To the Public. 7 4A 0 12 16 12 ere ooceor © rmeoocococococrr FY @ —) cw) Cl a <>